Catalogo Cilindro - Festo

Secondary battery manufacturing industry
Copper-free pneumatic and electrical components

Entire product range of Festo on DVD-ROM
Quickly find your optimal

solutions – digital product
catalogue on DVD-ROM
Work offline with our convenient digital
product catalogue on DVD.
Quicker searches and results

Several convenient product selections
and search options are available:
Use the following functionalities:
• Direct search: list of product range
with different filter functions
• Categories: select products via
images and the product tree
• Product finder: enter technical
features to quickly find desired
products
Products • Engineering tools: select and dimen-
sion the right products for your
applications
• Full-text search
System requirements Installation instructions

Minimum Recommended 1. Insert the DVD-ROM into your DVD-drive. If the setup routine starts
• Intel Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz+ or • PC, no more than 4 years old or automatically, continue with step 5. If not:
AMD 2400 xp+ • Laptop, no more than 2 years old 2. Select the Run command from the Start menu.
• 1GB RAM • Dual-core CPU with 2GHz 3. Enter the drive letter of your DVD- drive followed by the command
• DVD-ROM drive • 2 GB RAM setup.exe. For example: d:\setup.exe
• Screen resolution: • DVD-ROM drive 4. Then click on OK or press Enter.
1024 x 768 pixels • Screen resolution: 5. Follow the instructions.
• Operating system: 1280 x 1024 pixels
Microsoft Windows Vista SP2 • Operating system: For further information (installation in a network, FAQs), please read
• Browser: Microsoft Windows Vista or Info_en.pdf on the DVD or  dki@festo.com.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 Microsoft Windows 7/ 8/ or 8.1
(32/64 bit) with all updates
• Browser:
Microsoft Internet Explorer 8
Exclusion of liability
Festo provides this software to support you in the selection and ordering of Festo products.
The data/results generated using the software are exclusively intended to describe the products and do not constitute warranted properties in any legal
sense. Festo accepts no liability for damages caused through the use of this software, in particular in relation to consequential damage, whether personal
injury, material damage or financial loss, directly related to the use of this DVD-ROM.
Table of Contents
contents
Introduction 6
Pneumatic Drives 20
Electromechanical drives 154
Motors and controllers 234
Grippers 254
Handling systems 280
Vacuum technology 292
Valves 318
Valve terminals 344
Sensors 376
Compressed air preparation 388
Pneumatic connection technology 414
Control technology and software 424
Ready-to-install solutions 436
Services 440
Energy efficiency 442
Why Festo? 445
Sales and service network 458

 www.festo.com
4  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2016/06
Introduction
Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 5

Introduction
Everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing
One-stop-shopping
¬¬Comprehensive product portfolio for battery manufacturing
¬¬Copper-free products at a glance
¬¬Easy selection – quick ordering
¬¬Online or offline – get the ideal solution fast

Introduction
Everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing
Contents
Copper-free products – Definitions . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Copper-free products – Overview. . . . . . . . . . 12
Cleanroom products – Overview . . . . . . . . . . 14
Quick ordering for core range products. . . . . 16
Ordering using the order code�� 16
Sample order code �� 16
Ordering online �� 17
Ordering offline�� 17

Copper-free products – Definitions
Product features for components from Festo in secondary battery manufacturing

Copper-free products from Festo for lithium-ion battery manufacturing Dry room characteristics
There are basically no explicit standards for copper-free products for battery Stock products from Festo have proven their worth in dry room applications.
manufacturing. Nor are there any detailed guidelines for copper-free pro- This applies to extensive laboratory tests, as well as to use in production fa-
ducts for lithium-ion battery manufacturing. Festo therefore evaluates the cilities. Where wear is concerned, stock products from Festo demonstrate
copper-free characteristic in line with common market criteria. characteristics similar to those under dry room conditions. The examined
Festo has established the following guidelines on the basis of detailed ambient conditions revealed a dew point of –65°C.
discussions with customers and their requirements:
• Guides, bearings and all parts which cause friction during operation are This catalogue includes all copper-free products from Festo’s product range.
free of copper.
• The alloy content of the copper in product parts is less than 6%.
• Note:
Cables, motors, PCBs and pilot valves are excepted from the copper-free
requirement.
Contamination with copper leads to the following problems in lithium-ion

secondary battery manufacturing:
• Copper particles cause chemical reactions on the surface of the alumini-
um electrode. These reactions reduce the effectiveness of the battery and
promote the formation of crystals.
• These crystals, and any other conductive particles larger than 5 to 10 μm,
can pierce the separator foil and cause a short-circuit.
Copper-free products from Festo

Copper-free materials – specially for the production of lithium-ion batteries
Many of Festo’s products are inherently free of copper. For example guides
are made essentially of polymer. In order to be able to offer customers who
manufacture lithium-ion batteries as many components as possible from
our product range, we have optimised products specifically for use in this
field – and we have replaced parts that contain copper with copper-free ele-
ments.The following cutaway models provide an overview of the changes at
a glance.
Compact cylinders ADN
Polymer bearing
Standard/round cylinders DSNU
Polymer bearing
Cylinders such as ADN and DSNU: the plain-bearing guides which generate abraded particles are made of polymer.

Copper-free products – Definitions
Copper-free products from Festo (continued)

Toothed belt axis ELGA
The axis with a stainless steel cover strip is copper-free right from the outset Stainless steel cover strip
and requires no modification.
Solenoid valve VUVG

Top quality stainless steel inserts replace the copper inserts.
Stainless steel inserts

Copper-free products – Overview
Festo – everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing

Festo is your one-stop-shopping partner for secondary battery manufacturing. In addition to traditional standard pneumatic products for assembly systems,
Festo also offers products for process automation and for handling systems.
Electrode production Electrode stacking/winding Electrode welding
Copper-free
Dry room characteristics Enhanced dry room characteristics: dew point down to -65° C
Selected solutions from Festo
For example, in order to apply coating As a partner for assembly automation, Festo offers in particular the ISO cylinder DSNU and
compound to the electrode without any foreign the short-stroke cylinder ADN in addition to other standardised pneumatic drives. These
particles, Festo offers valves like the pinch standardised products have been optimised for battery production and cover the standard
valve VZQA. requirements for handling and test automation, for example simple, unguided motion or
holding and clamping tasks.
Proportional media Standard cylinder DSNU to ISO 6432

valve VZQA Cylinders from Festo offer added value: for example the compact
Free flowing media – round cylinder DSNU with self-adjusting cushioning PPS. It saves
negligible flow resi- time, is safer, more reliable and more economical – not least
stance, no blockages. because of its good running performance and a long service life.
Always on form, even It reacts quickly thanks to minimal break-away force.
with extremely abrasi-
ve or viscous media.
Simple replacement of Standard cylinder ADN with PPS cushioning
the sealing cartridge in The compact ISO cylinder ADN is once again setting standards –
no time at all without with regard to safety as well as design and assembly. Self-adjusting
any special tools. PPS cushioning significantly reduces negative influences on the
machine or system such as impacts and shock.

Cell packing Electrolyte filling Formation
Saving time and money: that is why standardisation and modularisation are important issues The electric axis range is especially well
for Festo, even for the modularly expandable planar surface gantries EXCM-30. Depending on suited for loading battery test containers.
the application, standardised modules can be equipped with controllers with vision capabili- The separate axes can be easily combined
ties for handling battery cells, e.g. for stacking cells. into individualised handling systems.
Planar surface gantry ECXM-30 Electric toothed belt

Wherever every millimetre counts: the compact gantry EXCM for axis with roller bea-
desktop applications. High functionality meets an extremely ring guide ELGA-TB-RF
compact design for maximised working space coverage. The parallel Zero guide backlash –
kinematic drive concept ensures low moving masses, and the drive the ELGA-TB-RF never
and controller package is pre-parameterised for easy commissio- deviates from its spe-
ning. cified path, even at
high speeds of up to
Valve terminal VTUG 10 metres per second
Outstanding value for money. For multi-pin plug or via bus node and with high torque
CTEU – with unbelievably simple and cost-effective connection to all loads. A cover strip
common fieldbuses including PROFIBUS, DeviceNet, AS-Interface, protects the guide and
EtherCAT, CC-LINK® and IO-Link. Ideal for control cabinets and with the toothed belt of the
an unrivalled 24 valve positions. sturdy roller bearing
guide.

Copper-free products from Festo at a glance

The comprehensive standard product portfolio for battery manufacturing
Thanks to the use of modern materials, about 95% of Festo’s standard product portfolio is already free of copper. Around 50% of the products are part of
the core product range. These items, identified with a blue star, are standard products which are always kept in stock worldwide and are ready to ship from
Festo’s plant within 24 hours.
Pneumatic Drives

Standard Round cylinders Compact cylinders
Short-stroke Linear drives DGC
cylinders DSBC DSNU ADN cylinders ADVC
Swivel modules DSM

Semi-rotary drives Mini slides SLT
Guided drives Clamping modules
DRRD DFM EV
Electromechanical drives

Electric cylinders
Electric cylinders Spindle axes Toothed belt axes
EPCO ESBF EGC-BS EGC-TB
Mini slides EGSL Toothed belt axes Electric slides EGSK

ELGA-TB
Motors and controllers

Servo motors
Motor controllers Controllers CECC
EMME-AS CMMP-AS,
CMMO-ST
Grippers
Parallel grippers Three-point grippers Angle grippers Radial grippers

DHPS DHDS DHWS DHRS

Handling systems
Compact planar sur-

face gantries EXCM
Vacuum technology
Vacuum generators Vacuum generators

OVEM VN
Valves / Valve terminals
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valves Proportional- Valve terminals
VUVG VUVG-...-S pressure regulators VTUG
VPPE
Sensors

Proximity sensors Pressure sensors Inductive sensors
Inductive sensors
SMT/SME SPAB SIEH SIEN
Compressed air preparation
Service unit
Filter regulators Filters MS-LF
Pressure regula- Precision pressure
combinations MSB MS-LFR tors MS-LR regulators LRP
Pneumatic connection technology

Standard O.D. Push-in fittings/con- Push-in fittings, Quick connectors Quick connectors Click fittings NPKA
tubing PUN nectors NPQP stainless steel CRQS NPCK ACK, CK, ...

Cleanroom products – Overview
Overview of Festo’s cleanroom-compatible stock products

Stock products with minimal particle emissions are also interesting for ISO classification. The overview graphic shows the particle classifications of
battery production. That is why, for the benefit of our customers, we have these stock products – without the need for any expensive modification!
tested all stock products for particle emissions and have implemented an
Pneumatic Actuators Electric Actuators

ISO 9
ISO 8 Entire Product Range of Festo
ISO 7
Certified Stock Products [Examples]
DSNU DSM HGPP EGC-TB ELGA
ISO 6
DFC SLT ELGR EGSK

Cleanroom Class
DFM EGSL
DSBC-PPV DRRD EXCM
ISO 5
ADVC HGPC ERMB EGC-BS
EV ESBF EPCO
ISO 4
ADN DSBC-PPS
ISO 3
ISO 2 Modified Stock Products and Customized Solutions
ISO 1
Cleanroom products – Overview
Valves and Vacuum Compressed Air Preparation Sensors and Fittings
VTUG MS4-LR MS4/6-EM MS4-DL
VUVG-...-S VPPE MS4-EE
MS6-SV-C
VN OVEM SPAB
VTUG MS4-LDM1 NPKA SME

Easy selection – quick ordering
Quick ordering for core range products

We make it easy for you! Quick and easy ordering the main applications of automation More variety or individually confi-
We have created a quick and easy You can order these products, pre- technology. The stars will help you gurable? No problem!
selection of products for you based configured for an optimum price/ to find what you are looking for If your requirements go beyond the
on our new, global core product ran- performance ratio, quickly and easi- more quickly and place orders more main applications of automation
ge. It has been compiled by our Fe- ly via either a self-explanatory order easily. These star products are al- technology or you need individually
sto experts in line with customers‘ code or a unique part number. ways kept in stock worldwide and configurable products such as valve
needs and it covers all the main au- are ready to ship from Festo’s plant terminals, you can choose from the
tomation applications and offers an High level of availability within 24 hours. full spectrum of Festo‘s automation
optimum price/performance ratio. In stock and ready for immediate portfolio with all of its technological
dispatch: At a glance for you: diversity.
Products with a star: easy selection these products are instantly availab- The Festo core product programme You can find these outstanding pro-
guaranteed le unless stated otherwise. for basic automation functions with ducts in the overview in this printed
You can recognise these outstan- excellent availability catalogue, in our electronic cata-
ding products at a glance: « • Fast: ready for dispatch from the logue or online on our website and
they are marked in the catalogues You can benefit from these advan- Festo factory in 24 hours in the online shop.
with a star. tages whenever you need core • Easy: just a few clicks to place an
pneumatic functions. Wherever you order online
see this symbol in our printed or • Superb: Festo quality at an attrac-
electronic catalogue, it identifies a tive price
selected product which is perfect for
Ordering using the order code

The order code for each product can It couldn‘t be easier: to get the There are three types of boxes: • Optional data (grey box) 3: if
be found on the product pages. correct order code, complete the • Default data with predefined con- nothing is entered here, the basic
The appropriate accessories for boxes in the first line starting from tent 1: in the example below, the design will be supplied (in this ex-
Pneumatic drives > Drives with guides > Drives with guide rods >
each product are presented in the left. Follow the connecting line blank boxes containing the basic ample this means standard tem-
tabular format at the end of each from each box to the column with Twin piston cylinders DPZ
design „DPZ“, the cushioning op- perature resistance)
product description. the associated sizes and variants tion „P“ or the sensing option „A“
and make your selection. • Mandatory data (blue boxes) 2
Order code
Sample order code
Piston Stroke Cushioning Sensing Guide variant
1 ∅ [mm] [mm] 2 1 1 3
DPZ
DPZ – – – P – A –
10 10; 25; 40; 50 P Flexible A For proximity Plain-bearing

16, 10; 25; 40; 50; 80; cushioning sensing guide
20, 100 rings/pads at KF Recirculating Default
25, both ends ball bearing Mandatory
32 guide Optional
Applicable Proximity sensors SMT-8/SME-8 for piston ∅ 32 … 125

Type of mounting Switch out- Contact Electrical connection Cable Part-No. Type
put length
[m]
1 Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
T-slot, magneto-resi- from above, flush with Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3 ¬
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
stive cylinder profile, short
design
NPN N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3 ¬
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot Contacting N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
T-slot, magnetic reed from above, flush with Cable, 2-wire 2,5 ¬
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
Note: Sensors are not included within cylinder order code – Separate ordering is required.
 www.festo.com/catalogue/smt Quick ordering:

 www.festo.com/catalogue/sme No need to configure your product via
the order code: Quickly order predefined
products with their part number.
 Details on page 16
16 Configurable Product Product configuration offline:

 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Product Subject to change
configuration – 2016/06
online:
This product and all its options can also On the DVD under Products
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dpz
Online or offline – get the ideal solution fast
Online: Offline:
Enter www.festo.com in your web browser, then choose your country in the Insert the DVD and install the product catalogue.
„Automation“ field. Click on „Go“. On the start page, click on the „Products“ link.
On the homepage, select the „Products“ menu.
From the product group to the product

There are three options available:
1. Click on a product group 1 or 2. Full text search: Enter your
5
product photo. A selection of search term in the search field
1
products will then be displayed 5 . This can be made up of
along with a list of the technical complete or partial keywords,
3 features 2 and selectable links part numbers, type codes or
2 3: names of favourites. Depending
4 –– „Engineering“ starts the on your input, a selection of
selection and calculation products as described in step 1
software will be displayed or you will be
–– „Documentation“ provides taken directly to the product
detailed information in PDF you searched for.
format 3. Quick link: Use the quick link 4
–– „Feature search“ lets you to take you directly to the
further narrow down the required product by clicking on
product selection a type code.
Functions in the product configurator

1. Tab navigation 1 –– „2D/3D view“: Creates a CAD
–– „Select features“: Select the model, see the section „Viewing
appropriate features here CAD models“
1 –– „Product list“: Lists all products –– „Accessories“: Lists suitable
2 in the product group accessories
3 2. Input field for type code 2: –– „Data Sheet“: Contains all the
Enter the exact type code here. relevant technical data
3. Other actions 3 which are –– „Display Overview“: Displays
available following a correct an overview of all selected
4 configuration: models
–– „Add to basket“: Adds your 4. Details 4:
product to the basket, see also Here you will find information
the sections „Exporting your such as part number, price,
basket“ and „Managing your product graphic, product
basket“ illustration and circuit symbol.
Selecting product features in the product configurator

1. Select the product features: 3. Add the product to the basket:
–– Navigate using the tabs 1. Once the configuration is
1
–– Configure your product by complete, you can add products
selecting the required features to the basket by clicking on
2 on the tabs 1 running from „Add to basket“. A message is
2 left to right. displayed to confirm that the
–– The tabs 1 give you a quick product has been added
overview of all the selected successfully. To find out how to
features. Missing features are place an order, see the section
2 marked with a blue exclamation „Managing your basket“.
mark and incorrect features are
marked in red. Clicking on the 1)
Available for the valve terminal and
feature takes you directly to it, service unit product groups.
so that you can then change it
2. Graphical representation 3:
A dynamic graphic1) is created
based on your current configu-
3 ration.

Products

Pneumatic drives >
Easy dimensioning – Easy ordering – Easy commissioning
¬¬Standard, compact and short-stroke cylinders

¬¬Swivel modules and semi-rotary drives
¬¬Mini slides and guided drives
¬¬Clamping modules

Pneumatic drives >
Highlights Contents
DSBC Standard cylinders DSBC �� 23
Standard and round cylinders DSNU�� 35
Standard cylinders
Compact cylinders ADN to ISO 21287�� 45
¬¬Cylinder with self-adjusting
pneumatic end-position cushio- Short-stroke cylinders ADVC/AEVC �� 55
ning Linear drives DGC �� 79
¬¬Diameter 32 – 125 mm
¬¬Stroke 20 – 500 mm Swivel modules DSM�� 95
Semi-rotary drives DRRD��105
Page 23
Mini slides SLT/SLS/SLF��117
Guided drives DFM ��129
Clamping modules EV��147
DFM
Guided drives
¬¬Basic and modular design.
¬¬Diameter 12 – 100 mm
¬¬Stroke 10 – 400 mm
Page 129

Pneumatic drives >

Pneumatic drives >
Cylinders with piston rod

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Standards-based cylinders
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsbc PDF
PDF EN Standard cylinders to ISO 15552
DSBC
Additional Information/Support/User Documentation
 www.festo.com/sp/dsbc PDF
PDF EN
Diameter 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125 mm

Stroke length 20 ... 500 mm
Force 483 ... 7,363 N
Double-acting
Position sensing
Self-adjusting cushioning
Male piston rod thread
Clever cushioning!
¬¬Save time on adjustment: The new standard
¬¬Cylinder with self-adjusting pneumatic end-position cushioning
¬¬Adapts optimally to changes in loads and speed. You save time
and increase flexibility, and your process reliability grows
¬¬Its many variants, adaptation to ambient conditions and indivi-
dual design allow it to be used flexibly
¬¬Economic, convenient and reliable

Pneumatic drives > Cylinders with piston rod > Standards-based cylinders >
Standard cylinders DSBC, to ISO 15552
Product-range Overview
Version Cushioning Stroke/∅ 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
DSBC
DSBC-...-PPS PPS: Pneumatic 20 n n n n n – –

cushioning, self-adju- 25 n n n n n n n
sting at both ends 30 n n n n n – –
40 n n n n n n n
50 n n n n n n n
60 n n n n n – –
70 n n n n n – –
80 n n n n n n n
100 n n n n n n n
125 n n n n n n n
150 n n n n n – –
160 n n n n n n n
200 n n n n n n n
250 n n n n n n n
300 n n n n n – –
320 n n n n n n n
400 n n n n n n n
500 n n n n n n n
DSBC-...-PPV PPV: Pneumatic 20 n n n n n – –
cushioning, adjustable 25 n n n n n n n
at both ends 30 n n n n n – –
40 n n n n n n n
50 n n n n n n n
60 n n n n n – –
70 n n n n n – –
80 n n n n n n n
100 n n n n n n n
125 n n n n n n n
150 n n n n n – –
160 n n n n n n n
200 n n n n n n n
250 n n n n n n n
300 n n n n n – –
320 n n n n n n n
400 n n n n n n n
500 n n n n n n n

Example Applications
Ultrasonic welding Automated screwing
DSBC
Sensor Options
Proximity sensors SMT-8/SME-8, for T-slots
Quick ordering:
Reliable sensing – strong magnetic field
Perfect fixing on cylinders with T-slots
Insertable in the slot from above
Flexible product configuration based on application needs


Pneumatische Antriebe > Kolbenstangenzylinder > Normbasierte Zylinder >
Normzylinder DSBC, ISO 15552
Peripherals overview Zubehör

1
DSBC
bG
4 7
1
6
2
9
3
aA
aC
5
bF aB
8
bE
4
aJ
bD
aE
aA
aE aD
bC
aF
aH
aG
aI
9 bB
bJ
1
2
3
bA
Seite/online S
1 Fußbefestigung HNC 41 aD Schwenkzapfen-Bausatz DAMT 42
 Page/online  Page/online
Fußbefestigung CRHNC dsbc aE Gelenkkopf SGS/CRSGS 42
1 Foot mounting HNC 2 30Flanschbefestigung FNC aD Trunnion mounting
41 kit DAMT aF Lagerbock quer31
LQG 42
Flanschbefestigung CRFNG dsbc aG Gabelkopf SGA 42
2 Flange mounting FNC aE Rod eye SGS/CRSGS *)
3 Schwenkzapfen ZNCF 41 aH Kupplungsstück KSG 42
3 Trunnion flange ZNCF Schwenkzapfen CRZNG aF Right-angle clevis
dsbc foot LQG aH Kupplungsstück KSZ 42
4 Trunnion support LNZG 4 Lagerstück LNZG aG Rod clevis SGA41 aI Gabelkopf SG 42
Lagerstück CRLNZG dsbc Gabelkopf CRSG dsb
5 Swivel flange SNC aH Coupling piece KSG/KSZ
5 Schwenkflansch SNC 41 bJ Flexo-Kupplung FK 42
6 Clevis foot LSNG *) aI Rod clevis SG bA Führungseinheit FENG 42
6 Lagerbock LSNG 41
7 Clevis foot LSNSG *) 7 Lagerbock LSNSG bJ Self-aligning rod
41 coupler FK bB Nutabdeckung ABP-5-S 42
8 Swivel flange SNCS *) 8 Schwenkflansch SNCS bA Guide unit FENG
41 bC Näherungsschalter SME/SMT-8M 43
9 Lagerbock LBG 41 und Verbindungsleitung NEBU
9 Clevis foot LBG bB Slot cover ABP-5-S
aJ Schwenkflansch SNCL 41 bD Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 43
aJ Swivel flange SNCL aA Schwenkflansch SNCB bC Proximity sensor
41 SMT/SME-8M bE 27 QS
Steckverschraubung 908
aA Swivel flange SNCB aB Lagerbock LNG and connecting41 cable NEBU bF Faltenbalgbausatz DADB dsb
aC Lagerbock LSN bD One-way flow41 bG
control valve CRGRLA Mehrstellungsbausatz
31 DPNC 43
aB Clevis foot LNG
aC Clevis foot LSN *) bE Push-in fittings 421
bF Protective bellows kit DADB dsbc
bG Multi-position kit DPNC 31
40 *) Productsmarked with an asterisk are not free of copper!

www.festo.com/catalogue/... Änderungen vorbeha

Order code
Piston Stroke Cushioning Sensing Standard
DSBC
∅ [mm] [mm]
DSBC – – – A – N3
32, 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; 60; PPS Pneumatic A For proximity N3 Standard con-
40, 70; 80; 100; 125; 150; cushioning, sensing forms to
50, 160; 200; 250; 300; 320; self-adjusting ISO 15552
63, 400; 500 at both ends
80 PPV Pneumatic
Default
100, 25; 40; 50; 80; 100; 125; cushioning,
125 160; 200; 250; 320; 400; adjustable at Mandatory
500 both ends Optional

put length
[m]
bC Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
design
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D

Configurable Product Product configuration offline:

Product configuration online:
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsbc
be ordered using the configurator Enter the type code in the search field

Ordering data
PPS: Pneumatic cushioning, self-adjusting at both ends
Stroke Part No. Type Stroke Part No. Type Stroke Part No. Type
DSBC
[mm] [mm] [mm]

Piston ∅ 32 mm Piston ∅ 50 mm Piston ∅ 80 mm
20
2123085 DSBC-32-20-PPSA-N3 20
2102628 DSBC-50-20-PPSA-N3 20 2126636 DSBC-80-20-PPSA-N3
25
1376467 DSBC-32-25-PPSA-N3 25
30
2123086 DSBC-32-30-PPSA-N3 30
40
1376468 DSBC-32-40-PPSA-N3 40
50
1376469 DSBC-32-50-PPSA-N3 50
60
2123087 DSBC-32-60-PPSA-N3 60
70
2123088 DSBC-32-70-PPSA-N3 70
80
1376470 DSBC-32-80-PPSA-N3 80
100
1376471 DSBC-32-100-PPSA-N3 100
125
1376472 DSBC-32-125-PPSA-N3 125
150
2123089 DSBC-32-150-PPSA-N3 150
160
1376473 DSBC-32-160-PPSA-N3 160
200
1376474 DSBC-32-200-PPSA-N3 200
250
1376475 DSBC-32-250-PPSA-N3 250
300
2123090 DSBC-32-300-PPSA-N3 300
320
1376476 DSBC-32-320-PPSA-N3 320
400
1376477 DSBC-32-400-PPSA-N3 400
500
1376478 DSBC-32-500-PPSA-N3 500

20
2123780 DSBC-40-20-PPSA-N3 20
25
1376903 DSBC-40-25-PPSA-N3 25
30
2123781 DSBC-40-30-PPSA-N3 30
40
1376904 DSBC-40-40-PPSA-N3 40
50
1376905 DSBC-40-50-PPSA-N3 50
60
2123782 DSBC-40-60-PPSA-N3 60
70
2123783 DSBC-40-70-PPSA-N3 70
80
1376906 DSBC-40-80-PPSA-N3 80
100
1376907 DSBC-40-100-PPSA-N3 100
125
1376908 DSBC-40-125-PPSA-N3 125
150
2123784 DSBC-40-150-PPSA-N3 150
160
1376909 DSBC-40-160-PPSA-N3 160
200
1376910 DSBC-40-200-PPSA-N3 200
1383639 DSBC-63-200-PPSA-N3
250
1376911 DSBC-40-250-PPSA-N3 250
1383640 DSBC-63-250-PPSA-N3 Piston ∅ 125 mm
300
2123785 DSBC-40-300-PPSA-N3 300
320
1376912 DSBC-40-320-PPSA-N3 320
400
1376913 DSBC-40-400-PPSA-N3 400
500
1376914 DSBC-40-500-PPSA-N3 500
100 1804665 DSBC-125-100-PPSA-N3
125 1804666 DSBC-125-125-PPSA-N3
160 1804667 DSBC-125-160-PPSA-N3
200 1804668 DSBC-125-200-PPSA-N3
250 1804669 DSBC-125-250-PPSA-N3
320 1804671 DSBC-125-320-PPSA-N3
400 1804672 DSBC-125-400-PPSA-N3
500 1804673 DSBC-125-500-PPSA-N3

Ordering data
PPV: Pneumatic cushioning, adjustable at both ends
DSBC
[mm] [mm] [mm]
20
2123069 DSBC-32-20-PPVA-N3 20
2098969 DSBC-50-20-PPVA-N3 20 2126594 DSBC-80-20-PPVA-N3
25
1376422 DSBC-32-25-PPVA-N3 25
30
2123070 DSBC-32-30-PPVA-N3 30
40
1376423 DSBC-32-40-PPVA-N3 40
50
1376424 DSBC-32-50-PPVA-N3 50
60
2123071 DSBC-32-60-PPVA-N3 60
70
2123072 DSBC-32-70-PPVA-N3 70
80
1376425 DSBC-32-80-PPVA-N3 80
100
1376426 DSBC-32-100-PPVA-N3 100
125
1376427 DSBC-32-125-PPVA-N3 125
150
2123073 DSBC-32-150-PPVA-N3 150
160
1376428 DSBC-32-160-PPVA-N3 160
200
1376429 DSBC-32-200-PPVA-N3 200
250
1376430 DSBC-32-250-PPVA-N3 250
300
2123074 DSBC-32-300-PPVA-N3 300
320
1376431 DSBC-32-320-PPVA-N3 320
400
1376432 DSBC-32-400-PPVA-N3 400
500
1376433 DSBC-32-500-PPVA-N3 500

20
2123166 DSBC-40-20-PPVA-N3 20
25
1376656 DSBC-40-25-PPVA-N3 25
30
2123167 DSBC-40-30-PPVA-N3 30
40
1376657 DSBC-40-40-PPVA-N3 40
50
1376658 DSBC-40-50-PPVA-N3 50
60
2123224 DSBC-40-60-PPVA-N3 60
70
2123225 DSBC-40-70-PPVA-N3 70
80
1376659 DSBC-40-80-PPVA-N3 80
100
1376660 DSBC-40-100-PPVA-N3 100
125
1376661 DSBC-40-125-PPVA-N3 125
150
2123226 DSBC-40-150-PPVA-N3 150
160
1376662 DSBC-40-160-PPVA-N3 160
200
1376663 DSBC-40-200-PPVA-N3 200
1383585 DSBC-63-200-PPVA-N3
250
1376664 DSBC-40-250-PPVA-N3 250
1383586 DSBC-63-250-PPVA-N3 Piston ∅ 125 mm
300
2123227 DSBC-40-300-PPVA-N3 300
320
1376665 DSBC-40-320-PPVA-N3 320
400
1376666 DSBC-40-400-PPVA-N3 400
500
1376667 DSBC-40-500-PPVA-N3 500
100 1804960 DSBC-125-100-PPVA-N3
125 1804961 DSBC-125-125-PPVA-N3
160 1804962 DSBC-125-160-PPVA-N3
200 1804963 DSBC-125-200-PPVA-N3
250 1804964 DSBC-125-250-PPVA-N3
320 1804965 DSBC-125-320-PPVA-N3
400 1804966 DSBC-125-400-PPVA-N3
500 1804967 DSBC-125-500-PPVA-N3

Accessories – Ordering data

For ∅ Part No. Type For ∅ Part No. Type
DSBC
1 Foot mounting Dimensions online: dsbc 8 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  dsbc
32
174369 HNC-32 32
174397 SNCS-32 *)
40
174370 HNC-40 40
174398 SNCS-40 *)
50 174371 HNC-50 50
174399 SNCS-50 *)
63
174372 HNC-63 63
174400 SNCS-63 *)
80 174373 HNC-80 80 174401 SNCS-80 *)
100 174374 HNC-100 100 174402 SNCS-100 *)
125 174375 HNC-125 125 174403 SNCS-125 *)
2 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  dsbc 9 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbg
32
174376 FNC-32 32 31761 LBG-32
40
174377 FNC-40 40 31762 LBG-40
50 174378 FNC-50 50 31763 LBG-50
63 174379 FNC-63 63 31764 LBG-63
80 174380 FNC-80 80 31765 LBG-80
100 174381 FNC-100 100 31766 LBG-100
125 174382 FNC-125 125 31767 LBG-125
3 Trunnion flange Dimensions online:  dsbc aJ Swivel flange Dimensions online:  dsbc
32 174411 ZNCF-32 32
174404 SNCL-32
40 174412 ZNCF-40 40
174405 SNCL-40
50 174413 ZNCF-50 50 174406 SNCL-50
63 174414 ZNCF-63 63
174407 SNCL-63
80 174415 ZNCF-80 80 174408 SNCL-80
100 174416 ZNCF-100 100 174409 SNCL-100
125 174417 ZNCF-125 125 174410 SNCL-125
4 Trunnion support Dimensions online:  dsbc aA Swivel flange Dimensions online:  dsbc
32 32959 LNZG-32 32
174390 SNCB-32
40, 50 32960 LNZG-40/50 40
174391 SNCB-40
63, 80 32961 LNZG-63/80 50
174392 SNCB-50
100, 125 32962 LNZG-100/125 63
174393 SNCB-63
5 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  dsbc 80 174394 SNCB-80
32
174383 SNC-32 100 174395 SNCB-100
40
174384 SNC-40 125 174396 SNCB-125
50
174385 SNC-50 aB Clevis foot Technical data online:  lng
63
174386 SNC-63 32
33890 LNG-32
80 174387 SNC-80 40
33891 LNG-40
100 174388 SNC-100 50
33892 LNG-50
125 174389 SNC-125 63
33893 LNG-63
6 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsng 80 33894 LNG-80
32 31740 LSNG-32 *) 100 33895 LNG-100
40 31741 LSNG-40 *) 125 33896 LNG-125
50 31742 LSNG-50 *) aC Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsn
63 31743 LSNG-63 *) 32 5561 LSN-32 *)
80 31744 LSNG-80 *) 40 5562 LSN-40 *)
100 31745 LSNG-100 *) 50 5563 LSN-50 *)
125 31746 LSNG-125 *) 63 5564 LSN-63 *)
7 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsnsg 80 5565 LSN-80 *)
32 31747 LSNSG-32 *) 100 5566 LSN-100 *)
40 31748 LSNSG-40 *) 125 6987 LSN-125 *)
50 31749 LSNSG-50 *)
63 31750 LSNSG-63 *) *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
80 31751 LSNSG-80 *)
100 31752 LSNSG-100 *)
125 31753 LSNSG-125 *)


DSBC
aD Trunnion mounting kit Dimensions online:  dsbc bA Guide unit for variable strokes from 10 … 500 mm,
32 2213233 DAMT-V1-32-A with recirculating ball bearing guide Technical data online:  feng
40 2214899 DAMT-V1-40-A 32 34487 FENG-32-…-KF1)
50 2214909 DAMT-V1-50-A 40 34488 FENG-40-…-KF1)
63 2214971 DAMT-V1-63-A 50 34489 FENG-50-…-KF1)
80 163529 DAMT-V1-80-A 63 34490 FENG-63-…-KF1)
100 163530 DAMT-V1-100-A 80 34491 FENG-80-…-KF1)
125 1812524 DAMT-V8-125-A 100 34492 FENG-100-…-KF1)
aE Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs bA Guide unit for variable strokes from 10 … 500 mm,
32
9261 SGS-M10x1,25 *) with plain-bearing guide Technical data online:  feng
40
9262 SGS-M12x1,25 *) 32 34481 FENG-32-…1) *)
50, 63
9263 SGS-M16x1,5 * ) 40 34482 FENG-40-…1) *)
80, 100 9264 SGS-M20x1,5 * ) 50 34483 FENG-50-…1) *)
125 10774 SGS-M27x2 * ) 63 34484 FENG-63-…1) *)
aF Right-angle clevis foot Technical data online:  lqg 80 34485 FENG-80-…1) *)
32 31768 LQG-32 100 34486 FENG-100-…1) *)
40 31769 LQG-40 bB Slot cover2)
50 31770 LQG-50 151680 ABP-5-S
63 31771 LQG-63
80 31772 LQG-80 bG Multi-position kit Technical data online:  dpnc
100 31773 LQG-100 32 174418 DPNC-32
125 31774 LQG-125 40 174419 DPNC-40
aG Rod clevis Technical data online:  sga 50 174420 DPNC-50
32 32954 SGA-M10x1,25 63 174421 DPNC-63
40 10767 SGA-M12x1,25 80 174422 DPNC-80
50, 63 10768 SGA-M16x1,5 100 174423 DPNC-100
80, 100 10769 SGA-M20x1,5 1) Enter required stroke. Order example: the order code for an appropriate guide unit for the stan-
dard cylinder DSBC-40-250 is FENG-40-250-KF (guide unit FENG - piston diameter 40 mm - stroke
125 10770 SGA-M27x2 250 mm - with recirculating ball bearing guide).
aH Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksg 2) Packaging unit 2x 0.5 m.
32 32963 KSG-M10x1,25
40 32964 KSG-M12x1,25 Description Part No. Type
50, 63 32965 KSG-M16x1,5
bC Connecting cable, straight socket
80, 100 32966 KSG-M20x1,5
2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
125 32967 KSG-M20x1,5
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
aH Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksz
32 36125 KSZ-M10x1,25
40 36126 KSZ-M12x1,25 Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type
50, 63 36127 KSZ-M16x1,5 bD One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
80, 100 36128 KSZ-M20x1,5 stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla
aI Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg 32, 40, Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
32
6144 SG-M10x1,25 50
40
6145 SG-M12x1,25 63, 80 Gy 161406 CRGRLA-y-B
50, 63
6146 SG-M16x1,5 100, 125 G½ 161407 CRGRLA-½-B
80, 100 6147 SG-M20x1,5
125 14987 SG-M27x2-B *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
bJ Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk
32 6140 FK-M10x1,25
40 6141 FK-M12x1,25
50, 63 6142 FK-M16x1,5
80, 100 6143 FK-M20x1,5
125 10485 FK-M27x2

Technical data
General
Piston ∅ 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
DSBC
Pneumatic connection Gx G¼ G¼ Gy Gy G½ G½
Piston rod thread M10x1.25 M12x1.25 M16x1.5 M16x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M27x2
Stroke [mm] 1 … 2,800
Design Piston / piston rod / profile barrel
Mode of operation Double-acting
Cushioning
DSBC-…-PPV Pneumatic cushioning, adjustable at both ends
DSBC-…-PPS Pneumatic cushioning, self-adjusting at both ends
Cushioning length
DSBC-…-PPV [mm] 17 19 22 22 31 31 45
Position sensing Via proximity sensor
Type of mounting Via internal thread / accessories
Mounting position Any
Operating and environmental conditions

Piston ∅ 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
Note on operating/pilot medium Lubricated operation possible (in which case lubricated operation will always be required)
Operating pressure [bar] 0.6 … 12 0.4 … 12 0.2 … 10
Ambient temperature1) [°C] –20 … +80
Corrosion resistance class CRC 22)
1) Values only applicable for strokes ≤ 500 mm
In combination with cushioning PPS/PPV, the specifications only apply outside the cushioning range
2) Corrosion resistance class 2 according to Festo standard 940 070
Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface requirements which are in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media such as
coolants or lubricating agents.
Guided drives DFM

Forces [N] and impact energy [J]
Technical data
Piston ∅ 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Theoretical force at 6 bar, advancing 483 754 1,178 1,870 3,016 4,712 7,363
Impact energy [J]
Theoretical force at 6 bar, retracting 415 633 990 1,682 2,721 4,418 6,881
Piston  12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Max. impact energy in the end positions 0.41) 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.5 3.3
Max. impact energy at the end positions 0.09 0.10 0.14 0.35 0.40 0.52 0.64 0.70 0.75 1.00
1) The max. energy in combination with the trunnion mounting kit DAMT is 0.1 J.
vperm. Permissible impact velocity Note

Permissible impact velocity: vperm.� 2�x�E perm.
mdead� � mload Eperm. Max. impact energy
-H- Note
These specifications represent
mdead Moving load (drive) the maximum
These values
specifications which the
represent can
mload Moving work load be reached.
maximum Note
values the can
which maximum
be re
permitted
ached. impact
Note the energy.
maximum permitted
2�x�Eperm.
Maximum permissible load: mload� � �mdead impact energy.
v2
DFM with plain-bearing guide GF

Weight
Stroke [g] Piston  [mm]
Piston
[mm] ∅ 12 16 20 32 25 40 32 50 40 63 50 80 63 100
80 125
100
Product
Product weight with 0 mm stroke
weight [g] 465 740 1,190 1,740 2,660 3,665 6,611
Additional
10 weight
338per 10 mm 449
stroke – 27 – 37 – 56 – 62 – 92 – 101
– 151
–
Moving
20 mass with
3710 mm stroke
515 777 110 1250 205 1770 365 – 430 – 810– 1,000
– 2,245
–
Moving
25 mass per
40510 mm stroke
540 825 9 1270 16 1835 25 2145 25 3431 39 4472 396984 63
11000
Moving
30 mass with
4350 mm stroke
571 865 181 1340 339 1915 613 – 684 – 1,292
– 1,516
– 3,084
–
Moving
40 mass per
49410 mm stroke
707 106018 1420 32 2120 50 – 50 – 78 – 78– 126
–
50 540 770 1150 1630 2230 2520 4092 5213 8185 12589
80 690 920 1350 1990 2795 2980 5016 6273 9743 14699
100 775 1085 1595 2226 3092 3531 5434 6791 10482 15760
125 – – – – 3586 3915 6338 7865 11490 17094
160 – – – – 3630 4520 7219 8920 12910 18980
200 – – – – 4777 5389 8139 10172 14363 21148
Moving load [g]

10 170 230 – – – – – – – –
20 190 250 400 650 1040 – – – – –
Technical data
Max. lateral
DSBF-C force Fq as aQuerkraft)
(Horizontaler function of stroke length l DSBF-C (Vertikaler Querkraft)
Horizontal mounting Vertical mounting
DSBC
2000 2000
1000 1000
100 100
Fq [N]
Fq [N]
10 10
1 1
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
l [mm] l [mm]
Materials
Sectional view – Basic design
1 2 3 2
Standard cylinder
1 Piston rod High-alloy steel
2 Cover Die-cast aluminium, coated
3 Profile barrel Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
– Piston rod seal PUR
Cushioning seal PUR
Cushioning boss POM
Note on materials RoHS-compliant
Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 5
Copper-Free:
Product series with the listed part
numbers are copper-free in accor-
dance to the definition and de-
scription provided on page 8.

Dimensions
Basic design
DSBC
1 Socket head screw with female

thread for mounting
attachments
2 Regulating screw for adjustable
end-position cushioning
∅ A B BG E EE G U2 U1 KK L2 L3 L7 L8
∅
[mm] –0,5 d11 min. +0,5 –0,2 ±0,1 ±0,1 –0,2 max. ±0,4
32 22 30 16 45 Gx 28 5,7 5,25 M10x1,25 18 5 6,5 94
40 24 35 16 54 G¼ 33 8 4 M12x1,25 21,3 5 7,5 105
50 32 40 17 64 G¼ 33 10,4 5,5 M16x1,5 26,8 5 9,5 106
63 32 45 17 75 Gy 40,5 12,75 6,25 M16x1,5 27 5 9 121
80 40 45 17 93 Gy 43 12,5 8 M20X1,5 34,2 – 11 128
100 40 55 17 110 G½ 48 13,5 10 M20x1,5 38 – 7,5 138
125 54 60 20 136 G½ 44,7 13 8 M27x2 45,5 – 10 160
∅ MM PL RT TG VA VD WH ZJ ß1 ß2 ß3
∅
[mm] ±0,1 ±0,3 –0,2 +0,5 +2,2 +1,8
32 12 19,5 M6 32,5 4 10 26 119,1 10 16 6
40 16 22,5 M6 38 4 10,5 28,7 133,9 13 18 6
50 20 22,5 M8 46,5 4 11,5 35,6 141,8 17 24 8
63 20 27,5 M8 56,5 4 15 35,9 157,1 17 24 8
80 25 30 M10 72 4 15,7 45,4 173,6 22 30 6
100 25 31,5 M10 89 4 19,2 49,3 187,5 22 30 6
125 32 22,5 M12 110 6 20,5 65 225 27 41 8

Pneumatic drives >

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Round cylinders
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsnu PDF
PDF EN Round cylinders
DSNU
 www.festo.com/sp/dsnu PDF
PDF EN
Diameter: 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25 mm (ISO 6432)

Diameter: 32, 40 mm
Stroke length: 10 ... 500 mm
Force: 19 ... 754 N
Double-acting
Position sensing
Fixed or self-adjusting cushioning
External thread
Mounting flange
Self-adapting PPS cushioning round cylinder

¬¬More convenient and time saving – It is no longer necessary to
adjust the cushioning on the DSNU with PPS. It reduces instal-
lation time and simplifies assembly. It offers especially OEMs a
very interesting alternative to reduce cycle times.
¬¬Self-adapting – The self-adapting system guarantees optimum
cushioning, even with changing loads and/or speed. This
means that the cushioning for all DSNU cylinders is the same
under all circumstances. And, importantly, tampering is
eliminated.

Round cylinders DSNU
Version Cushioning Stroke/∅ 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
DSNU
DSNU-...-P P: Flexible cushioning 10 n n n n n n – –

rings/pads at both 15 n n n n n n – –
ends 20 n n n n n n – –
25 n n n n n n n n
30 n n n n n n – –
35 – – – n n n – –
40 n n n n n n n n
50 n n n n n n n n
60 n n n n n n – –
70 – – – n n n – –
80 n n n n n n n n
100 n n n n n n n n
125 – – n n n n n n
150 – – – n n n – –
160 – – n n n n n n
200 – – n n n n n n
250 – – – – n n n n
300 – – – – n n – –
320 – – – – n n n n
400 – – – – – n – –
500 – – – – – n – –
DSNU-...-PPS PPS: Pneumatic 10 – – – n n n – –
cushioning, self-adju- 15 – – – n n n – –
sting at both ends 20 – – – n n n – –
25 – – – n n n n n
30 – – – n n n – –
35 – – – n n n – –
40 – – – n n n n n
50 – – – n n n n n
60 – – – n n n – –
70 – – – n n n – –
80 – – – n n n n n
100 – – – n n n n n
125 – – – n n n n n
150 – – – n n n – –
160 – – – n n n n n
200 – – – n n n n n
250 – – – – n n n n
300 – – – – n n – –
320 – – – – n n n n
400 – – – – – n – –
500 – – – – – n – –

Example Application
Feed separation
DSNU
Stopping
Releasing
Mounting Options
Mounting front and rear Mounting via hex nut Swivel mounting
Foot mounting (for short strokes) Foot mounting Flange mounting Swivel mounting
Sensor Options
Quick ordering:
Mounting via mounting kits SMBR
Insertable in the mounting kit‘s slot from above


Pneumatische Antriebe > Kolbenstangenzylinder > Normbasierte Zylinder >
Normzylinder
Peripherals overview DSNU/DSNUP/DSN/ESNU/ESN, ISO 6432
DSNU
Zubehör
1
9
aI 5
aA
7
aJ 8
aC
aB
aH bJ aE
1
aD
2 aG
3 aF
4 5
1 Rod eye SGS*) 40
DSNU/ESNU DSNU-
aA Push-in fittings
DSNUP
421
DSN/ESN
2 Coupling piece KSG/KSZ MQaB Mounting
Q kit SMBRS2 KP 40
3
1 Rod clevis SG SGS
Gelenkkopf aC Proximitysensor SMEO/SMTO-4
smeo
8
Self-aligning rod coupler FK
4
Gelenkkopf CRSGS aD
Mountingkit SMBR-8 40
d
5 Flange mounting FBN aE Proximity sensor SMT/SME-8 39
2 Kupplungsstück KSG/KSZ 8
6 Foot mounting HBN aF Mounting kit SMBR-10 40
3
7 Swivel mountingSG
Gabelkopf WBN aG Proximity sensor SMT/SME-10
39 8
8 Gabelkopf
Swivel mountingCRSG
SBN*) aH Guide unit FEN 40 d
4
9 Clevis foot LBN
Flexo-Kupplung FK aI Protectivebellows kit DADB
dsnu
8
aJ
5 One-way flow control valve
Flanschbefestigung FBN CRGRLA bJ Hex nut MSK
40 8
Flanschbefestigung CRFBN d
*) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
6 Fußbefestigung HBN 8
Fußbefestigung CRHBN d
7 Schwenkbefestigung WBN 8
8 Schwenkbefestigung SBN – 8
9 Lagerbock LBN – – 8
Lagerbock CRLBN – – d
aJ Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA/GRLZ1) 8
Drossel-Rückschlagventil CRGRLA1) d
aA Steckverschraubung QS 9
aB Befestigungsbausatz SMBR – – 8
Befestigungsbausatz CRSMBR – – d
aC Näherungsschalter SMEO/SMTO-4 – – 8
38 Näherungsschalter CRSMEO-4  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Subject to change
– – 2016/06 – d
Order code
Piston Stroke Cushioning Sensing Special properties
DSNU
∅ [mm] [mm]
DSNU – – – – A – F
8, 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; 60; 80; PPS Pneumatic A For proximity F Copper-free
10 100 cushioning, sensing variant
12 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; 60; 80; self-adjusting
100; 125; 160; 200 at both ends
16 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 35; 40; 50; 60; (Piston ∅
70; 80; 100; 125; 150; 160; 200 16 ... 32 only)
20 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 35; 40; 50; 60; P Flexible
70; 80; 100; 125; 150; 160; 200; cushioning
250; 300; 320 rings/pads at
25 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 35; 40; 50; 60; both ends
70; 80; 100; 125; 150; 160; 200;
250; 300; 320; 400; 500 Default
32 25; 40; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200; Mandatory
250; 320 Optional
40 25; 40; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200;
250; 320
Applicable Proximity sensors SMT/SME for piston ∅ 8 … 40

put length
[m]
aE Piston ∅ 8 ... 32 mm – T-Slot

Proximity sensors for via accessories PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
T-slot, magneto-resi- Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3 ¬
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
stive
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
Proximity sensors for via accessories Contacting N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
T-slot, magnetic reed Cable, 2-wire 2,5 ¬
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
aG Piston ∅ 8 ... 32 mm – C-Slot
Proximity sensors for via accessories PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
C-slot, magneto-resi- Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
stive
via accessories NPN N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
Proximity sensors for via accessories Contacting N/O Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
C-slot, magnetic reed Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Cable, 2-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
 www.festo.com/catalogue/smt
 www.festo.com/catalogue/sme

This product and all its options must be On the DVD under Products
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsnu
ordered using the configurator Enter the type code in the search field


DSNU
1 Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs aB/aD/aF Mounting kit for proximity sensor SMT/SME-8
8, 10 9253 SGS-M4 *) 8
175091 SMBR-8-8
12, 16
9254 SGS-M6 *) 10
175092 SMBR-8-10
20
9255 SGS-M8 *) 12
175093 SMBR-8-12
25, 32
9261 SGS-M10x1,25 *) 16
175094 SMBR-8-16
40
9263 SGS-M12x1,25 *) 20
175095 SMBR-8-20
2 Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksg 25
175096 SMBR-8-25
25, 32 32963 KSG-M10x1,25 32 175097 SMBR-8-32
40 32964 KSG-M12x1,25 40 175098 SMBR-8-40
Mounting kit for proximity sensor SMT/SME-10
8 175101 SMBR-10-8
2 Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksz 10 173227 SMBR-10-10
12, 16 36123 KSZ-M6 12 175102 SMBR-10-12
20 36124 KSZ-M8 16 173228 SMBR-10-16
25, 32 36125 KSZ-M10x1,25 20 175103 SMBR-10-20
40 36126 KSZ-M12x1,25 25 175104 SMBR-10-25
3 Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg 32 175105 SMBR-10-32
8, 10 6532 SG-M4 40 175106 SMBR-10-40
12, 16
3110 SG-M6
20
3111 SG-M8
Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type
25, 32
6144 SG-M10x1,25
40
6145 SG-M12x1,25 aJ One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla
4 Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk
12, 16 M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
8, 10 6528 FK-M4
20, 25, Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
12, 16
2061 FK-M6
32
20
2062 FK-M8
40 G¼ 161405 CRGRLA-¼-B
25, 32
6140 FK-M10x1,25
40
6141 FK-M12x1,25
5 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  dsnu Description Part No. Type
8, 10 5129 FBN-8/10 aC/aE/aG Connecting cable, straight socket
12, 16 5130 FBN-12/16 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
20, 25 5131 FBN-20/25 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
32 195855 FBN-32
40 195856 FBN-40 For ∅ Stroke Part No. Type
6 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  dsnu
aH Guide unit for variable strokes Technical data online:  fen
8, 10 5123 HBN-8/10x1
With recirculating ball bearing guide
5124 HBN-8/10x2
8, 10 1 … 100 35197 FEN-8/10-…-KF
12, 16
5125 HBN-12/16x1
12, 16 1 … 200 33481 FEN-12/16-…-KF

5126 HBN-12/16x2
20 2 … 250 33482 FEN-20-…-KF
20, 25
5127 HBN-20/25x1
25 2 … 250 33483 FEN-25-…-KF

5128 HBN-20/25x2
With plain-bearing guide
32 195851 HBN-32x2
8, 10 1 … 100 35196 FEN-8/10-… *)
40 195852 HBN-40x2
12, 16 1 … 200 19168 FEN-12/16-… *)
7 Swivel mounting Dimensions online:  dsnu
20 2 … 250 19169 FEN-20-… *)
8, 10 8608 WBN-8/10x1
25 2 … 250 19170 FEN-25-… *)
12, 16 8609 WBN-12/16
bJ Hex nut
20, 25 8610 WBN-20/25
16
189007 MSK-M16X1,5
32 195863 WBN-32
20, 25
189009 MSK-M22X1,5
8 Swivel mounting Dimensions online:  dsnu
20, 25 539927 SBN-20/25 *)
32 539924 SBN-32 *)
40 539925 SBN-40 *)
9 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbn
8, 10 6057 LBN-8/10
12, 16
6058 LBN-12/16
20, 25
6059 LBN-20/25
32 195860 LBN-32
40 195861 LBN-40

Technical data
General technical data
Piston ∅ 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
DSNU
Pneumatic connection M5 M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4
Piston rod thread M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1.25 M10x1.25 M12x1.25
Constructional design Piston/piston rod/cylinder barrel
Cushioning P Flexible cushioning rings/pads at both ends
PPS – Self-adjusting cushioning at both ends
Cushioning length PPS [mm] – 12 15 17 14 18
Type of mounting Via accessories
Note: This product conforms to ISO 1179-1 and to ISO 228-1

Piston ∅ 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [7:4:4]
Note on operating/pilot medium Operation with lubricated medium possible (in which case lubricated operation will always be required)
Ambient temperature2) 0 … +80
Operating pressure [bar] 1.5 … 101) 1 … 10
2
1) With DSNU-12- … -PPV (pneumatic cushioning adjustable at both ends): 2 … 10 bar
2) Note operating range of proximity sensors.
3) Corrosion resistance class 2 as per Festo standard 940 070
Force [N] and impact energy [J]

Piston ∅ 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
Theoretical force at 6 bar, advancing 30 47 68 121 189 295 483 753
Theoretical force at 6 bar, retracting 23 40 51 104 158 247 415 633
Max. impact energy at the end positions 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.7
for flexible cushioning elements1)
1) The values are reduced by approx. 50% at an ambient temperature of 80 °C
Weight [g]
Piston ∅ 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
Product weight with 0 mm stroke 34.6 37.3 75 89.9 186.8 238 370.5 661
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 2.4 2.7 4 4.6 7.2 11 15.5 24
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 4
Copper-Free:
Standard cylinder Piston ∅ 8 ... 25 Piston ∅ 32, 40

1 Piston rod High-alloy stainless steel
2 Bearing cap Anodised aluminium
3 Cylinder barrel High-alloy stainless steel
4 End cap Anodised aluminium
– Seals Polyurethane, nitrile rubber
Note on materials RoHS compliant
Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 6 –

Technical data
Average piston speed v as a function of applied load m in combination with PPSDSNU-20-PPS
DSNU-16-PPS cushionings
Piston ∅ 16 Piston ∅ 20
DSNU
2 2
1.5 1.5
v [m/s]
v [m/s]
1 1
0.5 0.5
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
m [kg] m [kg]
DSNU-25-PPS DSNU-32-PPS
Piston ∅ 25 Piston ∅ 32
1.6 1.6
1.2 1.2
v [m/s]
v [m/s]
0.8 Normzylinder
0.8 DSNU, ISO 6432
Datenblatt
0.4 0.4
Mittlere0Kolbengeschwindigkeit v in Abhängigkeit von der Zusatzmasse m in Verbindun
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Kolben- 016 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Kolben- 20
m [kg] m [kg]
Piston ∅ 40
DSNU-40-PPS
Note
1.2 Average piston speed
= stroke / movement time
1
0.8
v [m/s]
0.6
0.4 50 mm stroke
DSNU-16-50 DS
100 mm stroke
DSNU-16-100 DS
0.2
200 mm stroke
DSNU-16-200 DS
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Kolben- 25
m [kg]
Note
Design software Additional graphs
-H- Hinw
for flexible cushioning elements for PPS cushioning Mittlere Kolb

è ProDrive è www.festo.com = Hub / Bew
DSNU-25-50
DSNU-25-100
DSNU-25-200
-H- Hinweis
Auslegungssoftware für Weitere Diagramme zur Auslegungsso
P-Dämpfung PPS-Dämpfung PPV-Dämpfun
www.festo.com www.festo.com www.festo


Grundtyp S2 – D
Technical data
DSNU-8
Max. ... 25
lateral force Fq as a function of stroke length l
Piston ∅ 8 ... 25
DSNU
60
55
50
45
40 Round cylinders DSNU

Technical data
35
Fq [N]
30 Weight [g]
Piston  32 40
25
Product weight with 0 mm stroke 370.5 661
20 Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 15.5 24
15 Max. lateral force Fq as a function of projection l

10
5
 8/10
∅ 8/10
0  12/16
∅ 12/16
0.1 1 10 100 1000  20
∅ 20
l [mm] Basic version S2 – T
 25
∅ 25
DSNU-32 ... 63
Piston ∅ 32, 40 Werkstoffe
320 Funktionsschnitt
300 1 2 3 4
280
260
240
220
200
180
Fq [N]
160
Normzylinder Grundtyp R3 S6
140
1 Kolbenstange Stahl, hochlegiert
120 2 Lagerdeckel Aluminium, eloxiert
100 3 Zylinderrohr hochlegierter Stahl, rostfrei
80 4 Abschlussdeckel Aluminium, eloxiert
– Dichtungen Polyurethan, Nitrilkautschuk Flu
60
Werkstoffhinweis RoHS konform
40
20  32
∅ 32
2014/07 – Änderungen
 40 vorbehalten Inte
0 ∅ 40
0.1 1 10 100 1000  50/63
(∅ 50/63)
l [mm]

Dimensions
Basic design
Note
Piston rod nut is not included in
the scope of delivery with
∅ 8 … 20.
∅ AM B B4 BE BF CD D D1 D4 EE EW G KK
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] h9 H9
8 9,3
12 12 – M12x1,25 12 4 15 – 8 M4
10 11,3 M5
10
12 13,3
16 16 – M16x1,5 17 6 20 – 12 M6
16 17,3
20 20 – 20 – 21,3 M8
22 M22x1,5 8 27 Gx 16 16
25 22 – 22 – 26,5 M10
32 22 30 5 M30x1,5 26 10 38 42 33,6 Gx 16 19 M10x1,25
40 24 38 6 M38x1,5 30 12 46 50 41,6 G¼ 18 25 M12x1,25
∅ KV KW L L2 MM PL VD WF XC ZJ ß1 ß2
[mm] ∅ ±1
8 64 62
19 6 6 46 4 16 – –
10
6
12 50 75 72
24 8 9 6 2 22 5 –
16 56 82 78
20 68 8 24 95 92 7 –
32 11 12 8,2
25 69,5 10 28 104 97,2 9 –
32 – 8 13 69,5 12 9 2 34 117,5 103,5 10 16
40 – 10 15 84,6 16 12 3 39 139,6 123,6 13 18

Pneumatic drives >

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Standards-based cylinders
 www.festo.com/catalogue/adn PDF
PDF EN Compact cylinders to ISO 21287
ADN
 www.festo.com/sp/adn PDF
PDF EN
Diameter 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm

Force 51 ... 1870 N
Double-acting
Position sensing
Cushioning fixed/self-adjusting
Female thread
Male thread
For maximum productivity in confined spaces

¬¬Inexpensive standard strokes for standard functions
¬¬Wide choice of variants within a modular system for individual
combination as desired.

Compact cylinders ADN, to ISO 21287
Version Cushioning Piston rod thread Stroke/∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
5 n –
ADN
ADN-...-A-P-A Flexible cushioning Male n n n n n n

rings/pads at both 10 n n n n n n n n
ends
15 n n n n n n n n
20 n n n n n n n n
25 n n n n n n n n
30 n n n n n n n n
40 n n n n n n n n
50 – n n n n n n n
60 – – n n n n n n
80 – – – – n n n n
ADN-...-I-P-A Flexible cushioning Female 5 n n n n n n n –
rings/pads at both 10 n n n n n n n n
ends 15 n n n n n n n n
20 n n n n n n n n
25 n n n n n n n n
30 n n n n n n n n
40 n n n n n n n n
50 – n n n n n n n
60 – – n n n n n n
80 – – – – n n n n
ADN-...-A-PPS-A Pneumatic cushioning, Male 5 – – – – – – – –
self-adjusting at both 10 – – n n n n n n
ends
15 – – n n n n n n
20 – – n n n n n n
25 – – n n n n n n
30 – – n n n n n n
40 – – n n n n n n
50 – – n n n n n n
60 – – n n n n n n
80 – – n n n n n n
ADN-...-I-PPS-A Pneumatic cushioning, Female 5 – – – – – – – –
self-adjusting at both 10 – – n n n n n n
ends
15 – – n n n n n n
20 – – n n n n n n
25 – – n n n n n n
30 – – n n n n n n
40 – – n n n n n n
50 – – n n n n n n
60 – – n n n n n n
80 – – n n n n n n
Size comparison between ISO 21287 and ISO 15552 Mounting options

• Space savings of up to With through screw Direct mounting
50% compared with the
standard ISO 15552

Example Application
Use in conveyor systems
ADN
Pushing
Stopping
Lifting
Sensor Options
Quick ordering:
Perfect fixing for cylinders for Festo in T-slots

Pneumatic drives > Cylinders with piston rod > Standards-based cylinders > Pneumatische Antriebe > Kolbenstangenzylinder > Normbasierte Zylinder >
Compact cylinders ADN, to ISO 21287 Kompaktzylinder ADN/AEN, ISO 21287
Peripherals
Zubehör overview
ADN
8 4
1
2 5
bD
7
bC aJ
3
aA
6
aB 9
aH
aF
aC
aG
aD
aJ aI
7
aE
bJ
8
1
bA
2
bB
 Page/online
Grundtyp Q S2  Page/online
Seite/online
1
1 Foot mounting HNA
Fußbefestigung HNA 50 aD Rod clevisSG 51 114
2
2 Flange mounting FNC FNC
Flanschbefestigung aE Self-aligning
rod coupler FK 114
3
3 Swivel flange SNCLSNCL
Schwenkflansch aF Right-angle
clevis foot LQG – 114
4
4 Swivel flange SNCB
Schwenkflansch SNCB aG Rod clevisSGA – 114
5 Clevis foot LBN aH Proximity sensor SME-/SMT-8 and smt-8, sme-8,
5 Lagerbock LBN – 114
6 Multi-position kit DPNA connecting cable NEBU 51
Lagerbock CRLBN – adn
7 Trunnion flange ZNCF aI Proximity sensor SME-/SMT-8M and 49,
6 Mehrstellungsbausatz DPNA – 114
8 Trunnion support LNZG connecting cable NEBU 51
7 Schwenkzapfen ZNCF 114
9 Swivel flange SNCS*) bJ Slot cover ABP-5-S 51
Schwenkzapfen CRZNG adn
aJ Clevis foot LBG bA Proximity sensor SMPO-8E smpo-8e
8 Lagerstück LNZG 114
aA Rod eye SGS*) 51 bB Mounting kit SMB-8E smb-8e
9 Schwenkflansch SNCS – – 114
aB Coupling piece KSG/KSZ bC One-way flow control valve CRGRLA 51
aJ Lagerbock LBG – – 114
aC Adapter AD bD Push-in fittings 421
aA Gelenkkopf SGS – 114
Gelenkkopf CRSGS *) –
Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
adn
aB Kupplungsstück KSG/KSZ 115
aC Adapter AD – – 115
aD Gabelkopf SG 115
Gabelkopf CRSG adn
aE Flexo-Kupplung FK – 115
aF Lagerbock quer LQG – 115
aG Gabelkopf SGA – 115
aH Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-8 und 116
Verbindungsleitung NEBU
aI Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-8M und 116
Verbindungsleitung NEBU
bJ Nutabdeckung ABP-5-S 116
bA Näherungsschalter SMPO-8E adn
bB Befestigungsbausatz SMB-8E adn
bC Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA/GRLZ 116
48
bD Steckverschraubung QS  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Subject
to change –908
2016/06
Order code
Piston Stroke Piston rod thread Cushioning Sensing Special properties
∅ [mm] [mm]
ADN
ADN – – – – – A – F
12 5; 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; A Male P Flexible A For proximity F Copper-free
40 I Female cushioning sensing variant
16 5; 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; rings/pads at
40; 50 both ends
20, 5; 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; PPS Pneumatic
25 35; 40; 50; 60 cushioning,
32, 5; 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; self-adjusting
40, 35; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80 at both ends
50 (Piston ∅ Default
63 10; 15; 20; 25; 30; 32 ... 63 only) Mandatory
35; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80 Optional

put length
[m]
aI Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
design
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D

This product and all its options must be On the DVD under Products
 www.festo.com/catalogue/adn
ordered using the configurator Enter the type code in the search field


1 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  adn 6 Multi-position kit Dimensions online:  adn
ADN
12 537237 HNA-12 12 537263 DPNA-12

16 537238 HNA-16 16 537264 DPNA-16
20 537239 HNA-20 20 537265 DPNA-20
25 537240 HNA-25 25 537266 DPNA-25
32 537241 HNA-32 32 537267 DPNA-32
40 537242 HNA-40 40 537268 DPNA-40
50 537243 HNA-50 50 537269 DPNA-50
63 537244 HNA-63 63 532270 DPNA-63
2 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  adn 7 Trunnion flange Dimensions online:  adn
12 537245 FNC-12 32 174411 ZNCF-32
16 537246 FNC-16 40 174412 ZNCF-40
20 537247 FNC-20 50 174413 ZNCF-50
25 537248 FNC-25 63 174414 ZNCF-63
32
174376 FNC-32
40
174377 FNC-40 8 Trunnion support Dimensions online:  adn
50 174378 FNC-50 32 32959 LNZG-32
63
174379 FNC-63 40, 50 32960 LNZG-40/50
3 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  adn 63 32961 LNZG-63/80
12 537790 SNCL-12
16 537791 SNCL-16 9 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  adn
20 537792 SNCL-20 32
174397 SNCS-32 *)
25 537793 SNCL-25 40
174398 SNCS-40 *)
32
174404 SNCL-32 50
174399 SNCS-50 *)
40
174405 SNCL-40 63
174400 SNCS-63 *)
50 174406 SNCL-50 aJ Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbg
63
174407 SNCL-63 32 31761 LBG-32
4 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  adn 40 31762 LBG-40
32
174390 SNCB-32 50 31763 LBG-50
40
174391 SNCB-40 63 31764 LBG-63
50
174392 SNCB-50 aJ Clevis foot used with rod eye SGS Technical data online:  lbg
63
174393 SNCB-63 32, 40 31761 LBG-32
50, 63 31762 LBG-40
5 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbn
12, 16
6058 LBN-12/16
20, 25
6059 LBN-20/25


aA Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs aF Clevis foot used with rod eye SGS Technical data online:  lqg
ADN
16
9254 SGS-M6 *) 32, 40 31768 LQG-32
20, 25
9255 SGS-M8 *) 50, 63 31769 LQG-40
32, 40
9261 SGS-M10x1,25 *)
50, 63
9262 SGS-M12x1,25 *)
aG Rod clevis Technical data online:  sga
aB Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksg
32, 40 32954 SGA-M10x1,25
32 32963 KSG-M10x1,25
50, 63 10767 SGA-M12x1,25
40 32963 KSG-M10x1,25
50, 63 32964 KSG-M12x1,25
aB Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksz

Description Part No. Type
16 36123 KSZ-M6
20, 25 36124 KSZ-M8 aH/aI Connecting cable, straight socket
32, 40 36125 KSZ-M10x1,25 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
50, 63 36126 KSZ-M12x1,25 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
bJ Slot cover1)
aC Adapter Technical data online:  ad 151681 ABP-5-S
16 157328 AD-M6-M5
157329 AD-M6-x
157330 AD-M6-¼ Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type
20, 25 157331 AD-M8-x bD One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
157332 AD-M8-¼ stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla
32 157333 AD-M10x1,25-x 32, 40, Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
40 157334 AD-M10x1,25-¼ 50
50 160256 AD-M12x1,25-¼ 63 Gy 161406 CRGRLA-y-B
63 160257 AD-M12x1,25-y
aD Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
16
3110 SG-M6
20, 25
3111 SG-M8
32, 40
6144 SG-M10x1,25
50, 63
6145 SG-M12x1,25
aE Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk
12 30184 FK-M5
16
2061 FK-M6
20, 25
2062 FK-M8
32, 40
6140 FK-M10x1,25
50, 63
6141 FK-M12x1,25

Technical data
General
Piston ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
ADN
Pneumatic connection M5 M5 M5 M5 Gx Gx Gx Gx
Female piston rod thread M3 M4 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
Male piston rod thread M5 M6 M8 M8 M10x1.25 M10x1.25 M12x1.25 M12x1.25
Design Piston
Piston rod
Cylinder barrel
Mode of operation Double-acting
Cushioning
P Flexible cushioning rings/pads at both ends
PPS – Pneumatic cushioning, self-adjusting at both ends
Cushioning length
PPS [mm] – 3 3.5 4 5 6 7
Type of mounting Via through-hole
Via female thread
Via accessories

Piston ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Operating pressure [bar]
– 1 … 10 0.6 … 10
PPS – 1.5 … 10 1 … 10
Corrosion resistance class CRC2) 2
1) Note operating range of proximity sensors
Guided drives DFM
Forces [N]data
Technical and impact energy [J]
Piston ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Theoretical force[J]at 6 bar, advancing
Impact energy 68 121 188 295 483 754 1,178 1,870
Theoretical
Piston  force at 6 bar, retracting 12 51 16 90
20 141
25 32247 40 415 50 686 63 1,057
80 1,750
100
Max.
Max.impact
impactenergy in the
energy at the end
endpositions
positions 0.09 0.07
0.10 0.15
0.14 0.2
0.35 0.3
0.40 0.520.4 0.64 0.7 0.70 1 0.75 1.3
1.00
vperm. Permissible impact velocity

-H-
Note
Note
These values
represent can
be reached.
maximum Note
values the can
which maximum
be re
mload Moving work load
permitted impact energy.
ached. Note the maximum permitted
2�x�Eperm.
v2

Max. energy conversion
Stroke capacity [J]
Piston  [mm] Note
Piston
[mm] ∅ 12 16 20 20 25 25 32
32 4040 50 50 63 63 In combination
80 with PPS
100cushio-
ning, the maximum impact energy
For PPS cushioning
Product weight [g] 0.65 0.8 1 1.7 2.8 4.8
is still obtained.
10 338 449 – – – – – – – –
20 371 515 777 1250 1770 – – – – –
25 405 540 825 1270 1835 2145 3431 4472 6984 11000
30 435 571 865 1340 1915 – – – – –
40 494 707 1060 1420 2120 – – – – –
50 540 770 1150 1630 2230 2520 4092 5213 8185 12589
80 690 920 1350 1990 2795 2980 5016 6273 9743 14699
100 775 1085 1595 2226 3092 3531 5434 6791 10482 15760
125 – – – – 3586 3915 6338 7865 11490 17094
160 – – – – 3630 4520 7219 8920 12910 18980
200 – – – – 4777 5389 8139 10172 14363 21148
Technical data
Weight [g]
Piston ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
ADN
Product weight with 0 mm stroke 77 79 131 156 265 346 540 722
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 12 14 21 23 30 37 51 59
Moving load with 0 mm stroke 9 15 30 50 60 80 140 180
Additional load per 10 mm stroke 2 4 6 6 9 9 16 16
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 2 1 Copper-Free:
Compact cylinder Basic version

1 Bearing and end cap Anodised aluminium
2 Cylinder barrel Anodised aluminium
3 Piston rod High-alloy steel
4 Flange screws
∅ 12 … 16 High-alloy steel
∅ 20 … 63 Galvanised steel
– Seals Polyurethane

Dimensions
Basic design
ADN
1 Hex nut DIN 439-B

only with ∅ 32 … 63
+ = plus stroke length
∅ A AF BG D1 D5 E EE G J2 J3 KF KK
∅ ∅
[mm] –0,5 min. min. H9 F9
12 10 8 27,5 +0,3 10,5 2 – M3 M5
17 6
16 12 10 29 +0,3 11 M4 M6
M5
20 35,5 +0,3 2,6
16 14 19,5 9 12 M6 M8
25 39,5 +0,3
9
32 47 +0,3
6
19 16 26 M8 M10x1,25
40 54,5 +0,3
Gx 15 8
50 65,5 +0,3
22 20 27 12 12 M10 M12x1,25
63 75,5 +0,3 11,5
∅ LA MM PL RT SF T2 T4 TG WH ZA ZB
∅ +1,3 +1,2
[mm] +0,2 h8 +0,2 h13 +0,1 ±0,2 ±0,3
12 6 5 16 4,2 39,2
3,5 M4 1,5 35
16 8 7 18 4,7 39,7
6
20 22 37 42,5
10 M5 9 2,1 2,6 5,5
25 26 39 44,5
32 32,5 6 44 50
5 12 M6 10 3,3
40 38 6,1 51,1
8,2 45
50 46,5 8,2 53,2
16 M8 13 2,6 4,7
63 56,5 8,1 49 57,1

Pneumatic drives >

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Compact, short stroke and flat cylinders
 www.festo.com/catalogue/advc PDF
PDF EN Short-stroke cylinders
ADVC
 www.festo.com/sp/advc PDF
PDF EN
Diameter 4, 6, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80,
100 mm
Stroke length 2.5 ... 25 mm
Force 4.9 ... 4712 N
Double-acting, single-acting, pushing
Position sensing
Fixed cushioning
Without thread
Female thread
Male thread
Standard plus!
¬¬Rapid response with applied pressure
¬¬Large clamping forces in comparison to their size
¬¬Minimal installation space
¬¬Integrated sensor slots for contacting or contactless proximity
sensors
¬¬Mounting hole pattern to VDMA 24 562 for ∅ 32 ... 100 mm

Pneumatic drives > Cylinders with piston rod > Compact, short stroke and flat cylinders >
Short-stroke cylinders ADVC/AEVC
ADVC/AEVC
Version Position sensing Piston rod thread Stroke/∅ 4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Double-acting
ADVC-...-A-P No position sensing Male 2.5 n – – – – – – – – – – – –
5 n n n n n n n n n – – – –
10 – n n n n n n n n n n n n
15, 20, 25 – – – – n n n n n n n n n
ADVC-...-I-P No position sensing Female 2.5 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

5 – – – n n n n n n – – – –
10 – – – n n n n n n n n n n
15, 20, 25 – – – – n n n n n n n n n
ADVC-...-P No position sensing None 2.5 n – – – – – – – – – – – –

5 n n n n – – – – – – – – –
10 – n n n – – – – – – – – –
15, 20, 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – –
ADVC-...-A-P-A For proximity sensing Male 2.5 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

5 – n n n n n n n n – – – –
10 – n n n n n n n n n n n n
15, 20, 25 – – – – n n n n n n n n n
ADVC-...-I-P-A For proximity sensing Female 2.5 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

5 – – – n n n n n n – – – –
10 – – – n n n n n n n n n n
15, 20, 25 – – – – n n n n n n n n n
ADVC-...-P-A For proximity sensing None 2.5 – – – – – – – – – – – – –

5 – n n n – – – – – – – – –
10 – n n n – – – – – – – – –
15, 20, 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Single-acting
AEVC-...-A-P No position sensing Male 2.5 n – – – – – – – – – – – –
5 n n n n n n n n – – – – –
10 – n n n n n n n – – – – –
25 – – – – n n n n – – – – –
Fitting space comparison Mounting options

• Space savings of up to 33% With through screw Direct mounting
100% 45% 33%

Standard cylinder Compact cylinder Short-stroke cylinder
DSBC ADN ADVC/AEVC

Pneumatische Antriebe > Kolbenstangenzylinder > Kurzhubzylinder und Pneumatic
Kompaktzylinder
drives>> Cylinders with piston rod > Compact, short-stroke and flat cylinders >
Kurzhubzylinder ADVC/AEVC Short-stroke cylinders ADVC/AEVC
Zubehör
Peripherals overview
1 ∅ 32 … 100
32 … mm
ADVC/AEVC
∅ 100 mm
1 5
2 7
8
3
aJ
4
aB
aC
6 aD
9
bF
aA
aE
aF bE
aB
aF
aG aI
aH bJ
aJ bA
bD
2
4
3 bC
5
bB
∅ 4 … 25 mm ∅ 6 … 25 mm
Without
∅ 4 … 25position
mm sensing With
∅ 6 …position
25 mm sensing
Ohne Positionserkennung Mit Positionserkennung
1 Mounting screws (not included in the scope of 61 aE Multi-position kit DPNC 62
delivery) aF Rod eye SGS*)
2 Foot mounting HNC aG Right-angle clevis foot LQG
3 Flange mounting FNC aH Rod clevis SGA
4 Trunnion flange ZNCF aI Coupling piece KSG
5 Trunnion support LNZG bJ Rod clevis SG
6 Swivel flange SNC bA Self-aligning rod coupler FK
7 Clevis foot LSNG*) bB Slot cover ABP-5-S
8 Clevis foot LSNSG*) bC Proximity sensor SMT/SME-8M 58,
9 Swivel flange SNCS*) and connecting cable NEBU 62
aJ Clevis foot LBG bD Proximity sensor SMT/SME-10M 58,
aA Swivel flange SNCL 62 and connecting cable NEBU 62
aB Swivel flange SNCB bE One-way flow control valve CRGRLA 62
aC Clevis foot LNG bF Push-in fittings 421
aD Clevis foot LSN*)
130 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Änderungen vorbehalten – 2013/11
Order code
ADVC/AEVC
Type Piston Stroke Piston rod thread Cushioning Sensing

∅ [mm] [mm]
– – – – P – A
ADVC Double-acting 4 2,5; 5 A Male P Flexible A For proximity

short-stroke cylin- 6, 10, 5; 10 I Female cushioning sensing
der 12 – None rings/pads at
AEVC Single-acting 16, ADVC: 5; 10; 15; 20; both ends
short-stroke cylin- 20, 25
der 25, AEVC: 5; 10; 25
30, 40
50, ADVC: 10; 15; 20; 25
Default 63, AEVC: –
Mandatory 80,
Optional 100
Applicable Proximity sensors SMT-8/SME-8 for piston ∅ 32 … 100, SMT-10/SME-10 for piston ∅ 10, 16 ... 100
Type of mounting Switch out- Contact Electrical Cable Part-No. Type
put connection length
[m]
bC Piston ∅ 32 ... 100 mm – T-Slot

Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
stive cylinder profile
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
bD Piston ∅ 10, 16 ... 100 mm – C-Slot
Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
C-slot, magneto-resi- from above, flush with Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in- 0,3 ¬
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
stive cylinder profile line
NPN N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in- 0,3 ¬
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
line
Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot Contacting N/O Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in- 0,3 ¬
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
C-slot, magnetic reed from above, flush with line
cylinder profile Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE


 www.festo.com/catalogue/advc

Pneumatic drives > Cylinders with piston rod > Compact, short-stroke and flat cylinders >
Short-stroke cylinders ADVC, double-acting
Ordering data – Double-acting, no position sensing

ADVC/AEVC
Stroke [mm] Part No. Type Stroke [mm] Part No. Type Stroke [mm] Part No. Type
2,5 188054 ADVC-4-2,5-A-P 5
188187 ADVC-25-5-A-P 10
188272 ADVC-50-10-A-P
5 188055 ADVC-4-5-A-P 10
188188 ADVC-25-10-A-P 15
188273 ADVC-50-15-A-P
Piston ∅ 6 mm 15
188189 ADVC-25-15-A-P 20
188274 ADVC-50-20-A-P
5 188066 ADVC-6-5-A-P 20
188190 ADVC-25-20-A-P 25
188275 ADVC-50-25-A-P
10 188067 ADVC-6-10-A-P 25
188191 ADVC-25-25-A-P Piston ∅ 63 mm
Piston ∅ 10 mm Piston ∅ 32 mm 10
188296 ADVC-63-10-A-P
5 188078 ADVC-10-5-A-P 5
188219 ADVC-32-5-A-P 15
188297 ADVC-63-15-A-P
10 188079 ADVC-10-10-A-P 10
188220 ADVC-32-10-A-P 20
188298 ADVC-63-20-A-P
Piston ∅ 12 mm 15
188221 ADVC-32-15-A-P 25
188299 ADVC-63-25-A-P
5
188094 ADVC-12-5-A-P 20
188222 ADVC-32-20-A-P Piston ∅ 80 mm
10
188095 ADVC-12-10-A-P 25
188223 ADVC-32-25-A-P 10 188320 ADVC-80-10-A-P
Piston ∅ 16 mm Piston ∅ 40 mm 15 188321 ADVC-80-15-A-P
5
188123 ADVC-16-5-A-P 5
188247 ADVC-40-5-A-P 20 188322 ADVC-80-20-A-P
10
188124 ADVC-16-10-A-P 10
188248 ADVC-40-10-A-P 25 188323 ADVC-80-25-A-P
15
188125 ADVC-16-15-A-P 15
188249 ADVC-40-15-A-P Piston ∅ 100 mm
20
188126 ADVC-16-20-A-P 20
188250 ADVC-40-20-A-P 10 188344 ADVC-100-10-A-P
25
188127 ADVC-16-25-A-P 25
188251 ADVC-40-25-A-P 15 188345 ADVC-100-15-A-P
Piston ∅ 20 mm 20 188346 ADVC-100-20-A-P
5
188155 ADVC-20-5-A-P 25 188347 ADVC-100-25-A-P
10
188156 ADVC-20-10-A-P
15
188157 ADVC-20-15-A-P
20
188158 ADVC-20-20-A-P
25
188159 ADVC-20-25-A-P
Female piston rod thread

5
188090 ADVC-12-5-I-P 5
188177 ADVC-25-5-I-P 10
188264 ADVC-50-10-I-P
10 188091 ADVC-12-10-I-P 10
188178 ADVC-25-10-I-P 15
188265 ADVC-50-15-I-P
Piston ∅ 16 mm 15
188179 ADVC-25-15-I-P 20
188266 ADVC-50-20-I-P
5
188113 ADVC-16-5-I-P 20
188180 ADVC-25-20-I-P 25
188267 ADVC-50-25-I-P
10
188114 ADVC-16-10-I-P 25
188181 ADVC-25-25-I-P Piston ∅ 63 mm
15
188115 ADVC-16-15-I-P Piston ∅ 32 mm 10
188288 ADVC-63-10-I-P
20
188116 ADVC-16-20-I-P 5
188209 ADVC-32-5-I-P 15
188289 ADVC-63-15-I-P
25
188117 ADVC-16-25-I-P 10
188210 ADVC-32-10-I-P 20
188290 ADVC-63-20-I-P
Piston ∅ 20 mm 15
188211 ADVC-32-15-I-P 25
188291 ADVC-63-25-I-P
5
188145 ADVC-20-5-I-P 20
188212 ADVC-32-20-I-P Piston ∅ 80 mm
10
188146 ADVC-20-10-I-P 25
188213 ADVC-32-25-I-P 10 188312 ADVC-80-10-I-P
15
188147 ADVC-20-15-I-P Piston ∅ 40 mm 15 188313 ADVC-80-15-I-P
20
188148 ADVC-20-20-I-P 5
188237 ADVC-40-5-I-P 20 188314 ADVC-80-20-I-P
25
188149 ADVC-20-25-I-P 10
188238 ADVC-40-10-I-P 25 188315 ADVC-80-25-I-P
15
188239 ADVC-40-15-I-P Piston ∅ 100 mm
20
188240 ADVC-40-20-I-P 10 188336 ADVC-100-10-I-P
25
188241 ADVC-40-25-I-P 15 188337 ADVC-100-15-I-P
20 188338 ADVC-100-20-I-P
25 188339 ADVC-100-25-I-P
Without piston rod thread

5 526897 ADVC-4-2,5-P 5 526903 ADVC-10-5-P 5 530568 ADVC-12-5-P
10 526898 ADVC-4-5-P 10 526904 ADVC-10-10-P 10 530569 ADVC-12-10-P
Piston ∅ 6 mm
5 526899 ADVC-6-5-P
10 526900 ADVC-6-10-P

Ordering data – Double-acting, for position sensing

ADVC/AEVC
5 188064 ADVC-6-5-A-P-A 5
188182 ADVC-25-5-A-P-A 10
188268 ADVC-50-10-A-P-A
10 188065 ADVC-6-10-A-P-A 10
188183 ADVC-25-10-A-P-A 15
188269 ADVC-50-15-A-P-A
Piston ∅ 10 mm 15
188184 ADVC-25-15-A-P-A 20
188270 ADVC-50-20-A-P-A
5 188076 ADVC-10-5-A-P-A 20
188185 ADVC-25-20-A-P-A 25
188271 ADVC-50-25-A-P-A
10 188077 ADVC-10-10-A-P-A 25
188186 ADVC-25-25-A-P-A Piston ∅ 63 mm
Piston ∅ 12 mm Piston ∅ 32 mm 10
188292 ADVC-63-10-A-P-A
5
188092 ADVC-12-5-A-P-A 5
188214 ADVC-32-5-A-P-A 15
188293 ADVC-63-15-A-P-A
10
188093 ADVC-12-10-A-P-A 10
188215 ADVC-32-10-A-P-A 20
188294 ADVC-63-20-A-P-A
Piston ∅ 16 mm 15
188216 ADVC-32-15-A-P-A 25
188295 ADVC-63-25-A-P-A
5
188118 ADVC-16-5-A-P-A 20
10
188119 ADVC-16-10-A-P-A 25
188218 ADVC-32-25-A-P-A 10 188316 ADVC-80-10-A-P-A
15
188120 ADVC-16-15-A-P-A Piston ∅ 40 mm 15 188317 ADVC-80-15-A-P-A
20
188121 ADVC-16-20-A-P-A 5
188242 ADVC-40-5-A-P-A 20 188318 ADVC-80-20-A-P-A
25
188122 ADVC-16-25-A-P-A 10
188243 ADVC-40-10-A-P-A 25 188319 ADVC-80-25-A-P-A
Piston ∅ 20 mm 15
5
188150 ADVC-20-5-A-P-A 20
188245 ADVC-40-20-A-P-A 10 188340 ADVC-100-10-A-P-A
10
188151 ADVC-20-10-A-P-A 25
188246 ADVC-40-25-A-P-A 15 188341 ADVC-100-15-A-P-A
15
188152 ADVC-20-15-A-P-A 20 188342 ADVC-100-20-A-P-A
20
188153 ADVC-20-20-A-P-A 25 188343 ADVC-100-25-A-P-A
25
188154 ADVC-20-25-A-P-A
Female piston rod thread

5
188088 ADVC-12-5-I-P-A 5
188172 ADVC-25-5-I-P-A 10
188260 ADVC-50-10-I-P-A
10 188089 ADVC-12-10-I-P-A 10
188173 ADVC-25-10-I-P-A 15
188261 ADVC-50-15-I-P-A
Piston ∅ 16 mm 15
188174 ADVC-25-15-I-P-A 20
188262 ADVC-50-20-I-P-A
5
188108 ADVC-16-5-I-P-A 20
188175 ADVC-25-20-I-P-A 25
188263 ADVC-50-25-I-P-A
10
188109 ADVC-16-10-I-P-A 25
188176 ADVC-25-25-I-P-A Piston ∅ 63 mm
15
188110 ADVC-16-15-I-P-A Piston ∅ 32 mm 10
188284 ADVC-63-10-I-P-A
20
188111 ADVC-16-20-I-P-A 5
188204 ADVC-32-5-I-P-A 15
188285 ADVC-63-15-I-P-A
25
188112 ADVC-16-25-I-P-A 10
188205 ADVC-32-10-I-P-A 20
188286 ADVC-63-20-I-P-A
Piston ∅ 20 mm 15
188206 ADVC-32-15-I-P-A 25
188287 ADVC-63-25-I-P-A
5
188140 ADVC-20-5-I-P-A 20
10
188141 ADVC-20-10-I-P-A 25
188208 ADVC-32-25-I-P-A 10 188308 ADVC-80-10-I-P-A
15
188142 ADVC-20-15-I-P-A Piston ∅ 40 mm 15 188309 ADVC-80-15-I-P-A
20
188143 ADVC-20-20-I-P-A 5
188232 ADVC-40-5-I-P-A 20 188310 ADVC-80-20-I-P-A
25
188144 ADVC-20-25-I-P-A 10
188233 ADVC-40-10-I-P-A 25 188311 ADVC-80-25-I-P-A
15
20
188235 ADVC-40-20-I-P-A 10 188332 ADVC-100-10-I-P-A
25
188236 ADVC-40-25-I-P-A 15 188333 ADVC-100-15-I-P-A
20 188334 ADVC-100-20-I-P-A
25 188335 ADVC-100-25-I-P-A
Without piston rod thread

5 526901 ADVC-6-5-P-A 5 526905 ADVC-10-5-P-A 5 530572 ADVC-12-5-P-A
10 526902 ADVC-6-10-P-A 10 526906 ADVC-10-10-P-A 10 530573 ADVC-12-10-P-A

Ordering data – Single-acting, no position sensing

ADVC/AEVC
2,5 188052 AEVC-4-2,5-A-P 5 188105 AEVC-16-5-A-P 5 188169 AEVC-25-5-A-P
5 188053 AEVC-4-5-A-P 10 188106 AEVC-16-10-A-P 10 188170 AEVC-25-10-A-P
Piston ∅ 6 mm 25 188107 AEVC-16-25-A-P 25 188171 AEVC-25-25-A-P
5 188062 AEVC-6-5-A-P Piston ∅ 20 mm Piston ∅ 32 mm
Piston ∅ 10 mm 10 188138 AEVC-20-10-A-P 10 188202 AEVC-32-10-A-P
10 188075 AEVC-10-10-A-P
Piston ∅ 12 mm
5
188086 AEVC-12-5-A-P
10
188087 AEVC-12-10-A-P

1 Mounting screw 1)
7 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsng
80, 100: HNC, 238600 M10x30 32 31740 LSNG-32 *)
FNC, SNC, SNCS, 40 31741 LSNG-40 *)
SNCL, SNCB 50 31742 LSNG-50 *)
80: ZNCF 204138 M10x40 63 31743 LSNG-63 *)
100: ZNCF 370524 M10x50 80 31744 LSNG-80 *)
2 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  advc 100 31745 LSNG-100 *)
32
174369 HNC-32 8 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsnsg
40
174370 HNC-40 32 31747 LSNSG-32 *)
50 174371 HNC-50 40 31748 LSNSG-40 *)
63
174372 HNC-63 50 31749 LSNSG-50 *)
80 174373 HNC-80 63 31750 LSNSG-63 *)
100 174374 HNC-100 80 31751 LSNSG-80 *)
3 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  advc 100 31752 LSNSG-100 *)
32
174376 FNC-32 9 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  advc
40
174377 FNC-40 32
174397 SNCS-32 *)
50 174378 FNC-50 40
174398 SNCS-40 *)
63
174379 FNC-63 50
174399 SNCS-50 *)
80 174380 FNC-80 63
174400 SNCS-63 *)
100 174381 FNC-100 80 174401 SNCS-80 *)
4 Trunnion flange Dimensions online:  advc 100 174402 SNCS-100 *)
32 174411 ZNCF-32 aJ Clevis foot used with swivel flange SNCS
40 174412 ZNCF-40 Technical data online:  lbg
50 174413 ZNCF-50 32 31761 LBG-32
63 174414 ZNCF-63 40 31762 LBG-40
80 174415 ZNCF-80 50 31763 LBG-50
100 174416 ZNCF-100 63 31764 LBG-63
5 Trunnion support Dimensions online:  advc 80 31765 LBG-80
32 32959 LNZG-32 100 31766 LBG-100
40, 50 32960 LNZG-40/50 aJ Clevis foot used with rod eye SGS Technical data online:  lbg
63, 80 32961 LNZG-63/80 32, 40 31761 LBG-32
100 32962 LNZG-100/125 50, 63 31762 LBG-40
6 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  advc 80 31763 LBG-50
32
174383 SNC-32 31764 LBG-63
40
174384 SNC-40 100 31765 LBG-80
50
174385 SNC-50 31766 LBG-100
63
174386 SNC-63
80 174387 SNC-80 *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
100 174388 SNC-100
1) Packaging unit 1 piece.


ADVC/AEVC

aA Swivel flange Dimensions online:  advc aI Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksg
32
174404 SNCL-32 32, 40 32963 KSG-M10x1,25
40
174405 SNCL-40 50, 63 32964 KSG-M12x1,25
50 174406 SNCL-50 80 32965 KSG-M16x1,5
63
174407 SNCL-63 100 32966 KSG-M20x1,5
80 174408 SNCL-80 bJ Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg
100 174409 SNCL-100 10 6532 SG-M4
aB Swivel flange Dimensions online:  advc 16
3110 SG-M6
32
174390 SNCB-32 20, 25
3111 SG-M8
40
174391 SNCB-40 32, 40
6144 SG-M10x1,25
50
174392 SNCB-50 50, 63
6145 SG-M12x1,25
63
174393 SNCB-63 80
6146 SG-M16x1,5
80 174394 SNCB-80 100 6147 SG-M20x1,5
100 174395 SNCB-100 bA Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk
aC Clevis foot Technical data online:  lng 10 6528 FK-M4
32 33890 LNG-32 12 30984 FK-M5
40 33891 LNG-40 16
2061 FK-M6
50 33892 LNG-50 20, 25
2062 FK-M8
63 33893 LNG-63 32, 40
6140 FK-M10x1,25
80 33894 LNG-80 50, 63
6141 FK-M12x1,25
100 33895 LNG-100 80
6142 FK-M16x1,5
aD Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsn 100 6143 FK-M20x1,5
32 5561 LSN-32 *)
40 5562 LSN-40 *)
50 5563 LSN-50 *)
63 5564 LSN-63 *) bB Slot cover 1)
80 5565 LSN-80 *) For sensor slot 151681 ABP-5-S

100 5566 LSN-100 *)
aE Multi-position kit Dimensions online:  advc bC/bD Connecting cable, straight socket
32 174418 DPNC-32 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
40 174419 DPNC-40 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
50 174420 DPNC-50 1) Packaging unit 2x 0.5 m.
63 174421 DPNC-63
80 174422 DPNC-80 Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type
100 174423 DPNC-100 bE One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
aF Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla
10 9253 SGS-M4 *) 10, 12, M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
16
9254 SGS-M6 *) 16, 20,
20, 25
9255 SGS-M8 *) 25
32, 40
9261 SGS-M10x1,25 *) 32, 40, Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
50, 63
9262 SGS-M12x1,25 *) 50, 63,
80
9263 SGS-M16x1,5 *) 80
100 9264 SGS-M20x1,5 *) 100 G¼ 161405 CRGRLA-¼-B
aG Right-angle clevis foot Technical data online:  lqg
32, 40 31768 LQG-32
50, 63 31769 LQG-40
80 31770 LQG-50
31771 LQG-63
100 31772 LQG-80
31773 LQG-100
aH Rod clevis Technical data online:  sga
32, 40 32954 SGA-M10x1,25
50, 63 10767 SGA-M12x1,25
80 10768 SGA-M16x1,5
100 10769 SGA-M20x1,5

Technical data
ADVC/AEVC
General
Piston ∅ 4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Pneumatic connection M3 M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 Gx Gx Gx Gx Gx G¼
Female piston rod thread – – – M3 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12
Male piston rod thread M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10x1,25 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends
Theoretical force at 6 bar, [N] 7,5 17 47 68 121 189 295 483 754 1 178 1 870 3 016 4 712
advancing
Theoretical force at 6 bar, [N] 5,7 13 40 51 91 141 247 415 686 1 056 1 750 2 847 4 418
retracting
Operating conditions
Piston ∅ 4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Operating pressure [bar] 2 … 8 1,5 … 8 1 … 8 1 … 10 0,6 … 10
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
1) note operating range of proximity sensors.
Product weight [g]

Stroke [mm] Piston ∅
4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
No position sensing
2.5 4 – – – – – – – – – – – –
5 4.5 12.5 23 34 68 112 135 280 350 – – – –
10 – 16 26 42 76 124 150 300 380 470 600 1,570 2,480
15 – – – – 84 136 165 320 410 505 650 1,655 2,570
20 – – – – 92 148 180 340 440 540 700 1,740 2,660
25 – – – – 100 160 195 360 470 575 750 1,825 2,750
For proximity sensing
5 – 20 37 70 98 162 195 320 460 – – – –
10 – 23 45 79 106 174 210 340 490 630 710 1,940 2,970
15 – – – – 114 186 225 360 520 665 760 2,025 3,060
20 – – – – 122 198 240 380 550 700 810 2,110 3,150
25 – – – – 130 210 255 400 580 735 860 2,195 3,240
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 Copper-Free:
Short-stroke cylinder ∅4 ∅ 6 ... 100

1 Cylinder barrel Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium
2 Cover cap Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium
3 Piston rod Anodised aluminium High-alloy steel
4 Rod seal Nitrile rubber Polyurethane
Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 5 5

Short-stroke cylinders AEVC, single-acting
Technical data
ADVC/AEVC
General
Piston ∅ 4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32
Pneumatic connection M3 M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 Gx
Female piston rod thread – – – M3 M4 M5 M5 M6
Male piston rod thread M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10x1,25
Cushioning Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends
Theoretical force at 6 bar, [N] 5 11 41 59 105 170 270 450
advancing
Theoretical force at 6 bar, [N] 1 3 3 4 5 10 15 22
retracting
Piston ∅ 4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32
Operating pressure [bar] 2.5 … 8 2…8 1.5 … 8 1.5 … 10 1 … 10
1) note operating range of proximity sensors.
Product weight [g]

Stroke [mm] Piston ∅
4 6 10 12 16 20 25 32
Without proximity sensing
2.5 3.7 – – – – – – –
5 4.5 12 17 24 60 85 130 220
10 – 18 24 40 80 130 160 290
25 – – – – 150 200 250 400
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3
Copper-Free:
Short-stroke cylinder ∅4 ∅ 6 ... 32

1 Cylinder barrel Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium
2 Cover cap Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium
3 Piston rod Anodised aluminium High-alloy steel
4 Rod seal Nitrile rubber Polyurethane

Dimensions Download CAD data  www.festo.com

Without position sensing
ADVC/AEVC
∅ 4 ... 25 mm
ADVC-...-I-P Note
Piston rod with female thread ∅ 4 mm
Do not exceed maximum screw-in
depth of 3 mm and maximum tigh-
tening torque of 0.7 Nm.
∅ 10 mm
Depending on tolerance, the bea-
ring cap may project by up to
0.65 mm.
∅ 12 mm
ADVC-...-A-P Depending on tolerance, the bea-
Piston rod with male thread ring cap may project by up to
0.35 mm.
ADVC-...-P
Piston rod without thread

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ Stroke AF AM D1 D2 E EE FB KF KK L2 L3
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] [mm] min. –0.5 max. max. +0.2
4 2.5 – 6 – 3.3 +0.1
10 M3 1.8 – M2 13 1.8
5 15.5
6 5 – 6 – 5 +0.1 13 M3 2.9 – M3 16 2.9
10 21
10 5 – 8 7.5 5.8 +0.1 18 M5 3.4 – M4 21 3.4
10 24
12 5 8 8 10.7 6 H13 20 M5 3.4 M3 M5 23 3.4
10 28
16 5 10 12 – 8 H13 25 M5 4.5 M4 M6 23 4.6
10 28
15 33
20 38
25 43
20 5 12 12 – 10 H13 32 M5 5.5 M5 M8 27 5.7
10 32
15 37
20 42
25 47
25 5 12 12 – 10 H13 38 M5 5.5 M5 M8 27.5 5.7
10 32.5
15 37.5
20 42.5
25 47.5
∅ Stroke L4 L5 L6 MM P1 PL T4 TG UO WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] max. ±0.1 max. ±0.8
4 2.5 4 6.5 – 2 3.7 3.2 – 5.8 10 1 14 –
5 16.5
6 5 6 9 – 3 4.7 3 – 7 14 1 17 –
10 22
10 5 8 11.5 0.7 4 5.2 5.2 – 11 19 1.5 22.5 –
10 6 5.5 25.5
12 5 9 13 0.4 6 5.75 5.75 1.5 13 22 4 27 5
10 9 6 32
16 5 11.5 16.5 – 8 6 6 2 15 27 4 27 7
10 7.5 32
15 37
20 42
25 47
20 5 15 21 – 10 7.5 7 2 20 34 5 32 9
10 37
15 42
20 47
25 52
25 5 15.5 21.5 – 10 8 6.5 2 26 37 5 32.5 9
10 37.5
15 42.5
20 47.5
25 52.5


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 32 ... 100 mm
ADVC-...-I-P
Piston rod with female thread
ADVC-...-A-P**
Piston rod with male thread
∅ AF AM BG* D2 E EE FB H KF KK
∅ ∅
[mm] min. –0.5 min. F9 max.
32 12 14 21.7 9 45 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25
40 12 14 21.7 9 53.5 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25
50 16 16 22.8 11 63.5 Gx 6.8 7 M8 M12x1.25
63 16 16 22.8 11 75 Gx 6.8 7.5 M8 M12x1.25
80 20 22 25 14 93 Gx 8.5 7 M10 M16x1.5
100 24 28 25 14 113 G¼ 8.5 13 M12 M20x1.5
* Continuous thread with short overall length
** Nut for piston rod thread included in scope of delivery

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ Stroke L2 L3 MM P1 PL RT T4 TG WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] +0.2 ±0.1 ±0.8
32 5 34 5.7 12 9 8.5 M6 2.6 32.5 6 40 10
10 39 45
15 44 50
20 49 55
25 54 60
40 5 34.5 5.7 12 11 9 M6 2.6 38 6 40.5 10
10 39.5 45.5
15 44.5 50.5
20 49.5 55.5
25 54.5 60.5
50 10 38 6.8 16 11.3 9.5 M8 3.3 46.5 8 46 13
15 43 51
20 48 56
25 53 61
63 10 45 6.8 16 12.5 11.5 M8 3.3 56.5 8 53 13
15 50 58
20 55 63
25 60 68
80 10 50 9 20 15 15 M10 4.7 72 8 58 17
15 55 63
20 60 68
25 65 73
100 10 59 9 25 16.5 19 M10 6.1 89 10 69 22
15 64 74
20 69 79
25 74 84


With position sensing
ADVC/AEVC
∅ 6 ... 25 mm
ADVC-...-I-P-A Note
0.65 mm.
∅ 12 mm
0.35 mm.
ADVC-...-A-P-A
ADVC-...-P-A
1 Slot for proximity sensor SMT/

SME-10
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] [mm] min. –0.5 max. max. +0.2
6 5 – 6 – 5 +0.1 16 M3 2.9 – M3 25.5 2.9
10 30.5
10 5 – 8 7.5 5.8 +0.1 21 M5 3.4 – M4 27 3.4
10 32
12 5 8 8 10.7 6 H13 24 M5 3.4 M3 M5 36 3.4
10 41
16 5 10 12 – 8 H13 28 M5 4.5 M4 M6 35 4.6
10 40
15 45
20 50
25 55
20 5 12 12 – 10 H13 32 M5 5.5 M5 M8 37 5.7
10 42
15 47
20 52
25 57
25 5 12 12 – 10 H13 38 M5 5.5 M5 M8 37 5.7
10 42
15 47
20 52
25 57

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ Stroke L4 L5 L6 MM P1 PL T4 TG UO WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] max. ±0.1 max. ±0.8
6 5 5 8 – 3 5.2 3 – 10 16 1 26.5 –
10 31.5
10 5 7 10.5 0.7 4 6 6 – 14 22 1.5 28.5 –
10 33.5
12 5 8 12 0.4 6 7 6 1.5 16 26 4 40 5
10 45
16 5 12 17 – 8 8 6 2 18 32 4 39 7
10 44
15 49
20 54
25 59
20 5 15 21 – 10 7.5 7 2 20 39 5 42 9
10 47
15 52
20 57
25 62
25 5 15.5 21.5 – 10 10 6 2 26 42 5 42 9
10 47
15 52
20 57
25 62


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 32 ... 100 mm
ADVC-...-I-P-A
ADVC-...-A-P-A**

SME-8
SME-10
∅ AF AM BG* D2 E EE FB H KF KK
∅ ∅
[mm] min. –0.5 min. F9 max.
32 12 14 21.7 9 45 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25
40 12 14 21.7 9 53.5 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25
50 16 16 22.8 11 63.5 Gx 6.8 7 M8 M12x1.25
63 16 16 22.8 11 75 Gx 6.8 7.5 M8 M12x1.25
80 20 22 25 14 93 Gx 8.5 7 M10 M16x1.5
100 24 28 25 14 113 G¼ 8.5 13 M12 M20x1.5

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ Stroke L2 L3 MM P1 PL RT T4 TG WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] +0.2 ±0.1 ±0.8
32 5 38 5.7 12 9 8.5 M6 2.6 32.5 6 44 10
10 43 49
15 48 54
20 53 59
25 58 64
40 5 43 5.7 12 13.5 9.5 M6 2.6 38 6 49 10
10 48 54
15 53 59
20 58 64
25 63 69
50 10 48 6.8 16 11.3 9.5 M8 3.3 46.5 8 56 13
15 53 61
20 58 66
25 63 71
63 10 51 6.8 16 12.5 10.5 M8 3.3 56.5 8 59 13
15 56 64
20 61 69
25 66 74
80 10 59 9 20 15 8.5 M10 4.7 72 8 67 17
15 64 72
20 69 77
25 74 82
100 10 68 9 25 16.5 10.5 M10 6.1 89 10 78 22
15 73 83
20 78 88
25 83 93


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 4 ... 25 mm
ADVC-...-I-P Note
Do not exceed maximum screw-in
depth of 3 mm and maximum tigh-
tening torque of 0.7 Nm.
∅ 10 mm
0.65 mm.
∅ 12 mm
ADVC-...-A-P ring cap may project by up to
Piston rod with male thread 0.35 mm.
ADVC-...-P

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] [mm] min. –0.5 max. max. +0.2
4 2.5 – 6 – 3.3 +0.1
10 M3 1.8 – M2 13 1.8
5 15.5
6 5 – 6 – 5+0.1 13 M3 2.9 – M3 16 2.9
10 23.4
10 5 – 8 7.5 5.8+0.1 18 M5 3.4 – M4 16 3.4
10 23
12 5 8 8 10.7 6 H13 20 M5 3.4 M3 M5 16 3.4
10 27.5
16 5 10 12 – 8 H13 25 M5 4.5 M4 M6 20 4.6
10 27.5
25 47
20 5 8 12 – 10 H13 32 M5 5.5 M5 M8 20 5.7
10 12 30.5
25 48.5
25 5 12 12 – 10 H13 38 M5 5.5 M5 M8 26.1 5.7
10 31.1
25 50.2
∅ Stroke L4 L5 L6 MM PL T4 TG UO WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] max. ±0.1 max. ±0.8
4 2.5 4 6.5 – 2 3.2 – 5.8 10 1 14 –
5 16.5
6 5 6 9 – 3 3 – 7 14 1 17 –
10 24.4
10 5 8 11.5 0.7 4 5.5 – 11 19 1 17 –
10 24
12 5 9 13 0.4 6 6 1.5 13 22 1 17 –
10 28.5
16 5 11.5 16.5 – 8 6 2 15 27 1 21 7
10 28.5
25 48
20 5 15 21 – 10 7 2 20 34 1 21 9
10 31.5
25 49.5
25 5 15.5 21.5 – 10 6.5 2 26 37 1 27.1 9
10 32.1
25 51.2


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 32 ... 100 mm
AEVC-...-I-P
AEVC-...-A-P**
∅ Stroke AF AM BG* D2 E EE FB H KF KK L2 L3 MM PL RT T4 TG WH ZJ ß1
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] [mm] min. –0.5 min. F9 max. +0.2 ±0.1 ±0.8
32 5 12 14 21.7 9 45 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25 26 5.7 12 9.5 M6 2.6 32.5 1 27 10
10 35 36
25 50 51


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 6 ... 25 mm
AEVC-...-I-P-A Note
0.65 mm.
∅ 12 mm
0.35 mm.
AEVC-...-A-P-A
AEVC-...-P-A

SME-10

Dimensions
ADVC/AEVC
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] [mm] min. –0.5 max. max. +0.2
6 5 – 6 – 5 +0.1 16 M3 2.9 – M3 25.5 2.9
10 30.5
10 5 – 8 7.5 5.8 +0.1 21 M5 3.4 – M4 27 3.4
10 32
12 5 8 8 10.7 6 H13 24 M5 3.4 M3 M5 36 3.4
10 41
16 5 10 12 – 8 H13 28 M5 4.5 M4 M6 35 4.6
10 40
25 59.5
20 5 12 12 – 10 H13 32 M5 5.5 M5 M8 37 5.7
10 42
25 60
25 5 12 12 – 10 H13 38 M5 5.5 M5 M8 37 5.7
10 42
25 61.1
∅ Stroke L4 L5 L6 MM PL T4 TG UO WH ZJ ß1
∅
[mm] [mm] max. ±0.1 max. ±0.8
6 5 5 8 – 3 3 – 10 16 1 26.5 –
10 31.5
10 5 7 10.5 0.7 4 6 – 14 22 1.5 28.5 –
10 33.5
12 5 8 12 0.4 6 6 1.5 16 26 4 40 5
10 45
16 5 12 17 – 8 6 2 18 32 4 39 7
10 44
25 63.5
20 5 15 21 – 10 7 2 20 39 5 42 9
10 47
25 65
25 5 15.5 21.5 – 10 6 2 26 42 5 42 9
10 47
25 66.1


ADVC/AEVC
∅ 32
ADVC-...-I-P-A
ADVC-...-A-P-A**

SME-8
SME-10
∅ Stroke AF AM BG* D2 E EE FB H KF KK L2 L3 MM PL RT T4 TG WH ZJ ß1
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] min. –0.5 min. F9 max. +0.2 ±0.1 ±0.8
32 5 12 14 21.7 9 45 Gx 5.2 7 M6 M10x1.25 38 5.7 12 8.5 M6 2.6 32.5 6 44 10
10 43 49
25 58 64

Pneumatic drives >
Rodless cylinders
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Mechanically coupled cylinders
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dgc PDF
PDF EN Linear drives
DGC
 www.festo.com/sp/dgc PDF
PDF EN
Diameter: 8, 12, 18, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm

Force: 30 ... 1870 N
Position sensing
Various different cushioning options possible
Guide options
¬¬Basic design
¬¬Plain-bearing guide
¬¬Recirculating ball bearing guide
Precise + highly loadable

¬¬More compact, higher-performance machines – Thanks to mini-
mised installation space requirements and proximity sensors in-
tegrated into the cylinder profiles
¬¬Faster installation – All accessible from the same side: end-posi-
tion fine adjustment, sensor, mounting, air connections and
pneumatic endposition cushioning
¬¬Optimised mounting facilities – There is a choice of foot moun-
tings or profile mountings.The latter allow the cylinder to be
mounted by means of a dovetail slot directly on the profile. The
results:sturdy mounting plus easy installation and
replacement

Pneumatic drives > Rodless cylinders > Mechanically coupled cylinders >
Linear drives DGC
Version Guide variant Cushioning Stroke/∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
DGC-...-G Basic design P 1 ... 8,500 mm n n – – – – – –
DGC
(depending
PPV on the piston – – n n n n n n
diameter)
YSR n n – – – – – –
YSRW n n – – – – – –
DGC-...-GF Plain-bearing guide P 1 ... 8,500 mm – – – – – – – –

(depending
diameter)
YSR – – n n n n n n
YSRW – – n n n n n n
DGC-...-KF Recirculating ball- P 1 ... 8,500 mm n n – – – – – –

bearing guide (depending
diameter)
YSR n n – – – – – –
YSRW n n – – – – – –

Linear drives DGC
Order code
Piston Stroke Guide Cushioning Sensing
∅ [mm] [mm]
DGC
DGC – – – – – A
8 1 ... 1,500 G Basic design P Flexible cushioning A For proximity

12 1 ... 2,000 GF Plain-bearing rings/pads at both sensing
18 1 ... 3,000 guide ends
25, 1 ... 8,500 KF Recirculating PPV Pneumatic cushioning,
32, 40 ball-bearing adjustable at both
50, 63 1 ... 5,000 guide ends
YSR Self-adjusting shock
absorber at both ends
Default YSRW Self-adjusting, pro-
Mandatory gressive shock absor-
Optional ber at both ends
Applicable Proximity sensors SMT-8/SME-8 for piston ∅ 18 … 63, SMT-10/SME-10 for piston ∅ 8, 12
[m]
5 Piston ∅ 16 ... 63 mm – T-Slot

574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
T-slot, magneto-resi- from above Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3 ¬
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
stive
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
T-slot, magnetic reed from above Cable, 2-wire 2,5 ¬
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
Piston ∅ 8, 12 mm – C-Slot
Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
C-slot, magneto-resi- from above Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
stive
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot Contacting N/O Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
C-slot, magnetic reed from above Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE

 www.festo.com/catalogue/dgc

Pneumatic
Pneumatische drives> >Kolbenstangenlose
Antriebe Rodless cylinders >Zylinder
Mechanically coupled
> Mechanisch cylinders >Zylinder >
gekoppelte
Linear drives DGC-G, basic design
Pneumatische Antriebe > Kolbenstangenlose Zylinder > Mechanisch gekoppelte Zylinder >
Linearantriebe
LinearantriebeDGC-G,
DGC-G,Grundausführung
Grundausführung
Accessories
Zubehör
Zubehör
DGC-8/-12
DGC-8/-12
1 DGC-8/-12
Note 1
DGC
Hinweis 1
Hinweis
1) Der Operation without
Betrieb ohne cushioning
Dämpfungs-
1) Der Betrieb ohne Dämpfungs-
elemente ist nicht zulässig.permitted.
components is not aB
aB
elemente ist nicht zulässig.
1) 2
1) 2
1) 3
1) 3
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
aJ
aJ
aA
aA
DGC-18
DGC-18
DGC-18 6363… 63
……
aB
aB
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
aJ
aJ
aA
aA
Seite/online
 Page/online
Seite/online Seite/online
 Page/online
Seite/online

1)
11 1
Zentrierstift
Zentrierstift ZBS
ZBS
Centring
1)
pin ZBS1)
153
153 94 77 NutabdeckungABP-S
Nutabdeckung
7
ABP-S
Slot cover ABP-S
154
154 94
22 2
Stoßdämpfer
Stoßdämpfer YSR
YSR
Shock absorber YSR
145
145 ysr 88 Profilbefestigung
Profilbefestigung
8
MUC
MUC
Profile mounting MUC
154
154
33 Stoßdämpfer
Stoßdämpfer YSRW-DGC
YSRW-DGC
Shock absorber YSRW-DGC
3Drossel-Rückschlagventil
153
153 94 99 NutensteinHMBN
Nutenstein
9 Slot
HMBN
nut HMBN
154
154
4 GRLA 153 aJ Fußbefestigung HPC 154
4 Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 153 aJ Fußbefestigung HPC 154
5 One-way flow control
4Näherungsschalter valve CRGRLA
SME/SMT 153 aA aJ Foot mounting
Zentrierstift/-hülse HPC
ZBS/ZBH 153
5 Näherungsschalter SME/SMT 153 aA Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH 153
6 Proximity sensor
5Verbindungsleitung SMT/SME
NEBU 154 81 aB aA Centring
Mitnehmer FKC pin/sleeve ZBS/ZBH 154
6 Verbindungsleitung NEBU 154 aB Mitnehmer FKC 154
6 Connecting cable NEBU 94 aB Moment compensator FKC
1) Im Lieferumfang des Antriebs enthalten.
1) 1) Includeddes
Im Lieferumfang in the scopeenthalten.
Antriebs of delivery of the drive.

Technical data
Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
DGC
Pneumatic connection M5 Gx G¼ Gy
Stroke [mm] 1 … 1 500 1 … 2 000 1 … 3 000 1 … 8 500 1 … 5 000
Cushioning P Elastic cushioning rings/ –
pads at both ends
PPV – Pneumatic cushioning, adjustable at both ends
YSR… Self-adjusting shock –
absorber at both ends
Linear drives
Cushioning 1)
[mm]
length DGC-GF, with plain-bearing guide – 16,5 15,5 17,5 29,5 29,8 31,1
Theoretical
Technical data force at 6 bar [N] 30 68 153 295 483 754 1 178 1 870
1) With PPV cushioning.
Weight [g]
Piston  18 25 32 40 50 63
Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke 763 1,609 2,532 5,252 10,065 16,308
Operating pressure
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 23[bar] 2.5 … 8 35 552 … 8 76 117 1.5 … 8 180
Operating
Moving load medium 267 Compressed
526 air in accordance
824 with ISO 85731:2010 [7:–:–] 3,319
1,725 5,226
Ambient
Adjustabletemperature
1)
end-position range d [mm] [°C] +5 … +60 –10 … +60
1) Note operating range of proximity sensors -H-
2) CRC2: Corrosion resistance class to Festo standard 940 070
Note
Components with medium corrosion exposure.The Externally visible components
permissible with significantwith
kinetic energy decorative function in direct
PPV adjustable contact with normal industrial atmosphere or media such as coolants and lubri-
cushioning
cants.
decreases if the stroke is reduced at both ends.
Weight [g]
Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Piston  18 25 32 40 50 63
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke 170 290 546 1,004 2,126 4,121 9,050 14,040
Cushioning
Additional
DGC-…-PPV weight per 10 mm stroke 9 … 15.8
13.8 12
21.1 … 25.1 22 25.2 … 30.234 54
28.7 … 33.7 7733.7
28.7 … 116
38.8 … 43.8 150
Moving load
DGC-…-YSR/YSRW 36 … 24.5
14.5 65
22.5 … 32.5 178 27.3 … 37.3287 31 … 41 508 1,312
31 … 56 412,850
… 76 4,330
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
Sectional view Legend
1 2 3 1 Guide rail Anodised aluminium
2 Slide Anodised aluminium
– Piston seal Polyurethane
– Sealing band/ Polyurethane
cover band
– Slide elements Polyacetal
4 Note on materials RoHS compliant
Copper-Free:
Linear drives
Product
1 Guide series
rail with the listed part Anodised aluminium
numbers
2 Slideare copper-free in accor- Anodised aluminium
dance
3 End to cap
the definition and de- Anodised aluminium
scription
4 Cylinder provided
barrel on page 8. Anodised aluminium
– Sealing band/cover band Polyurethane
Influence of ferritic materials on proximity sensors

Ferritic materials (steel parts or pan The following safety distances must The distance depends on the
els) directly next to the proximity sen be observed. position of the proximity sensor
sors can cause sensing malfunctions. (see 1 and 2).
Piston  8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Distance L1 1 [mm] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
2 [mm] – – 0 0 0 0 0 0 83
Distance L2 1 [mm] 20 10 10 10 0 0 0 0
Linear drives DGC-G
Technical data
Characteristic load values

The indicated forces and torques
Technical dataof the slide
refer to the centre -H- Note
Characteristic
surface. load values
In order to avoid frictional restraint
TheThese
indicated forces
values must notand
betorques
exceededre- Note
DGC
of the guide in the case of the basic

fer during
to the dynamic
centre of the slide surface.
operation. Special In order to avoid frictional restraint
drive DGC‐G when used in vertical
These values
attention must
must be not
paidbe exceeded
to the of the guide in the case of the basic
mode and with a high torque load,
during dynamic
cushioning operation. Special
phase. drive DGC-G when used in vertical
the variant with the recirculating
attention must be paid to the mode and with a high torque load,
ball bearing guide DGC‐KF 42 is
cushioning phase. the variant with the recirculating
recommended.
ball bearing guide DGC-KF  90 is
recommended.
If the drive
If the is issimultaneously
drive sub-
simultaneously sub Fy My
Fz Mx Mz 1
jected to to
jected several
severalofofthe
the indicated
indicated Fymax. Fzmax. Mx max. My max. Mz max.
forces and
forces andtorques,
torques,the the following
following
equation
equation must
mustbe besatisfied in additi-
satisfied in
on to the indicated
addition maximum
to the indicated loads:
maximum
loads:
Permissible forces and torques
Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Fymax. [N]
Permissible forces and torques 150 300 70 180 250 370 480 650
Piston 
Fzmax. [N] 1508 12
300 18
340 25
540 32800 40 1,100 50 1,600 63 2,000
Mxmax.
Fymax. [Nm]
[N] 0.5150 1.3
300 1.9
70 4
180 9
250 37012 480 20 650 26
Mymax.
Fzmax. [Nm]
[N] 2 150 5 300 12
340 20
540 40
800 60
1,100 1,600150 2,000 150
Mzmax. [Nm] 2 5 4 5 12 25 37 48
Mxmax. [Nm] 0.5 1.3 1.9 4 9 12 20 26
Mymax. [Nm] 2 5 12 20 40 60 150 150
Operating range of cushioning
Mzmax. [Nm] 2 5 4 5 12 25 37 48
The end-position cushioning must cushioned using suitable equipment Note
be adjusted to ensure jerk-free ope- (external shock absorbers), pre- To avoid distortion in the slide, the
ration. If the operating conditions ferably at the centre of gravity of the bearing surfaces of the attach-
are outside the permissible range, load. ments must maintain a flatness of
the load to be moved must be at least 0.03 mm.
Specifications for horizontal mounting position:

Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Distance rmax. [mm] 25 35 35 50 50 50 50 50
12 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2014/06

Linear drives DGC-G Linear drives DGC-G, basic design

Technical data
Linear
Number ofdrives
Technical DGC-GMUC as a function of force due to weight F and support spacing l
datamountings
profile
Number
Linear drives DGC-G
Technical ofdataprofile
In order to limit mountings
deflection in theMUC
caseas a function of force due
help to determine to weightper
the maximum F and support spacing l position, force due
tion of mounting
Technical data
In order to limit deflection in
of large strokes, the drive may need tothe graphs help to determine the
missible support spacing as a func maxi- force due to weight
to weight and normaland normal
force.
DGC
case of
Number large strokes,
of profile the
mountings
be supported. The following graphsdrive
MUCmay mum
as a function of permissible support
force due to weight F andspacing force.
support spacing l
need to
In order tobelimit
Number supported.
deflection The
in thefollowing
of profile mountings asas
case MUChelp a function
atofunction
determine ofmaximum
ofthe mounting
force position,
due to weight
per F and
tionsupport spacing
of mounting l force due
position,
ofHorizontal
large
Instrokes,
tothe drive
ordermounting
limit may need
deflection
position in to missiblehelp
the case support spacing as
to determine thea func to weightDGC-G
maximum per and of
tion normal force.position, force due
mounting
Horizontal
be supported. mounting position
The following graphs
of large strokes, the drive may need to missible support spacing as a func to weight and normal force.
be supported. The following graphs 1.0e+5
Horizontal mounting position
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
l [mm]
Vertical mounting position
Vertical mounting DGC-G
Vertical mountingposition
position
Vertical mounting position 1.0e+5
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
 8  18  40
l [mm]
 12  25  50
 8  18  40
 32  63
 812 1825  40 50
 12   2532   63
50
Example:
 32  63
The drive DGC-25-1500 is subjected The drive has an overall length of: According to the graph, the max. In this example, profile mountings
Example: l = stroke length + L1
to a force of 300 N in a horizontal support spacing for the drive are required as the max. support
Example:Example:
The drive
mounting DGC-25-1500 is subjected
position. The
(see drive has an overall length of: DGC-25 with
dimensions) According
a force to the graph,
of 300 N is the max. spacing (1,300 In mm)
this example, profile mountings
is smaller than
The drive
to a force DGC-25-1500
of 300 is subjected
N in a horizontal The= drive
l= 1,500 mm has
stroke anmm
+ length
200 overall
+ L1 length of:1,300 mm.Accordingspacing
support to the graph,
for thethe max.the overall In
drive thisrequired
length
are example, profile
of the drive
as mountings
the max. support
to a force of 300 N in a horizontal l l= stroke= length
stroke + L1
length + L1 support spacing for the drive DGC- are required as the max. support
to
mounting a force of 300
position. N in a horizontal = 1,700 mm
(see dimensions) support
DGC-25 spacing
with a for
forcethe
of drive
300 N (1,700
is mm).are required
spacing as the
(1,300 max.
mm) support
is smaller than
mounting position. (see(see
dimensions online)
dimensions) 25 with a force of 300 N is spacing (1,300 mm) is smaller than
mounting position. = 1,500 mm + 200 mm DGC-25mm.
1,300 with a force of 300 N is spacing
the (1,300length
overall mm) isofsmaller
the than
drive
= 1,500 mm + 200 mm
= 1,500 mm + 200 mm 1,300 mm. the overall length of the drive
= 1,700 mm 1,300 mm. the overall length of the drive
= 1,700 mm (1,700 mm).
(1,700 mm).
= 1,700 mm (1,700 mm).
14 Internet:
www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2014/06
14 to change – 2016/06
Subject  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2014/06 85
Linear drives DGC-GF, with plain-bearing guide

Linearantriebe DGC-GF, mit Gleitführung
Accessories
DGC-18 … 63
Zubehör
NoteHinweis 1
DGC
1
Operation without
1) Der Betrieb ohnecushioning
Dämpfungs- 1)
2
elemente ist
components isnicht
not zulässig..
permitted.
1)
3
aJ
aA
Seite/online
1 Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH1) 153
1 2 Centring pin/sleeve
Stoßdämpfer YSR ZBS/ZBH1) 94 7 Slot cover ABP-S 148 94
2 3 Shock Stoßdämpfer
absorber YSRW-DGC
YSR ysr 8 Profile mounting MUC 153
4 Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 153
3 5 Shock absorber YSRW-DGC
Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-8 94 9 Slot nut HMBN 154
4 6 One-way flow control
Verbindungsleitung NEBUvalve CRGRLA aJ Foot mounting HPC 154
5 7 ProximityNutabdeckung ABP-S
sensor SME-/SMT-8 81 aA Centring sleeve ZBH 154
8 Profilbefestigung MUC 154
6 9 Connecting
Nutenstein cable
HMBN NEBU 94 154
aJ Fußbefestigung HPC of the drive.
1) Included in the scope of delivery 154
aA Zentrierhülse ZBH 153
1) Im Lieferumfang der Achse enthalten.
2013/11 – Änderungen vorbehalten www.festo.com/catalogue/... 149

Linear drives DGC-GF, with plain-bearing guide
Technical data
Piston ∅ 18 25 32 40 50 63
DGC
Stroke [mm] 1 … 3 000 1 … 8 500 1 … 5 000
Cushioning PPV Pneumatic cushioning, adjustable at both ends
YSR… Self-adjusting shock absorbers at both ends
Cushioning length1) [mm] 16,5 15,5 17,5 29,5 29,8 31,1
Linear drives DGC-GF, with[N]plain-bearing
Theoretical force at 6 bar 153
guide
295 483 754 1 178 1 870
Technical data
1) With PPV cushioning.
Weight [g] and environmental conditions

Operating
Piston∅
Piston 18 18 25 25 32 32 40 50 63
40 50 63
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke 763 1,609 2,532 5,252 10,065 16,308
Operating pressure [bar] 2…8 1.5 … 8
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 23 35 55 76 117 180
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [7:–:–]
Moving load 267 526 824 1,725 3,319 5,226
Adjustable end-position range d [mm]
-H- Note
Components with medium corrosion exposure. Externally visible components with significant decorative function in direct contact with normal industrial atmosphere or media such as coolants and lubri-
cants.
The permissible kinetic energy with PPV adjustable cushioning
decreases if the stroke is reduced at both ends.
Weight [g]
Piston ∅ 18 25 32 40 50 63
Piston  18 25 32 40 50 63
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke
Cushioning
763 1,609 2,532 5,252 10,065 16,308
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke 13.8 … 15.823
DGC-…-PPV 21.1 … 25.1 35 25.2 … 30.2 55 28.7 … 33.7 76 28.7 … 33.7 117 38.8 … 43.8 180
Moving load
DGC-…-YSR/YSRW 14.5 … 24.5267 22.5 … 32.5 526 27.3 … 37.3 824 31 … 41 1,725 31 … 56 3,319
41 … 76 5,226
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 1 Guide rail Anodised aluminium
2 Slide Anodised aluminium
cover band
4 Note on materials RoHS compliant
Copper-Free:
Linear drives
1Product
Guideseries
rail with the listed part Anodised aluminium
2numbers
Slide are copper-free in accor- Anodised aluminium
3danceEndtocap
the definition and de- Anodised aluminium
scription
4 Cylinder provided
barrel on page 8. Anodised aluminium

Ferritic materials (steel parts or pan The following safety distances must The distance depends on the
els) directly next to the proximity sen be observed. position of the proximity sensor
sors can cause sensing malfunctions. (see 1 and 2).
Piston  8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Distance L1 1 [mm] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 [mm] – – 0 0 0 0 0 0
Distance L2 1 [mm] 20 10 10 10 0 0 0 0
2 [mm] – – 25 25 25 25 25 25
1 Distance L3 1 [mm] 30 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Linear
Lineardrives
drives DGC-GF,
DGC-G with plain-bearing guide
Technical data

Technical
The indicateddata
forces and torques
Characteristic loadofvalues
refer to the centre the slide -H- Note
Thesurface.
indicated forces and torques re- Note
In order to avoid frictional restraint
DGC
fer These
to thevalues
centremust
of the
not slide surface.
be exceeded In order to avoid frictional restraint
of the guide in the case of the basic
These values
during must
dynamic not be exceeded
operation. Special of the guide in the case of the drive
drive DGC‐G when used in vertical
during dynamic
attention mustoperation. Special
be paid to the DGC-GF with plain-bearing guide
mode and with a high torque load,
attention must
cushioning be paid to the
phase. when used in vertical mode and
the variant with the recirculating
cushioning phase. with a high torque load, the variant
ball bearing guide DGC‐KF 42 is
with the recirculating ball bearing
recommended.
guide DGC-KF  90 is recommen-
ded.
If the drive
drive sub-
Fz Mx Mz 1
jected to to
jected several
severalofofthe
the indicated
forces and
forces andtorques,
following
equation
equation must
satisfied in
on to the indicated
addition maximum
to the indicated loads:
maximum
loads:
Piston ∅ 18 25 32 40 50 63
Fymax. [N]
Permissible forces and torques 440 640 900 1,380 1,500 2,300
Piston 
Fzmax. [N] 5408 12 1,300 18 25
1,800 322,000 40 2,870 50 63
4,460
Mxmax.
Fymax. [Nm]
[N] 3.4150 3008.5 70 15 180 28
250 370 54 480 96
650
Mymax.
Fzmax. [Nm]
[N] 20 150 30040 340 70 540 110
800 1,100 270 1,600 450
2,000
Mzmax. [Nm] 8.5 20 33 54 103 187
Mxmax. [Nm] 0.5 1.3 1.9 4 9 12 20 26
Mymax. [Nm] 2 5 12 20 40 60 150 150
Mzmax. [Nm] 2 5 4 5 12 25 37 48

Piston ∅ 18 25 32 40 50 63
Distance rmax. [mm] 35 50 50 50 50 50

Linear drives DGC-G Linear drives DGC-GF, with plain-bearing guide

Technical data
Linear
Number ofdrives
datamountings
profile
Linear drives
TechnicalDGC-G
Number
data
In order to limit deflection in theMUC
of profile mountings caseas a function of force due
tion of mounting
echnical data
In
of order to limit deflection
large strokes, the drive may in the
need to graphs missiblehelp to determine
support spacing asthe maxi-
a func force
to dueand
weight to weight
normaland normal
force.
DGC
case
Numberof large strokes,
of profile the
mountings
MUCmay mum
support spacing l
need
Number of profile totobelimit
mountings
In order supported.
MUC The
in thefollowing
as a function
deflection of forcehelp
case dueas aweight
function
totodetermine ofmaximum
F the
and mounting position,
support spacing
per l tion of mounting position, force due
of large strokes,
n order to limit deflection in thethe
casedrive may
helpneed to missible
to determine support spacing
the maximum per as tion
a func to weight
of mounting and force
position,
DGC-GFnormal force.
due
f large strokes, be
thesupported.
drive may The
needfollowing
to graphs support spacing as a func
missible to weight and normal force.
e supported. The following graphs 1.0e+5
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
l [mm]
position
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
 8  18  40
l [mm]
 12  25  50
 8  18  40
 32  63
 8  12
18  25 40  50
Example:  12  25  32 50  63
 32  63
Example: Example:
The driveposition.
mounting DGC-25-1500 is subjected The
is smaller than
he drive DGC-25-1500 is subjected
to a force The drive has an overall
of 300 N in a horizontal length
l= 1,500 mmof: 200 mm+ According
+ length
= stroke L1 to the graph,
1,300 mm. the max.
support spacing for In thethis example,
drive profilelength
the overall mountings
of the drive
are required as the max. support
to a force of 300 N in a horizontal
l l + =
= stroke length stroke length + L1
L1(see support spacing for the drive DGC- are required as the max. support
o a force of 300 mounting
N in a horizontal
position. = 1,700 mmdimensions) support spacing for the drive with a forceare
DGC-25 required
of 300 as themm).
N is(1,700 max.spacing
support (1,300 mm) is smaller than
mounting position. (see dimensions
(see dimensions) = 1,500 mm + 200 online) 25 with a force of 300 N is spacing (1,300 mm) is smaller than
mounting position. DGC-25
mm with a force of 300 N
1,300 mm.is spacing (1,300 mm) is smaller than length of the drive
= 1,500 mm + 200 = 1,500 mm + 200 mm
mm 1,300 mm. thethe overall
overall length of the drive
(1,700 mm).
= 1,700 mm = 1,700 mm
(1,700 mm).
(1,700 mm).
4 14 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Subject to change – 2014/06
Linear drives DGC-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide

Linearantriebe DGC-KF, mit Kugelumlaufführung
Accessories
Zubehör
DGC-8 … 63
1 Note 1
DGC
Hinweis
1)Operation
Der Betriebwithout cushioning
ohne Dämpfungs-
1) 2
components
elemente is zulässig..
ist nicht not permitted.
1)
3
aJ
aA
 Page/online Seite/online Page/online

11 Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH 1) 153
Centring pin/sleeve ZBS/ZBH1) 94 7 Slot cover ABP-S 94
2 Stoßdämpfer YSR 151
2 Shock absorber YSR ysr 8 Profile mounting MUC
3 Stoßdämpfer YSRW-DGC 153
4
3 Shock absorber YSRW-DGC
Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA
94 9 Slot nut HMBN 153
5 4 One-way flow control
Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-8valve CRGRLA aJ Foot mounting HPC 154
6 5 Proximity sensor
Verbindungsleitung NEBU SME-/SMT-8 81 aA Centring sleeve ZBH 154
76 Nutabdeckung
ConnectingABP-Scable NEBU 94 154
8 Profilbefestigung MUC 154
1) Included in the scope of delivery of the drive.
9 Nutenstein HMBN 154
aJ Fußbefestigung HPC 154
aA Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH 153
1) Im Lieferumfang der Achse enthalten.

Linear drives DGC-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Technical data
Linear drives
General technical data DGC-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Piston ∅ data
Technical 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
DGC
Stroke [mm] 1 … 1 300 1 … 1 900 1 … 3 000 1 … 8 500 1 … 5 000
Weight [g]
Cushioning P Elastic cushioning rings/ –
Piston  8 at both ends12
pads 18 25 32 40 50
PPV – Pneumatic cushioning, adjustable at both ends
DGC-…
YSR… Self-adjusting shock absorbers at both ends
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke
Cushioning length1) [mm]
225
–
391 16,5
975 15,5 2,113
17,5
2,837
29,5 29,8
6,996 31,1
13,342
Additional
Theoretical weight
force at per
6 bar10 mm stroke[N] 11
30 68 16 153 31 295 49483 74
754 1 178117 1 870 153
Moving load
1) With PPV cushioning. 77 149 331 732 1,146 2,330 4,511

DGC-…-1H-PN
Piston ∅ – With clamping unit 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Basic weight with
Operating pressure
0 mm stroke [bar]
–
2.5 … 8
– 2…8
– 3,134 4,272
1.5 … 8
12,009 19,394
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke
Operating medium –
Compressed air in–accordance with–ISO 85731:2010 49
[7:–:–] 74 117 153
Note on operating/pilot medium
Moving load Operation
– with lubricated
– medium possible
– (in which case
1,405 lubricated operation
2,059 will always be
5,494 required) 8,411
Adjustable end-position range d [mm]
2) CRC2: Corrosion resistance class to Festo standard 940 070;Components with medium corrosion exposure. Externally visible components with significant decorative function in direct contact with normal
industrial atmosphere or media such as coolants and lubricants.
Weight [g]
-H- Note
Piston ∅ 8The permissible

12 kinetic 18
energy 25 with PPV
32adjustable40cushioning50
at 63
DGC-…-KF decreases if the stroke is reduced both ends.
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke 225 391 975 2,113 2,837 6,996 13,342 22,220
Piston  weight per 10 mm stroke
Additional 8
11 16 12 31 18 49 2574 32
117 153 40 236 50
Moving load
Cushioning 77 149 331 732 1,146 2,330 4,511 8,225
DGC-…-KF-1H-PN – With clamping unit
DGC-…-P/PPV 11.3 … 16.3 12.7 … 17.7 13.8 … 15.8 21.1 … 25.1 25.2 … 30.2 28.7 … 33.7 28.7 … 33.7
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke – – – 3,134 4,272 12,009 19,394 –
DGC-…-P/PPV-GP
Additional weight per 10 mm stroke –
– –
– –
16.9 …
49
18.9 23.6
74
… 27.6 25.2 … 30.2
117 153
34.7 …– 39.7 –
DGC-…-YSR/YSRW
Moving load –12.8 … 22.8– 14 … 24 – 14.5 … 34.5
1,405 22.5 … 47.5
2,059 27.3 … 52.3
5,494 8,41131 … 56
– 31 … 56
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 Guide rail Anodised aluminium
1 4 2 3 2 Slide Anodised aluminium
cover band
Linear drives Clean room class 6
1 Guide rail High-alloy steel to ISO 14644-1
2 Slide
Copper-Free:
High-alloy steel
3
ProductEnd capwith the listed part
series Anodised aluminium
numbers
4 Cylinderare copper-free
barrel in accor- Anodised aluminium
Note on materials RoHS-compliant, free of copper and PTFE

Ferritic materials (steel parts or malfunctions. The following safety The distance depends on the
panels) directly next to the proximity distances must be observed. position of the proximity sensor
sensors can cause sensing (see 1 and 2).
Lineardrives
Linear drives DGC-KF,
DGC-G with recirculating ball bearing guide
Technical data
Technical
The indicateddata
forces and torques
refer to the centre of the slide
-H- Note
surface.
The indicated forces and torques re- In order to avoid frictional restraint
DGC
These values must not be exceeded

fer to the centre of the slide surface. of the guide in the case of the basic
during dynamic operation. Special
These values must not be exceeded drive DGC‐G when used in vertical
attention must be paid to the
during dynamic operation. Special mode and with a high torque load,
cushioning phase.
attention must be paid to the the variant with the recirculating
cushioning phase. ball bearing guide DGC‐KF 42 is
recommended.
If the drive
drive sub-
Fz Mx Mz 1
jected to to
jected several
severalofofthe
the indicated
forces and
forces andtorques,
following
equation
equation must
satisfied in
on to the indicated maximum
addition to the indicated maximum loads:
loads:
Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Fymax. [N]
Permissible forces and torques 300 650 1,850 3,050 3,310 6,890 6,890 15,200
Piston 
Fzmax. [N] 3008 65012 18
1,850 25
3,050 32
3,310 40
6,890 50
6,890 63
15,200
Mxmax.
Fymax. [Nm]
[N] 1.7150 3.5300 16 70 36 180 54 250 144370 144480 529650
Mymax.
Fzmax. [Nm]
[N] 4.5150 10 300 51 340 97 540 150800 3801,100 6341,600 1,157
2,000
Mzmax. [Nm] 4.5 10 51 97 150 380 634 1,157
Mxmax. [Nm] 0.5 1.3 1.9 4 9 12 20 26
Mymax. [Nm] 2 5 12 20 40 60 150 150
Mzmax. [Nm] 2 5 4 5 12 25 37 48

Piston ∅ 8 12 18 25 32 40 50 63
Distance rmax. [mm] 25 35 35 50 50 50 50 50

Linear drives DGC-G Linear drives DGC-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Technical data
Linear
Number ofdrives
datamountings
profile
Number
Linear drives DGC-G
Technical data
In order toof limit
profile mountings
deflection in theMUC
caseas a function of force due
tion of mounting
Technical data
In order to limit deflection in
of large strokes, the drive may need tothe graphs help to determine the
missible support spacing as a func maxi- force due to weight
to weight and normaland normal
force.
DGC
case of
Number large strokes,
of profile the
mountings
MUCmay mum
support spacing l
need to
In order tobelimit
Number supported.
deflection The
in thefollowing
of profile mountings asas
case MUChelp a function
atofunction
determine ofmaximum
ofthe mounting
force position,
due to weight
per F and
tionsupport spacing
of mounting l force due
position,
of large
Instrokes,
tothe drive
ordermounting
limit may need
deflection in to missiblehelp
the case support spacing as
to determine thea func to weightDGC-G
maximum per and of
tion normal force.position, force due
mounting
Horizontal position
Horizontal
be supported. mounting position
The following graphs
of large strokes, the drive may need to missible support spacing as a func to weight and normal force.
be supported. The following graphs 1.0e+5
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
l [mm]
position
10000
1000
F [N]
100
10
1
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
 8  18  40
l [mm]
 12  25  50
 8  18  40
 32  63
 812 1825  40 50
Example:  12   2532   63
50
 32  63
Example:Example:
The driveposition.
mounting DGC-25-1500 is subjected The
is smaller than
The drive
to a force DGC-25-1500
of 300 is subjected
N in a horizontal The= drive
l= 1,500 mm has
stroke anmm
+ length
200 overall
+ L1 length of:1,300 mm.Accordingspacing
support to the graph,
for thethe max.the overall In
drive thisrequired
length
are example, profile
of the drive
as mountings
the max. support
to a force of 300 N in a horizontal l l= stroke= length
stroke + L1
length + L1 support spacing for the drive DGC- are required as the max. support
to
mounting a force of 300
position. N in a horizontal = 1,700 mm
(see dimensions) support
DGC-25 spacing
with a for
forcethe
of drive
300 N (1,700
is mm).are required
spacing as the
(1,300 max.
mm) support
is smaller than
mounting position. (see(see
dimensions online)
dimensions) 25 with a force of 300 N is spacing (1,300 mm) is smaller than
mounting position. = 1,500 mm + 200 mm DGC-25mm.
1,300 with a force of 300 N is spacing
the (1,300length
overall mm) isofsmaller
the than
drive
= 1,500 mm + 200 mm
= 1,500 mm + 200 mm 1,300 mm. the overall length of the drive
= 1,700 mm (1,700 mm).
(1,700 mm).
= 1,700 mm (1,700 mm).
14 14 to change – 2016/06 Internet:

Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject
Subject to change
to change – 2014/06
– 2014/06
Subject  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 93
Linear drives DGC

For ∅ Description Part No. Type For ∅ Part No. Type
1 Centring pin/sleeve1) Technical data online:  zbh 7 Slot cover1)
DGC
For DGC-G 18, 25, 32, 40, 151680 ABP-5-S

8, 12 For slide 150928 ZBS-5 50, 63
8, 12 For end cap 525273 ZBS-2
50, 63 150927 ZBH-9 8 Profile mounting Dimensions online:  dgc
For DGC-GF 8 526384 MUC-8
18 For slide 150928 ZBS-5 12 526387 MUC-12
25 … 63 150927 ZBH-9 18 531752 MUC-18
50, 63 For end cap 150927 ZBH-9 25 531753 MUC-25
For DGC-KF 32 531754 MUC-32
8, 12, 18 For slide 150928 ZBS-5 40 531755 MUC-40
25 … 63 150927 ZBH-9 50 531756 MUC-50
8, 12 For end cap 525273 ZBS-2 63 531757 MUC-63
18 150928 ZBS-5 9 Slot nut2) Dimensions online:  dgc
25 … 63 150927 ZBH-9 25, 32, 40 547264 HMBN-5-1M5
1) Packaging unit 10 pieces.
50, 63 186566 HMBN-5-2M5
For ∅ Part No. Type
3 Shock absorber 1) Packaging unit 2x 0,5 m.
For DGC-G 2) Packaging unit 10 pieces.
8 540344 YSRW-DGC-8
12 540345 YSRW-DGC-12 For ∅ Part No. Type
For DGC-GF aJ Foot mounting Dimensions online:  dgc
18 540346 YSRW-DGC-18-GF 8 526385 HPC-8
25 540348 YSRW-DGC-25-GF 12 526388 HPC-12
32 540350 YSRW-DGC-32-GF 18 533667 HPC-18
40 540352 YSRW-DGC-40-GF 25 533668 HPC-25
50 1232870 YSRW-DGC-40/50-B 32 533669 HPC-32
63 543069 YSRW-DGC-63 40 533670 HPC-40
For DGC-KF 50 545236 HPC-50
18 540347 YSRW-DGC-18-KF 63 545237 HPC-63
25 540349 YSRW-DGC-25-KF
32 540351 YSRW-DGC-32-KF aB Moment compensator Dimensions online:  dgc
40 1232870 YSRW-DGC-40/50-B 8 529350 FKC-8/12
50 1232870 YSRW-DGC-40/50-B 12 529350 FKC-8/12
63 543069 YSRW-DGC-63 18 538714 FKC-18
25 538715 FKC-25
Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type 32 538961 FKC-32
40 538962 FKC-40
4 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
50 545240 FKC-50/63
63 545240 FKC-50/63
8, 12, 18 M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
25, 32 Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
40, 50 G¼ 161405 CRGRLA-¼-B
63 Gy 161406 CRGRLA-y-B

Pneumatic drives >
Semi-rotary drives
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Semi rotary drives with rotary vane
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsm PDF
PDF EN Swivel modules
DSM
 www.festo.com/sp/dsm PDF
PDF EN
Size 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 mm

Torque 0.15 ... 80 Nm
Swivel angle 0 ... 270°
Position sensing
Adjustable cushioning.
Precise + compact
¬¬Reliable, flexible and precise angle setting – For any angle up to
270°. The projecting metal sleeve acts as an end stop, ensuring
maximum precision of the adjustable buffers and the shock ab-
sorbers
¬¬Optimal triple cushioning – You choose! Low energy absorption
and fast cycle times or maximum energy absorption and highest
repetition accuracy of 0.1° or fast cycle times and outstanding
repetition accuracy with medium energy absorption
¬¬Space-saving sensing – A cost-effective and space-saving sen-
sing solution that is quick and easy to fit thanks to the unique
sensor bracket

Pneumatic drives > Semi-rotary drives > Semi-rotary drives with rotary vanes >
Swivel modules DSM/DSM-B
Version Design Cushioning Adjustable swivel 6 8 10 12 16 25 32
angle/Size
DSM
DSM With spigot shaft P 0 ... 180° n n – – – – –

With flanged shaft Elastic cushioning
components with
metal fixed stop
0 ... 240° – – n – – – –
DSM-B With spigot shaft P 0 ... 270° – – – n n n n

With flanged shaft Elastic cushioning
components with
metal fixed stop
CC 0 ... 246° – – – n n n n
Self-adjusting
shock absorbers
at both ends
Mounting options
Via threaded through-holes Via through-holes Via threaded holes, lateral Centring via centring collar
Pick and place Packing and commissioning

Pneumatische Antriebe > Schwenkantriebe > Schwenkantriebe mit Schwenkflügel >
SchwenkantriebeSwivel
DSM-6 modules
… 10 DSM
Peripherals
Zubehör overview
1
DSM
6
1
3
2
 Page/online Seite/online  Page/online

1 Anschlagbausatz KSM 198
1 Stop kit KSM 99 6 One-way flow control valve GRLA*) 99
2 Befestigungsbausatz WSM-…-SME-10 198
2
3 Mounting kit WSM-…-SME-10
Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-10 7 Push-in fittings 198 421
3
4 Proximity sensor
Aufsteckflansch SME-/SMT-10
FWSR 98 – Drive/gripper connections 198 adapter-kit
5
4 Push-on
Freilauf flange FWSR
FLSM 99 – Kit accessories DSM 198 99
6
5 Drossel-Rückschlagventil
Freewheel unit FLSM GRLA 198
– Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer adapter-bausatz
– Bausatzzubehör DSM 198

Swivel modules DSM
Order code
Piston Swivel angle Cushioning Sensing Swivel angle Shaft
∅ [mm] [°]
DSM
DSM – – – P – – –
6, 8 0 ... 180 P Non-adjustab- No position Fixed Spigot shaft

10 0 ... 240 le at either end sensing FF Adjustable FW Flanged shaft
A For proximity Default
sensing
Mandatory
Optional
Applicable Proximity sensors SMT-10/SME-10

Switch output Contact Electrical connection Cable Part-No. Type
length
[m]
3 Piston ∅ 12 ... 32 mm – C-Slot

Proximity sensors for C-slot, magneto- PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
resistive, Insertable in the slot from Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
above
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
Proximity sensors for C-slot, magnetic Contacting N/O Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3 ¬
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
reed, Insertable in the slot from above Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5 ¬
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE


 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsm
Ordering data
Sensing Swivel Piston Part No. Type Sensing Swivel Piston Part No. Type
angle [°] ∅ [mm] angle [°] ∅ [mm]
With spigot shaft With flanged shaft
No position 90 6 173188 DSM-6-90-P No position 90 6 185928 DSM-6-90-P-FW
sensing 180 173189 DSM-6-180-P sensing 180 185929 DSM-6-180-P-FW
90 8 173190 DSM-8-90-P 90 8 185934 DSM-8-90-P-FW
180 173191 DSM-8-180-P 180 185935 DSM-8-180-P-FW
90 10 173192 DSM-10-90-P 90 10 185940 DSM-10-90-P-FW
180 173193 DSM-10-180-P 180 185941 DSM-10-180-P-FW
240 173194 DSM-10-240-P 240 185942 DSM-10-240-P-FW
0 ... 180 6 175827 DSM-6-180-P-FF 0 ... 180 6 185932 DSM-6-180-P-FF-FW
0 ... 180 8 175828 DSM-8-180-P-FF 0 ... 180 8 185938 DSM-8-180-P-FF-FW
0 ... 200 10 175829 DSM-10-240-P-FF 0 ... 200 10 185946 DSM-10-240-P-FF-FW
For pro- 90 6 173195 DSM-6-90-P-A For pro- 90 6 185930 DSM-6-90-P-A-FW
ximity sen- 180 173196 DSM-6-180-P-A ximity sen- 180 185931 DSM-6-180-P-A-FW
sing 90 8 173197 DSM-8-90-P-A sing 90 8 185936 DSM-8-90-P-A-FW
180 173198 DSM-8-180-P-A 180 185937 DSM-8-180-P-A-FW
90 10 173199 DSM-10-90-P-A 90 10 185943 DSM-10-90-P-A-FW
180 173200 DSM-10-180-P-A 180 185944 DSM-10-180-P-A-FW
240 173201 DSM-10-240-P-A 240 185945 DSM-10-240-P-A-FW
0 ... 180 6 175830 DSM-6-180-P-A-FF 0 ... 180 6 185933 DSM-6-180-P-A-FF-FW

Swivel modules DSM

For size Part No. Type For size Part No. Type
1 Stop kit 2 Mounting kit for proximity sensor
DSM
6 175833 KSM-6 6 173505 WSM-6-SME-10
8 175834 KSM-8 8 173606 WSM-8-SME-10
10 175835 KSM-10 10 173206 WSM-10-SME-10
For size Part No. Type

4 Push-on flange Dimensions online:  dsm
6 185948 FWSR-6
8 32798 FWSR-8
10 185949 FWSR-10
For size Direction of rotation1) Part No. Type

5 Freewheel unit Dimensions online:  dsm
6 Anti-clockwise rotation 188253 FLSM-6-L
Clockwise rotation 188522 FLSM-6-R
1) Viewed towards drive shaft side.
Function For size Connection Part No. Type

Thread O.D.-
6 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control1) with slotted head screw, metal Technical data online:  grla
6, 8, 10 M3 3 175041 GRLA-M3-QS-3 *)
2) The recommended flow control valves are based on a tubing length to the valve of 1 m. For deviations of ±50%, flow control valves with a bigger or smaller flow rate must be selected to guarantee the
optimum flow control function and cylinder speed.
For size Comment Part No. Type

Kit accessories
6 Adapter for attaching the stop kit 175830 DSM-6-180-P-A-FF
8 KSM or mounting kit 175831 DSM-8-180-P-A-FF
10 WSM-…-SME-10 175832 DSM-10-240-P-A-FF
6 Socket head screw for attaching – DIN 84-M2x25-4.8

8 the stop kit KSM or mounting kit – DIN 84-M2x30-4.8
10 WSM-…-SME-10 – M2,5x323)
3) Screw similar to DIN 84.

Swivel modules DSM
Technical data DSM-6 … 10
Swivel modules DSM
Weight [g]
Size 6 8 10
Technical
Spigot shaft data
General
DSM-…-P 45 78 140 Dimensions  199
Size DSM-…-P-A 50 6 85 8 10 149
DSM
Pneumatic connection
DSM-…-P-FF 70 M3 140 240
Cushioning
DSM-…-P-A-FF 85 Elastic cushioning components
155at both ends 255
Swivel angle Fixed [°] 90 or 180 90 or 180 90, 180 or 240
Adjustable [°] 0 … 180 0 … 200
Flanged shaft
Torque at 6 bar [Nm] 0,15 0,35 0,85
DSM-…-P-FW 51 85 150
Max. perm. swivel frequency [Hz] 3 3 (at 240°: 2 Hz)
DSM-…-P-A-FW 56 92 159
Max. perm. radial force1) [N] 15 20 30
Max.DSM-…-P-FF-FW
perm. axial force1) 76 [N] 10 147 250
Max.DSM-…-P-A-FF-FW
cushioning angle 91 [°] 0,5 162 265
Max. perm. mass moment of inertia [kgm2] 0,00065 0,0013 0,0026
1) Tandem rotary
On the drive vanes
shaft.s and spigot shaft
DSM-T-…-P 60 110 200
Tandem rotary vanes and flanged shaft
Size 6 8 10
DSM-T-…-P-FW 65 117 210
Operating pressure [bar] 3,5 … 8 2,5 … 8
Temperature
Materials range3) [°C] 0 … +60
3) Sectional viewrange of proximity sensors.
Note operating

Materials
DSM-… DSM-T-… DSM-…-FW DSM-T-…-FW
Sectional view
1 2 3 1 2 3 Rotary actuator 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 Drive shaft High-alloy stainless steel
2 Rotary vane Glass fibre-reinforced plastic
3 Housing Anodised aluminium
– End cap Aluminium
– Screws Galvanised steel
– Seals NBR, TPE-U (PUR)
Copper-Free:
Swivel module
numbers
1 Shaft are copper-free in accor- High-alloy stainless steel
dance to the definition
2 Rotary vane and de- Glass fibre-reinforced plastic
3 Housing Anodised aluminium
– Screws Galvanised steel
Seals
Weights [g] Polyurethane
Size Note on materials Free of copper
6 and PTFE 8 10
Spigot shaft RoHS-compliant
DSM-…-P 45 78 140
DSM-…-P-A 50 85 149
DSM-…-P-FF 70 140 240
DSM-…-P-A-FF 85 155 255
Flanged shaft
DSM-…-P-FW 51 85 150
DSM-…-P-A-FW 56 92 159
DSM-…-P-FF-FW 76 147 250
DSM-…-P-A-FF-FW 91 162 265

Pneumatische Antriebe > Schwenkantriebe > Schwenkantriebe mit Schwenkflügel >
Schwenkantriebe DSM-12 … 63-B
Swivel modules DSM-B
Zubehör
DSM
aA aF
9
aC
7
aJ
4 aC
8 aE
5
aB aD aA
6
aJ
8 aB
6
9
7
4
5
1
3
2
è Page/online è Page/online
Seite/online
1 1
Freilauf Freewheel
FLSM unit FLSM 103 aJ Sensor bracket SL-DSM-B 103 213
2 Push-on flange FWSR aA Proximity sensor SME-/SMT-10 for size 12 … 40 102
2 Aufsteckflansch FWSR 213
3 Mounting plate HSM aB Sensor bracket SL-DSM-63-B sl-dsm
3 Montageplatte HSM 213
4 Push-in fittings 421 aC Proximity sensor SME-/SMT-8 for size 63 102
4 Steckverschraubung QS 908
5 One-way flow control valve CRGRLA 103 aD Sensor bracket SL-DSM-63-B sl-dsm
5 Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 213
6 Cushioning mount DSM-…-B aE Inductive proximity sensor SIEN 103
6 Dämpferhalter DSM-…-B 213
7 Cushioning kit DSM-…-P-B (P cushioning) aF Cover cap AKM
7 Dämpferbausatz DSM-…-P-B (Dämpfung P) 213
8 Shock absorber DYEF (P1 cushioning) dyef – Connecting cable NEBU
8 Stoßdämpfer DYEF (Dämpfung P1) 213
adapter-kit
9 Shock absorber DYSC (CC cushioning) 103 – Drive/gripper connections
9 Stoßdämpfer DYSC (Dämpfung CC) 213
aJ Sensorhalter SL-DSM-B 213
aA Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-10 für Baugröße 12 … 40 214
aB Sensorhalter SL-DSM-63-B 213
aC Näherungsschalter SME-/SMT-8 für Baugröße 63 214
aD Sensorhalter SL-DSM-S 213
aE Induktive Näherungsschalter SIEN 215
aF Abdeckkappe AKM 215
– Verbindungsleitung NEBU 215
– Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer adapter-bausatz

Order code
Piston Swivel angle Cushioning Shaft Sensing Generation
∅ [mm] [°]
DSM
DSM – – – – – A – B
12, 0 ... 270 P Non-adjustab- Spigot shaft A For proximity

16, le at either end FW Flanged shaft sensing
25, CC Self-adjusting
32 shock absor- Default
bers at both Mandatory
ends Optional

length
[m]

551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
above
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE


 www.festo.com/catalogue/dsm
Ordering data
Cushioning Swivel Piston Part No. Type Cushioning Swivel Piston Part No. Type
angle [°] ∅ [mm] angle [°] ∅ [mm]
Non-adju- 0 ... 270 12 ¬
547570 DSM-12-270-P-A-B Non-adju- 0 ... 270 12 ¬
547571 DSM-12-270-P-FW-A-B
stable at eit- 16 ¬
547574 DSM-16-270-P-A-B stable at eit- 16 ¬
547575 DSM-16-270-P-FW-A-B
her end 25 ¬
547578 DSM-25-270-P-A-B her end 25 ¬
547579 DSM-25-270-P-FW-A-B
32 ¬
547582 DSM-32-270-P-A-B 32 ¬
547583 DSM-32-270-P-FW-A-B
Self-adju- 0 ... 270 12 ¬
547572 DSM-12-270-CC-A-B Self-adju- 0 ... 270 12 ¬
547573 DSM-12-270-CC-FW-A-B
sting shock 16 ¬
547576 DSM-16-270-CC-A-B sting shock 16 ¬
547577 DSM-16-270-CC-FW-A-B
absorbers at 25 ¬
547580 DSM-25-270-CC-A-B absorbers at 25 ¬
547581 DSM-25-270-CC-FW-A-B
both ends 32 ¬
547584 DSM-32-270-CC-A-B both ends 32 ¬
547585 DSM-32-270-CC-FW-A-B


Function For size Direction of Part No. Type Function For size Part No. Type
rotation1) 6 Cushioning mount
DSM
3)
1 Freewheel unit Dimensions online:  dsm 12 547900 DSM-12-B

12 Anti-clockwise 164229 FLSM-12-L 16 547901 DSM-16-B
Clockwise 164234 FLSM-12-R 25 547902 DSM-25-B
16 Anti-clockwise 164230 FLSM-16-L 32 547903 DSM-32-B
Clockwise 164235 FLSM-16-R 7 Cushioning kit3), P cushioning
25 Anti-clockwise 164231 FLSM-25-L 12 550657 DSM-12-P-B
Clockwise 164236 FLSM-25-R 16, 25 550658 DSM-16/25-P-B
32 Anti-clockwise 164232 FLSM-32-L 32 550659 DSM-32-P-B
Clockwise 164237 FLSM-32-R 8 Shock absorber4), P1 cushioning Technical data online:  dyef
2 Push-on flange Dimensions online:  dsm 12 548373 DYEF-M8-Y1F
12 14659 FWSR-12 16, 25 548374 DYEF-M10-Y1F
16 13239 FWSR-16 32 548375 DYEF-M12-Y1F
25 13240 FWSR-25 9 Shock absorber4), CC cushioning Technical data online:  dysc
32 13241 FWSR-32 12 548011 DYSC-5-5-Y1F
3 Mounting plate Dimensions online:  dsm 16/25 548012 DYSC-7-5-Y1F
12 165571 HSM-12 32 548013 DYSC-8-8-Y1F
16 165572 HSM-16 aJ Sensor bracket
25 165573 HSM-25 12, 16, 25, 32
550661 SL-DSM-B5)
32 165574 HSM-32
1) Viewed towards drive shaft side.
12, 16, 25, 32
1130882 SL-DSM-S-M5-B6)

1132360 SL-DSM-S-M8-B8)
5 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,

3) Packaging unit 2 pieces. 7) For inductive proximity sensor SIEN-M5.
stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla 4) Packaging unit 1 piece. 8) For inductive proximity sensor SIEN-M8.
12, 16, M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B 5) For proximity sensor SME-/SMT-10.
25
32 Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B Function For size Part No. Type
aE Inductive proximity sensor, for size 12 … 40
M5
PNP, cable
150370 SIEN-M5B-PS-K-L
PNP, plug
150371 SIEN-M5B-PS-S-L
NPN, cable 150368 SIEN-M5B-NS-K-L
NPN, plug 150369 SIEN-M5B-NS-S-L
M8
PNP, cable
150386 SIEN-M8B-PS-K-L
PNP, plug
aA/aC/aE Connecting cable, straight socket
2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
aF Cover cap Dimensions online:  dsm
12
549194 AKM-12
16
549195 AKM-16
25
549196 AKM-25
32
549197 AKM-32
40
549198 AKM-40

Technical data
Technical data Dimensions  216
Size 12 16 25 32
DSM
Pneumatic connection M5 Gx
Cushioning
DSM-…-P Elastic cushioning components at both ends
DSM-…-CC Self-adjusting shock absorber at both ends
Torque at 6 bar [Nm] 1,25 2,5 5 10
Swivel angle
DSM-…-P [°] 270/2621) 270
DSM-…-CC [°] 246
Swivel frequency (at max. swivel angle)
DSM-…-P [Hz] 2
DSM-…-CC [Hz] 1,5 1 0,7
Max. perm. radial load2) [N] 45 75 120 200
Max. perm. axial load2) [N] 18 30 50 75
Max. cushioning angle DSM-…-CC [°] 15 12 10 12
Max. perm. mass moment of inertia [kgm2]  www.festo.com
1) Restricted swivel angle in combination with sensor bracket SL-DSM-S-…
2) On the drive shaft.
Size 12 16 25 32
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:–:–]
Operatingdata
Technical pressure
DSM-12 … 63 [bar] 2 … 10 1,8 … 10 1,5 … 10
Materials
Sectional view
Materials
DSM-…/DSM-T-… DSM-… FW DSM-…-HD
Sectional view
2 1 3 4 1 3 4Rotary
2 actuator 5 1 3 4 2
1 Housing, flange Anodised aluminium
2 Shaft Nickel-plated steel
4 Stop lever Anodised aluminium
– Fixed stops Stainless steel
Screws Galvanised steel
Cover cap Glass fibre-reinforced plastic
Seals Polyurethane
DSM-T-… DSM-T-…-FW
Copper-Free:
2series with
Product 3 part
1the listed 4 1 3 4 2
Weights [g]
Size 12 16 25 32 40 63
Spigot shaft
DSM-…- 240 410 620 1,250 2,400 4,220
DSM-…-P 275 470 700 1,425 2,700 4,900
DSM-…-P1 285 475 715 1,475 2,870 5,090
DSM-…-CC
Swivel module 285 480 710 1,460 2,800 5,150
Flanged shaft
1 Housing, flange Anodised aluminium
DSM-…-FW 260 450 645 1,325 2,535 4,475
2 Shaft Nickel-plated steel
DSM-…-P-FW 293 510 725 1,500 2,835 5,150
DSM-…-P1-FW 303 515 740 1,550 3,005 5,340
4 Stop lever
DSM-…-CC-FW 300
Anodised aluminium
520 735 1,550 2,935 5,400
5 Rotating plate Anodised aluminium
– Fixed stops Stainless steel
Screws Galvanised steel
Pneumatic drives >
Semi-rotary drives
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Semi-rotary drives with rack and pinion
 www.festo.com/catalogue/drrd PDF
PDF EN Twin-piston semi-rotary drives
DRRD
 www.festo.com/sp/drrd PDF
PDF EN
Size 16, 20, 25, 32, 35, 40, 50, 63 mm

Torque 1.6 ... 112 Nm
Swivel angle 0 ... 180°
Position sensing
Cushioning: elastic (P), hydraulic shock absorbers
Flanged shaft
Ideal for use in handling applications

¬¬Very high accuracy in the end positions
¬¬Very high bearing load capacity
¬¬Very good axial run-out at the flanged shaft
¬¬High mass moments of inertia
¬¬Low backlash and dynamic
¬¬Choice of mounting options
¬¬Wide choice of variants

Pneumatic drives > Semi-rotary drives > Semi-rotary drives with rack and pinion >
Semi-rotary drives DRRD, twin pistons
Version Version Product options Swivel angle/∅ 16 20 25 32 35 40 50 63
DRRD
DRRD
Basic design FH 180° n n n n n n n n

Hollow flanged shaft
P n n n n n n n n
Elastic cushioning rings/pads at
both ends
Y9 n n n n n n n n
Linear shock absorber, self-ad-
justing at both ends
Example applications Mounting Options

Pick- and place Via through-holes Direct mounting

16 180° 1577238 DRRD-16-180-FH-PA 16 180° 1644389 DRRD-16-180-FH-Y9A
20 1395606 DRRD-20-180-FH-PA 20 1427379 DRRD-20-180-FH-Y9A
25 1359980 DRRD-25-180-FH-PA Pneumatic drives
25 > Semi-rotary drives > Semi-rotary
1360248 drivesDRRD-25-180-FH-Y9A
with rack and pinion >
32 1578512 DRRD-32-180-FH-PA Semi-rotary

32 drives1578518
DRRD, DRRD-32-180-FH-Y9A
twin pistons
Peripherals overview – DRRD 16 ... 63

Zubehör
DRRD
2
3
aD
5
6
aE
7
1
8
aG
9
aC
aF
aB
aA
aJ
 Page/
online on
1 Semi-rotaryDRRD
1 Schwenkantrieb drive DRRD –– – 18
2 Adapter kit
2 Adapterbausatz DHAA DHAA Included in the scopeenthalten:
im Lieferumfang of delivery: 22centring sleeves and
Zentrierhülsen screws
und Schrauben drrd ba
3 End-position lock E1 Included in the scope of delivery: 3, 4, 2x 5 109
3 Endlagenverriegelung E1 im Lieferumfang enthalten: 3, 4, 2x 5 18
(clamping unit DADL-…-EL as an accessory)
(als Zubehör Feststelleinheit DADL-…-EL)
4 Flange assembly Required to mount components 5, 6 and 7
4 Flanschbaugruppe
5 Clamping component (type: DADL-EC) wird zum
Secures Befestigendrive
the semi-rotary derwhen
Bauteile 5, 6isund
the cylinder 7 benötigt
advanced 18
5 Klemmelement
6 Switch lug(Typ: DADL-EC)
DASI-Q11-…-SL fixiert
Two den
switch Schwenkantrieb
lugs are included in thebei ausgefahrenem
scope Zylinder
of delivery of the sensor mounting kit (R) 18
6 Schaltfahne DASI-Q11-…-SL
7 Stop element beistop
Two der elements
Sensorenmontage (R)thesind
are included in 2 Schaltfahnen
scope im Lieferumfang
of delivery of external enthalten
shock absorbers (Y12) – 18
8 Proximity sensor SMT-/SME-8/10
7 Anschlagelement For
beisensing the piston
externen position
Stoßdämpfern (Y12) sind 2 Anschlagelemente im Lieferumfang108 enthalten –
9 Sensor bracketSMT-/SME-8
8 Näherungsschalter DASI-...-SR zur Abfrage der Kolbenposition 109 18
9 Sensor mounting kit R Included in the scope of delivery: 4, 2x 6, 2x 9
9 Sensorenmontage R im Lieferumfang enthalten: 4, 2x 6, 2x 9 18
(sensing kit DASI-…-KT as an accessory)
(alsaJZubehör Abfragebausatz DASI-…-KT)
Adapter kit DHAA Connecting plate between semi-rotary drive and drive drrd
aJ Adapterbausatz DHAA
aA Shock absorber Y9 Verbindungsplatte
Linear zwischen Schwenkantrieb
shock absorber, self-adjusting at both ends und Antrieb – ad
aA Stoßdämpfer Y9
aB Shock absorber, hard Y10 Stoßdämpfer
Linear linear,
shock absorber, beidseitigat
self-adjusting selbsteinstellend
both ends, hard – 18
aC Shock absorber
aB Stoßdämpfer, hart Y10 P Elastic cushioninglinear,
Stoßdämpfer with metal end position,
beidseitig both ends
selbsteinstellend, hart – 18
aD Shock absorber,
aC Stoßdämpfer P external Y12 Linear shock absorber,
elastische Dämpfung self-adjusting at both ends,
mit metallischer external,
Endlage, included in the scope of deli- 109
beidseitig 18
very: 4, 2x 7, aD
aD Stoßdämpfer, extern Y12 Stoßdämpfer linear, beidseitig selbsteinstellend, extern, im Lieferumfang enthalten: 4, 18
aE Centring sleeve ZBH 2 centring sleeves included in the scope of delivery of the drive
2x 7, aD
aF End cap In combination with elastic cushioning P or shock absorber Y9, Y10 –
aE Zentrierhülse
aG End cap ZBH In2combination
Zentrierhülsen im Lieferumfang
with external desY12
shock absorber Antriebs enthalten – 18
aF Abschlussdeckel in Verbindung mit elastischer Dämpfung P oder Stoßdämpfer Y9, Y10 –
aG Abschlussdeckel in Verbindung mit externem Stoßdämpfer Y12 –
2013/11Subject to changevorbehalten
– Änderungen – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
www.festo.com/catalogue/... 107
Order code
Piston Nominal swivel angle Output shaft Cushioning Sensing
DRRD
∅ [mm] [°]
DRRD – – 180 – FH – – A
16, 180 FH Flanged shaft, P Flexible A For proximity

20, hollow cushioning sensing
25, rings/pads at
32, both ends
35, Y9 Linear shock
absorber, Default
40,
50, self-adjusting Mandatory
63 at both ends Optional

[m]
8 Piston ∅ 16 ... 63 mm – T-Slot

574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
stive cylinder profile
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D


 www.festo.com/catalogue/drrd
Ordering data
P – Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends Y9 – Linear shock absorber, self-adjusting at both ends
Piston ∅ Swivel Part No. Type Piston ∅ Swivel Part No. Type
angle angle
16 180° ¬
1577238 DRRD-16-180-FH-PA 16 180° ¬
1644389 DRRD-16-180-FH-Y9A
20 ¬
1395606 DRRD-20-180-FH-PA 20 ¬
1427379 DRRD-20-180-FH-Y9A
25 ¬
1359980 DRRD-25-180-FH-PA 25 ¬
1360248 DRRD-25-180-FH-Y9A
32 ¬
1578512 DRRD-32-180-FH-PA 32 ¬
1578518 DRRD-32-180-FH-Y9A
35 ¬
1526825 DRRD-35-180-FH-PA 35 ¬
1547102 DRRD-35-180-FH-Y9A
40 ¬
1503269 DRRD-40-180-FH-PA 40 ¬
1526986 DRRD-40-180-FH-Y9A


DRRD
3 Clamping unit DADL-EL Technical data online:  dadl 9 Sensing kit DASI-…-KT Technical data online:  dasi
16 1692770 DADL-EL-Q11-16 *) 16 1693008 DASI-Q11-16-A-KT
35 1544900 DADL-EL-Q11-35/40 *) 35 1551144 DASI-Q11-35-A-KT
40 1544900 DADL-EL-Q11-35/40 *) 40 1550027 DASI-Q11-40-A-KT
50 1796637 DADL-EL-Q11-50 50 1797135 DASI-Q11-50-A-KT
63 1941568 DADL-EL-Q11-63 63 1946877 DASI-Q11-63-A-KT
5 Clamping component DADL-EC Technical data online:  dadl aD Shock absorber DYSC Technical data online:  dysc
16 1692496 DADL-EC-Q11-16 *) 16 548012 DYSC-7-5-Y1F
20, 25 1435411 DADL-EC-Q11-20/25 *) 20 548013 DYSC-8-8-Y1F
32 1631170 DADL-EC-Q11-32 *) 25 548014 DYSC-12-12-Y1F
35, 40 1535091 DADL-EC-Q11-35/40 *) 32, 35, 40 553593 DYSC-16-18-Y1F
50 1796626 DADL-EC-Q11-50 50 2479149 DYSC-20-18-Y1F
63 1941355 DADL-EC-Q11-63 63 2480234 DYSC-25-25-Y1F
6 Switch lug DASI-…-SL Technical data online:  dasi aE Centring sleeve2) Technical data online:  zbh
16 1692969 DASI-Q11-16-A-SL For centring the semi-rotary drive
20, 25 1568436 DASI-Q11-20/25-A-SL 16, 20 150927 ZBH-9
32 1631824 DASI-Q11-32-A-SL 25 189653 ZBH-12
35, 40 1548155 DASI-Q11-35/40-A-SL 32 … 50 191409 ZBH-15
50 1797021 DASI-Q11-50-A-SL 63 8023856 ZBH-25
63 1971550 DASI-Q11-63-A-SL For centring attachments on the flanged shaft
9 Sensor bracket DASI-…-SR1) Technical data online:  dasi 16, 20 186717 ZBH-7
16 1692983 DASI-Q11-16-A-SR 25 … 40 150927 ZBH-9
20 1581420 DASI-Q11-20-A-SR 50 189653 ZBH-12
25 1568451 DASI-Q11-25-A-SR 63 191409 ZBH-15
32 1631997 DASI-Q11-32-A-SR
35 1550870 DASI-Q11-35-A-SR Description Part No. Type
40 1548054 DASI-Q11-40-A-SR
bB Slot cover 1)
50 1797071 DASI-Q11-50-A-SR
For sensor slot 151681 ABP-5-S
63 1971563 DASI-Q11-63-A-SR
1) Packaging unit 2 pieces bC/bD Connecting cable, straight socket
2) Packaging 10 pieces
2 included in the scope of delivery of the semi-rotary drive or attachments. 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
1) Packaging unit 2x 0.5 m.

Technical data
General
Size 16 20 25 32 35 40 50 63
DRRD
Pneumatic connection M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8

Type of mounting Via through-hole
Via female thread
Swivel angle [°] 180
Cushioning with fixed stop
DRRD-…-P Elastic cushioning rings/pads at both ends –
-V- New
DRRD-…-Y9 Linear shock absorber, self-adjusting at both ends
Theoretical torque at 6 bar [Nm] 1,6 2,4 5,1 10,1 15,8 24,1 53 112
Max. permissible mass moment of inertia
DRRD…P [kgcm2] 180 400 900 1 500 2 500 6 700 –
Twin-piston semi-rotary drives DRRD-16 … 63
DRRD…Y9 [kgcm2] 700 1 300 1 500 8 000 15 000 23 000 40 000 –
Max. axial
Technical dataload (static, pushing) [N] 1 500 2 400 2 400 3 750 6 100 6 100 9 000 11 000
Forcesrun-out
Axial and torques
in new condition: < 0.05 mm (size 16 ... 63)
Size 16 20 25 32 35 40 50 63
Note
Theoretical torque at 6 bar [Nm] 1.6 2.4 5.1 10.1 15.8
If, in the end positions, a torque 24.1 tion is guaranteed.112
53 This can be
Max. permissible mass moment of inertia which exceeds 50% of the theore- avoided by using external shock
Rotation of end position to end position / intermediate position to end position
tical torque acts against the direc- absorbers (Y12) or a semi-rotary
DRRD-…-P [kgcm2] 175 400 900 1500 2500 6700 – –
tion of rotation, no exact end posi- drive with double the torque.
DRRD-…-Y9 [kgcm2] 700 1250 1500 26000 15000 23000 40000 40000
DRRD-…-Y10 [kgcm2] – – 5500 – 45000 67000 200000 420000
DRRD-…-Y12 [kgcm2] 900 1500 5500 26000 45000 67000 200000 420000
Rotation of end position to intermediate position
DRRD-…-P [kgcm2] 150 300 400 500 – – – –
DRRD-…-Y9 [kgcm2] 500 900 1500 8000 15000 23000 40000 –
DRRD-…-Y12 [kgcm2] 500 900 1500 8000 15000 23000 40000 –
-H- Note
Operating medium
-H- Note
Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
If, in the end positions, a torque This can be avoided by using external The cushioning for the intermediate In combination with cushioning P, the
Operating pressure
which exceeds 50% of the shock absorbers (Y12) or a semi- position corresponds to the cush intermediate position is only available
DRRD-…-P [bar] 3…8
theoretical torque acts against the rotary drive with double the torque. ioning for the basic drive. Except in for sizes 16 … 32.
DRRD-…-Y9
direction of rotation, no exact end
[bar] 2 … 10 the case of cushioning Y12: when
Ambient
position is temperature
guaranteed. [°C] –10 … +60 shock absorbers Y9 are used.
Storage temperature [°C] –20 … +60
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 Copper-Free:
Semi-rotary drive
Semi-rotary drive Size 8 ... 12 Size 16 ... 40
1 Cap Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
1 Cap Smooth anodised wrought aluminium alloy Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
2 Piston Stainless steel
2 Piston Copper base alloy Stainless steel
3 Flanged shaft Tempered steel
3 Flanged shaft
4 Housing
High-alloy stainless steel
Wrought aluminium alloy, hard-anodised
Tempered steel
Housing
4 Seals Smooth anodised wrought aluminium alloy
NBR Wrought aluminium alloy, hard-anodised
Sealsseal
Piston NBR
TPE-U(PU)
Piston
Note seal
on materials TPE-U(PU)
RoHS-compliant
Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impairment substances)

Materials
Materials
Drive shaft Tempered steel
Drive shaft
End cap Tempered wrought aluminium Pneumatic
Anodised steel alloy drives > Semi-rotary drives > Semi-rotary drives with rack and pinion >
End cap
Housing Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Smooth anodised wrought aluminium alloy Semi-rotary drives DRRD, twin pistons
Housing
Piston Smooth anodised
Stainless steel wrought aluminium alloy
Piston
Seals Stainless steel
TPE-U (PU), NBR
Seals TPE-U (PU), NBR
Technical data
Max.
Max.permissible massmoment
permissible mass momentofof inertia
inertia J atJ the
at the flanged
flanged shaftshaft as a function
as a function of time
of swivel swivel
s time s
(atMax.
(atroompermissible
room mass
temperature
temperature moment
and
and of inertia
operating
operating pressureJ atofthe
pressure flanged
6 of
bar)6 bar)shaft as a function of swivel time s
DRRD
(at room
Cushioning
With temperature
P P and operating pressure of 6 bar)
cushioning
Cushioning
Size 16 P Size 20
Size 16 Size 20
Size 16 Size 20
Ranges
Ranges Ranges
DRRD-16-…P (90°) Ranges
1 … 175 kgcm2 DRRD-20-…-P (90°) Ranges
1 … 400 kgcm2
DRRD-16-…P 2 2
DRRD-16-…-P(90°)
(180°) 11……175
175kgcm
kgcm2 DRRD-20-…-P
DRRD-20-…-P(90°)
(180°) 11……400
400kgcm
kgcm2
DRRD-16-…-P (180°) 1 … 175 kgcm2 DRRD-20-…-P (180°) 1 … 400 kgcm2
Size 25 Size 32
Size25
Size 25 Size3232
Size
Twin piston semi-rotary drives DRRD

Ranges Ranges
DRRD-25-…-P (90°) Ranges
1 … 900 kgcm2 DRRD-32-…-P (90°) Ranges
Ranges
10 … 1500 kgcm2
DRRD-25-…-P 2 2
DRRD-25-…-P (90°)
(180°) 11……900
900kgcm
kgcm2 DRRD-32-…-P
DRRD-32-…-P(90°)
(180°) 1010……1500
1500kgcm
kgcm2
Technical data – Size 16 … 63
Size35
Size 35 Size40
Size 40 1
248 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2014/11

248 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2014/11
Ranges Ranges
Max. permissible mass moment of inertia J at the flanged shaft as a function of swivel time s
(at room temperature and operating pressure of 6 bar)
Cushioning Y9/Y10
Size 16 Size 20


Ranges Ranges
Ranges
DRRD-35-…-P (90°) 10 … 2500 kgcm22 DRRD-40-…-P (90°)
DRRD-40-…-P (90°) 10
… 6700
10 … kgcm22
6700 kgcm
DRRD-35-…-P (180°) 10 … 2500 kgcm22 DRRD-40-…-P (180°)
DRRD-40-…-P (180°) 10
… 6700
10 … kgcm22
6700 kgcm
Technical data
Max.
permissible mass moment of of inertia
inertia J at Jthe
at flanged
the flanged
shaft shaft as a function
function
as a function of oftime
of swivel
swivel swivel
time ss time s
(at(atroom
roomtemperature andoperating
temperature and operating pressure
pressure of 6 bar)
of 6 bar)
DRRD
With cushioning
Cushioning Y9
Y9/Y10
Size
Size16
16 Size 2020
Size
Size 20
Ranges
Ranges Ranges
Ranges
Ranges
DRRD-16-180-…-Y9 (180°) 15 … 700 kgcm22 DRRD-20-180-…-Y9 (180°)
DRRD-20-180-…-Y9 (180°) 40
… 1250
40 … kgcm22
1250 kgcm
Size25
25 Size 32
Size 32
Size Size 32
Twin piston semi-rotary drives DRRD

Ranges
Ranges Ranges
Ranges
Ranges
DRRD-25-180-…-Y9 (180°) 100 … 1500 kgcm22 DRRD-32-180-…-Y9 (180°)
DRRD-32-180-…-Y9 (180°) 100
… 26,000
100 … kgcm22
26,000 kgcm
DRRD-25-180-…-Y10 (180°) 800 … 5500 kgcm22
Technical data – Size 16 … 63
1 Size35
Size 35 Size
Size 4040
2014/11 – Subject to change

249
Ranges
Ranges Ranges
Ranges
DRRD-35-180-…-Y9 (180°) 500 … 15,000 kgcm2 DRRD-40-180-…-Y9 (180°) 1,000 … 23,000 kgcm2
DRRD-35-180-…-Y10 (180°) 8,000 … 45,000 kgcm2 DRRD-40-180-…-Y10 (180°) 10,000 … 67,000 kgcm2
Max. permissible mass moment of inertia J at the flanged shaft as a function of swivel time s
(at room temperature and operating pressure of 6 bar)
Cushioning Y9/Y10
Size 50 Size 63


Twin-piston semi-rotary drives DRRD-16 … 63
Technical data
Technical data
Max.
permissible mass momentofof inertia
inertia J atJ the
at the flanged
flanged shaftshaft as a function
as a function of time
of swivel swivel
s time s
(at(atroom temperature and operating pressure of 6
room temperature and an operating pressure of 6 bar)bar)
DRRD
With
Withcushioning Y9
cushioning Y9/Y10
Size
Size50
50 Size
Size 63 63
Ranges
Ranges Ranges
Ranges
DRRD-50-180-…-Y9 (180°) 2000 … 40000 kgcm2 DRRD-63-180-…-Y9 (180°) 4000 … 40000 kgcm2
DRRD-50-180-…-Y10 (180°) 20000 … 200000 kgcm2 DRRD-63-180-…-Y10 (180°) 20000 … 420000 kgcm2
With cushioning Y12

Size 16 Size 20
Ranges Ranges
DRRD-16-…-Y12 (90°) 15 … 900 kgcm2 DRRD-20-…-Y12 (90°) 40 … 1500 kgcm2
Size 25 Size 32
Ranges Ranges

Dimensions – Size 16 ... 40 Download CAD data  www.festo.com

DRRD
DRRD-32 ... 40
DRRD-50 ... 63
1 Sensor slot for proximity sensor

2 Supply ports
3 Mounting thread
4 Shock absorber (DRRD-…-Y9
5 Cushioning component (DRRD-…-P)

Dimensions
Size B1 B2 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
DRRD
±0.25 ±0.025 h7 H7 +0.15/–0.05 H7 H7
16 58 56.2 21 50 32 12 8 7 M4 9 8 M5
20 65 63.4 24 56 34.9 12 8 7 M4 9 8 M5
25 73.2 71.5 26 63 38.3 15 10.5 9 M5 12 10 M6
32 94 92.6 40 81 54.2 15 10.5 9 M6 15 11 M8
35 106 104 45 91 59.9 25 10.5 9 M6 15 11 M8
40 113 111 45 91 59.9 25 21 9 M6 15 14 M10
50 132 139.7 54 110 73 25 21 12 M8 15 14 M10
63 159 157 63 135 82.8 25 21 15 M10 25 17 M12
Size D11 D12 D13 D25 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 L2 L3

∅
H7 ±0.1 +0.2/–0.1 +0.3/–0.2 ±0.1 ±0.1
16 7 M3 M10x1 M4 33 35.6 2.6 0.5 32.6 84 42 10.5
20 9 M4 M12x1 M5 36 39.6 3.6 0.5 35.6 86 43 11
25 9 M4 M16x1 M5 41.4 44.7 3.3 0.5 41 110 55 11
32 9 M6 M22x1.5 M6 50 55.5 5.5 1 49.6 135 67.5 14
35 9 M6 M26x1.5 M6 63 67 4 1 62.2 148 74 15
40 9 M6 M26x1.5 M6 68 72 4 1 67.2 199 99.5 15
50 15 M8 M30x1.5 M8 78 83 5 1 77.2 262 131 20
63 15 M10 M37x1.5 M10 100 107 7 2 99.2 335 167.5 25
Size L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 T1 T2

±0.02 ±0.2 ±0.15 ±0.02 ±0.15 ±0.2 –0.1 +0.1
16 23.2 64 74 – 26 22 61 105 20 16.3 5.6 1.6
20 26 70 74 – 33 14 80 108 20 17.8 6 1.6
25 32.4 80 98 – 33 14 98 132 20 20.5 6.6 2.1
32 42.2 100 122 20 40 26 98 163 30 24.8 8 2.1
35 49.6 120 130 44 26 44 105 178 42 31.1 8 2.1
40 56 120 130 44 26 44 105 229 42 33.6 8 2.1
50 64 160 160 34 34 54 132 302 50 39 10.6 2.6
63 78 170 190 60 60 60 149 385 50 49.6 14 3.1
Size T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T11 EE W1 ß1 ß2 ß3
+0.1 +0.3/–0.2 +0.1
16 4.7 2.1 2.1 6.3 1.6 15 2.6 5.6 M5 45° 13 3 5
20 4.7 2.1 2.1 6.3 2.1 15 2.6 5.6 M5 45° 15 4 6
25 5.7 2.6 2.6 7 2.1 18 3.1 5.5 M5 45° 19 5 8
32 6.5 3.1 3.1 7.8 2.1 23.1 3.1 8 GÁ 45° 27 5 10
35 6.5 3.1 3.1 8.5 2.1 22.6 3.5 8 GÁ 45° 32 6 10
40 8.6 3.1 3.1 9 2.1 32 3.5 8 GÁ 45° 32 6 10
50 8.6 3.1 3.1 10.5 3.1 30 3.5 10 G¼ 45° 36 8 –
63 11 3.5 3.5 14 3.1 40 3.5 10 GÅ 45° 46 8 –
Size Dimension with 180° swivel angle Swivel angle adjustment range
L4 L5 L4 L5
min./max. min./max. 1 mm = …°
16 37 17.6 –20/+1.5 –12/+1.4 8.7
20 41.8 18 –21.1/+1.5 –11/+1.4 9
25 63 24.3 –28.9/+1.9 –15/+1.8 6.6
32 78.3 29.5 –34.7/+2.4 –19/+2.3 5.6
35 97.5 40.9 –34.7/+2.4 –27/+2.3 5.6
40 98.2 41.6 –53/+3.2 –28/+3.1 3.6
50 126 – –74.5/+4.4 – 2.6
63 120 – –71.7/+7.1 – 1.9

Pneumatic drives >

Pneumatic drives >
Drives with guides

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Drives with slides
 www.festo.com/catalogue/slt PDF
PDF EN Mini slides
SLT
 www.festo.com/sp/slt PDF
PDF EN
Diameter 6, 10, 16, 20, 25 mm

Force 34 ... 590 N
Position sensing
Fixed cushioning
Recirculating ball bearing guide
System product for handling and assembly technology.
Powerful!
¬¬Compact design through air connections at rear
¬¬Extremely compact drive thanks to cushioning systems inte-
grated in the profile section
¬¬System product for handling and assembly technology

Pneumatic drives > Drives with guides > Drives with slides >
Mini slides SLT
Version Cushioning Stroke/∅ 6 10 16 20 25
SLT – the powerful mini slide
SLT
P 10 n n n n n
Elastic cushioning at 20 n n n n n
both ends, adjustable 30 n n n n n
40 n n n n n
50 n n n n n
80 – n n n n
100 – – n n n
125 – – n n n
150 – – n n n
200 – – – n n
CC 10 – – – – –
Self-adjusting cushio- 20 – – – – –
ning at both ends 30 – n n n n
40 – n n n n
50 – n n n n
80 – n n n n
100 – – n n n
125 – – n n n
150 – – n n n
200 – – – n n
SLS – the super slim mini slide online:  sls
P 5, 10, 15, 20, n n n – –
Elastic cushioning at 25, 30
both ends, non-adju-
stable
SLF – the extremely flat mini slide online:  slf

P 10, 20, 30, 40, n n n – –
Elastic cushioning at 50, 80
both ends, non-adju-
stable
Handling chocolate bars Cable assembly

Mini slides SLT

Mini slides SLT
4 3 5 6 Note
-H-
End stops must not be removed.
Note
SLT
End stops must not be removed.
4 1 2
Accessories
Brief description Page/Internet
1 One-way flow control valve CRGRLA 121 5 Cushioning with stop PF 121
1 One-way flow control valve For speed regulation 38
2 Push-in fittings 421 6 Cushioning with shock absorber YSRT
GRLA
3 Proximity sensor SMT/SME-10 120 7 Cushioning P
2 Push-in fitting For connecting compressed air tubing with standard external diameters quick star
slt
4 Centring pin/sleeve ZBS/ZBH 121 – Adapter kits for connection with other drives
QS
3 Proximity sensor Sensor slots for one or more proximity sensors 39
SME/SMT-10
Centring
4 pins/sleeves
Centring for SLT1)
pin/sleeve For centring loads and attachments 38
Size ZBS/ZBH 6 10 16 20 25
Part No. Type Part No.
5 Cushioning with stop Precision metal stopType Part No.
for small loads Type
at slow speed. Part No.
At an operating Type
pressure  3 bar, thePart No.
38 Type
PF Housing 189652 ZBH-5 stop ensures

186717 ZBH-7
precise, 150927
metal-to-metal contact. ZBH-9 189653 ZBH-12
The stop can be retrofitted. 189653 ZBH-12
6 Slide
Cushioning with shock absorber189652 ZBH-5 For large loads
189652 ZBH-5 189652 ZBH-5 150927 ZBH-9
and high speed. Ensures precise, metal-to-metal contact after the 189653
ysrt ZBH-12
YSRT Yoke 525273 ZBS-02cushioning.
189652 ZBH-5 186717 ZBH-7 150927 ZBH-9 189653 ZBH-12
1) 7Scope of delivery: 10 per pack
Cushioning Standard version with flexible cushioning elements. Low-cost, no metal-to-metal contact. 20
P
Cushioning variants
Cushioning variants
7 SLT-…-P-A 5 SLT-…-P-A with cushioning PF 6 SLT-…-CC-B
7 SLT-…-P-A
with cushioning P 5 (stop can be retrofitted)
SLT-…-P-A 6 with cushioning YSRT
SLT-…-CC-B
with cushioning P with cushioning PF with cushioning YSRT
(stop can be retrofitted)

Mini slides SLT
Order code
Piston Stroke Cushioning Sensing
∅ [mm] [mm]
SLT
SLT – – – P – A
6 10; 20; 30; 40; 50 P Elastic cushioning at A For proximity

10 10; 20; 30; 40; 50; 80 both ends, non-adju- sensing
16 10; 20; 30; 40; 50; stable
80; 100; 150 Default
20, 25 10; 20; 30; 40; 50; Mandatory
80; 100; 150; 200 Optional

length
[m]

551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
above
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Piston Stroke Sensing Cushioning Generation

∅ [mm] [mm]
SLT – – A – CC – B
–
10 30; 40; 50; 80 A For proximity CC Self-adjusting cushio-
16 30; 40; 50; 80; 100; sensing ning at both ends
150 Default
20, 25 30; 40; 50; 80; 100; Mandatory
150; 200 Optional

length
[m]

551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
above
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE


 www.festo.com/catalogue/slt

Mini slides SLT
Ordering data
P – Elastic cushioning at both ends, non-adjustable
SLT
10 170549 SLT-6-10-P-A 10 170560 SLT-16-10-P-A 10 170574 SLT-25-10-P-A
Piston ∅ 10 mm 80 170565 SLT-16-80-P-A 80 170579 SLT-25-80-P-A
40 170557 SLT-10-40-P-A Piston ∅ 20 mm 200 188424 SLT-25-200-P-A
50 170558 SLT-10-50-P-A 10 170567 SLT-20-10-P-A
80 170559 SLT-10-80-P-A 20 170568 SLT-20-20-P-A
30 170569 SLT-20-30-P-A
40 170570 SLT-20-40-P-A
50 170571 SLT-20-50-P-A
80 170572 SLT-20-80-P-A
100 170573 SLT-20-100-P-A
125 188416 SLT-20-125-P-A
150 188417 SLT-20-150-P-A
200 188418
188418 SLT-20-200-P-A
SLT-20-200-P-A
CC – Self-adjusting cushioning at both ends

30 197891 SLT-10-30-A-CC-B 30 197902 SLT-20-30-A-CC-B 30 197910 SLT-25-30-A-CC-B
Piston ∅ 16 mm 100 197906 SLT-20-100-A-CC-B 100 197914 SLT-25-100-A-CC-B
188418 SLT-20-200-P-A
80 197898 SLT-16-80-A-CC-B
100 197899 SLT-16-100-A-CC-B
125 197900 SLT-16-125-A-CC-B
150 197901 SLT-16-150-A-CC-B

Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type For ∅ Part No. Type
1 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control, 4 Centring sleeve1)
stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla See accesso- 189652 ZBH-5
10, 12, M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B ries table 186717 ZBH-7
16 150927 ZBH-9
20, 25 Gx 161404 CRGRLA-x-B 189653 ZBH-12
5/7 Metallic stop2)
6 539278 PF-06-SLT
10 539279 PF-10-SLT
16 539280 PF-16-SLT
20 539281 PF-20-SLT
25 539282 PF-25-SLT
1) Scope of delivery: 10 per pack
2) Scope of delivery: 2 per pack

Mini slides SLT
Technical data
General
Size 6 10 16 20 25
SLT
Pneumatic connection M5 Gx
Design Kinematic yoke system
Guide Ball bearing cage guide
Type of mounting With through-holes
Via female thread
Cushioning P Elastic cushioning without metal end position, at both ends
CC – Self-adjusting cushioning at both ends
Max. advancing speed [m/s] 0.51) 0.8
Max. retracting speed [m/s] 0.51) 0.8
Repetition accuracy PF [mm] 0.02
CC [mm] – 0.02
1) Must be throttled externally

Size 6 10 16 20 25
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
Operating pressure [bar] 1.5 ... 10 1 ... 10
Piston ∅, forces and impact energy

Size 6 10 16 20 25
Theoretical force at 6 bar, advancing [N] 34 94 242 376 590
Theoretical force at 6 bar, retracting [N] 25 79 218 317 495
Impact energy in the end PF [Nm] 0.0005 0.007 0.015 0.03 0.06
positions P [Nm] 0.016 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5
CC [Nm] – 1 2 3 10
Weights [g]
Size 6 10 16 20 25
Stroke 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 10 128 42 304 125 588 255 1,132 533 1,866 920
Product weight 20 145 47 298 122 568 250 1,117 526 1,852 905
2 30 161 53 334 141 617 265 1,112 518 1,835 891
Moving load 40 184 64 365 149 690 298 1,199 548 2,002 964
50 223 85 427 179 762 327 1,347 608 2,152 1,036
80 – – 581 247 1,030 451 1,767 793 2,767 1,326
100 – – – – 1,247 543 2,088 924 3,209 1,516
125 – – – – 1,655 749 2,681 1,143 4,030 1,899
150 – – – – 1,802 797 2,923 1,253 4,549 2,087
200 – – – – – – 3,666 1,490 5,520 2,544

80 – – 581 247 1,030 451 1,767 793 2,767 1,326
100 – – – – 1,247 543 2,088 924 3,209 1,516
125 – – – – Pneumatic
1,655 drives > Drives
749 with guides
2,681 > Drives with
1,143 4,030slides > 1,899
150 – – – – 1,802 797 2,923 Mini 1,253slides 4,549SLT 2,087
200 – – – – – – 3,666 1,490 5,520 2,544
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectionalview
Sectional view
SLT
1 3 2 Mini slide
Mini slide
1 Piston rod
1 Piston rod High-alloy
High-alloysteel
steel
2 Cap
2 Cap Wroughtaluminium
Wrought aluminiumalloy,
alloy, anodised
anodised
3 HousingHousing
3 Wroughtaluminium
alloy, anodised
anodised
4 Slide Slide
4 Wroughtaluminium
alloy, anodised
anodised
5 Guide Guide
5 Tempered steel
Tempered steel
–
– Seals Seals Hydrogenated nitrile rubber
Hydrogenated nitrile rubber
Clean room class to 6
Note on materials Free of copper, PTFE and silicone
ISO 14644-1
4 5
Mini slides DGSL

Copper-Free:
Product
Technicalseries
data with the listed part
numbers
Piston speed are copper-free in accor-
v as a function of working load m
dance to the
Dynamic definition and
characteristic load de-
values
The piston speed as a function of in the end positions can result in For the mini slide SLT with shock service life of the shock absorber will
Torques are
working loadindicated
may notwithbereference
exceeded as damage to the drive. absorbers,If the drive is simultaneously subjec be reduced.
the speed should not be
to the centre of the guide.
the kinetic impact or residual energy
Mini slides DGSL less than ted
0.1tom/s, as ofotherwise
several theforces
the indicated
These values must not be exceeded and torques, the following equation
Dynamic characteristic
Technical
SLT-6/-10/-16-…-P-Adata load values SLT-20-…-P-A
Torques are indicated with
reference If must be satisfied
the drive in addition to the
is simultaneously subjected to several of the indi-
to the centre of the guide. indicated maximum
cated forces and torques,loads: the following equation must be sa-
cushioning
Dynamic phase.
characteristic load values
These values must not be exceeded tisfied in addition to the indicated maximum loads:
duringTorques
dynamic are operation.
indicated with reference
Special |Fy| If the drive
|Fz| is simultaneously
|Mx| subjec
|My | |Mz|
to themust
attention centre beofpaid
the guide.
to the the indicated
1
Fymax.ted toFzseveral
max. ofMx max. forces
My max. Mz max.
These values
cushioning phase.must not be exceeded
v [m/s]
and torques, the following equation

v [m/s]
during dynamic operation. Special must be satisfied in addition to the

attention must be paid to the indicated maximum loads:
Position of the guide centre
cushioning phase.
|Fy| |Fz| |Mx| |My| |Mz|

1
Fymax. Fzmax. Mx max. My max. Mz max.
m [kg] m [kg]
Position of the guide centre
Positionexample
Calculation of the guide centre
SLT-25-…-P-A
Given: SLT-10/-16/-20/-25-…-A-CC-B
To be calculated:
Mini slide = DGSL-10 Fy, Fz, Mx, My, Mz
Stroke length = 80 mm and
Lever arm Lx = 50 mm verification of operation with
Lever arm Ly = 30 mm combined load
Calculation example
Load Fz = 0.8 kg
Given:Calculation example To be calculated:
Acceleration a = 0 m/s2
v [m/s]
v [m/s]
Given: Mini slide = SLT-10 ToFbe

y, Fz, Mx, My, Mz
calculated:
Stroke length
Mini slide = 80 mm
= DGSL-10 Fy,and
Fz, Mx, My, Mz
Solution: Lever
Strokearm Lx
length = 50 mm
= 80 mm andverification of operation with combi-
L21 = 83 mm from table Lever
Combined armLLx y
Leverload:
arm = 30 mm
= 50 mm ned loadof operation with
verification
Fy = 0 N Load F
|Fy| Lever arm
|zFz|Ly |Mx| = 30 mm= 0.8
|My| kg |Mzcombined
| load

Acceleration = 0 m/s 2 Min. stro
Fymax. Fz max. a Mx max.= 0.8My
Load Fz kgmax. Mz max.
Fz =mxg m [kg] m [kg] Max. stro
Acceleration a = 0 m/s2
= 0.8 kg x 9.81 m/s2 = 7.848 N 0 7.848N 0.236Nm 0.886Nm 0 0.094 1
1200N 18Nm 12Nm
2014/03 – Subject to change Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Mx Solution:
Solution:
= m x g x Ly
L21 =L21
41 mm
=
= 0.8 kgfrom
83 mm table
from
x 9.81 2 x 30 mm = 0.236 Nm
table
m/s Combined load:
Combined load:
Fy =F0y N = 0 N |Fy| |Fz| |Mx| |My| |Mz|
Fz M=
y m
=mx gx g x [(L21+stroke)-Lx]
Fymax. Fzmax. Mx max. My max. Mz max.
=F0.8
z =kg
= 0.8 mkgxxx9.81 m/s22 =x [(83
g9.81m/s 7.848mmN+ 80 mm) – 50 mm] = 0.886 Nm
Mx = m x=g0.8 x Lykg x 9.81 m/s2 = 7.848 N 0 7.848N 0.236Nm 0.886Nm 0 0.094 1
1200N 18Nm 12Nm
M= = 0 Nm
z 0.8 kg x 9.81 m/s2 x 30 mm = 0.236 Nm
My =Mmx x=gmx x[(L21+stroke)-L
g x Ly x]
Permissible x forces
= 0.8 =kg0.8 9.81 and m/s
m/s
kg x 9.81 2torques
2 x 30
x [(41 mm mm+ =80 mm)Nm
0.236 – 50 mm] = 0.557 Nm Geometric characteristics
Mz Size
= 0 Nm Stroke Fymax Fzmax Mxmax Mymax, Mzmax H13 L21
My = m x g x [(L21+stroke)-L [mm]
x ] [N] [N] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
= 0.8 kg x 9.81 m/s2 x [(83 mm + 80 mm) – 50 mm] = 0.886 Nm
4
Subject to change – 2016/06 10 343 343  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
2 2 2.7 31 123
Mz = 0 Nm 20 368 368 2 2 36
Mini slides SLT
Technical data
Permissible forces and torques Geometric characteristics
Size Stroke Fymax Fzmax Mxmax Mymax, Mzmax H13 L21
SLT
[mm] [N] [N] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]

6 10 200 200 1.1 0.7 7 21.5
20 160 160 1.1 0.7 21.5
30 140 140 0.7 0.5 21.5
40 150 150 0.9 0.5 25
50 190 190 1.4 0.5 30.5
10 10 470 470 2.1 1.6 13 24.5

20 370 370 1.7 1.4 24.5
30 390 390 2.5 1.4 28.5
40 350 350 2.2 1.3 28.5
50 390 390 3.1 1.4 33.5
80 410 410 4.3 1.5 41
16 10 820 820 6.1 4.2 16 33

20 650 650 4.7 3.4 33
30 530 530 4.2 3.0 31.5
40 490 490 3.8 2.7 31.5
50 510 510 4.6 2.8 35
80 520 520 6.0 2.8 41.5
100 600 600 9.1 3.2 51.5
125 960 960 12.6 3.5 66.5
150 660 660 12.6 3.5 66.5
20 10 1,600 1,600 16 18 16.5 38.5

20 1,270 1,270 13 14 38.5
30 1,110 1,110 11 12 38.5
40 930 930 10 11 38.5
50 1,080 1,080 9 10 41
80 1,030 1,030 14 11 48.5
100 1,160 1,160 18 11 58
125 1,380 1,380 37 17 71
150 1,300 1,300 47 17 79
200 1,170 1,170 64 17 92.5
25 10 1,840 1,840 19 21 23.5 45.5

20 1,460 1,460 16 16 45.5
30 1,280 1,280 14 14 45.5
40 1,310 1,310 13 12 45.5
50 1,080 1,080 12 11 45.5
80 1,030 1,030 14 11 50.5
100 1,160 1,160 18 11 60
125 1,380 1,380 37 17 72.5
150 1,300 1,300 47 17 80.5
200 1,170 1,170 64 17 94.5

Mini slides SLT

Size 6
SLT
1 Mounting thread 3 Through-holes for mounting the 5 Sensor slots for proximity sen- 7 Through-hole length for moun-
2 Centring holes (centring sleeves drive sor SMT/SME-10 ting screws
included in scope of delivery) 4 Supply ports 6 Slim lock nuts are supplied Hole pattern for mounting thread
loose and centring holes
 www.festo.com/slt
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L7 L16 ß
[mm] [mm] 1) 1)
6 10 48 40 38 14 2
20 58 50 48
30 68 60 58
40 85 77 75
50 106 98 96
1) With flexible cushioning

Mini slides SLT

Size 10 ... 25
SLT
1 Mounting thread 3 Through-holes for mounting the 5 Sensor slots for proximity sen- 7 Through-hole length for moun-
2 Centring holes (centring sleeves drive sor SMT/SME-10 ting screws
included in scope of delivery) 4 Supply ports 6 Slim lock nuts are supplied Hole pattern for mounting thread
loose and centring holes
 www.festo.com/slt
∅ B1 B2 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] H7 H7 H7 H7 H7
10 50 5.5 10 30 40 5 7 5 20 M5 8 7 M3 M4 5 M3
16 66 6.5 8 50 55 7 9 M6 10 9 M5 M5 7 M4
20 85 7 15 55 70 9 12 9 40 M8 11 12 9 M5
25 104 8 12 80 80 12 12 M6 M6 12 M6
∅ D8 D9 D10 EE H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12

∅
[mm] H7
10 5 M4 M8x1 M5 30 9.4 5.5 11 20 2 4 10 5 15.15 5.5 1.5
16 5 M5 M10x1 40 13 6.5 13 4.5 15 13 20 6.5 1.5
20 9 M12x1 Gx 49 19.5 9 19.7 6 19 16 30.5 9 2.5
25 12 M6 M16x1 Gx 60 21 10 21 40 5 25 10 34.5 10 1.5

Mini slides SLT
Dimensions
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L7 L8 L9 L10 L14 L15
[mm] [mm] min.
SLT
10 10 72 62 7 11.7 62.5 15 8 10 2 25
20 72
30 82 72 72.5
40 92 82 25
50 112 102 92.5
80 162 152 140.5
16 10 80 68 6.7 14.2 63.5 22 10 12 2 32
20
30 87 75 70.5
40 97 85 80.5
50 112 100 90.5 28
80 158 146 134.5
100 199 187 176.5
125 257 245 8.2 16.6 233.5
150 282 270 258.5
20 10 97 85 11.5 15.2 74 28 10 12 2 25
20
30
40 107 95 84
50 122 110 92 37
80 167 155 135
100 203 191 171
125 262 250 10.3 17.5 208 59
150 302 290 249
200 377 365 323
25 10 108 94 10.7 18.7 88.5 25 12 14 2 30
20
30
40 118 104 92.5 34
50 131 117 102.5
80 177 163 132.5 51
100 210 196 159.5 57
125 264 250 10 21.5 212.5
150 304 290 252.5
200 379 365 328.5
∅ L16 L17 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 ß1 ß2
[mm] 1) 2) min. 1) 2)
10 21.7 8 1 12 1.5 1.3 7 8 1.2 10 2.5 4
16 23.5 16 16 2.1 1.6 10 7 13 3 5
20 34 17.5 20 2.6 2.1 10 2.1 15 4 6
25 49.5 18 2.6 12 11 2.6 19 5 8
1) With hydraulic shock absorbers
2) With flexible cushioning

Pneumatic drives >

Pneumatic drives >
Drives with guides

Overview/Configuration/Ordering Drives with guide rods
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dfm PDF
PDF EN Guided drives
DFM
 www.festo.com/sp/dfm PDF
PDF EN
Diameter 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm
Force 51 ... 4712 N
Position sensing
Fixed cushioning
Recirculating ball bearing guide
Flexible & dynamic!

¬¬Compact dimensions – High-precision guidance and excellent
absorption of torque loads and lateral forces.
¬¬Sturdy design – With drive and guide unit in one housing, with a
ball-bearing guide plus a wide variety of mounting options.
¬¬Alternative air connections – For greater flexibility together with
standardised proximity sensors of type SM..-8.

Guided drives DFM
Version Guide Stroke/∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
DFM
recirculating ball 10 n n – – – – – – – –
bearing guide 20 n n n n n – – – – –
25 n n n n n n n n n n
30 n n n n n – – – – –
40 n n n n n – – – – –
125 – – – – n n n n n n
160 – – – – n n n n n n
200 – – – – n n n n n n
Example Application
Use in conveyor systems
Pushing
Stopping
Lifting

Guided drives DFM
Mounting options
Flat from above Flat from below
DFM
Side mounting from below On end
Sensor Options
Quick ordering:
Perfect fixing for cylinders for Festo in T-slots

Guided drives DFM
1
DFM
 Page/online
1 Push-in fittings 421
2 Proximity sensor SMT/SME-8 133
3 Slot cover ABP-S 135
4 One-way flow control valve CRGRLA

Guided drives DFM
Order code
Piston Stroke Cushioning Sensing Guide
DFM
∅ [mm] [mm]
DFM – – – P – A – KF
12, 10; 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; P Flexible A For proximity KF Recirculating
16 80; 100 cushioning sensing ball bearing
20, 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; 80; rings/plates at guide
25 100 both ends
32 20; 25; 30; 40; 50; 80;
100; 125; 160; 200
Default
40, 25; 50; 80; 100; 125;
50, 160; 200 Mandatory
63, Optional
80,
100

put length
[m]
2 Proximity sensors for Insertable in the slot PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5 ¬
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
design
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
cylinder profile
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D


 www.festo.com/catalogue/dfm

Guided drives DFM
Ordering data
KF: Recirculating ball bearing guide
DFM
10
170899 DFM-12-10-P-A-KF 20
170922 DFM-25-20-P-A-KF 25
170946 DFM-50-25-P-A-KF
20
170900 DFM-12-20-P-A-KF 25
170923 DFM-25-25-P-A-KF 50
170947 DFM-50-50-P-A-KF
25
170901 DFM-12-25-P-A-KF 30
170924 DFM-25-30-P-A-KF 80
170948 DFM-50-80-P-A-KF
30
170902 DFM-12-30-P-A-KF 40
170925 DFM-25-40-P-A-KF 100
170949 DFM-50-100-P-A-KF
40
170903 DFM-12-40-P-A-KF 50
170926 DFM-25-50-P-A-KF 125
170950 DFM-50-125-P-A-KF
50
170904 DFM-12-50-P-A-KF 80
170927 DFM-25-80-P-A-KF 160
170951 DFM-50-160-P-A-KF
80
170905 DFM-12-80-P-A-KF 100
170928 DFM-25-100-P-A-KF 200
170952 DFM-50-200-P-A-KF
100
170906 DFM-12-100-P-A-KF Piston ∅ 32 mm Piston ∅ 63 mm
Piston ∅ 16 mm 20
170929 DFM-32-20-P-A-KF 25
170953 DFM-63-25-P-A-KF
10
170907 DFM-16-10-P-A-KF 25
170930 DFM-32-25-P-A-KF 50
170954 DFM-63-50-P-A-KF
20
170908 DFM-16-20-P-A-KF 30
170931 DFM-32-30-P-A-KF 80
170955 DFM-63-80-P-A-KF
25
170909 DFM-16-25-P-A-KF 40
170932 DFM-32-40-P-A-KF 100
170956 DFM-63-100-P-A-KF
30
170910 DFM-16-30-P-A-KF 50
170933 DFM-32-50-P-A-KF 125
170957 DFM-63-125-P-A-KF
40
170911 DFM-16-40-P-A-KF 80
170934 DFM-32-80-P-A-KF 160
170958 DFM-63-160-P-A-KF
50
170912 DFM-16-50-P-A-KF 100
170935 DFM-32-100-P-A-KF 200
170959 DFM-63-200-P-A-KF
80
170913 DFM-16-80-P-A-KF 125
170936 DFM-32-125-P-A-KF Piston ∅ 80 mm
100
170914 DFM-16-100-P-A-KF 160
170937 DFM-32-160-P-A-KF 25 170960 DFM-80-25-P-A-KF
Piston ∅ 20 mm 200
170938 DFM-32-200-P-A-KF 50 170961 DFM-80-50-P-A-KF
20
170915 DFM-20-20-P-A-KF Piston ∅ 40 mm 80 170962 DFM-80-80-P-A-KF
25
170916 DFM-20-25-P-A-KF 25
170939 DFM-40-25-P-A-KF 100 170963 DFM-80-100-P-A-KF
30
170917 DFM-20-30-P-A-KF 50
170940 DFM-40-50-P-A-KF 125 170964 DFM-80-125-P-A-KF
40
170918 DFM-20-40-P-A-KF 80
170941 DFM-40-80-P-A-KF 160 170965 DFM-80-160-P-A-KF
50
170919 DFM-20-50-P-A-KF 100
170942 DFM-40-100-P-A-KF 200 170966 DFM-80-200-P-A-KF
80
170920 DFM-20-80-P-A-KF 125
170943 DFM-40-125-P-A-KF Piston ∅ 100 mm
100
170921 DFM-20-100-P-A-KF 160
170944 DFM-40-160-P-A-KF 25 170967 DFM-100-25-P-A-KF
200
170945 DFM-40-200-P-A-KF 50 170968 DFM-100-50-P-A-KF
80 170969 DFM-100-80-P-A-KF
100 170970 DFM-100-100-P-A-KF
125 170971 DFM-100-125-P-A-KF
160 170972 DFM-100-160-P-A-KF
200 170973 DFM-100-200-P-A-KF

Guided drives DFM

Assembly/description Length Part No. Type
[m]
DFM
3 Slot cover for T-slot
Insertable from above 2 x 0,5 151680 ABP-5-S
Piston ∅ Connection Part No. Type

[mm] Thread
4 One-way flow control valve

With slotted head screw, metal, for 12, 16, 20 M5 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
exhaust air flow control 25, 32, 40 G1/8 161404 CRGRLA-x-B
50, 63 G1/4 161405 CRGRLA-¼-B
80, 100 G3/8 161406 CRGRLA-y-B
Electrical connection, Electrical connection, Cable length Part No. Type

left right [m]
Connecting cable
Straight socket, M8x1, Cable, open end, 3-wire 2.5
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
3-pin 5
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
Piston ∅ for for yoke Part No. Type

[mm] housing plate
Centring sleeves – included in the scope of delivery Centring sleeves – Ordering

For combination 12 2x ZBH-5, 2xZBH-5 189652 ZBH-5
interfaces with 16 2x ZBH-9 186717 ZBH-7
drives and axes
20 2x ZBH-7, 2x ZBH-9 150927 ZBH-9
25 2x ZBH-9 189653 ZBH-12
32 2x ZBH-9, 191409 ZBH-15
40 2x ZBH-12
50 2x ZBH-12 2x ZBH-12
63
80
100 2x ZBH-15 2x ZBH-15

Guided drives DFM
Technical Data
General
Piston ∅ [mm] 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
DFM
Pneumatic connection M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8

Operating pressure [bar] 2… 10 1.5 … 10 1… 10
Design Piston
Piston rod
Guide rods with yoke
Cushioning Flexible cushioning rings/plates at both ends
Position sensing For proximity sensing
Type of mounting Via through-holes
Via female threads
Protection against torsion/guide Guide rod with yoke/with ball bearing guide
Speed [m/s]
Piston ∅ [mm] 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Cushioning P
Maximum speed, advancing 0.8 0.6 0.4
Maximum speed, retracting 0.8 0.6 0.4
Forces [N]
Piston ∅ [mm] 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Theoretical force at 6 bar, advancing 68 121 188 295 482 754 1178 1870 3016 4712
Guided drives
Theoretical force DFM
at 6 bar, retracting 51 90 141 247 415 686 1057 1750 2827 4418
Technical data
Impact Energy [J]
Piston
Impact∅energy [J] [mm] 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Max.  energy at the end po-
Pistonimpact 12 0.07 16 0.15 20 0.2 25 0.3 320.4 400.7 501.0 631.3 80
0.75 100
1.0
sitions
Max. impact energy at the end positions 0.09 0.10 0.14 0.35 0.40 0.52 0.64 0.70 0.75 1.00
vperm. Permissible impact velocity Note

-H- Note
These values
represent can
mload Moving work load be reached.
maximum Note
values thecan
which maximum
be re
permitted
ached. impact
Note the energy.
maximum permitted
2�x�Eperm.
v2

Stroke Piston  [mm]
[mm] 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Product weight [g]
10 338 449 – – – – – – – –
20 371 515 777 1250 1770 – – – – –
25 405 540 825 1270 1835 2145 3431 4472 6984 11000
30 435 571 865 1340 1915 – – – – –
40 494 707 1060 1420 2120 – – – – –
50 540 770 1150 1630 2230 2520 4092 5213 8185 12589
80 690 920 1350 1990 2795 2980 5016 6273 9743 14699
100 775 1085 1595 2226 3092 3531 5434 6791 10482 15760
125 – – – – 3586 3915 6338 7865 11490 17094
160 – – – – 3630 4520 7219 8920 12910 18980
200 – – – – 4777 5389 8139 10172 14363 21148
Moving load [g]

10 170 230 – – – – – – – –
20 190 250 400 650 1040 – – – – –
136
25 190 260 420 670 www.festo.com/catalogue/...
1070 1190 2050 2510 Subject
4140 to change – 2016/06
6300
Guided drives DFM
Technical data
Maximum effective load F [N]
Piston ∅ XS Stroke [mm]
DFM
[mm] [mm] 10 20 25 30 40 50 80 100 125 160 200
12 25 27 23 21 20 21 22 20 19 — — —
16 50 45 31 27 24 58 56 51 48 — — —
20 50 — 45 39 35 91 88 80 75 — — —
25 50 — 88 86 84 100 97 89 85 — — —
32 50 — 120 118 116 112 109 134 128 144 135 126
40 50 — — 118 — — 109 134 128 144 135 126
50 50 — — 182 — — 168 201 193 211 199 188
63 50 — — 182 — — 168 201 193 211 199 188
1 Centre of gravity of effective load 80 125 — — 220 — — 275 329 318 306 291 277
100 125 — — 332 — — 415 495 480 463 442 422
Permissible torque load M [Nm]
Piston ∅ Stroke [mm]

[mm] 10 20 25 30 40 50 80 100 125 160 200
MTorque
12 0,55 0,47 0,44 0,42 0,47 0,45 0,41 0,38 — — —
16 1,03 0,71 0,62 0,55 1,34 1,29 1,18 1,12 — — —
20 — 1,30 1,13 1,01 2,64 2,56 2,34 2,23 — — —
25 — 3,00 2,92 2,85 3,40 3,30 3,02 2,89 — — —
32 — 4,70 4,60 4,55 4,40 4,25 5,25 5,00 5,60 5,25 4,90
40 — — 5,20 — — 4,80 5,90 5,65 6,35 5,95 5,55
Note
50 — — 10,00 — — 9,30 11,00 10,60 11,60 11,00 10,30
GSED sizing software
63 — — 11,30 — — 10,50 12,50 12,00 13,20 12,40 11,70
 www.festo.com
80 — — 17,10 — — 21,30 25,50 24,70 23,70 22,60 21,50
100 — — 25,70 — — 32,20 38,40 37,20 35,90 34,20 32,70
Materials
Sectional view
5 Variant Recirculating ball bearing guide KF
1 Housing Wrought aluminium alloy, anodised
2 Yoke plate Tempered steel
3 Bearing and end Wrought aluminium alloy, anodised
1 caps
2
5 Guide rods Tempered steel
4 — Static seals Nitrile rubber
— Dynamic seals Polyurethane
3 3
ISO 14644-1
Copper-Free:
5 numbers are copper-free in accor-

Guided drives DFM
Technical data
Ambient conditions
Variant Recirculating ball bearing guide KF
DFM

Corrosion resistance class CRC2) –
Components requiring low corrosion resistance. Transport and storage protection.
Parts that do not have primarily decorative surface requirements, e.g. in internal areas that are not visible or behind covers
Corrosion resistance class 2 according to Festo standard 940 070
Components requiring moderate corrosion resistance. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface requirements which are in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media
such as coolants or lubricating agents
Use as lifting cylinder – Permissible load with recirculating ball bearing guide DFM-...-KF
DFM 12 ... 25-KF – Stroke 30 mm DFM 12 ... 25-KF – Stroke 40 ... 100 mm
m [kg]
m [kg]
F = Load [N]
l = Lever arm l [mm]
v [m/min] v [m/min]
DFM 32 ... 63-KF – Stroke 50 mm DFM 32 ... 63-KF – Stroke 80 ... 100 mm DFM 32 ... 63-KF – Stroke 125 ... 200 mm
m [kg]
m [kg]
m [kg]
v [m/min] v [m/min] v [m/min]
DFM 80 ... 100-KF – Stroke 25 mm DFM 80 ... 100-KF – Stroke 50 mm DFM 80 ... 100-KF – Stroke 80 ... 200 mm
m [kg]
m [kg]
m [kg]
v [m/min] v [m/min] v [m/min]

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
Piston ∅ 12 … 16 mm
1 Mounting slot for proximity sen- 2 Supply port options on side or 5 Tolerance between the centring DFM
sor SMT/SME-8 top holes ± 0,02 mm
3 Mounting thread
Note
Since the guide rods project beyond cap, an appropriate recess must be
the contour of the housing in the re- provided in the mounting surface so
tracted position ( dimension L7) that the guide rods can move freely.
when the unit is mounted on its end

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
∅ B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 D1 D2 D3
DFM
[mm] ∅ ∅
H7
12 60 58 42,4 30 4,5 51 20,5 19 20 20 9,5 41 19,5 21 8,5 41 25 M5 8 9

16 67 65 45,9 33,5 4,5 58 22 23 23,5 20 10,5 46 21,3 24,4 – – 28 M5 7,5 9
∅ D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 EE H1 H2 H3 H4 H6 H7 H9 H10 H11 H12

[mm] ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7
12 M4 5 M4 8h6 5 M4 M5 28 26 24 14 4 20 4 20 14 10
16 M5 5 M5 10h6 5 – M5 32 30 26,5 16 4 24 7,4 20 16 10
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11

[mm] [mm] ±0.1
12 10 59 46 10 13 11,4 9,5 – 21 – 34 –
20 69 56 – – –
25 74 61 – 20 –
30 79 66 – 20 –
40 95 76 6 20 –
50 105 86 6 40 –
80 135 116 6 40 –
100 155 136 6 40 80
16 10 60 48 10 12 11,9 10,6 – 22 – 34 –
20 70 58 – – –
25 75 63 – 20 –
30 80 68 – 20 –
40 107 78 17 20 –
50 117 88 17 40 –
80 147 118 17 40 –
100 167 138 17 40 80
∅ Stroke L12 L13 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 ß1 ß2

[mm] [mm]
12 10 11,4 5 9 9,4 2,1 8 1,2 1,2 8 10 10

20
25
30
40
50
80
100
16 10 11,9 – 9 4,6 2,1 10 1,2 1,2 – 14 14
20
25
30
40
50
80
100

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
DFM
1 Mounting slot for proximity sen- 2 Supply port options on side or 3 Mounting thread 5 Tolerance between the centring
sor SME-/SMT-8 top 4 Mounting thread (not with ∅20) holes ± 0,02 mm
Note

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
∅ B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 D1 D2 D3 D4
DFM
∅ ∅
[mm] H7
20 83 81 53,6 41,5 6,5 70 26,5 30 26,5 30 12,5 58 26 31 M6 9 9 M5
25 95 93 70 47,5 15,5 64 30 35 27,5 40 13,5 68 29 37 M6 9 9 M6
∅ D5 D6 D7 D8 EE H1 H2 H3 H4 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] H7 H7
20 9 M5 12h6 7 M5 36 34 29,5 17 4,5 27 – 7 20 18
25 9 M6 14h6 7 Gx 44 42 34,8 19 4,5 35 35 12 20 22
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10
[mm] [mm] ±0,1

20 20 75 61 – –
25 80 66 – 20
30 85 71 – 20
40 121 81 12 14 14 10,5 26 26 20 40
50 131 91 26 40
80 161 121 26 40
100 181 141 26 40
25 20 93 65,6 13,4 –
25 98 70,6 13,4 20
30 103 75,6 13,4 20
40 123 85,6 12 14 17,5 9,5 23,4 26 20 40
50 133 95,6 23,4 40
80 163 125,6 23,4 40
100 183 145,6 23,4 40
∅ Stroke L11 L12 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 ß1 ß2
[mm] [mm]
20 20 –
25 –
30 –
40 – 14 12 5,7 2,1 10 2,1 1,6 17 17
50 –
80 –
100 80
25 20 –
25 –
30 –
40 – 15 14 5,7 2,1 12 2,1 1,6 17 17
50 –
80 –
100 80

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
DFM
1 Mounting slot for proximity sen- 2 Supply port options on side or 5 Tolerance between the centring
3 Mounting thread
Note

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
DFM
∅ ∅
[mm] H7
32 110 108 81 55 20 70 33,5 43 35 40 16 78 32,5 45 M8 11 12 M6
40 120 118 94 60 15 90 34,5 51 35 50 16 88 32,5 55 M8 11 12 M8
50 148 146 116,5 74 19 110 42 64 44 60 19 110 40 68 M8 11 12 M8
63 162 160 139 81 9 144 41 80 41 80 18.4 125 39.5 83 M10 15 12 M10
∅ D5 D6 D7 D8 EE H1 H2 H3 H4 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] H7 H7
32 9 M6 16h6 9 Gx 49 47 38,5 22 6 37 37 8,5 30 24,5
40 9 M6 16h6 9 Gx 54 52 40,5 24 6 42 42 10 30 27
50 12 M8 20h6 12 G¼ 64 62 50,5 29,5 7 50 50 12 40 32
63 12 M8 20h6 12 G¼ 78 76 55 32 9 60 60 19 40 39
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 ß1 ß2

[mm] [mm] ±0,1
32 20 101 68 14 16 17 12 17 29 – 45 – 17 15 6,8 2,6 12 2,1 2,1 17 22
25 106 73 17 20 –
30 111 78 17 20 –
40 121 88 17 20 –
50 131 98 17 40 –
80 179 128 35 40 –
100 199 148 35 40 80
125 244 173 55 40 80
160 279 208 55 40 120
40 25 106 76 14 16 17,8 13,1 14 29 20 45 – 17,8 15 6,8 2,6 16 2,1 2,1 17 22
50 131 101 14 40 –
80 179 131 32 40 –
100 199 151 32 40 80
125 244 176 52 40 80
160 279 211 52 40 120
200 319 251 52 40 160
50 25 118 77 16 18 17,8 14,2 23 32 20 50 – 17,8 15 6,8 2,6 16 2,6 2,6 19 24
50 143 102 23 40 –
80 194 132 44 40 –
100 214 152 44 40 80
125 259 177 64 40 80
160 294 212 64 40 120
200 334 252 64 40 160
63 25 118 83 16 18 18.5 14.8 17 32 20 50 – 18.5 20 9 2.6 20 2.6 2.6 19 24
50 143 108 17 40 –
80 194 138 38 40 80
100 214 158 38 40 80
125 259 183 58 40 120
160 294 218 58 40 160
200 334 258 58 40 200

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
DFM
1 Mounting slot for proximity sen- 2 Supply port options on side or 5 Tolerance between the centring
3 Mounting thread
Note

Guided drives DFM
Dimensions
DFM
∅ ∅
[mm] H7
80 200 192 162.5 100 21.5 157 48.5 103 41 110 22.5 155 48.5 103 M10 15 12 M10
100 240 232 201 120 21 198 54 132 56 120 26 188 57 126 M12 18 15 M12
∅ D5 D6 D7 D8 EE H1 H2 H3 H4 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10
∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] H7 H7
80 12 M10 25h6 12 Gy 92 84 61 35 9 62 40 16 60
100 15 M12 30h6 15 Gy 112 104 66 39.5 10 68 44 16 80
∅ Stroke L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 ß1 ß2

[mm] [mm] ±0,1
80 25 137 93 20 23 23 16 21 41 20 64 – 23 20 9 2.6 20 2.6 2.6 27 30
50 183 118 42 40 –
80 243 148 72 40 –
100 263 168 72 40 80
125 288 193 72 40 80
160 323 228 72 40 120
200 363 268 72 40 160
100 25 150 109 20 23 29 20 18 13 40 36 – 29 25 11 3.1 24 3.1 3.1 32 30
50 197 134 40 40 80
80 257 164 70 40 80
100 277 184 70 40 120
125 302 209 70 40 160
160 337 244 70 40 160
200 377 284 70 40 200

Pneumatic drives >
Clamping cylinders
Overview/Configuration/Ordering
 www.festo.com/catalogue/ev
PDF EN
PDF Clamping modules
 www.festo.com/sp/ev
PDF EN
PDF
EV
Wide range of clamping areas

Clamping force 55 ... 1690 N
Even more compact than bellows cylinders

¬¬Single-acting, with reset function
¬¬Flat, space-saving design
¬¬Hermetically sealed
¬¬Pressure plates and foot mountings as accessories

Product range overview
Pneumatic drives > Clamping cylinders >
Clamping
Function
modules Type
Version
EV Clamping area
[mm]
Stroke
[mm]
Single- Clamping module, block shaped
acting EV 10x30 3
Product-range Overview 15x40 4
Version Description 15x63 Clamping area [mm] 4 Stroke [mm]
20x75 5
Clamping module, block shaped 10x30 3
EV
20x120 15x40
5 4
20x180 15x63 5 4
20x75 5
Clamping module, round 20x120 5
EV  12 20x180 3 5
Clamping module,  16
round ∅ 12 4 3
 20 ∅ 16 4 4
 25 ∅ 20 4 4
 32 ∅ 25 5 4
 40 ∅ 32 5 5
 50 ∅ 40 5 5
 63 ∅ 50 5 5
∅ 63 5
Example
Examples ofApplications and installations
applications and installations
Clamping
Clampingmodule,
module, block
block shaped
shaped Clamping module,
Clamping round
module, round

Clamping modules EV
Clamping modules EV
Peripherals overview and type code
2 2
EV
3
3
Mounting attachments and accessories

Mounting attachments and accessories
Brief description Clamping module, block Clamping module, round  Page/
Brief description Clamping module, block shapedClamping module, round Page/Internet online
shaped
1 Foot mounting HBEV For horizontal clamping direction n – 150
1 Foot mounting For horizontal clamping direction 8
2 Pressure plate EV-…-DP Protects the diaphragm against external damage n – n 150
HBEV
3 Push-in fittings For connecting compressed air tubing with standard O.D. n n 421
2 Pressure plate Protects the diaphragm against external 8

EV-…-DP damage
*)3 Products marked with an asterisk
Push-in fitting are notcompressed
For connecting free of copper!
air tubing quick star

QS with standard O.D.
Order code
Clamping module, block-shaped EV — 20/75 Clamping
— 5 module, round
Clamping area Stroke Clamping area ∅ Stroke
Type [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Single-acting
EV EV –
Clamping module – EV – –
10/30 – 3 12 – 3
Clamping area [mm]
15/40 – 4 16 – 4
15/63 – 4 20 – 4
Stroke [mm]
20/75 – 5 25 – 4
20/120 – 5 32 – 5
20/180 – 5 40 – 5 Default
50 – 5 Mandatory
63 – 5 Optional

 www.festo.com/catalogue/adn
2014/10 – Subject to change Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... 3

Clamping modules EV
Ordering data
Clamping module, block shaped Clamping module, round
Clamping area Stroke Part No. Type Clamping area ∅ Stroke Part No. Type
EV
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

10x30 3 151993 EV-10/30-3 12 3 150681 EV-12-3
15x40 4 13289 EV-15/40-4 16 4 150682 EV-16-4
15x63 4 13290 EV-15/63-4 20 4 150683 EV-20-4
20x75 5 13291 EV-20/75-5 25 4 150684 EV-25-4
20x120 5 13292 EV-20/120-5 32 5 150685 EV-32-5
20x180 5 13293 EV-20/180-5 40 5 184857 EV-40-51)
50 5 184858 EV-50-51)
63 5 184859 EV-63-51)
1) Free of copper, PTFE and silicone

For clamping Part No. Type For clamping Part No. Type
area [mm] area [mm]
1 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  ev 2 Pressure plate Dimensions online:  ev
10x30 152 512 HBEV-10/30 10x30 151 994 EV-10/30-DP
15x40 34 562 HBEV-15/40 15x40 13 783 EV-15/40-DP
15x63 34 563 HBEV-15/63 15x63 13 784 EV-15/63-DP
20x75 34 564 HBEV-20/75 20x75 13 785 EV-20/75-DP
20x120 34 565 HBEV-20/120 20x120 13 786 EV-20/120-DP
20x180 34 566 HBEV-20/180 20x180 13 787 EV-20/180-DP
2 Pressure plate Dimensions online:  ev
∅ 12 150 690 EV-12-DP
∅ 16 150 691 EV-16-DP
∅ 20 150 692 EV-20-DP
∅ 25 150 693 EV-25-DP
∅ 32 150 694 EV-32-DP
∅ 40 184 860 EV-40-DP
∅ 50 184 861 EV-50-DP
∅ 63 184 862 EV-63-DP
Technical data
General technical data – Clamping module, block shaped
Clamping area [mm] 10x30 15x40 15x63 20x75 20x120 20x180
Pneumatic connection M3 M5
Constructional design Diaphragm
Cushioning No
Position sensing No
Type of mounting Via through holes
With accessories
General technical data – Clamping module, round

Clamping area ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Pneumatic connection M3
Constructional design Diaphragm
Cushioning No
Position sensing No
Type of mounting Via through holes

Clamping modules EV
Technical data
Operating conditions – Clamping module, block shaped
EV
Clamping area [mm] 10x30 15x40 15x63 20x75 20x120 20x180
Operating pressure [bar] ≤ 6 2 … 6
Ambient temperature [°C] –20 … +40
Operating conditions – Clamping module, round

Clamping modules EV
Clamping area ∅ 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Technical data
Operating pressure [bar] ≤ 6
Forces [N] – Clamping module, block shaped
Clamping area 10x30 15x40 15x63 20x75 20x120 20x180
Forces [N] – Clamping module, block shaped
Clamping force at 6 bar, stroke 1 mm 95 195 350 660 1 100 1 690
Clamping force at 6 bar, maximum 80 165 290 600 1 000 1 480
Clamping
stroke force at 6 bar, stroke 1 mm 95 195 350 660 1 100 1 690
Clamping force at 6 bar, maximum stroke 80 165 290 600 1 000 1 480
Forces [N] – Clamping module, round
Forces [N] area
Clamping – Clamping
 module, round 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Clamping areaat∅6 bar, stroke 1 mm
Clamping force 55 12 102 16 162 20 226 25 376 32 680 40 1 090 50 1 660 63
Clamping force at 6 bar, stroke 1 mm 56
Clamping force at 6 bar, maximum 55 125 102 187 162 271 226 456 376 675 680 1 075 1 640
1 090 1 660
stroke
Clamping force at 6 bar, maximum stroke 56 125 187 271 456 675 1 075 1 640
-H-
Note Note
The clamping module must be
Clamping module must be operated
operated against a stop.
against a stop.
Weights [g] – Clamping module, block shaped

Weights [g] – Clamping module, block shaped
Product weight
Product weight 20 20 45 45 65 65 130 130 190 190 270 270
Weights
Weights[g] – Clamping
[g] – module,
Clamping module, round
round
Clamping area∅
Clamping area 12 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63
Product weight
Product weight 11 11 15 15 19 19 24 24 34 34 52 52 68 68 100 100
Materials
Materials
Sectionalview
Sectional view
1 2 Rotary actuator
1 Housing Die-cast aluminium
2 Diaphragm Polyurethane
– Note on material Conforms to RoHS
Copper-Free:
Clamping module
1 Housing Die-cast aluminium
2 Diaphragm Polyurethane
dance
– Note on definition
to the material and de- Versions free of copper, PTFE and silicone Ordering data
scription provided on page 8. Conforms to RoHS

Clamping modules EV
Dimensions
Clamping module, block shaped
EV
1 Maximum permissible stroke

against stop
2 Choice of positions for air con-
nection, achieved by
re-positioning blanking plug
3 Clamping area
Clamping B1 B2 B3 D1 E1 H1 H2 H3 H7 L1 L2 L3 L4 T1
area ∅
[mm]
10x30 17 9 3 3.3 M3 14.5 +0.3 12.5 3 3 45 13.5 37 16 4.6
15x40 23 15.5 4.9 4.3 M5 18 ±0.54 16 4 4.8 55 13 47 25 3
15x63 80 13 72 50 3
20x75 33 23 9.5 5.3 M5 21.5 ±0.57 19.5 5 4.8 98 18.9 88 55 5.2
20x120 144 18.9 134 103 5.2
20x180 204 18.9 194 161 5.2
Clamping module, round

1 Maximum permissible stroke
against stop
2 Clamping area
Clamping B1 B2 B3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2
area D6 ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
[mm]
12 29 16.5 13 3.5 2 M3 6.5 3 10.5 3 4 3.5 25 18
16 33 18.5 15 3.5 2 M3 6.5 7 10.5 4 4 3.5 29 22
20 37 20.5 16.5 4.5 2 M3 6.5 11 10.5 4 4 3.5 33 25
25 42 23 18.5 5.5 2 M3 6.5 16 10.5 4 4 3.5 38 28
32 49 26.5 21 5.5 2 M3 6.5 23 10.5 5 4 3.5 45 34
40 57 30.5 25 5.5 2 M3 6.5 31 10.5 5 4 2.5 53 42
50 67 35.5 29 5.5 2 M3 6.5 41 10.5 5 4 2.5 63 49
63 80 42 34 5.5 2 M3 6.5 54 10.5 5 4 2.5 76 60

Pneumatic drives >

Electromechanical drives >
Easy dimensioning – Easy ordering – Easy commissioning
Competency in electromechanics by Festo

¬¬Festo provides various linear axes for dynamic response and
speed, precision and powerful movement.
¬¬Toothed belt drives, spindle drives with recirculating ball bea-
ring guide and innovative ball chains provide the appropriate
technology for each requirement.

Highlights Contents
EPCO Electric cylinders EPCO��157
Electric cylinders ESBF ��169
Electric cylinders
¬¬Low cost with optimized perfor- Spindle axes EGC-BS��179
mance Toothed belt axes EGC-TB��189
¬¬Used like a pneumatic cylinder
Electric mini slide EGSL��199
Page 157 Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB��211
Electric slide EGSK��223
EGC-BS
Spindle axes EGC-BS
¬¬Numerous sizes and slide
variants
¬¬Simple configuration
¬¬Speed and acceleration set a
new benchmark
Page 179
EGC-TB
Toothed belt axes EGC-TB
¬¬Numerous sizes and slide
variants
¬¬Simple configuration
¬¬Speed and acceleration set a
new benchmark
Page 189
EGSL
Mini slides
¬¬Ideal for high-precision sliding,
picking and inserting
¬¬Highly suitable for vertical
applications, such as pressing
and joining
¬¬Versatile motor position
Page 199


Linear drives and slides

 www.festo.com/catalogue/epco
PDF EN
PDF Electric cylinder
 www.festo.com/sp/epco
PDF EN
PDF
EPCO
Size: 16, 25, 40

Force: 50 ... 650 N
Permanently mounted motor
Linear drive with ball screw, non-rotating,
piston rod with plain bearing guide
Precise & highly loadable

¬¬Low-cost with optimised performance – EPCO. As simple as a
pneumatic cylinder, but with the advantages of an electric drive
– at a lower cost and simpler than electric positioning systems.
¬¬As the heart of the Optimized Motion Series (OMS) positioning
system, it can be ordered with a single order code, making
selection easy.
¬¬Everything fits – WebConfig and WebDiag, the software for con-
figuration and diagnostics make sure of that.

Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slides >
Electric cylinders EPCO, with spindle drive
A complete System: Optimized Motion Series

A new generation of systems is stepping up to the starting line with the Optimized Motion Series:
Fixed combinations for simpler positioning procedures. Positioning becomes simpler, engineering becomes faster and more reliable, and the entire system
is considerably less expensive on the whole as a result – You‘ll be surprised!
EPCO
End-position cushoning Cylinder EPCO Spindle drive Motor mounting Cables for power supply
Absorbs impact energy in 3 sizes: 16, 25, 40 mm Ball screw Short, compact design (load) and encoder
both end-positions Feed force: max. 650 N 2 pitches per size Freely selectable outlet Pre-assembled, up to
Reduced load and noise Speed: up to 500 mm/s Non-rotating spindle direction for motor 10 m long
Protection: IP40 Life-time lubrication cables: 4 x 90° Suitable for use with
Standard outlet: up energy chains
Connection technology
and motor with IP54
protection
Clean look with smooth surface

Minimum susceptibility to contamination
Easy to clean
Motor cable
Power supply
Encoder cable
Easy configuration: Diverse piston rod acces- Diverse cylinder mounting Mounting options for
Web Configuration or sories, e.g. options, e.g. motor controller CMMO
FCT Festo Configuration Rod eye Foot mounting H-rail
Tool Rod clevis Flange mounting Flat back
Coupling Swivel mounting Book spine
Adapter kit

EPCO
Lifting/Stacking Positioning Workpieces Transfer Stopping/Separating
Press fitting Setting deflectors Tilting Liquid filling/removal of specimens
Motor mounting options

EPCO-16
Standard Right (feature R) Underneath (feature D) Left (feature L)
EPCO-25/-40
Standard Right (feature R) Underneath (feature D) Left (feature L)

-V- Neu Elektromechanische Antriebe > Linearantriebe und Schlitten >
Electric cylinders EPCO, with spindle drive Elektrozylinder EPCO, mit Spindelantrieb
Zubehör
bJ
aI 3
aH
EPCO
9
aF
aC aG
bA
3
aD
4 aE
5 bB
bC aB
1 6
7 aA
2
3 aJ
Brief description
für Baugröße Seite/online For size Seite/online
für Baugröße è Page/
16 25 40 16 2516 40 25 40 online
1 Querlagerbock LQG – – 302 aD Schwenkflansch SNCL 302
1 Right-angle clevis foot LQG For rod eye SGS – –  162
2 Gabelkopf SGA – – 302 aE Schwenkflansch SNCS – – 302
2 Rod clevis
3 SGA
Lagerbock LBG For rod eye– SGS, –for swivelling
302cylinder mountingaF Schwenkflansch SNCB – –– – 
302
3 Clevis foot
4 LBG
Gelenkkopf SGS For rod eyeSGS,for spherical
302bearing aG Lagerbock LBN – – 
302
4 Rod eye5 SGS/CRSGS*)
Kupplungsstück KSG For spherical
– bearing
– 302 aH Controller CMMO   
460
5 6 Gabelkopf
Coupling piece KSG SG 302
For compensating radial deviations aI Motorleitung NEBM – – 304

7 Flexo-Kupplung FK 302 bJ Encoderleitung NEBM 304
6 Rod clevis SG/CRSG Permits a swivelling movement of the cylinder in one plane   
8 Flanschbefestigung EAHH 302 bA Befestigungsbausatz 303
7 Self-aligning rod coupler
9 Lagerstück FK
LNZG For compensating
radial
and302
angular deviations CRSMB
  
8 Flange mounting EAHH
aJ Schwenkbefestigung –EAHS
– For mounting
the
electric
cylinder via the profilebB Sensorleiste SAMH
302   
303
aA Fußbefestigung EAHF–– Positionfreelyselectable
along the cylinder length
302 bC Näherungsschalter 303

9 TrunnionaBsupport LNZG
Adapterbausatz EAHAFor mounting
thecylinder in302combination with swivel mounting
SME/SMT-8or trunnion flange   
aJ aC Schwenkzapfen
Swivel mounting EAHS ZNCFPosition freely
– –
selectable 302 the cylinder length
along   
aA Foot mounting EAHF Position freely selectable along the cylinder length   
Hinweis
aB Adapter kit EAHA For mounting swivel flange and trunnion flange on the front side. The only motor con-   
Bei hohen Belastungen darf die Die Masse des Motors kann ver-
nection that can be ordered with this adapter kit is for top or bottom mounting.
Befestigung nicht ausschließlich stärkt durch die Hebelwirkung zum
aC Trunnionüber
flange ZNCF
die stirnseitigen For sphericalAusreißen
Befesti- bearing.der
It cannot be mounted when turned by 90°.
Befestigungsgewinde – – 
aD Swivel flange SNCL
gungsgewinde erfolgen. For spherical bearing
führen.   
aE Swivel flange SNCS*) For spherical bearing – – 
aF Swivel flange SNCB For spherical bearing – – 
aG Clevis foot LBN For spherical bearing   
aH Controller CMMO For parameterising and positioning the electric cylinder    163
aI Motor cable NEBM For connecting the motor and controller   
bJ Encoder2013/11
cable NEBM For connecting the encoder and controller
– Änderungen vorbehalten www.festo.com/catalogue/...    301
bA Mounting kit CRSMB For proximity sensor SME/SMT-8    164
bB Sensor rail SAMH For proximity sensor SME/SMT-8; Size 25 only with proximity sensor SMT-8   
bC Proximity sensor SME/SMT-8 For homing or position sensing   

Order code
Size Stroke Spindle Motor type Measuring unit
[mm] pitch
EPCO – – – – ST – E
16 Stock item: 3P ST Stepper motor E With encoder

50, 100, 150, 200 8P
On request:
75, 125, 175 Default
25 Stock item: 3P Mandatory
EPCO
50, 100, 150, 200, 300 10P
Optional
On request:
75, 125, 175, 250 Quick ordering:
40 Stock item: 5P No need to configure your product via
50, 100, 150, 200, 300 12.7P the order code: Quickly order predefined
On request:75, 125, 175, products with their part number.
250, 350, 400  Details on page 16

Ordering data
Size 16 Size 25 Size 40
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Spindle pitch 3 mm, with encoder Spindle pitch 3 mm, with encoder Spindle pitch 5 mm, with encoder
50 ¬
1476415 EPCO-16-50-3P-ST-E 50 ¬
1470698 EPCO-25-50-3P-ST-E 50 ¬
1472501 EPCO-40-50-5P-ST-E
100 ¬
1476417 EPCO-16-100-3P-ST-E 100 ¬
1470700 EPCO-25-100-3P-ST-E 100 ¬
1472503 EPCO-40-100-5P-ST-E
150 ¬
1476419 EPCO-16-150-3P-ST-E 150 ¬
1470702 EPCO-25-150-3P-ST-E 150 ¬
1472505 EPCO-40-150-5P-ST-E
200 ¬
1476421 EPCO-16-200-3P-ST-E 200 ¬
1470704 EPCO-25-200-3P-ST-E 200 ¬
1472507 EPCO-40-200-5P-ST-E
300 ¬
1470706 EPCO-25-300-3P-ST-E 300 ¬
1472509 EPCO-40-300-5P-ST-E
Spindle pitch 8 mm, with encoder
50 ¬
1476422 EPCO-16-50-8P-ST-E Spindle pitch 10 mm, with encoder Spindle pitch 12,7 mm, with encoder
100 ¬
1476424 EPCO-16-100-8P-ST-E 50 ¬
1470769 EPCO-25-50-10P-ST-E 50 ¬
1472617 EPCO-40-50-12.7P-ST-E
150 ¬
1476426 EPCO-16-150-8P-ST-E 100 ¬
1470701 EPCO-25-100-10P-ST-E 100 ¬
1472619 EPCO-40-100-12.7P-ST-E
200 ¬
1476428 EPCO-16-200-8P-ST-E 150 ¬
1470703 EPCO-25-150-10P-ST-E 150 ¬
1472621 EPCO-40-150-12.7P-ST-E
200 ¬
1470705 EPCO-25-200-10P-ST-E 200 ¬
1472623 EPCO-40-200-12.7P-ST-E
300 ¬
1470707 EPCO-25-200-10P-ST-E 300 ¬
1472625 EPCO-40-300-12.7P-ST-E


1 Right-angle clevis foot Technical data online:  lqg aJ Swivel mounting Dimensions online:  epco
40 31769 LQG-40 16
1434909 EAHS-P1-16
25
1434910 EAHS-P1-25
40
1434911 EAHS-P1-40
2 Rod clevis Technical data online:  sga aA Foot mounting EAHF Dimensions online:  epco
40 32954 SGA-M10X1,25 16
1434903 EAHF-P1-16
25
1434904 EAHF-P1-25
EPCO
40
1434905 EAHF-P1-40
3 Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbg aB Adapter kit EAHA Dimensions online:  epco
40 31762 LBG-40 16
1434900 EAHA-P1-16
25
1434901 EAHA-P1-25
40
1434902 EAHA-P1-40
4 Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs

16
9254 SGS-M6 *) aC Trunnion flange ZNCF Dimensions online:  epco
25
9255 SGS-M8 *) 40 174412 ZNCF-40
40
9261 SGS-M10X1,25 *)
5 Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksg

40 32963 KSG-M10X1,25
aD Swivel flange SNCL Dimensions online:  epco
16 537791 SNCL-16
25 537793 SNCL-25
6 Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg 40
174405 SNCL-40
16
3110 SG-M6
25
3111 SG-M8 aE Swivel flange SNCS Dimensions online:  epco
40
6144 SG-M10X1,25 40
174398 SNCS-40 *)
7 Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk

16
2061 FK-M6
25
2062 FK-M8 aF Swivel flange SNCB Dimensions online:  epco
40
6140 FK-M10X1,25 40
174391 SNCB-40
8 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  epco

16
1434906 EAHH-P1-16
25
1434907 EAHH-P1-25
40
1434908 EAHH-P1-40 aG Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbn
16
6058 LBN-12/16
25
6059 LBN-20/25
9 Trunnion support Technical data online:  lnzg 40 195861 LBN-40
16 1434912 LNZG-16
25 32959 LNZG-32
40
32960 LNZG-40/50 *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!


Assembly/description Part No. Type
aH Controller CMMO with I/O interface
Switching input/output PNP
1512316 CMMO-ST-C5-1-DIOP
Switching input/output NPN
1512317 CMMO-ST-C5-1-DION
Cable Part No. Type Cable Part No. Type

length length
EPCO
aI Motor cable1) bJ Encoder cable1)
for EPCO-16 for EPCO-16/-25/-40
Straight plug Straight plug
1,5 m 1449600 NEBM-M12G8-E-1.5-Q5-LE6 1,5 m 1451586 NEBM-M12G8-E-1.5-LE8
5 m 1449602 NEBM-M12G8-E-5-Q5-LE6 5 m 1451588 NEBM-M12G8-E-5-LE8
For EPCO-25/-40 For EPCO-25/-40
Straight plug Angled plug
1,5 m 1450368 NEBM-S1G9-E-1.5-Q5-LE6 1,5 m 1451674 NEBM-M12W8-E-1.5-LE8
2,5 m 1450369 NEBM-S1G9-E-2.5-Q5-LE6 2,5 m 1451675 NEBM-M12W8-E-2.5-LE8
5 m 1450370 NEBM-S1G9-E-5-Q5-LE6 5 m 1451676 NEBM-M12W8-E-5-LE8
Angled plug 1) Other cable lengths on request.
1,5 m 1450736 NEBM-S1W9-E-1.5-Q5-LE6
2,5 m 1450737 NEBM-S1W9-E-2.5-Q5-LE6
5 m 1450738 NEBM-S1W9-E-5-Q5-LE6
7 m 1450739 NEBM-S1W9-E-7-Q5-LE6
10 m 1450740 NEBM-S1W9-E-10-Q5-LE6
Sensor mounting
The sensor mountings can only be The proximity sensors may not The overall length of the sensor rail
attached within the highlighted area switch reliably if they are mounted SAMH corresponds to the length of
due to the asymmetry of the internal outside of this area. the sensing range plus approx.
magnets. 10 mm adjustment range on either
side for the proximity sensors.
Size L1 L2 L3
16 29 95 15
25 33 121 20
40 40 150 27,5


bA Mounting kit for proximity sensor
16, 25, 40 525565 CRSMB-8-32/100
bB Sensor rail4) for proximity sensor

16, 25, 40 1600093 SAMH-N8-SR-50
1600118 SAMH-N8-SR-100
EPCO
bC Proximity sensor for T-slot,

magneto-resistive – N/O contact Technical data online:  smt
PNP, cable
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
PNP, plug
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
PNP, plug
574337 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M12
NPN, cable
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
NPN, plug
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
Magneto-resistive – N/C contact
PNP, cable
574340 SMT-8M-A-PO-24V-E-7,5-OE
bC Proximity sensor for T-slot,

magnetic reed – N/O contact Technical data online:  sme
Cable
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
Cable
543863 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-5,0-OE
Cable
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
Plug
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
Cable
150855 SME-8-K-LED-24
Plug 150857 SME-8-S-LED-24
Magnetic reed – N/C contact
Cable 160251 SME-8-O-K-LED-24
Connecting cable
0,5 m
541346 NEBU-M8G3-K-0.5-M8G3
1 m
541347 NEBU-M8G3-K-1-M8G3
2,5 m
541348 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-M8G3
5 m
541349 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-M8G3
1) Length: 35 mm
2) Length: 50 mm
3) Length: 100 mm
4) Size 25 can only be used with proximity sensor SMT-8 (magneto-resistive).

Technical data
Size 16 25 40
Spindle design 3P 8P 3P 10P 5P 12.7P
Working stroke [mm] 50 … 200 50 … 300 50 … 400
Spindle pitch1) [mm/ 3 8 3 10 5 12.7
rev.]
Spindle diameter [mm] 8 8 10 10 12 12.7
Max. effective load
Horizontal2) [kg] 24 8 60 20 120 40
Vertical [kg] 12 4 30 10 60 20
EPCO
Max. feed force Fx [N] 125 50 350 105 650 250
Max. speed [mm/s] 125 300 150 500 180 460
Max. acceleration [m/s2] 10
Reversing backlash3) [mm] 0,1
Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0,02
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24
Nominal current [A] 1,4 3 4,2
Encoder
Pulses/revolution 500
Zero pulse Yes
Line driver RS422 protocol
Betriebsspannung Encoder [V] 5
Fxmax (static) [N] 125 50 350 105 650 250
Mxmax [Nm] 0 0 0
Mymax, Mzmax [Nm] 0,6 1,0 3,3
1) Nominal value varies due to component tolerances.
2) Note max. lateral force.
3) In new condition.
Mass moment of inertia

Size 16 25 40
J0 with 0 mm stroke
EPCO-…-ST [kg mm2] 2,28 2,29 9,33 9,40 33,25 33,75
EPCO-…-ST-B [kg mm2] 2,97 2,98 10,63 10,70 34,55 35,05
jH per meter stroke [kg mm2/m] 2,53 2,65 4,87 5,78 11,66 16,70
jL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 0,23 1,62 0,23 2,54 0,64 4,09
The mass moment of inertia JA of JA = J0 + jH x working stroke [m] + jL x mmoving effective load [kg]
the electric cylinder is calculated
as follows:
Ambient temperature4) [°C] 0 … +50
Protection class IP40
4) Note operating range of proximity sensors and motors.

-V- New

Technical data
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Bearing cap Wrought aluminium alloy

2 Cylinder barrel Wrought aluminium alloy
4 Spindle Steel
5 Spindle nut Steel
6 Drive cover Wrought aluminium alloy
EPCO
Note on materials Contains PWIS (paint-wetting

Electric cylinder impairment substances)
1 Bearing cap Wrought aluminium alloy RoHS-compliant
ISO 14644-1
4 Spindle Steel
5 Spindle nut Steel
Copper-Free:
Note on materials Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impairment substances)
RoHS-compliant
Piston rod deflection f as a function of projection l and lateral force F
EPCO-16 (F = 2 N)
EPCO-25 (F = 3 N)
EPCO-40 (F = 6 N)

4 Spindle Steel Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slides >
5 Spindle nut Steel Electric cylinders EPCO, with spindle drive
RoHS-compliant
Technical data
-V- New
EPCO-...
6
Technical data
5
Materials
4
EPCO
Sectional view -V- New
f [mm]
3 1 2 3 4 5 6
2
-V- New
1
Technical data
0 EPCO-16 (F = 2 N)
Electric cylinders
0 100EPCO,
200with300
spindle
400drive
500 600 EPCO-25 (F = 3 N)
Maximum
Technical permissible loads on the piston rod
data l [mm] EPCO-40 (F = 6 N)
Electric cylinder
If there are two or more forces and y,z
1 Bearing cap Wrought aluminium alloy
torques simultaneously acting on
Maximum permissible
Maximum loads on the piston
on therod
2 permissible loads
Cylinder barrel piston rod
Wrought aluminium
the alloy
piston rod, the following
If there are two or more forces and torques simul-
3 Piston rod If theresteel
High-alloy stainless
equations are
musttwobeorsatisfied:
more forces and y,z
taneously acting on the piston rod, the following
4 Spindle Steel torques simultaneously acting on
equations must be satisfied:
5 Spindle nut Steel the piston rod, the following
|Fy| |Fz| |My| |Mz|
6 Drive cover Wrought aluminium +alloymust
equations +be satisfied:+ ≤1
Fymax. Fzmax. Mymax. Mz max.
RoHS-compliant
|Fx| ≤ Fxmax
|Fy| |Fz| |My| |Mz|
+ + + ≤1
|MxFy| max.
≤ Mxmax Fzmax. Mymax. Mz max.
Piston rod lateral

deflection f as a function of projection l and |Fx| ≤ force
Fxmax
Maximum permissible forces Fymax and Fzmax on the piston rodlateral
as a functionF of projection l
|Mx| ≤ Mxmax
EPCO-...
Maximum permissible
Maximum laterallateral
permissible forces Fymax and
forces Fzmax
Fymax onFzthe
and piston rod as a function of projection l
max on the piston rod as a function of projection l
100
Fy max, Fz max [N]
10 EPCO-16
EPCO-25
EPCO-40
Size 16 25
EPCO-16 40
Spindle design 3P 8P 3P EPCO-25
10P 5P 12.7P
1 EPCO-40 EPCO-16 (F = 2 N)
Fxmax (static) 0 100[N] 200125 300 50
400 500 350600 105 650 250
EPCO-25 (F = 3 N)
Mxmax [Nm] 0 0 0
Size 16 l [mm] 25 EPCO-40 (F = 6 N) 40
Mymax, Mzmax [Nm] 0.6 1.0 3.3
FxmaxSize
(static) [N] 12516 50 350 25 105 650 40 250
-H-
Mxmax Spindle
Notedesign [Nm] 0 3P 8P 0 3P 10P 0 5P 12.7P
Fxmax (static)
PositioningDrives [N] 125 50 350 105 650 250
Mxsoftware
sizing max [Nm] 0 0 0
www.festo.com
-H- Note
PositioningDrives
Note
sizingPositioningDrives
software
www.festo.com
sizing software
 www.festo.com


Size 16
EPCO
1 Motor connection: 2 Encoder connection:

Round plug M12, 8-pin, socket Round plug M12, 8-pin, pins
cable length: 350 mm cable length: 250 mm
Size 25, 40
1 Motor connection: 2 Encoder connection: + = plus stroke length

SUB-D plug, 9-pin, pins Round plug M12, 8-pin, pins
Size B1 B2 D1 D4 H1 H2 H3 KK L1 L2
∅
[mm] ±0.05 ±1
16 30 24 13.27 M4 44 30 24 M6 143 127
25 40 32.5 17.27 M5 42+0.3 40 32.5 M8 174.6 156.6
40 55 42 26.52 M6 56.4 55 42 M10x1.25 214.2 192.7
Size L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 MM ß1 ß2
[mm] -E -B -EB –0.5 –0.15 –0.1
16 70±1 70±1 96±1.5 96±1.5 16 12 3.7 10 8 7 10
25 66±1 94.4±1.2 114.4±1.3 127.4±1.3 18 16 4.2 12 10 9 13
40 73.5±0.8 102.5±1.1 123.5±1.1 138±1.1 21.5 19 4.7 14 12 10 17


 www.festo.com/catalogue/esbf
PDF EN
PDF Electric cylinder
 www.festo.com/sp/esbf
PDF EN
PDF
ESBF
Size: 63, 80, 100

Force: 6000 ... 17,000 N
Motor attachable via axial or parallel kit
Linear drive with ball screw in clean design
Power unit!
¬¬A powerful unit that is also fast and precise – electric cylinder
ESBF with ball screw spindles shines when it comes to
positioning.
¬¬As you like it: electric positioning – ESBF prioritises your free-
dom to choose A range of motors and controllers allow you to
perform any positioning tasks, use any travel profiles and
defined speeds.
¬¬Power for a wide range of functions – ESBF can be used for al-
most any tasks, whether in the automotive industry, assembly
and packaging technology, andfor clamping, gripping or
cutting.

Electric cylinders ESBF, with spindle drive

At a glance
The electric cylinder ESBF is a me- The electric cylinder is based on the Options:
chanical linear drive unit with piston ISO 15552 standard. The mechani- • High corrosion protection
rod. The driving component consists cal interfaces are largely compatible • Protection class IP65
of an electrically actuated spindle with the standard cylinder DSBF. • Piston rod extension
that converts the rotary motion of • NSF-H1 lubricant
the motor into a linear motion of the • Wide range of accessories
piston rod.
Complete system consisting of electric cylinder, motor and motor mounting kit
ESBF
Electric cylinder Motor

Note
A range of specially adapted com-
plete solutions is available for the
electric cylinder ESBF and the mo-
tors.
Motor mounting kit

Axial kit Parallel kit
A range of complete kits is available
for both parallel and axial motor
mounting.
Press fitting plugs

Elektromechanische Antriebe > Linearantriebe und Schlit
Elektrozylinder ESBF, mit Spindelantri
Zubehör overview
Peripherals
2
9
3 aA
aJ
4
5 aB
ESBF
8
aJ
6
aC
7
bI
8
bH bF
bE
cJ
bG 9
bC
aG aH
aI
aD bJ
bA bD
aE
bB
aB
aF
Suitable for  Page/online Suitable for  Page/online

hochkraft- Seite/online hochkraft- Seite/onlin
high forces 1) high forces 1)
geeignet geeignet
1 Swivel flange DAMS  173 aH Rod eye SGS/CRSGS*)  174
1 Schwenkflansch DAMS 310 aF Führungseinheit EAGF – 310
2 Foot mounting HNC/CRHNC – aI Coupling piece KSZ –
2 Fußbefestigung HNC/CRHNC – 310 aG Faltenbalgbausatz EADB esbf
3 Flange mounting FNC/CRFNG – bJ Rod clevis SG/CRSG 
3 Flanschbefestigung FNC/CRFNG – 310 aH Gelenkkopf SGS/CRSGS 311
4 Trunnion flange ZNCF/CRZNG – bA Self-aligning rod coupler FK –
4 Schwenkzapfen ZNCF/CRZNG – 310 aI Kupplungsstück KSZ – 311
5 Swivel flange SNC – bB Flange mounting EAHH 
5 Schwenkflansch SNC – 310 bJ Gabelkopf SG/CRSG 311
6 Swivel flange SNCS*) – bC Trunnion mounting kit DAMT –
6 Schwenkflansch SNCS – 310 bA Flexo-Kupplung FK – 311
7 Swivel flange SNCL – bD Profile mounting EAHF-…-P 
7 Schwenkflansch SNCL – 310 bB Flanschbefestigung EAHH 311
8 Swivel flange SNCB/SNCB-…-R3 – bE Mounting kit CRSMB 
8 Schwenkflansch SNCB/SNCB-…-R3 – 310 bC Schwenkzapfen-Bausatz DAMT – 311
9 Trunnion support LNZG/CRLNZG – bF Sensor rail SAMH 
9
aJ
Lagerstück LNZG/CRLNZG
Clevis foot LSNG*) –
– 310 bD Profilbefestigung
bG Blanking screw DAMD-PS
EAHF-…-P 
311
aJ
aA
Lagerbock LSNG
Clevis foot LSNSG*) –
– 310 bE Befestigungsbausatz
bH Proximity sensor SME/SMT-8
CRSMB  311
aA
aB Lagerbock
Clevis LSNSG
foot LBG – – 310 bF Sensorleiste
and connecting cable NEBU SAMH 311
aB
aC Lagerbock LBG
Clevis foot LNG/CRLNG – – 310 bG Verschlussschraube
bI Parallel kit EAMM-U DAMD-PS  175 311
aC
aD Lagerbockclevis
Right-angle LNG/CRLNG
foot LQG – – 310 bH Näherungsschalter
cJ Axial kit EAMM-A SME/SMT-8  311

aD
aE Rod clevis SGA LQG
Querlagerbock  – 310 und Verbindungsleitung NEBU
1) Shows which accessories can be used within the entire force range. For restricted force ranges
aE
aF Gabelkopf
Guide SGA
unit EAGF – 310 see thebI Parallelbausatz
relevant EAMM-U
accessory part, from page 173. 312
aG Protective bellows kit EADB  esbf cJ Axialbausatz EAMM-A 312
1) Zeigt, welches Zubehör innerhalb des gesamten Kraftbereiches eingesetzt werden kann. Ei
schränkte Kraftbereiche siehe beim jeweiligen Zubehörteil, ab Seite 310.

Order code
Size Stroke Spindle Piston rod thread Piston rod extension
[mm] pitch
ESBF – – – – –
63 Stock item: 5P — Male — None

100, 200, 300, 400 10P F Female ...E 1 ... 200 mm
On request: 25P
Default
1 ... 1,200
Mandatory
80 Stock item: 5P
ESBF
100, 200, 300, 400 15P Optional

On request: 32P
1 ... 1,500
Quick ordering:
100 Stock item: 5P
No need to configure your product via
100, 200, 300, 400 20P
On request: 40P
1 ... 1,500

 www.festo.com/catalogue/esbf
Ordering data
Size 63 Size 80 Size 100
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Spindle pitch 5 mm Spindle pitch 5 mm Spindle pitch 5 mm
100 ¬
574093 ESBF-BS-63-100-5P 100 ¬
574104 ESBF-BS-80-100-5P 100 ¬
574115 ESBF-BS-100-100-5P
200 ¬
1347390 ESBF-BS-63-200-5P 200 ¬
1347391 ESBF-BS-80-200-5P 200 ¬
1347393 ESBF-BS-100-200-5P
300 ¬
574094 ESBF-BS-63-300-5P 300 ¬
574105 ESBF-BS-80-300-5P 300 ¬
574116 ESBF-BS-100-300-5P
400 ¬
574095 ESBF-BS-63-400-5P 400 ¬
574106 ESBF-BS-80-400-5P 400 ¬
574117 ESBF-BS-100-400-5P

100 ¬
574096 ESBF-BS-63-100-10P 100 ¬
574107 ESBF-BS-80-100-15P 100 ¬
574118 ESBF-BS-100-100-20P
200 ¬
574097 ESBF-BS-63-200-10P 200 ¬
574108 ESBF-BS-80-200-15P 200 ¬
574119 ESBF-BS-100-200-20P
300 ¬
574098 ESBF-BS-63-300-10P 300 ¬
574109 ESBF-BS-80-300-15P 300 ¬
574120 ESBF-BS-100-300-20P
400 ¬
574099 ESBF-BS-63-400-10P 400 ¬
574110 ESBF-BS-80-400-15P 400 ¬
574121 ESBF-BS-100-400-20P

100 ¬
574100 ESBF-BS-63-100-25P 100 ¬
574111 ESBF-BS-80-100-32P 100 ¬
574122 ESBF-BS-100-100-40P
200 ¬
574101 ESBF-BS-63-200-25P 200 ¬
574112 ESBF-BS-80-200-32P 200 ¬
574123 ESBF-BS-100-200-40P
300 ¬
574102 ESBF-BS-63-300-25P 300 ¬
574113 ESBF-BS-80-300-32P 300 ¬
574124 ESBF-BS-100-300-40P
400 ¬
574103 ESBF-BS-63-400-25P 400 ¬
574114 ESBF-BS-80-400-32P 400 ¬
574125 ESBF-BS-100-400-40P


For size 1) Part No. Type For size 1) Part No. Type
[kN] [kN]
1 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  esbf aJ Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsn
63 7
1555443 DAMS-K-V1-63-V-R3 63 – 5564 LSN-63 *)
80 12
1556588 DAMS-K-V1-80-V-R3 80 – 5565 LSN-80 *)
100 17
1560237 DAMS-K-V1-100-V-R3 100 – 5566 LSN-100 *)
2 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  esbf aJ Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsng
63 4 174372 HNC-63 63 – 31743 LSNG-63 *)
ESBF
80 6 174373 HNC-80 80 – 31744 LSNG-80 *)
100 9 174374 HNC-100 100 – 31745 LSNG-100 *)
3 Flange mounting Dimensions online:  esbf aA Clevis foot Technical data online:  lsng
63 7 174379 FNC-63 63 – 31750 LSNSG-63 *)
80 12 174380 FNC-80 80 – 31751 LSNSG-80 *)
100 17 174381 FNC-100 100 – 31752 LSNSG-100 *)
aB Clevis foot Technical data online:  lbg
4 Trunnion flange Dimensions online:  esbf 63 – 31764 LBG-63
63 4 174414 ZNCF-63 80 – 31765 LBG-80
80 6 174415 ZNCF-80 100 – 31766 LBG-100
100 9 174416 ZNCF-100
aC Clevis foot Technical data online:  lng
63 –
33893 LNG-63
5 Swivel flange Technical data online:  snc 80 – 33894 LNG-80
63 4
174386 SNC-63 100 – 33895 LNG-100
80 6 174387 SNC-80 aD Right-angle clevis foot Technical data online:  lqg
100 9 174388 SNC-100 63 – 31771 LQG-63
80 – 31772 LQG-80
6 Swivel flange Technical data online:  sncs 100 – 31773 LQG-100
63 4
174400 SNCS-63 *) aE Rod clevis Technical data online:  sga
80 6 174401 SNCS-80 *) 63 10 10768 SGA-M16x1,5
100 9 174402 SNCS-100 *) 80, 100 10 10769 SGA-M20x1,5
7 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  sncl 1) Max. load capacity.

63 4
174407 SNCL-63
80 6 174408 SNCL-80
Stroke Part No. Type
100 9 174409 SNCL-100
[mm]
8 Swivel flange Dimensions online:  sncb aF Guide unit for fixed strokes,
63 4
174393 SNCB-63 with recirculating ball bearing guide Technical data online:  eagf
80 6 174394 SNCB-80 For size 63
100 9 174395 SNCB-100 100 1725842 EAGF-V2-KF-63-100
200 1725843 EAGF-V2-KF-63-200
9 Trunnion support Dimensions online:  esbf 320 1725844 EAGF-V2-KF-63-320
63, 80 – 32961 LNZG-63/80 400 1725845 EAGF-V2-KF-63-400
100 – 32962 LNZG-100/125 For size 80
100 1725846 EAGF-V2-KF-80-100
200 1725847 EAGF-V2-KF-80-200
1) Max. load capacity.
320 1725848 EAGF-V2-KF-80-320
400 1725849 EAGF-V2-KF-80-400
For size 100
100 1725850 EAGF-V2-KF-100-100
200 1725851 EAGF-V2-KF-100-200
320 1725852 EAGF-V2-KF-100-320
400 1725853 EAGF-V2-KF-100-400


For size 1) Part No. Type Part No. Type
[kN] bH Proximity sensor for T-slot,
aH Rod eye Technical data online:  sgs magneto-resistive – N/O contact Technical data online:  smt
63 10
9263 SGS-M16x1,5 *) PNP, cable
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
80, 100 10 9264 SGS-M20x1,5 *) PNP, plug
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
PNP, plug
574337 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M12
aI Coupling piece Technical data online:  ksz NPN, cable
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
63 10 36127 KSZ-M16x1,5 NPN, plug
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
80, 100 10 36128 KSZ-M20x1,5 Magneto-resistive – N/C contact
ESBF
PNP, cable
574340 SMT-8M-A-PO-24V-E-7,5-OE
bJ Rod clevis Technical data online:  sg

63 10
6146 SG-M16x1,5 bH Proximity sensor for T-slot,
magnetic reed – N/O contact Technical data online:  sme
80, 100 10 6147 SG-M20x1,5
Cable
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
bA Self-aligning rod coupler Technical data online:  fk

Cable
543863 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-5,0-OE
63 10
6142 FK-M16x1,5
Cable
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
80, 100 10 6143 FK-M20x1,5

Plug
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
bB Flange mounting Dimensions online:  esbf Cable length Part No. Type
63 7
1502305 EAHH-V2-63-R1 bH Connecting cable, straight socket
80 12
1502306 EAHH-V2-80-R1 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
100 17
1502307 EAHH-V2-100-R1 5,0 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
2,5 m 541363 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE3
bC Trunnion mounting kit Dimensions online:  esbf 5,0 m 541364 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE3
63 4 2214971 DAMT-V1-63-A
80 6 163529 DAMT-V1-80-A *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
100 9 163530 DAMT-V1-100-A
bD Profile mounting Dimensions online:  esbf

63 3,5
1547781 EAHF-V2-50/63-P
80, 100 6
1547780 EAHF-V2-80/100-P
bE Mounting kit Dimensions online:  esbf

63, 80, – 525565 CRSMB-8-32/100
100
bF Sensor rail2) Dimensions online:  esbf

63, 80, – 1600118 SAMH-N8-SR-100
100
bG Blanking screw3) Dimensions online:  esbf

63 – 650121 DAMD-PS-M8-16-R1
80, 100 – 1355026 DAMD-PS-M10-16-R1
1) Max. load capacity.

2) Length = 100 mm.


Motor Parallel kit Motor Axial kit
Part No. Type

Part No. Type
bI Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit –
cJ Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit –
Technical data online:  eamm-u
Technical data online:  eamm-a
ESBF-63
ESBF
ESBF-63
With servo motor
With servo motor
EMMS-AS-70-…
1212477 EAMM-U-86-D60-70A-102
EMMS-AS-70-… 543161 EAMM-A-D60-70A
1212835 EAMM-U-86-D60-70A-102-S11)
1679566 EAMM-A-D60B-70A-S11)
EMME-AS-80
2155875 EAMM-U-86-D60-80P-102
EMME-AS-80-…
1977073 EAMM-A-D60-80P
2156527 EAMM-U-86-D60-80P-102-S11)
2218564 EAMM-A-D60-80P-S11)
EMME-AS-100-…
1202436 EAMM-U-110-D60-100A-120
EMME-AS-100-…
550983 EAMM-A-D60-100A
1203112 EAMM-U-110-D60-100A-120-S11)
1679518 EAMM-A-D60-100A-S11)
EMMS-AS-100-…
1202436 EAMM-U-110-D60-100A-120
EMMS-AS-100-…
550983 EAMM-A-D60-100A
1203112 EAMM-U-110-D60-100A-120-S11)
1679518 EAMM-A-D60B-100A-S11)
With stepper motor
With servo motor and gear unit
EMMS-ST-87-…
1215784 EAMM-U-86-D60-87A-102
EMMS-AS-55-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
With gear unit
EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-55
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/
1586347 EAMM-U-86-D60-60G-102
EMMS-AS-70-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
SST3) 1437163 EAMM-U-86-D60-60G-102-S11)
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS,
1586276 EAMM-U-86-D60-60H-102 With stepper motor
EMGC-60-P-…3) 1530837 EAMM-U-86-D60-60H-102-S11) EMMS-ST-87-…
543162 EAMM-A-D60-87A
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/
1543240 EAMM-U-110-D60-60G-120 1322188 EAMM-A-D60-87A-S11)
SST3) 1436183 EAMM-U-110-D60-60G-120-S11) With stepper motor and gear unit
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS,
1542264 EAMM-U-110-D60-60H-120 EMMS-ST-57-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
EMGC-60-P-…3) 1530621 EAMM-U-110-D60-60H-120-S11) EMGA-60-P-G…-SST-57
EMGA-80-P-…
1532949 EAMM-U-110-D60-80G-120 ESBF-80
1530875 EAMM-U-110-D60-80G-120-S11) With servo motor
ESBF-80 EMME-AS-100
1589665 EAMM-A-D80-100A
With servo motor 1600673 EAMM-A-D80-100A-S11)
EMME-AS-100-…
1465438 EAMM-U-110-D80-100A-120 EMMS-AS-100-…
1589665 EAMM-A-D80-100A
1433650 EAMM-U-110-D80-100A-120-S11) 1600673 EAMM-A-D80B-100A-S11)
EMMS-AS-100-…
1465438 EAMM-U-110-D80-100A-120 EMMS-AS-140-…
1588299 EAMM-A-D80-140A
1433650 EAMM-U-110-D80-100A-120-S11) 1600674 EAMM-A-D80B-140A-S11)
EMMS-AS-140-…
1465530 EAMM-U-145-D80-140A-188 ESBF-100
1433709 EAMM-U-145-D80-140A-188-S11) With servo motor
With gear unit EMMS-AS-140-…
1588349 EAMM-A-D100-140A
EMGA-80-P-… 1589614 EAMM-U-110-D80-80G-120 1600675 EAMM-A-D100B-140A-S11)
1589706 EAMM-U-110-D80-80G-120-S11) 1) With degree of protection IP65.
ESBF-100 2) The input torque must not exceed the max. perm. transferable torque of the axial kit.
With servo motor
Note
EMMS-AS-140-…
1465541 EAMM-U-145-D100-140A-188
Depending on the combination of The axial kit (without „S1“ in the
1433852 EAMM-U-145-D100-140A-188-S11)
motor/motor unit and electric type code) can be retrofitted with a
With gear unit
cylinder, it may not be possible to seal set EADS-F to change the de-
EMGA-120-P-… 2803620 EAMM-U-145-D100-120G-188
reach the maximum feed force of gree of protection from IP40 to
2803622 EAMM-U-145-D100-120G-188-S11)
the cylinder. The respective no-load IP65.
1) With degree of protection IP65. driving torque of the kit must be ta- More information  eamm-u
2) The input torque must not exceed the max. perm. transferable torque of the parallel kit.
ken into consideration when using
3) Gear unit drive shaft ∅: EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/-SST: 11 mm; EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, EMGC-60-P: 14
mm. parallel kits. The following tool is
available for sizing:
Note PositioningDrives sizing software
The clamping component EADT is The motor and/or axis shaft can  www.festo.com
required to adjust the toothed belt optionally be supported with a
pretension with EAMM-U-110 and counter bearing EAMG.
EAMM-U-145. More information  eamm-u

Technical data
General Dimensions  313
Size 63 80 100
Spindle pitch [mm/U] 5 10 25 5 15 32 5 20 40
Spindle diameter [mm] 25 32 40
Electric cylinders ESBF,
Max. force of the cylinder [kN]
with
7
spindle
1)
7
drive6 12 12 10 17 17 14,5
Technical data
Max. driving torque [Nm] 7 13,1 26,5 11,9 33,7 56,6 16,9 63,7 102,6
Max. radial force2) [N] 700 1 100 1 100
Operating
Max. speedand environmental conditions
[m/s] 0,27 0,53 1,35 0,21 0,62 1,34 0,16 0,67 1,34
Max. rotational
Ambient temperature 1)
speed [1/min][°C] 3 250 3 220
–10 … +60 3 260 2 530 2 515 2 515 2 010 2 010 2 010
ESBF
Max. acceleration
Storage temperature [m/s2] [°C] 5 15 … +60
–20 25 5 15 25 5 15 25
Max. angleclass
Protection of rotation at the
to IEC 60529 [°] ±0,4 ±0,5 ±0,5
piston rod
ESBF-… IP40
Reversing backlash3)
ESBF-…-S1 [mm] 0,03 0,03
IP65 0,04 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,03 0,03 0,04
Repetition
Relative air accuracy
humidity [mm] [%] ±0,015 0 ±0,01
… 95 (non-condensing)
No-load
Duty cycledriving torque4) [Nm] [%] 0,3 0,3
100 0,4 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,3 1,1 1,5
1) Suitability for use
The feed force in the food
is dependent stroke. 2)
on theindustry As per manufacturer's declaration
2) At the drive shaft. 3)
Corrosion resistance
class CRC
4) AtESBF-…
a spindle speed of 200 rpm. 2
ESBF-…-R3 3
Note
1)PositioningDrives
Note operating range of proximity sensors and motors
2) Additional information www.festo.com/sp User documentation.
sizing software
3) Corrosion resistance class CRC 2 to Festo standard FN 940070
www.festo.com
Moderate corrosion stress. Indoor applications in which condensation may occur. External visible parts with primarily decorative requirements for the surface and which are in direct contact with the ambient atmo
sphere typical for industrial applications.
Corrosion resistance class CRC 3 to Festo standard FN 940070
High corrosion stress. Outdoor exposure under moderate corrosive conditions. External visible parts with primarily functional requirements for the surface and which are in direct contact with a normal industrial
Size
environment. 63 80 100
Spindle pitch [mm/U] 5 10 25 5 15 32 5 20 40
J0 with 0 mm stroke [kg cm ] 2
0,491 0,486 0,650 1,529 1,648 2,119 4,696 5,050 6,170
jMass moment of inertia
H per Meter stroke [kg cm2/m] 2,832 2,859 3,053 7,699 7,815 8,277 18,978 19,310 20,372
jSize
L per kg effective load [kg cm2/Kg] 0,006 630,025 0,158 0,006 80 0,057 0,259 100
0,006 0,101 0,405
Spindle pitch [mm/rev.] 5 10 25 5 15 32 5 20 40
J0 with 0 mm strokeof inertia JA of 2]
The mass moment JA = J0[kg
+ jcm 0.491 0.486 0.650 1.529
H x working stroke [m] + jL x mmoving effective load [kg]
1.648 2.119 4.696 5.050 6.170
the
j S electric cylinder is calculated
per metre stroke [kg cm2/m] 2.832 2.859 3.053 7.699 7.815 8.277 18.978 19.310 20.372
asjL follows:
per kg effective load [kg cm2/kg] 0.006 0.025 0.158 0.006 0.057 0.259 0.006 0.101 0.405
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = J0 + jS x working stroke [m] + jL x mmoving effective load [kg]
Ambient
electric temperature
cylinder 5)
is calculated as [°C] 0 … +50
Protection class
follows: IP40
5) Note operating range of proximity sensors and motors.
Materials
Materials
Sectional
Sectionalview
view Legend
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Bearing cap Coated gravity die-cast aluminium

2 Cylinder barrel Smooth anodised wrought alumin-
ium alloy
4 Spindle Rolled steel
5 Spindle nut Rolled steel
6 Drive cover Coated die-cast aluminium
Note on materials Contains PWIS (paint-wetting im-
Copper-Free:
Electric cylinder pairment substances)
1 Bearing cap Coated gravity die-cast aluminium RoHS-compliant
2 Cylinder barrel Smooth anodised wrought aluminium alloyClean room class to 5
3 Piston
scription rod on page 8.
provided High-alloy stainless steel ISO 14644-1
6 Drive cover Coated die-cast aluminium
– Note on materials RoHS-compliant
Electric cylinders ESBF, with spindle drive Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slides >
Technical data
Electric
Lateral force cylinders
Fq as a function of strokeESBF,
length lwith spindle drive
Technical data
Fq
Technical
ESBF-...
data
Lateral force Fq as a function of stroke length l
2000 Fq
l
1000
800
600
Electric l
400 cylinders ESBF,cylinders
Electric with spindle
ESBF,drive
with spindle drive
Technical data Technical data
200
Lateral force Fq as a function of stroke
Lateral force length
Fq as alfunction of stroke length l
100 Fq Fq
ESBF
80
60
Fq [N]
40
Technical data l l
20
Fq
10
8
6
4 l
1  63
10 20 40 60 80100 200 400 800 2000
 63
 80/100
l [mm]
 80/100
Max. pressure force F dependent on stroke length l
Max.Max.
pressure forceforce
pressure F dependent on stroke
F dependent
F length
on stroke l possible
length
Due to l buckling, the pressure The tensile force is not affected by
 63  63
F Due
be to
limitedpossible
Due to possible buckling, the pressure this.
force must dependent buckling,
 on80/100 the pressure
The tensile force
force must
 80/100 is not affected by
the stroke. be limited dependent on the stroke.
force must be limited dependent on this.
Max. pressure force F dependent on stroke
Max. pressure length
force l
F dependent The ltensile force is not affected by this.
on stroke length
F
ESBF-BS-63-…
the stroke.
Due Fto possible buckling, the
Duepressure The tensile
to possible buckling, theforce is not affected
pressure The by force is not affected by
ESBF-BS-80-…
tensile
force must be limited dependent on be limited
force must this. dependent on this.
ESBF-BS-63-… ESBF-BS-80-…
 63
the stroke. the stroke.
 80/100
ESBF-BS-63-… ESBF-BS-63-… ESBF-BS-80-… ESBF-BS-80-…

Max. pressure force F dependent on stroke length l
F Due to possible buckling, the pressure The tensile force is not affected by
force must be limited dependent on this.
the stroke.
ESBF-BS-63-…-5P/10P ESBF-BS-80-...-5P/15P
ESBF-BS-63-…-25P
ESBF-BS-63-…-5P/10P ESBF-BS-63-…-5P/10P ESBF-BS-80-...-5P/15P ESBF-BS-80-...-32P
ESBF-BS-80-...-5P/15P
ESBF-BS-63-…-25P ESBF-BS-63-…-25P ESBF-BS-80-...-32P ESBF-BS-80-...-32P
ESBF-BS-100-…
ESBF-BS-100-…
ESBF-BS-63-…-5P/10P ESBF-BS-63-…-5P/10P ESBF-BS-80-...-5P/15P
ESBF-BS-80-...-5P/15P
ESBF-BS-63-…-25P ESBF-BS-63-…-25P ESBF-BS-80-...-32P
ESBF-BS-80-...-32P
ESBF-BS-100-…
ESBF-BS-100-…
ESBF-BS-100-...-5P/20P ESBF-BS-100-...-5P/20P
ESBF-BS-100-...-40P ESBF-BS-100-...-40P
ESBF-BS-100-...-5P/20P
8 8 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... ESBF-BS-100-...-40P Subject to change – 2014/08
ESBF-BS-100-...-5P/20P
8 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... ESBF-BS-100-...-40P Subject to change – 2014/08
ESBF-BS-100-...-5P/20P
Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/...ESBF-BS-100-...-40P 177

ESBF
Size AM B BG D1 D2 D3 E G L1 L2 L3 L4
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
[mm] –0.5 d11 min. h9 h6 f7 +0.5/–0.1 ±0.1 –0.5 +0.7/–1.2 ±0.5 ±0.2
63 32 52 17 32 12 60 75 33 25 171 23.5 17
80 40 60 17 40 19 80 93 39 31 204 33.5 26
100 40 70 17 50 24 100 110 39 34 224 39.5 30
Size L5 KK MM RT TG VA VD WH ZJ ß1 ß2 ß3
∅
[mm] max. –0.1 ±0.5 ±0.2 ±0.2 +1.8/–1.7
63 5 M16x1.5 20 M8 56.5 9 16 37 208 17 24 8
80 25.9 M20x1.5 25 M10 72 10 18 46 250 22 30 6
100 25.9 M20x1.5 25 M10 89 12 20 51 275 22 30 6


 www.festo.com/catalogue/egc
PDF EN
PDF Spindle axes
 www.festo.com/sp/egc
PDF EN
PDF
EGC-BS
Size 70, 80, 120 mm

Force 300 ... 1300 N
Speed up to 1.5 m/s
Acceleration up to 15 m/s2
Power unit!
¬¬Versatile – The entire EGC range is available as toothed belt and
spindle axes. Numerous sizes and slide variants, an optional
central lubrication adapter as well as protected guides open up
a broad range of applications.
¬¬Quicker planning – The EGC range in the Festo multi-axis modu-
lar system offers standardised interfaces for all drives and mo-
tor units. Configuration with the PositioningDrives software
simplifies the design and prevents costly oversizing.
¬¬Top performer – Speed, acceleration and torque resistance set a
new benchmark.

Spindle axes EGC-BS-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide

At a glance
Powerful Economical Versatile
• Generously sized profiles with an • In addition to its technical data, • Different spindle pitches, nu- • Wide range of options for moun-
optimised cross section afford the spindle axis also offers an ex- merous sizes and variants such as ting on drives
maximum rigidity and load capaci- cellent price/performance ratio protected guides open up a broad • Comprehensive range of moun-
ty • Due to the EGC‘s high perfor- range of applications ting accessories for multi-axis
• Speed, acceleration and torque mance it is often possible to use a • Space-saving position sensing combinations
resistance set a new standard smaller size with proximity sensors in the pro- • Spindle support enables maxi-
file slot is possible mum travel speed with all stroke
EGC-BS
lengths
Complete system comprising spindle axis, motor, motor controller and motor mounting kit
Spindle axis with recirculating ball bearing guide Axial kit Parallel kit
Motor Motor controller
Servo motor EMME-AS, EMMS-AS Stepper motor EMMS-ST Servo motor controller CMMP-AS Stepper motor controller CMMS-ST
Note
spindle axis EGC and the motors.
Handling chocolate bars
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
o
h!!
!
h!!
k
o
m
o
m
h
...m
h
...m
Sc
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
o
Sc
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
o
Sc
!
h!!
k
o
m
o
!
h
h!!
...m
k
Sc
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc
o
!
h!!
k
o
m
h
...m
Sc

Konfigurierbares Dieses Produkt und alle seine Den Konfigurator finden Sie auf Geben Sie den Typ im Suchfeld
Produkt Produktoptionen können über der DVD unter Produkte oder ein.
den Konfigurator bestellt Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slides >
werden.
Zubehör overview
Peripherals
EGC-BS
4
aJ
aA
aB
aC
aD
aE
aF
 Page/  Page/
1 Notpuffer NPE/Stoßdämpferhalter KYE 328 9 Induktive Näherungsschalter SIES 328
online online
2 Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH 328 aJ Verbindungsleitung NEBU 328
1
3 Emergency buffer1H…-PN,
Feststelleinheit NPE/shock absorber retainer KYE egc-bs
2H-PN 183 9 aAInductive proximity sensor SIES
Clip SMBK 183
328
2
4 Centring pin ZBS/centring
Schaltfahne SF-EGC sleeve ZBH 328 aJ aBConnecting cableNST
Nutenstein NEBU 328
3
5 Clamping unit 1H…-PN,
Sensorhalter HWS-EGC2H-PN 328 egc-bs aA aCClip SMBK
Profilbefestigung MUE 328
4
6 Switch lug SF-EGC
Induktive Näherungsschalter SIEN 328 183 aB aDSlot nut NST
Parallelbausatz EAMM-U 329
5
7 Sensor bracket HWS-EGC
Fußbefestigung HPE 328 aC aEProfile mounting
Motor EMMSMUE 329
6
8 Inductive proximity
Nutabdeckung sensor SIEN
ABP/ABP-S 328 aD aFParallel kit EAMM-UEAMM-A
Axialbausatz 184, 185
329
7 Foot mounting HPE aE Motor EMMS
8 Slot cover ABP/ABP-S aF Axial kit EAMM-A

Order code
Size Stroke Drive function Spindle Guide Stroke reserve
[mm] pitch
EGC – – – BS – – KF – 0H 
70 Stock item: BS Ball screw 3P KF Recirculating 0H 0 mm

100, 200, 300, 400, 500, spindle 10P ball bearing
600 guide
On request: 50 ... 1,200
EGC-BS
80 Stock item: 5P
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 12.7P
600, 800
On request: 50 ... 2,000
120 Stock item: 10P
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 20P
600, 800
On request: 50 ... 2,500
Order code (continued)

Motor attachment Slide
position
Default
 – ML – GK
Mandatory
ML On the left GK Standard Optional
slide
Quick ordering:

 www.festo.com/catalogue/egc-bs
Ordering data
Size 70 Size 80
Stroke Part No. Type Stroke Part No. Type
[mm] [mm]
Spindle pitch 10 mm Spindle pitch 10 mm
100 3013388 EGC-70-100-BS-10P-KF-0H-ML-GK 100 3013532 EGC-80-100-BS-10P-KF-0H-ML-GK
800 3013538 EGC-80-800-BS-10P-KF-0H-ML-GK
Spindle pitch 20 mm
100 3013539 EGC-80-100-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
200 3013540 EGC-80-200-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
300 3013541 EGC-80-300-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
400 3013542 EGC-80-400-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
500 3013543 EGC-80-500-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
600 3013544 EGC-80-600-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK
800 3013545 EGC-80-800-BS-20P-KF-0H-ML-GK

Ordering data
Size 120 Size 120
[mm] [mm]
Spindle pitch 10 mm Spindle pitch 25 mm
EGC-BS

1 Shock absorber retainer Dimensions online:  egc-bs 8 Slot cover 6)
70 557584 KYE-70 For mounting slot

80 557585 KYE-80 70, 80 151681 ABP-5
120 557586 KYE-120 120 151682 ABP-8
1 Emergency buffer For sensor slot
70 562581 NPE-70 70 … 120 563360 ABP-5-S1
80 562582 NPE-80 aJ Connecting cable, straight socket Technical data  949
120 562583 NPE-120 2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
2 Centring pin1)2) Technical data online:  zbs 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
 70 150928 ZBS-5 aA Clip
70 … 185 534254 SMBK-8
2 Centring sleeve1)2) Technical data online:  zbh
80, 120 150927 ZBH-9 aB Slot nut Dimensions online:  nst
70, 80 150914 NST-5-M5
4 Switch lug3) Dimensions online:  egc-bs 120 150915 NST-8-M6
70 558047 SF-EGC-1-70 aC Profile mounting Dimensions online:  egc-bs
80 558048 SF-EGC-1-80 70
558043 MUE-70/80
120 558049 SF-EGC-1-120 80
558043 MUE-70/80
4 Switch lug4) Dimensions online:  egc-bs 120 558044 MUE-120/185
70 558052 SF-EGC-2-70 1) Packaging unit 10 pieces.
80 558053 SF-EGC-2-80 2) 2 centring pins/sleeves included in the scope of delivery of the axis.
3) For sensing via proximity sensor SIES-8M.
120 558054 SF-EGC-2-120 4) For sensing via proximity sensor SIEN-M8B or SIES-8M.
5 Sensor bracket5) Dimensions online:  egc-bs 5) For proximity sensor SIEN-M8B.
6) Packaging unit 2x 0,5 m
70 558057 HWS-EGC-M5
80 558057 HWS-EGC-M5
120 570365 HWS-EGC-M8-B Part No. Type
6 Inductive proximity sensor, N/O contact, M8 9 Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact
PNP, cable 150386 SIEN-M8B-PS-K-L PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
PNP, plug
150387 SIEN-M8B-PS-S-L PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
NPN, cable 150384 SIEN-M8B-NS-K-L NPN, cable 551396 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-7,5-OE
NPN, plug 150385 SIEN-M8B-NS-S-L NPN, plug 551397 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
N/C contact, M8 N/C contact
PNP, cable 150390 SIEN-M8B-PO-K-L PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
PNP, plug 150391 SIEN-M8B-PO-S-L PNP, plug 551392 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
NPN, cable 150388 SIEN-M8B-NO-K-L NPN, cable 551401 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-7,5-OE
NPN, plug 150389 SIEN-M8B-NO-S-L NPN, plug 551402 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
7 Foot mounting Dimensions online:  egc-bs
70 558321 HPE-70
80 558322 HPE-80
120 558323 HPE-120


• Increased housing rigidity • Increased housing rigidity

• More flexible motor mounting possible • More flexible motor mounting possible
• Larger toothed belt bending radii for impro- • Larger toothed belt bending radii for impro-
EGC-BS
ved service life ved service life

• Use in combination with third-party motors • Use in combination with third-party motors
on request on request
Part No. Type Part No. Type
aD/aE Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit – aD/aE Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit –
Technical data online:  eamm-u Technical data online:  eamm-u
EGC-70-…-BS EGC-120-…-BS
With servo motor With servo motor
EMME-AS-40-… 2155239 EAMM-U-50-S38-40P-78 EMMS-AS-70-… 1217543 EAMM-U-86-S62-70A-1771)
EMMS-AS-40-… 1217708 EAMM-U-50-S38-40A-78 EMME-AS-80-… 2157004 EAMM-U-86-S62-80P-1771)
EMMS-AS-55-… 1218538 EAMM-U-60-S38-55A-91 EMME-AS-100-… 1217381 EAMM-U-110-S62-100A-2071)
With stepper motor EMMS-AS-100-… 1217381 EAMM-U-110-S62-100A-2071)
EMMS-ST-42-… 1217945 EAMM-U-50-S38-42A-78 EMMS-AS-140-… 1219440 EAMM-U-145-S62-140A-2881)
EMMS-ST-57-… 1218568 EAMM-U-60-S38-57A-91 With stepper motor
With gear unit EMMS-ST-87-… 1217373 EAMM-U-86-S62-87A-1771)
EMGA-40-P-… 2283732 EAMM-U-60-S38-40G-91 With gear unit
EMGC-40-P-… 2283732 EAMM-U-60-S38-40G-91 EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST3) 1587411 EAMM-U-86-S62-60G-1771)
EGC-80-…-BS EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 1587453 EAMM-U-86-S62-60H-1771)
With servo motor EMGC-60-P-…3)
EMMS-AS-55-… 1219370 EAMM-U-60-S48-55A-911) EGC-185-…-BS
EMME-AS-60-… 2629253 EAMM-U-70-S48-60P-961) With servo motor
EMMS-AS-70-… 2787320 EAMM-U-70-S48-70A-961) EMME-AS-100-… 1220656 EAMM-U-110-S95-100A-2071)
EMMS-AS-70-… 1217689 EAMM-U-86-S48-70A-1021) EMMS-AS-100-… 1220656 EAMM-U-110-S95-100A-2071)
With stepper motor EMMS-AS-140-… 1220582 EAMM-U-145-S95-140A-2881)
EMMS-ST-57-… 1219379 EAMM-U-60-S48-57A-911) With gear unit
EMMS-ST-87-… 1217604 EAMM-U-86-S48-87A-1771) EMGA-80-P-… 1589544 EAMM-U-110-S95-80G-2071)
With gear unit 1) These parallel kits include a counter bearing EAMG for supporting the axis shaft. More informati-
EMGA-40-P-… 2283760 EAMM-U-60-S48-40G-911) on  online: eamm-u
2) The input torque must not exceed the max. perm. transferable torque of the parallel kit.
EMGC-40-P-… 2283760 EAMM-U-60-S48-40G-911) 3) Gear unit drive shaft ∅: EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/-SST: 11 mm; EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, EMGC-
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST3) 2801627 EAMM-U-70-S48-60G-961) 60-P: 14 mm.
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 2801715 EAMM-U-70-S48-60H-961)

Note
EMGC-60-P-…3)
Depending on the combination of The clamping component EADT is
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST 3)
1587251 EAMM-U-86-S48-60G-102 1)
motor/motor unit and electric required to adjust the toothed belt
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 1587338 EAMM-U-86-S48-60H-102 1)
cylinder, it may not be possible to pretension with EAMM-U-110 and
EMGC-60-P-…3)
reach the maximum feed force of EAMM-U-145.
the cylinder. The respective no-load The motor and/or axis shaft can
driving torque of the kit must be ta- optionally be supported with a
ken into consideration when using counter bearing EAMG.
parallel kits. The following tool is The axial kit (without „S1“ in the
available for sizing: type code) can be retrofitted with a
PositioningDrives sizing software seal set EADS-F to change the de-
 www.festo.com gree of protection from IP40 to
IP65.
More information  eamm-u



aE/aF Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit – aE/aF Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit –
Technical data online:  eamm-a Technical data online:  eamm-a
EGC-BS
EMME-AS-40-… 2219044 EAMM-A-S38-40P EMMS-AS-70-… 558166 EAMM-A-S62-70A
EMMS-AS-40-… 558162 EAMM-A-S38-40A EMME-AS-80-… 2222582 EAMM-A-S62-80P
EMMS-AS-55-… 558163 EAMM-A-S38-55A EMME-AS-100-… 558167 EAMM-A-S62-100A
With stepper motor EMMS-AS-140-… 558168 EAMM-A-S62-140A
EMMS-ST-42-… 560685 EAMM-A-S38-42A With stepper motor
EMMS-ST-57-… 560686 EAMM-A-S38-57A EMMS-ST-87-… 560689 EAMM-A-S62-87A
EMMS-AS-55-… 558164 EAMM-A-S48-55A EMME-AS-100-… 558169 EAMM-A-S95-100A
EMMS-AS-70-… 558165 EAMM-A-S48-70A EMMS-AS-140-… 558170 EAMM-A-S95-140A
With stepper motor
EMMS-ST-57-… 560687 EAMM-A-S48-57A
EMMS-ST-87-… 560688 EAMM-A-S48-87A

The indicated forces and torques refer
to the slide surface. The point of
Electromechanical drives
application of force > Linear
is the point drives
where and slides >
the centre of the guide and the
longitudinal centre of the slide
intersect.
Technical dataoperation. Special
during dynamic
attention
General must be paid to the
cushioning phase.
Size 70 80 120
Spindle pitch [mm/U] 10 10 20 10 25
Working stroke 1)
[mm] 50 … 1 000 50 … 2 000 50 … 2 500
Max. feed force Fx [N] 300 600 1 300
Max. permissible forces and torques for a service
No-load life of 5000 km
torque [Nm] 0,3 0,5 0,5 1,5 1,5
Size at min.
70 travel speed 80 [m/s] 0,05120 0,1 185
0,1 0,2 0,2
Fymax. [N] No-load
1850 torque 3050 [Nm] 0,456890 0,75 0,75
15200 2,25 2,25
Fzmax. [N] at max.
1850 travel speed 3050 [m/s] 0,5 6890 0,5 1
15200 0,6 1,5
EGC-BS
Mxmax. [Nm] 16 radial force2)

Max. 36 [N] 220 144 250 529 500
Note My /Mz
max. max.
PositioningDrives Max. rotational speed3) [1/min] 3 000 3 000 3 600
EGC-…-GK/-GP
sizing software [Nm] 51 acceleration
Max. 97 [m/s2] 15 380 1157
Mymax./Mzmax.
 www.festo.com Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0,02
EGC-…-GV/-GQ [Nm] 132 228 680 1820
Max. permissible force Fy [N] 1 850 3 050 6 890
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 1 850 3 050 6 890
Basic load ratings Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 16 36 144
Size 70 permissible torque M
Max. 80 [Nm] 51 120 97 185 380
y
Spindle pitch 10 10 20 10 25 40
Max. permissible torque Mz [Nm] 51 97 380
Ball screw
1) Total stroke = working stroke + 2x stroke reserve.
Dynamic cdyn,BS [N] 4000
2) At the drive shaft. 6820 7480 16000 13700 36200
3) Rotational speed and speed are stroke-dependent.
If the axis is simultaneously subjec must be satisfied in addition to the

Note -H- Note
Ifted
thetoaxis is simultaneously
several subjec- indicated
of the indicated forces must be satisfied
maximum
ted to several of the indicated forces indicated maximum loads:
in addition to the
loads:
For a service life of 5000 km for the based on the maximum permissible and torques, the following equation
guide system, the load comparison forces and torques for a service life and torques, the following equation
factor For a service
must have alifevalue
of 5000 km for the of 5000 km.
of fv < 1, based on the maximum permissible
Calculating the
guide system, the load comparison forces and torques for a service life of Calculating theload
loadcomparison factor:
comparison factor:
factor must have a value of fv  1, 5000 km. |F y,dyn| |F z,dyn| |Mx,dyn| |My,dyn| |Mz,dyn|
fv 1
F y,max F z,max M x,max M y,max Mz,max
Spindle
Size 70 80 120
Diameter [mm] 12 15 25
Pitch [mm/U] 10 10 20 10 25

Size 70 80 120
Spindle pitch 10 10 20 10 25
JO [kg mm2] 1,99 5,2 5,2 64,46 64,46
JH per metre stroke [kg mm2/m] 14,2 34,6 34,6 275,6 275,6
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/Kg] 2,53 2,53 10,13 2,53 15,83
JW Slide [kg mm2] 1,04 1,86 7,46 6,09 38,06
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = JO + JW + JH x working stroke [m] + JL x meffective load [kg]
entire axis is calculated as follows:


Technical data
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 End cap Painted die-cast aluminium
2 Housing Smooth anodised wrought alumi-
nium alloy
3 Cylinder barrel Smooth anodised wrought alumi-
nium alloy
EGC-BS
Axis
Copper-Free: Note on materials RoHS-compliant
1 Endseries
Product cap with the listed part Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
2 Slide Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
numbers are copper-free in accor- ISO 14644-1
3 Spindle Steel
4 Profile Spindle axes EGC-BS-KF, withaluminium
Anodised recirculating ball bearing guide
5 Cover bandTechnical data Polyurethane
Technical data
6 Guide rail High-alloy steel
Maximum permissible Maximumsupport
permissiblespan L (without
support profile
span L (without mounting)
profile mounting) as as aafunction
function of force
of force F F
Maximum permissible support span L (without profile mounting) as a function of force F
In order to limitIndeflection
order to limitindeflection
the in theThe following graphs
The following cancan
graphs bebeused
usedto
to
In order to limit case
deflection
of largein the the axis may The following graphsthecanmaximum
be usedpermiss
to
case of large strokes, the strokes,
axis may determine determine
the maximum permissib-
case of large strokes,
need tothe
be axis may
supported. determine the
ible maximum
support span permiss
l as a function of
need to be supported. le support span l as a function of
need to bedata
Technical supported.
– Displacement encoder ible supportforce
spanF acting
l as aonfunction
the axis.ofThe Dimensions 37
force F acting on the axis. The de-
Type deflection
force F acting on theisaxis.
f =EGC-…-M1
0.5
Themm. EGC-…-M2
flection is f = 0.5 mm.
Resolution deflection
[ìm] is f = 0.5 mm.2.5 10 L L
Max. travel speed
EGC-...-BS-KF EGC-...-BS-KF L L
With motor controller
Force Fy CMM… [m/s] 4 Force Fz 4
Force Fy Force Fz
With safety system CMGA… [m/s] 1 4
Force Fy24
Electrical connection Force FzM12 24
8-pin plug, round design,
Cable length
22 [mm] 160 22
20 20
18and environmental conditions – Displacement encoder
Operating 18
16 16
Fy [kN]
Fz [kN]
Ambient14 temperature [°C] –10 … +70 14

Protection 12class IP64 12
CE marking 10(see declaration of conformity) To EU EMC Directive1) 10
8 8
6 about the applicability of the component see the manufacturer’s EC declaration of conformity at: www.festo.com/sp User
1) For information 6 documentation.
4 is subject to restrictions on usage in residential, office or commercial environments or small businesses, further measures
If the component 4 to reduce the emitted interference may be necessary.
2 2
0 EGC-70 EGC-120 0
Instructions 600
for use 1000 EGC-80 1400 1800 2200 2600 EGC-185 3000 3400 600 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400
Recommended deflection limits L [mm] L [mm]

The spindle axis with displacement Magnetic field Welding application
encoder is notEGC-70
designed for the follow
Adherence to the following deflection EGC-120
impair the functional performance of result in increased friction, greater
ing sample applications:
EGC-80 EGC-185
limits is recommended so as not to the axes. Greater deformation can wear and reduced service life.
Recommended deflection
Size
Recommended deflection limits
limits Dyn. deflection Stat. deflection
Adherence to the following (load moving)
deformation can result in increased (load stationary)
Adherence to the following deflection impair the functional performance of result in increased friction, greater
deflection limits70is…recommended
185
limits is recommended so as not to friction, greater wear
0.05% of the axisand reduced
length,
the axes. Greater deformation can
max. 0.5 mm 0.1% of the axis length
wear and reduced service life.
so as not to impair the functional service life.
performance of the axes. Greater
Size Dyn. deflection Stat. deflection
Size Dyn. deflection
(load moving) Stat.
(load deflection
stationary)
70 … 185 (load moving)
0.05% of the axis length, max. 0.5 mm (load
0.1% stationary)
of the axis length
70 … 185 0.05% of the axis length, max. 0.5 mm 0.1% of the axis length


EGC-BS
+ = plus stroke length + 2x stroke reserve
Note
To avoid distortion in the slide, the bearing surfaces of the attachments
must maintain a minimum flatness of 0.01 mm.
Size Stroke B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B9 D1 D2 D3
∅ ∅
H7 h7
70 50 … 1 000 69 58,6 16,5 30 45 29 39 1 38 6 ß13
80 . 1 477
82 72,6 22 40 60 35 46,75 1 48 8 ∅18
, 1 477
120 . 1 704
120 107 33 80 40 64 78 1 62 12 ∅28
, 1 704
185 . 2 361
186 169 53 120 80 80 114 1 95 25 ∅44
, 2 361
Size Stroke D4 D5 D6 D8 H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 H7 L1
H7 H7
70 50 … 1 000 M5 – M5 5 64 22,5 50,5 13 13 36 168
80 . 1 477 196
M5 9 M5 5 76,5 27 62 17,5 15 46
, 1 477 236
120 . 1 704 309
M6 – M8 9 111,5 42,5 89,5 22 22 54
, 1 704 369
185 . 2 361 412
M8 – M10 9 172,5 65,2 141,5 25 25 80
, 2 361 512
Size Stroke L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 T1 T2 T6 T7 T9
70 50 … 1 000 86,5 21 8 14 1,8 16 2,5 12 – 10 3,1

80 . 1 477 101
23 12,5 18 2 17 2,5 12 2,1 10 3,1
, 1 477 121
120 . 1 704 156
33 17,5 25,5 2 30 3 15 – 16 2,1
, 1 704 186
185 . 2 361 209
43 23 30,5 2 37 3 20 – 20 2,1
, 2 361 259


 www.festo.com/catalogue/egc
PDF EN
PDF Toothed belt axes
 www.festo.com/sp/egc
PDF EN
PDF
EGC-TB
Size 50, 70, 80, 120, 185 mm

Force 50 ... 2500 N
Speed up to 10 m/s
Power unit!
¬¬Versatile – The entire EGC range is available as toothed belt and
spindle axes. Numerous sizes and slide variants, an optional
central lubrication adapter as well as protected guides open up
a broad range of applications.
¬¬Quicker planning – The EGC range in the Festo multi-axis modu-
lar system offers standardised interfaces for all drives and mo-
tor units. Configuration with the PositioningDrives software
simplifies the design and prevents costly oversizing.
¬¬Top performer – Speed, acceleration and torque resistance set a
new benchmark.

Toothed belt axes EGC-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide

At a glance
Powerful Economical Versatile
• Generously sized profiles with an • In addition to its technical data, • Numerous sizes and variants such • Wide range of options for moun-
optimised cross section afford the toothed belt axis also offers as protected guides open up a ting on drives
maximum rigidity and load capaci- an excellent price/performance broad range of applications • Comprehensive range of moun-
ty ratio • Space-saving position sensing ting accessories for multi-axis
• Speed, acceleration and torque • Due to the EGC‘s high perfor- with proximity sensors in the pro- combinations
resistance set a new standard mance it is often possible to use a file slot is possible
smaller size
EGC-TB
Complete system comprising toothed belt axis, motor, motor controller and motor mounting kit
Spindle axis with recirculating ball bearing guide Axial kit
Kit comprising:
• Motor flange
• Coupling housing
• Coupling
• Screws
Note
toothed belt axis EGC and the mo-
tors.
Commissioning/Packaging Pick and Place

Elektromechanische Antriebe > Linearantriebe und
Zahnriemenachsen EGC-TB-KF, mit Kugelumlauffü
Zubehör overview
Peripherals
EGC-TB
4
aJ
aA
aB
aC
aD
aE
aF
aG
 Page/  Page/
Seite/online Seit
online online
1
1
Notpuffer NPE/Stoßdämpferhalter KYE
Emergency buffer NPE / shock absorber retainer KYE
348
193 9
aJ
Motor EMMS
Wellenzapfen EAMB 193, 194
349
2
2 Stoßdämpfer
Shock YSRW/Stoßdämpferhalter
absorber YSRW KYE
/ shock absorber retainer KYE 348 aJ DriveaA Nutabdeckung ABP/ABP-S
shaft EAMB 194 349
3
3 Zentrierstift/-hülse ZBS/ZBH
Centring pin ZBS / centring sleeve ZBH 348 aA aB Induktive Näherungsschalter SIES
Slot cover ABP/ABP-S 349
4
4 Feststelleinheit
Clamping 1H…-PN,
unit 1H…-PN, 2H-PN2H-PN egc-tb
egc-tb aB aC Verbindungsleitung
Inductive proximity sensor SIES NEBU 350
5
5 Schaltfahne
Switch lug SF-EGCSF-EGC 348
193 aC aD Clip SMBK
Connecting cable NEBU 350
6
6 Sensorhalter
Sensor HWS-EGC
bracket HWS-EGC 348 aD aE
Clip SMBK Nutenstein NST 350
7
7 Inductive
Induktive proximity sensor SIEN SIEN
Näherungsschalter 348 aE Slot aF
nut NSTProfilbefestigung MUE 350
8
8 Axial kit EAMM-AEAMM-A
Axialbausatz 193,
348194 aF Profile
aGmounting MUE
Fußbefestigung HPE 350
9 Motor EMMS 348 aG Foot mounting HPE

Order code
Size Stroke Drive function Guide Stroke reserve Slide
[mm]
EGC – – – TB – KF – 0H – GK
70 Stock item: TB Toothed belt KF Recirculating 0H 0 mm GK Standard

300, 400, 500, 600, 800, ball bearing slide
1,000, 1,200 guide
On request: 50 ... 5,000 Default
EGC-TB
80 Stock item: Mandatory

400, 500, 600, 800, Optional
1,000, 1,200
On request: 50 ... 8,500
120 Stock item: Quick ordering:
400, 500, 600, 800, No need to configure your product via
1,000, 1,200, 1,500 the order code: Quickly order predefined
On request: 50 ... 8,500 products with their part number.

 www.festo.com/catalogue/egc-tb
Ordering data
Size 70 Size 120
[mm] [mm]
300 3012492 EGC-70-300-TB-KF-0H-GK 400 3013364 EGC-120-400-TB-KF-0H-GK
Size 80
Stroke Part No. Type
[mm]
400 575832 EGC-80-400-TB-KF-0H-GK
500 3013354 EGC-80-500-TB-KF-0H-GK
600 3013355 EGC-80-600-TB-KF-0H-GK
800 3013356 EGC-80-800-TB-KF-0H-GK
1000 3013357 EGC-80-1000-TB-KF-0H-GK
1200 3013359 EGC-80-1200-TB-KF-0H-GK


For size Part No. Type Motor Axial kit
1 Emergency buffer
70 562581 NPE-70
80 562582 NPE-80
120 562583 NPE-120
1 Shock absorber retainer Dimensions online:  egc-tb Part No. Type

70 557584 KYE-70
8/9 Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit –
80 557585 KYE-80 Technical data online:  eamm-a
EGC-TB
120 557586 KYE-120 EGC-50
With servo motor
2 Shock absorber Technical data online:  ysrw
EMMS-AS-55-… 557975 EAMM-A-L27-55A
70 191194 YSRW-8-14
80 191196 YSRW-12-20
EMME-AS-40-… 557974 EAMM-A-L27-40G
120 191197 YSRW-16-26
EMGA-40-P-G…-EAS-40
3 Centring pin1)2) Technical data online:  zbs EMMS-AS-40-… 557974 EAMM-A-L27-40G
70 150928 ZBS-5 EMGA-40-P-G…-SAS-40
With stepper motor
3 Centring sleeve1)2) Technical data online:  zbh EMMS-ST-57-… 560678 EAMM-A-L27-57A
80, 120 150927 ZBH-9 With stepper motor and gear unit
EMMS-ST-42-… 557974 EAMM-A-L27-40G
5 Switch lug3) Dimensions online:  egc-tb EMGA-40-P-G…-SST-42
70 558047 SF-EGC-1-70 EGC-70
80 558048 SF-EGC-1-80 With servo motor
120 558049 SF-EGC-1-120 EMME-AS-60-… 2037246 EAMM-A-L38-60P
EMMS-AS-70-… 557979 EAMM-A-L38-70A
5 Switch lug4) Dimensions online:  egc-tb With servo motor and gear unit
70 558052 SF-EGC-2-70 EMMS-AS-55-… 557978 EAMM-A-L38-60G
80 558353 SF-EGC-2-80 EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-55
120 558054 SF-EGC-2-120 EMMS-AS-70-… 557978 EAMM-A-L38-60G
6 Sensor bracket5) Dimensions online:  egc-tb With stepper motor
70 558057 HWS-EGC-M5 EMMS-ST-57-… 560679 EAMM-A-L38-57A
80 558057 HWS-EGC-M5 EMMS-ST-87-… 560680 EAMM-A-L38-87A
120 570365 HWS-EGC-M8-B With stepper motor and gear unit
EMMS-ST-57-… 557978 EAMM-A-L38-60G
2) 2 centring pins/sleeves included in the scope of delivery of the axis. EMGA-60-P-G…-SST-57
4) For sensing via proximity sensor SIEN-M8B or SIES-8M.
5) For proximity sensor SIEN-M8B.
Note
Depending on the combination of ken into consideration when using
Part No. Type motor/motor unit and electric parallel kits. The following tool is
cylinder, it may not be possible to available for sizing:
7 Inductive proximity sensor, reach the maximum feed force of PositioningDrives sizing software
N/O contact, M8 the cylinder. The respective no-load  www.festo.com
PNP, cable
150386 SIEN-M8B-PS-K-L driving torque of the kit must be ta-
PNP, plug
N/C contact, M8
PNP, cable 150390 SIEN-M8B-PO-K-L
PNP, plug 150391 SIEN-M8B-PO-S-L
NPN, cable 150388 SIEN-M8B-NO-K-L
NPN, plug 150389 SIEN-M8B-NO-S-L


Motor Axial kit For size Part No. Type
aJ Drive shaft
70 558035 EAMB-18-9-8X16-10X12
80 558036 EAMB-24-6-15X21-16X20
120 558037 EAMB-34-6-25X26-23X27
aA Slot cover1)
Part No. Type for mounting slot
8/9 Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit – 70, 80 151681 ABP-5
Technical data online:  eamm-a 120 151682 ABP-8
EGC-TB
EGC-80 for sensor slot

With servo motor 70 … 120 563360 ABP-5-S1
EMMS-AS-70-… 557982 EAMM-A-L48-70A aB Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact
EMME-AS-80-… 2042616 EAMM-A-L48-80P PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-AS-100-… 557984 EAMM-A-L48-100A PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
With servo motor and gear unit NPN, cable 551396 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-AS-55-… 557983 EAMM-A-L48-60G NPN, plug 551397 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-55 N/C contact
EMMS-AS-70-… 557983 EAMM-A-L48-60G PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-70 PNP, plug 551392 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
With stepper motor NPN, cable 551401 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-ST-87-… 560683 EAMM-A-L48-87A NPN, plug 551402 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
With stepper motor and gear unit 1) Packaging unit 2x 0.5 m.
EMMS-ST-57-… 557983 EAMM-A-L48-60G
EMGA-60-P-G…-SST-57 For size Part No. Type
EGC-120
aC Connecting cable, straight socket
With servo motor
2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
EMME-AS-100-… 557988 EAMM-A-L62-100A
5 m
551334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
EMMS-AS-100-… 557988 EAMM-A-L62-100A
EMMS-AS-140-… 557990 EAMM-A-L62-140A
aD Clip
70 … 120 534254 SMBK-8
EMMS-AS-70-… 557989 EAMM-A-L62-80G
EMME-AS-80-… 557989 EAMM-A-L62-80G aE Slot nut Technical data online:  nst
EMGA-80-P-G…-EAS-80 70, 80 150914 NST-5-M5
EMME-AS-100-… 557989 EAMM-A-L62-80G 120 150915 NST-8-M6
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 aF Profile mounting Dimensions online:  egc-tb
EMMS-AS-100-… 557989 EAMM-A-L62-80G 70
558043 MUE-70/80
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 80
558043 MUE-70/80
With stepper motor and gear unit 120 558044 MUE-120/185
EMMS-ST-87-… 557989 EAMM-A-L62-80G
EMGA-80-P-G…-SST-87 aG Foot mounting Dimensions online:  egc-tb
EGC-185 70 558321 HPE-70
With servo motor 80 558322 HPE-80
EMMS-AS-140-… 557994 EAMM-A-L95-140A 120 558323 HPE-120
EMMS-AS-190-… 1378474 EAMM-A-L95-190A
EMME-AS-100-… 557995 EAMM-A-L95-120G
EMMS-AS-100-… 557995 EAMM-A-L95-120G
EMMS-AS-140-… 557995 EAMM-A-L95-120G
Note
Depending on the combination of ken into consideration when using
motor/motor unit and electric parallel kits. The following tool is
reach the maximum feed force of PositioningDrives sizing software
the cylinder. The respective no-load  www.festo.com
driving torque of the kit must be ta-

intersect.
during dynamic operation. Special Toothed belt axes EGC-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
cushioning phase.
lt axes EGC-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Technical data
values
General
and torques refer
The point of Size 70 80 120
s the point where
Max. permissible forces and torques for a service life of 5000 km
de and the Size Working
70 stroke1) 80 [mm] 50 … 5 000
120 50 … 8 500 185 50 … 8 500
f the slide
Fy [N] Max.
1850feed force Fx 3050 [N] 100 6890 350 15200 800
max.
ot be exceeded Fzmax. [N] Max.
1850no-load torque
2)
3050 [Nm] 0,18 6890 0,4 15200 1,4
ation. Special
Mxmax. [Nm] Max.
16 no-load resistance to shifting
36
1)
[N] 14,5 144 28 529 70
id to the
Mymax./Mzmax. Max. driving torque [Nm] 1,24 5 16
EGC-…-GK/-GP [Nm] Max.
51 speed 97 [m/s] 5 380 1157
Mymax./Mzmax. Max. acceleration [m/s2] 50
EGC-TB
Note EGC-…-GV/-GQ
orces and torques for a service life of 5000 km [Nm] Repetition
132 accuracy 228 [mm] ±0,08 680 1820
PositioningDrives
50 70 80
Max.
120
permissible force
185
Fy [N] 1 850 3 050 6 890
[N] sizing software1850
650 3050 6890 15200
Basic load1850ratings Max.
6890permissible force
15200 Fz [N] 1 850 3 050 6 890
[N]  www.festo.com
650 3050
Size Max.
70 permissible torque Mx 80 [Nm] 16 120 36 185 144
[Nm] 3.5 16 36 144 529
Spindle pitch Max.
10 permissible torque My 10 [Nm]20 51 10 97
25 40 380
[Nm] 10
Ball screw51 97 Max.
380 permissible torque
1157 Mz [Nm] 51 97 380
[Nm] – Dynamic c132
dyn,BS 228 [N] 1) 4000
Total
680 stroke = working 6820reserve.
stroke + 2x stroke
1820 7480 16000 13700 36200
2) At 0.2 m/s, with variant GK.
ted to several of the indicated forces indicated maximum loads: If the axis is simultaneously subjec must be satisfied in addition to the
Note -H- Note and torques, the following equation Ifted
thetoaxis is simultaneously
several subjec- indicated
of the indicated forces must be satisfied
maximum
in addition to the
loads:
5000 km for the Forona the
based service
maximumlife of 5000 km for the
permissible based on the maximum permissible and torques, the following equation
Calculating the load comparison factor:
ad comparison
guide system, the load comparison
forces and torques for a service life of
forces and torques for a service life and torques, the following equation
alue of fv  1, 5000 km. |F y,dyn| |F z,dyn| |Mx,dyn| |My,dyn| |Mz,dyn|
factor For a service
must have alifevalue of 5000
fof km
v fv < 1,
for the of based
F z,max 5000 km.
on the maximum permissible
Calculating the
theload
loadcomparison factor:
F y,max M x,max M y,max Mz,max
guide system, the load comparison forces and torques for a service life of Calculating comparison factor:
fv 1
F y,max F z,max M x,max M y,max Mz,max
Toothed belt
Size 70 80 120
Pitch [mm] 3 3 5
Expansion4) [%] 0,08 0,24 0,13
Width [mm] 15 19,3 30,3
Effective diameter [mm] 24,83 28,65 39,79
Feed constant [mm/U] 78 90 125
4) At max. feed force.

Size 70 80 120
JO [kg mm ] 2
83,34 205,9 1 241
JH per metre stroke [kg mm2/m] 10,6 18,8 93
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/Kg] 154 205 396
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = JO + JH x working stroke [m] + JL x meffective load [kg]


Technical data
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Drive cover Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
2 Guide rail High-alloy steel
3 Toothed belt Polychloroprene with glass cord
and nylon coating
4 Slide Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
5 Profile Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
EGC-TB
6 Toothed belt disc High-alloy stainless steel

Copper-Free:
Axis Note on materials RoHS-compliant
Product
1 Driveseries
cover with the listed part Anodised wrought aluminium alloy Contains PWIS (paint-wetting im-
Toothed belt axes EGC-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide pairment substances)
numbers
2 Guideare railcopper-free in accor- High-alloy steel
Technical
dance
3 Toothed data
to the definition and de-
belt Polychloroprene with glass cord and nylon coating Clean room class to 6
scription
4 Slideprovided on page 8. Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
5 Profile
Toothed belt axes EGC-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearingISO 14644-1
Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
guide
Technical data
Maximum
6 Toothedpermissible
belt disc support span L (without profile
High-alloy mounting)
stainless steel as a function of force F
Note on materials
In order to limit deflection in thesupport span TheRoHS-compliant
following graphs can
Maximum
Maximum permissible permissible
support L (without
span L (without profile
profile mounting)
mounting) as abe
as
usedoftoforce F
function
aimpairment
function of force F
Contains PWIS (paint-wetting substances)
case of large strokes, the axis may determine the maximum permiss
In order to limit Indeflection
order to limitindeflection
the in theThe following
The following
graphs graphs
cancanbebe usedto
used to
need
case of to be supported.
large case of large strokes, the axis may ible determine
strokes, the axis may determine support span
the
the maximum l aspermissib-
maximum apermiss
function of
need to be supported. forceible support on
Fspan
acting span l asaxis.
a function of
need to be supported. le support l as athe
functionThe of
force F acting on the axis. The
Technical data – Displacement encoder forcedeflection
F acting is
on f
the= 0.5
axis.mm.
deflection is f = 0.5 mm.The de- Dimensions 38
Order code flection is f = 0.5 mm. EGC-…-M1 EGC-…-M2
L LL L
Resolution [ìm] 2.5 10
EGC-...-TB-KF
Max. travel speed EGC-...-TB-KF
Force Fy Force Fz
Force
ForceFyFymotor controller CMM…
With [m/s] 4 Force FzForce Fz 4
With safety system CMGA… [m/s] 1 4
4000 4000
Electrical connection 8-pin plug, round design, M12
2000
Cable length [mm] 160
2000
1000 1000
500and environmental conditions – Displacement encoder
Operating 500
Fy [N]
Fz [N]
Ambient
200temperature [°C] –10 … +70 200
100 100
CE marking (see declaration of conformity) To EU EMC Directive1)
50 50
1) For information about the applicability of the component see the manufacturer’s EC declaration of conformity at: www.festo.com/sp User documentation.
20 20
If the component is subject to restrictions on usage in residential, office or commercial environments or small businesses, further measures to reduce the emitted interference may be necessary.
10 EGC-50 EGC-120 10
500 1000 EGC-70
1500 2000 EGC-185
2500 3000 3500 4000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Instructions for use EGC-80
L [mm] L [mm]
The toothed belt axis with displace
Recommended Magnetic field
deflection limits Welding application
ment encoder isEGC-50
not designed
Adherence to for
the the
following deflection EGC-120
impair the functional performance of result in increased friction, greater
following sample limits
applications:
is recommended so as not to the axes. Greater deformation can wear and reduced service life.
EGC-70 EGC-185
EGC-80
(load moving) (load stationary)
Recommendeddeflection
Recommended deflection limits
50 … 185 limits 0.05% of the axis length, max. 0.5 mm 0.1% of the axis length
Adherence
Adherenceto tothe
thefollowing
following deflection deformation
impair thecan result inperformance
functional increased of result in increased friction, greater
deflection limits is recommended
limits is recommended so as not to friction, greater wear and reducedcan
the axes. Greater deformation wear and reduced service life.
so as not to impair the functional service life.
performance of the axes. Greater
196196  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
EGC-TB
Note
To avoid distortion in the slide, the bearing surfaces of the attachments
must maintain a minimum flatness of 0.01 mm.
Size B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B9 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7 H7
50 48 39 11,5 20 35 1 27 8 20 15 – M4
70 69 58,6 16,5 30 45 1 38 10 28 20 – M5
80 82 72,6 22 40 60 1 48 16 46,5 25 9 M5
120 120 107 33 80 40 1 62 23 59 35 – M8
185 186 169 53 120 80 1 95 32 90 60 – M10
Size D7 D8 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 L1 L2
∅
H7
50 M3 5 42,5 16,5 37,6 35,5 10,5 10,5 18 155 77,5
70 M5 5 64 28 53,7 50,8 13 13 29 246 123
80 M5 5 76,5 34,5 65 61,5 17,5 15 35 286 143
120 M6 9 111,5 51,6 95,9 91,1 22 22 54 446 223
185 M8 9 172,5 80,5 152,6 143 25 25 80 612 306
Size L3 L4 L5 L6 L8 L9 T1 T2 T4 T6 T7 T8 T9
50 40 26 20 1,8 3 – 1,5 – 5,9 – 7 8 3,1

70 57,5 36 27,5 1,8 3 10,5 2,1 18 7,15 – 10 12 3,1
80 65 46 30 2 3 13 2,1 27 4 2,1 10 10 3,1
120 100 64 50 2 3 18 3,1 29,5 4 – 16 14 2,1
185 140 80 70 2 3 21 2,8 34,5 4 – 20 17 2,1



 www.festo.com/catalogue/egsl
PDF EN
PDF Mini slide
 www.festo.com/sp/egsl
PDF EN
PDF
EGSL
Size 35, 45, 55, 75

Precise
¬¬Extremely precise – The EGSL is ideal for high-precision sliding,
picking and inserting, even under high mechanical loads.
¬¬Powerful and safe – The slide’s very high basic load rating is ide-
al for vertical applications, such as pressing and joining. The
spindle is fully covered to prevent the ingress of dust and other
particles.
¬¬Versatile motor position – The motor can be fitted laterally or
axially, with a choice of 3 mounting positions in the case of axial
fitting. Special software tools are available for safe configurati-
on and quick installation.

Electric mini slides EGSL

At a glance
• Electric slide series • Choice of homing: • Perfect for vertical applications
• Maximum performance in com- –– To fixed stop • System product for handling and
pact space: –– To reference switch assembly technology
–– Precision • Wide range of options for moun-
–– Load capacity ting on drives
–– Dynamic response
Complete system comprising mini slide, motor, motor controller and motor mounting kit
Spindle axis with recirculating ball bearing guide Axial motor mounting Parallel motor mounting
EGSL
Motor mounting kit

Note
spindle axis EGSL and the motors.
Axial kit Parallel kit
Handling unit

EGSL-55 100 559340 EGSL-BS-75-100-20P
Spindelsteigung 5 mm 200 559341 EGSL-BS-75-200-20P
100 562227 EGSL-BS-55-100-5P 300 559342 EGSL-BS-75-300-20P
200 562228 EGSL-BS-55-200-5P Electric mini slides EGSL
250 562229 EGSL-BS-55-250-5P
Zubehör overview
Peripherals
4
1
EGSL
3
aJ
5 7
Seite/online Seite/onli
1 Cover EASC 202 7 Proximity sensor SIES 204
1 Abdeckung EASC 367 7 Näherungsschalter SIES 369
2 Cover EASC-…-F 8 Proximity sensor SMT-8-…-B
2 Abdeckung EASC-…-F 367 8 Näherungsschalter SMT-8-…-B 369
3 Motor EMMS 203 9 Switch lug EAPM
3 Motor EMMS 367 9 Schaltfahne EAPM 369
4 Parallel kit EAMM-U aJ Axial kit EAMM-A 203
4 Parallelbausatz EAMM-U 367 aJ Axialbausatz EAMM-A 367
5 Centring sleeve ZBH 204 – Connecting cable NEBU 204
5 Zentrierhülse ZBH 368 – Verbindungsleitung NEBU 369
6 Profile mounting EAHF, MUE – Connector sleeve ZBV
6 Profilbefestigung EAHF, MUE 368 – Verbindungshülse ZBV 369
366 www.festo.com/catalogue/... Änderungen vorbehalten – 20

Order code
Drive function Size Stroke Spindle
[mm] pitch
EGSL – BS – – –
BS Ball screw 35 Stock item: 50 8P

spindle On request: 100, 200,
250, 300
45 Stock item: 100 10P Default
On request: 50, 200, 250, Mandatory
EGSL
300 Optional
55 Stock item:200 12.7P
On request: 50, 100, 250,
300 Quick ordering:
75 Stock item:200 20P No need to configure your product via
On request: 50, 100, 250, the order code: Quickly order predefined
300 products with their part number.

 www.festo.com/catalogue/egsl
Ordering data
Size Spindle Stroke Part No. Type
pitch [mm]
35 8 100 ¬
562160 EGSL-BS-35-50-8P
45 10 200 ¬
559335 EGSL-BS-45-100-10P
55 12.7 300 ¬
559338 EGSL-BS-55-200-12.7P
75 20 400 ¬
559341 EGSL-BS-75-200-20P

For size Length Part No. Type For size Length Part No. Type
[mm] [mm]
1 Cover for use without switch lug Dimensions online:  egsl 2 Cover for use with switch lug Dimensions online:  egsl
35 50 570819 EASC-G1-35-50 35 50 570830 EASC-G1-35-50-F
5001) 570874 EASC-G1-35-500 45 100 570833 EASC-G1-45-100-F
45 100 570822 EASC-G1-45-100 200 570834 EASC-G1-45-200-F
200 570823 EASC-G1-45-200 55 100 570835 EASC-G1-55-100-F
5001) 570875 EASC-G1-45-500 200 570836 EASC-G1-55-200-F
55 100 570824 EASC-G1-55-100 250 570837 EASC-G1-55-250-F
200 570825 EASC-G1-55-200 75 100 570838 EASC-G1-75-100-F
250 570826 EASC-G1-55-250 200 570839 EASC-G1-75-200-F
5001) 570876 EASC-G1-55-500 300 570840 EASC-G1-75-300-F
75 100 570827 EASC-G1-75-100 1) The cover can be shortened by the customer as required.
200 570828 EASC-G1-75-200
300 570829 EASC-G1-75-300
5001) 570877 EASC-G1-75-500
1) The cover can be shortened by the customer as required.


Motor/motor unit Parallel kit Motor/motor unit Parallel kit
• Increased housing rigidity • Increased housing rigidity
• More flexible motor mounting • More flexible motor mounting
possible possible
• Optionally with protection • Optionally with protection
class IP65 class IP65
• Use in combination with third- • Use in combination with third-
party motors on request party motors on request
3/4 Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit – 3/4 Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit –
EGSL
Technical data online:  eamm-u Technical data online:  eamm-u
EGSL-45 EGSL-75
EMME-AS-40-… 2153283 EAMM-U-50-D32-40P-78 EMMS-AS-70-… 1212477 EAMM-U-86-D60-70A-102
EMMS-AS-40-… 1201591 EAMM-U-50-D32-40A-78 EMME-AS-80-…
2155875 EAMM-U-86-D60-80P-102
EMMS-AS-55-… 1210126 EAMM-U-60-D32-55A-91 With stepper motor
EMME-AS-60-… 2619586 EAMM-U-70-D32-60P-96 EMMS-ST-87-…
1215784 EAMM-U-86-D60-87A-102
With stepper motor With motor unit
EMMS-ST-42-… 1201607 EAMM-U-50-D32-42A-78 MTR-DCI-52S-… 1537000 EAMM-U-86-D60-52B/C-102
EMMS-ST-57-… 1210419 EAMM-U-60-D32-57A-91 MTR-DCI-62S-… 1536988 EAMM-U-110-D60-62B-120
With motor unit With gear unit
MTR-DCI-32S-… 1570862 EAMM-U-50-D32-32B-78 EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST2)
1586347 EAMM-U-86-D60-60G-102
MTR-DCI-42S-… 1577393 EAMM-U-60-D32-42B/C-91 EMGA-60-P-…-EAS,
1586276 EAMM-U-86-D60-60H-102
With gear unit EMGC-60-P-…2)
EMGA-40-P-… 1577358 EAMM-U-60-D32-40G-91 EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST2)
1543240 EAMM-U-110-D60-60G-120
EMGC-40-P-… EMGA-60-P-…-EAS,
1542264 EAMM-U-110-D60-60H-120
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST 2)
2748181 EAMM-U-70-D32-60G-96 EMGC-60-P-…2)
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 2778393 EAMM-U-70-D32-60H-96 EMGA-80-P-…
1532949 EAMM-U-110-D60-80G-120
EMGC-60-P-…2) 2) Gear unit drive shaft ∅: EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/-SST: 11 mm; EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, EMGC-
EGSL-55 60-P: 14 mm.
With servo motor

EMMS-AS-55-… 1210438 EAMM-U-60-D40-55A-91 Note
EMME-AS-60-… 2617488 EAMM-U-70-D40-60P-96 The clamping component EADT is The motor and/or axis shaft can
EMMS-AS-70-… 2786204 EAMM-U-70-D40-70A-96 required to adjust the toothed belt optionally be supported with a
pretension with EAMM-U-110. counter bearing EAMG.
EMMS-AS-70-… 1212826 EAMM-U-86-D40-70A-102
More information eamm-u
With stepper motor
EMMS-ST-57-… 1210442 EAMM-U-60-D40-57A-91
Motor/motor unit Parallel kit
EMMS-ST-87-… 1215802 EAMM-U-86-D40-87A-102
• Space-saving gravity
With motor unit
die-cast housing
MTR-DCI-42S-… 1570950 EAMM-U-60-D40-42B/C-91
With gear unit
EMGA-40-P-… 1577165 EAMM-U-60-D40-40G-91 Part No. Type
EMGC-40-P-… 3/4 Permissible axis/motor combination with parallel kit –
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST2) 2785471 EAMM-U-70-D40-60G-96 Technical data online:  eamm-u
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 2786101 EAMM-U-70-D40-60H-96 EGSL-45
EMGC-60-P-…2) With servo motor
EMGA-60-P-…-SAS/SST2) 1586445 EAMM-U-86-D40-60G-102 EMMS-AS-40-… 543150 EAMM-U-D32-40A
EMGA-60-P-…-EAS, 1586496 EAMM-U-86-D40-60H-102 EGSL-55
EMGC-60-P-…2) With servo motor
EMMS-AS-55-… 543157 EAMM-U-D40-55A
Note EGSL-75
Depending on the combination of ken into consideration when using With servo motor
motor/motor unit and electric parallel kits. The following tool is
EMMS-AS-70-… 543165 EAMM-U-D60-70A
reach the maximum feed force of PositioningDrives sizing software
the cylinder. The respective no-load  www.festo.com Note
driving torque of the kit must be ta- The motor can only be mounted on The input torque must not exceed
the side and underneath when the max. permissible transferable
using these kits. torque of the axial kit.


Motor/motor unit1) Axial kit For size Part No. Type
5 Centring sleeve1)
35, 45, 55 186717 ZBH-7
75 150927 ZBH-9
6 Profile mounting Dimensions online:  egsl
35
1170211 EAHF-G1-35-P
Part No. Type 45
1168859 EAHF-G1-45-P
3/aJ Permissible axis/motor combination with axial kit –

55
558043 MUE-70/80

75
558043 MUE-70/80
EGSL
EGSL-35 7 Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact

With servo motor Technical data online:  sies
EMME-AS-40-… 1981953 EAMM-A-D19-40P PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-AS-40-… 1199152 EAMM-A-D19-40A PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
With stepper motor NPN, cable 551396 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-ST-28-… 1081659 EAMM-A-D19-28A NPN, plug 551397 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
EMMS-ST-42-… 1087642 EAMM-A-D19-42A N/C contact Technical data online:  sies
EGSL-45 PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
With servo motor PNP, plug 551392 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
EMME-AS-40-… 1976465 EAMM-A-D32-40P NPN, cable 551401 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-AS-40-… 543147 EAMM-A-D32-40A NPN, plug 551402 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
EMMS-AS-55-… 550979 EAMM-A-D32-55A 8 Proximity sensor for T-slot, magneto-resistive – N/O contact
EMME-AS-60-… 1956054 EAMM-A-D32-60P Technical data online:  smt-8
With stepper motor PNP, cable 574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
EMMS-ST-42-… 543148 EAMM-A-D32-42A PNP, plug
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
EMMS-ST-57-… 550980 EAMM-A-D32-57A
EGSL-55 Connecting cable, straight socket
With servo motor 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
EMMS-AS-55-… 543153 EAMM-A-D40-55A 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
EMME-AS-60-… 1977000 EAMM-A-D40-60P 9 Switch lug Dimensions online:  egsl
EMMS-AS-70-… 550981 EAMM-A-D40-70A 35
1235029 EAPM-G1-35-SLS
With servo motor and gear unit 45
1235033 EAPM-G1-45-SLS
EMME-AS-40-… 560282 EAMM-A-D40-40G 55
1235035 EAPM-G1-55-SLS
EMGA-40-P-G…-EAS-40 75
1235036 EAPM-G1-75-SLS
EMMS-AS-40-… 560282 EAMM-A-D40-40G Connector sleeve2)
EMGA-40-P-G…-SAS-40 45, 55 548803 ZBV-M5-7
With stepper motor 75 548804 ZBV-M6-9
EMMS-ST-57-… 543154 EAMM-A-D40-57A
EMMS-ST-87-… 550982 EAMM-A-D40-87A
With stepper motor and gear unit 1) Packaging unit 10 pieces.
EMMS-ST-42-… 560282 EAMM-A-D40-40G 2) Packaging unit 3 pieces.
EMGA-40-P-G…-SST-42
EGSL-75
With servo motor
EMMS-AS-70-…
543161 EAMM-A-D60-70A
EMME-AS-80-…
1977073 EAMM-A-D60-80P
EMME-AS-100-…
550983 EAMM-A-D60-100A
EMMS-AS-100-…
550983 EAMM-A-D60-100A
EMMS-AS-55-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
EMME-AS-70-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
With stepper motor
EMMS-ST-87-… 543162 EAMM-A-D60-87A
With stepper motor and gear unit
EMMS-ST-57-…
560283 EAMM-A-D60-60G
1) The input torque must not exceed the max. permissible transferable torque of the axial kit.

intersect.
These values must not be exceeded Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slides >
attention must be paid to the Electric mini slides EGSL
cushioning phase.
Technical data
General
Max. permissible forces and torques for a service life of 5000 km
Size 35 45 55 75
Size 70 pitch
Spindle 80 [mm] 8 120 10 12,7185 20
Fymax. [N] 1850 3050 6890 15200
Working stroke [mm] 50 100 200 200
Fzmax. [N] 1850 3050 6890 15200
Guide value for effective load, [kg] 2 6 10 14
Mxmax. [Nm] 16 36 144 529
horizontal
Mymax./Mzmax.
Guide value for effective load, vertical [kg] 2 6 10 14
EGC-…-GK/-GP [Nm] 51 97 380 1157
Mymax./Mzmax. Continuous feed force Fx [N] 50 100 200 300
EGC-…-GV/-GQ [Nm] Max. feed force Fx
132 228 [N] 75 680 150 3001820 450
Note
EGSL
PositioningDrives Max. no-load driving torque [Nm] 0,015 0,050 0,135 0,165
sizing software Max. driving torque1) [Nm] 0,2 0,51 1,25 3,25
Basic load ratings
 www.festo.com
Size Max.
70radial force
2)
80 [N] 20 120 120 260185 300
Spindle pitch Max.
10speed 10 [m/s]
20 0,5 10 1,0 25 1,0 40 1,3
Nominal acceleration [m/s2] 15
Ball screw
Max. acceleration3) [m/s2] 25
Dynamic cdyn,BS [N] 4000 6820 7480 16000 13700 36200
Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0,015
Max. reversing backlash4) [ìm] ≤50
-H- Note 1)
2)
Friction and torque due to acceleration of the rotating load taken into consideration.
At the drive shaft.
3) The max. acceleration is dependent on the movingand load,torques, thetorque
the driving following equation
and the max. feed force.
For a service life of 5000 km for the based on the maximum permissible
Calculating the load comparison factor:
guide system, the load comparison forces and torques for a service life of
If the axis is simultaneously subjec-
ted to more than two of the indica- fv 1
ted forces and torques, the follo- F y,max F z,max M x,max M y,max Mz,max
wing equation (guide comparison
index) must be satisfied in addition
to the indicated maximum loads:
Size Stroke Fymax Fzmax Mxmax Mymax, Mzmax

[mm] [N] [N] [Nm] [Nm]
35 50 512 512 6,2 6,0
45 100 631 631 18,6 16,3
55 200 490 490 24,2 22,6
75 200 714 714 48,5 33,8
Ambient temperature4) [°C] 0 … +60

Size 35 45 55 75
JO [kg mm ] 2
4.26 6.14 21.13 119.45
JL per kg effective load [kg mm
2
/Kg] 1.62 2.53
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
4.09 10.13
10 Subject to change – 2015/01
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = JO + JL x meffective load [kg] Note
entire axis is calculated as follows: The inertia of the motor mounting
kit and motor is not taken into con-
sideration here.

JO [kg mm2] 13.52 14.77 15.74 18.27 21.13 23.27 86.95 96.49 106.67 105.12 119.45 134.59
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 0.63 0.63 0.63 4.09 4.09 4.09 2.53 2.53 2.53 10.13 10.13 10.13
Electric mini
The mass moment slides
of inertia JA of the EGSL
The inertia of the motor mounting kit
entire axis is calculated as follows: and motor is not taken into
JA = JO + JL x meffective load [kg] consideration here.
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Yoke plate Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
2 Guide rail Rolled steel
3 Housing Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
6 End cap Painted aluminium
EGSL

Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impair-
ment substances)
Axis
Copper-Free: Clean room class 6
1 Yoke
Product plate with the listed part
series Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
to ISO 14644-1
2 Guide
numbers are railcopper-free in accor- Rolled steel
3 Housing
dance to the definition and de- Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
4 Spindle
scription provided on page 8. Rolled steel
6 End cap Painted aluminium
Parallelism
Note on[mm]
materials RoHS-compliant
The term parallelism refers to the Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impairment substances)
accuracy of alignment between the
mounting surface and the slide sur-
face.
Specifications apply in retracted
state.

Size 35 45 55 75
Stroke
[mm]
Parallelism X 50 0.03 – – –
100 – 0.05 0.05 0.05
200 – 0.1 0.1 0.1
250 – – 0.125 –
300 – – – 0.15
Linearity [mm]
Linearity refers to the max. diffe-
Stroke
rence between normal position and
the reference plane experienced at
any point of the moving axis compo-
nents when traversing the entire
stroke.
Size 35 45 55 75
Stroke
[mm]
Linearity X 50 0.02 – – –
100 – 0.04 0.04 0.04
200 – 0.08 0.08 0.08
250 – – 0.10 –
300 – – – 0.12
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Mini slides EGSL, electric Electric mini slides EGSL
MiniMini slides
slides
Technical data EGSL,
EGSL, electric
electric
Technical
data data
Mini slides EGSL, electric
Technical
Technical data
Mini
Technicalslides
Deflection x asdata
Deflection asEGSL,
a xfunction
a functionelectric
of forceofFz
force
andFzstroke
and stroke
l l
Deflection
Technical data x as a function of force Fz and stroke l
Deflection x as axfunction
Deflection of force
as a function Fz and
of force stroke
Fz and strokel l
x
x
x
Deflection x as a function of force Fz and stroke l

x
x
Durchbiegung f in Abhängigkeit des Arbeitshubes l und der Nutzlast F

EGSL-35
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL-45
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL
EGSL-35
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL-45
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL-35
0.02 0.01 EGSL-45
0.015 0.008
f [mm/N]
f [mm/N]
0.006
0.01
0.004
0.005
0.002
0 0
EGSL-BS-35-50
0EGSL-BS-35-50
25 50 75 100 125 150
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
EGSL-BS-35-50 l [mm] EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-100 l [mm]
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-BS-35-50 EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-55
EGSL-55 EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-75
EGSL-75
EGSL-55 EGSL-75
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-55EGSL-55 EGSL-75
EGSL-75
0.01 0.01
EGSL-55 EGSL-75
0.008 0.008
f [mm/N]
f [mm/N]
0.006 0.006
EGSL-BS-35-50
0.004 0.004
0.002 0.002 EGSL-BS-45-100
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 0 50 100 150 200 EGSL-BS-45-200
250 300
l [mm] l [mm]
EGSL-BS-55-100
EGSL-BS-75-100
EGSL-55EGSL-BS-55-200
EGSL-BS-75-200
EGSL-75
EGSL-BS-55-250
EGSL-BS-75-300
Calculation EGSL-BS-55-200
example
Calculation
Calculation exampleexample EGSL-BS-75-200
Given: EGSL-BS-55-250 Result: = fF *f EGSL-BS-75-300
Given:
Given: Calculation example Result:Result: x xfx Fz
z Fz
EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-100 The
The graphgraph
The shows
graph
shows shows aaresilience
resilience
a resilience
Given:example Result: f F z 30N
x= 0.0015 mm/N
0.0015mmN
Calculation
ll = 60 mm
= lEGSL-BS-45-100
= 60 mm60 mm of of f = 0.0015 mm/N
of f = 0.0015
f = 0.0015 mm/N with
with aa stroke
stroke x x0.0015mmN 3030N
* N
The graph shows a aresilience
mm/N with stroke
Fz
Fz =
Given:
= Fz30 N
= 30 N 30 N of of 60 mm.
Result:of 60 mm.
60 mm. xx fx 0.0015mmN 30N
F z0.045mm
0.045mm
l= 60 mm of f = 0.0015 mm/N with a stroke
Mounting position:
EGSL-BS-45-100
Mounting
Mounting position:
position: The graph shows a resilience x = 0.045 mm
Fz = 30 N of 60 mm. x 0.045mm 30N
x 0.0015mmN
l = Horizontal 60 mmHorizontal
Horizontal of f = 0.0015 mm/N with a stroke
Mounting position:
Fz = 30 N of 60 mm. x 0.045mm
Horizontal
Mounting position:
Horizontal
Calculation example
Given:
14 14 Internet:
Internet: Result:
www.festo.com/catalogue/... F z Subject
x f Subject to change
– 2014/04
EGSL-BS-45-100
14 The graph shows a resilience
x 0.0015mmN 30N
l14= 60 mm of f = 0.0015 mm/N with a stroke
Fz = to change –30
Subject N
2016/06 of 60mm. www.festo.com/catalogue/... x 0.045mm 207
Mounting position:
Mini slides
Electric EGSL,
mini slides electric
EGSL
Technical data
Mini slides
slides EGSL,
EGSL, electric
electric
MiniMini slides
Technical data EGSL, electric
Technical
Mini data data
slides
Technical
Technical
Deflection data EGSL, electric
x as a function of force Fy and stroke l
Technical data
Deflection x as a function of force Fy and stroke l
Deflection
Deflection x as a xfunction
as a function
of forceofFz
force
andFzstroke
and stroke
l l
x

x x
x x
EGSL-35
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL-45
EGSL
EGSL-35
EGSL-35
EGSL-35 EGSL-45
EGSL-45
EGSL-45
EGSL-35
EGSL-35 EGSL-45 EGSL-45
0.01 0.005
0.008 0.004
f [mm/N]
f [mm/N]
0.006 0.003
0.004 0.002
0.002 0.001
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
EGSL-BS-35-50
EGSL-BS-35-50
EGSL-BS-35-50 l [mm] l [mm]
EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-55 EGSL-75EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-BS-45-200
EGSL-55EGSL-55 EGSL-75
EGSL-75
EGSL-55
EGSL-55 EGSL-75
EGSL-75
0.003 0.003
EGSL-55 EGSL-BS-35-50 EGSL-75 EGSL-BS-45-100
0.0025 0.0025
EGSL-BS-45-200
f [mm/N]
f [mm/N]
0.002 0.002
0.0015 0.0015
0.001
EGSL-55 0.001 EGSL-75
0.0005 0.0005
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
l [mm] l [mm]
EGSL-BS-55-100
EGSL-BS-75-100
EGSL-BS-55-100
EGSL-BS-55-200
EGSL-BS-75-200
EGSL-BS-75-200
EGSL-BS-55-200
EGSL-BS-55-250
EGSL-BS-75-300
EGSL-BS-75-300
Calculation example
Calculation
Calculation exampleexample
Given:example
Calculation Result: x f Fz
Given:
Given: EGSL-BS-45-100 Result:Result: x fx F zf F z
The graph shows a resilience
Given:EGSL-BS-45-100
EGSL-BS-45-100 Result:
The The graph
graph shows a resilience x f xF z0.0015mmN 30N
l= 60 mm of f =shows a resilience
0.0015 mm/N with a stroke x 0.0015mmN
x 0.0015mmN 30N
30N
lEGSL-BS-45-100
= lFz= = 60 mm60 mm
30 N
Thef =graph
of of f =shows
0.0015
of 60 mm.
a resilience
0.0015
mm/N mm/N
with a with a stroke
stroke
x 0.045mm 30N
x 0.0015mmN
l == Fz =
Fz 60 mm
30 N 30 N f = 0.0015
of 60 of 60 mm.
mm. mm/N with a stroke x 0.045mm
x 0.045mm
Mounting position:
Fz = Mounting
Mounting 30position:
N
position: of 60 mm. x 0.045mm
Horizontal
Mounting position: EGSL-BS-55-100
Horizontal
Horizontal EGSL-BS-75-100
Horizontal

14 14 Internet:
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
www.festo.com/catalogue/... SubjectSubject to change
– 2014/04

EGSL
View A

Dimensions
Size B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
∅
g7 ±0.5
35 19 33.5 33 – – 20 – 20 – 20
45 32 44.5 43.5 32 19 25 34 20 – 25
55 40 53 52 42 20 25 40 20 – 25
75 60 74 73 62 31 50 – 20 40 50
Size D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 H1 H2
EGSL
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7
35 5 – M4 7 4 – 4 8 40 37.5
45 6 M3 M5 7 6 M3 6 10 56 43.5
55 8 M3 M5 7 6 M4 6 10 66 63.5
75 12 M4 M6 9 6 M5 8 11 90 87.5
Size H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H13 H14 L7

2) 3)
±1 ±1
35 4.2 13 – 10 – 2 4.2 17+0.09/–0.07 21 19
45 29 20.5 13 10 – 2 6.4 23±0.08 22 20
55 33.3 24.8 17.3 10 – 2 6.4 28.7±0.08 27 25
75 41.5 26.5 11.5 10 20 2 7.6 38.5±0.08 27 25
Size L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L141) L151) L16

2) 3)
±1 ±0.2 ±0.1
35 18 18.5 – – 10.5 42 40 21 20 10
45 26 16 16.9 3.5 8 43 41 21 25 12.5
55 30 18.5 14.9 3.5 14 48 46 21 25 12.5
75 36 23.6 21.5 4.5 17 48 46 21 50 12.5
Size L17 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 TG VD ß1
±0.1
35 10 1.6 7.6 7.5 9 7.5 4.6 22 – 5
45 10 1.6 8.1 7.5 12.4 7.5 5.7 32.5 7 6
55 15 1.6 8.6 8.5 12.4 10 8.7 38 7 6
75 15 2.1 12.6 12 14.5 10 6.8 56.5 9 8
Size Stroke L1 L2 L3 L41) L51) L6

2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
[mm] ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1 ±1 –0.2 ±0.05
35 50 182 180 163.5 161.5 124.5 – 60 83 81
45 100 248 246 232 230 184 75 125 114 112
200 348 346 332 330 284 100 175 164 162
55 100 284.5 282.5 266 264 209 100 150 132 130
200 384.5 382.5 366 364 309 100 175 182 180
250 463.5 461.5 445 443 388 100 175 221 219
75 100 309.6 307.6 286 284 223 – 150 139 137
200 409.6 407.6 386 384 323 100 250 189 187
300 514.6 512.6 491 489 428 150 350 241 239
1) Tolerance for centring hole ±0.02 mm
Tolerance for thread ±0.1 mm
2) With rubber buffer
3) Without rubber buffer: for homing to the fixed stop


 www.festo.com/catalogue/elga
PDF EN
PDF Toothed belt axes
 www.festo.com/sp/elga
PDF EN
PDF
ELGA-TB
Size 70, 80, 120, 150 mm

Force 50 ... 2000 N
Speed up to 10 m/s
Power unit!
¬¬ELGA-TB-G: integrated plain-bearing guide for low and medium
loads at speeds up to 5 m/s and accelerations up to 50 m/s²
¬¬ELGA-TB-RF: integrated roller bearing guide for high loads and
torque loads at speeds up to 10 m/s and accelerations up to
50 m/s²
¬¬Low guide backlash
¬¬Actuator for external guides
¬¬Flexible motor mounting

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-...

At a glance
Recirculating ball bearing guide Roller bearing guide Plain-bearing guide
• Internal, precision recirculating • Easy maintenance thanks to easi- • For high acceleration and speeds • For small and medium loads
ball bearing guide with high load ly accessible lubrication connec- • Guide backlash = 0 mm • Low guide backlash
capacity for high torque loads tions • Very good operating performance • Actuator for external guides
• Stainless steel cover strip provi- • One additional slide can be selec- under torque load • For simple handling tasks
des basic protection for guide and ted • Heavy-duty alternative to the re-
toothed belt circulating ball bearing guide
• Actuator for external guides, es-
ELGA-TB
pecially with high speeds
Complete system comprising toothed belt axis, motor, motor controller and motor mounting kit
Spindle axis with recirculating ball bearing guide Axial kit
Kit comprising:
• Motor flange
• Coupling housing
• Coupling
• Screws
Motors Motor controllers
Flexible motor mounting

The motor position can be freely
selected on 4 sides and can be
changed at any time.
Note
toothed belt axis ELGA and the mo-
tors.

Type/Version Size Stroke Feed force Fx Product options  Page/
[mm] [N] S L P0 ZL ZR M1 M2 B F DN online
ELGA-TB
KF – Recirculating ball bearing gui- 70, 80, 120, 150 50 … 8500 350 … 2000 – – – n n n n n n n 214
de
RF – Roller bearing guide 70, 80, 120 50 … 7400 350 … 1300 n n n – – – – – – n 216
G – Plain-bearing guide 70, 80, 120 50 … 8500 350 … 1300 – – n – – – – – – – 218
RF-F1 – Roller bearing guide, sui- 70, 80, 120 50 … 7400 260 … 1000 n n n – – – – – – n elga
table for use in the food industry
ELFA-RF
Guide axis 70, 80 50 … 7000 – n n n – – – – – – n elfa
Product options
– Standard slide ZL 1 additional slide on left M2 Displacement encoder, incre- – With operating instructions
S Short slide ZR 1 additional slide on right mental, resolution 10 μm DN Without operating instructions
L Long slide M1 Displacement encoder, incre- B Displacement encoder at rear
– With strip cover mental, resolution 2.5 μm F Displacement encoder at front
P0 Without strip cover

Electromechanical drives > Linear drives and slid
Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-KF, with recirculating
Toothed ball bearing gui
belt axes ELGA-TB-...
Accessoriesoverview
Peripherals
1
ELGA-TB
5
aJ
aA
aB
aC aD
aE
aF
aG
 Page/  Page/
Page/online Page/online
online online
1 Centring pin ZBS/Centring sleeve ZBH 452 aJ Connecting cable NEBU 453
1 Centring pin ZBS/Centring sleeve ZBH 220 9 Inductive proximity sensor T-slot SIES 221
2 Switch lug SF 452 aA Clip SMBK 453
2 Switch lug SF aJ Connecting cable NEBU
3 Sensor bracket HWS 452 aB Slot nut NST 453
3 Sensor bracket HWS aA Clip SMBK
4 Inductive proximity sensor M8 SIEN 452 aC Adapter kit DHAM elga
4 Inductive proximity sensor M8 SIEN aB Slot nut NST
5 Axial kit EAMM 452 aD Support profile HMIA elga
5 Axial kit EAMM aC Adapter kit DHAM elga
6 Motor EMME/EMMS 452 aE Profile mounting MUE 453
6 Motor EMME/EMMS aD Support profile HMIA elga
7 Drive shaft EAMB 453 aF Central support EAHF 453
7 Drive shaft EAMB 221 aE Profile mounting MUE 221
8 Slot cover ABP/ABP-S 453 aG Foot mounting HPE 453
8 Slot cover ABP/ABP-S aF Central support EAHF
9 Inductive proximity sensor T-slot SIES 453
aG Foot mounting HPE

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Order code
Drive function Guide Size Stroke Stroke reserve
[mm]
ELGA – TB – KF – – –
TB Toothed belt KF Recirculating 70 50 ... 5,000 ...H 0 ... 999

ball bearing 80 50 ... 8,500
guide 120 50 ... 8,500
Default
150 50 ... 7,000
ELGA-TB
Mandatory
Optional

 www.festo.com/catalogue/elga-tb
Technical data
General
Size 70 80 120 150
Working stroke [mm] 50 … 5000 50 … 8500 50 … 8500 50 … 7000
Max. feed force Fx [N] 350 800 1300 2000
Max. no-load torque1) [Nm] 0.6 1 2.8 4
Max. driving torque [Nm] 5.02 15.92 34.1 73.85
Max. no-load resistance to shifting1) [N] 41.9 50.3 76.2 108.3
Max. speed [m/s] 5
Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0.08
Max. permissible force Fy [N] 1500 2500 5500 11000
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 1850 3050 6890 11000
Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 16 36 104 167
Max. permissible torque My [Nm] 132 228 680 1150
Max. permissible torque Mz [Nm] 132 228 680 1150
1) At 0.2 m/s
Degree of protection IP40
Toothed belt
Size 70 80 120 150
Pitch [mm] 3 5 5 8
Expansion2) [%] 0.21 0.17 0.21 0.27
Effective diameter [mm] 28.65 39.79 52.52 73.85
Feed constant [mm/rev] 90 125 165 232
2) At max. feed force

Size 70 80 120 150
JO [kg mm2] 243 982 4099 15426
JS per metre stroke [kg mm2/m] 19 93 215 586
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 186 761 2891 9869
The mass moment of inertia JA of the entire axis is JA = JO + JS x working stroke [m] + JL x meffective load [kg]
calculated as follows:

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-KF, with recirculating ball bearing guide
Technical data
Materials
Piston ∅ 70 … 80 120 … 150
Drive cover Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Cover band Stainless steel strip Copper-Free:
Toothed belt Polychloroprene with glass cord and nylon coating
Guide rail Stainless steel Tempered steel, corrotec coated
Slide Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Pulleys High-alloy stainless steel
ELGA-TB

Slide dimensions online  elga-tb-kf
Size B1 B2 B4 B5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7 H7
70 69 48.2 30 45 38 16 34 25 – M5 M6
80 82 63.2 20 60 48 16 45 25 9 M5 M6
120 120 95 80 40 80 23 72 45 – M8 M8
150 154 125 115 80 95 32 90 60 – M8 M8
Size D8 H1 H2 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 L1 L2 L3
∅
H7 Min.
70 5 64 26.5 50.8 13 13 24 12 346 178 57.5
80 5 76.5 30 61.5 17.5 12 26 13 386 193 65
120 9 111.5 45 91 22 22 59 32 546 273 100
150 9 141.5 58.6 121 26.5 26.5 80 40 712 356 140
Size L4 L5 L6 T1 T2 T4 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
70 42 27.5 2 2.1 18 7.15 – 10 12 3.1 12
80 51 31 1.9 2.1 29.5 4 2.1 10.1 12 2 12
120 76 50 2 3.1 29.5 4 – 16 16 2.1 16
150 80 70 2 2.8 32 4 – 18 17 2.1 17

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-RF, with roller bearing guide
Order code
Drive function Guide Size Stroke Stroke reserve Protection against
[mm] particles
ELGA – TB – RF – – – –
TB Toothed belt KF Roller bearing 70 50 ... 7,000 ...H 0 ... 999 – Standard
guide 80 50 ... 7,000 P0 Without
120 50 ... 7,400 strip cover
ELGA-TB
Default
Mandatory
Optional

Technical data
General
Size 70 80 120
Max. feed force Fx [N] 350 800 1300
Max. no-load torque1) [Nm] 0.66 1.35 3
Max. driving torque [Nm] 5 15.9 34.1
Max. no-load resistance to shifting1) [N] 35 50 114
Max. speed [m/s] 10
Max. permissible force Fy [N] 500 800 2000
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 500 800 2000
Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 11 30 100
Max. permissible torque My [Nm] 20 90 320
1) At 0.2 m/s
Toothed belt
Size 70 80 120
Pitch [mm] 3 5 5
Expansion2) [%] 0.31 0.19 0.23
Effective diameter [mm] 28.65 39.79 52.52
Feed constant [mm/rev] 90 125 165

Size 70 80 120
JO [kg mm2] 232 1044 4935
JS per metre stroke [kg mm2/m] 19 97 221
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 205 396 690
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = JO + JS x working stroke [m] + JL x meffective load [kg]

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-RF, with roller bearing guide
Technical data
Materials
Cover band Stainless steel strip
Toothed belt Polychloroprene with glass cord and nylon coating
Track roller Hardened rolled steel Copper-Free:
Guide rod Hardened tempered steel
Wiper ring Oil-impregnated felt
Profile Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
ELGA-TB
Toothed belt pulley High-alloy stainless steel

Slide dimensions online  elga-tb-rf
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7 H7
70 69 48.2 30 45 38 16 34 25 – M5 M6
80 82 63.2 20 60 48 16 45 25 9 M5 M6
120 120 95 80 40 80 23 72 45 – M8 M8
Size D8 D12 H1 H2 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 L3
∅
H7
70 5 M4 64 26.5 50.8 13 13 24 12 57.5
80 5 M4 76.5 30 61.5 17.5 12 26 13 65
120 9 M5 111.5 45 91 22 22 59 32 100
Size L4 L5 L6 T1 T2 T4 T6 T7 T8 T9
70 42 27.5 2.3 2.1 18 7.15 – 10 12 3.1
80 51 31 2.3 2.1 29.5 4 2.1 10.1 12 2
120 76 50 2.5 3.1 29.5 4 – 16 16 2.1
Size L1 L2
Slide design ELGA-…-S ELGA-… ELGA-…-L ELGA-…-S ELGA-… ELGA-…-L
Min. Min. Min.
70 342 420 520 171 210 260
80 496 580 720 248 290 360
120 673 775 1 005 336.5 387.5 502.5

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-G, with plain-bearing guide
Order code
Drive function Guide Size Stroke Stroke reserve
[mm]
ELGA – TB – G – – –
TB Toothed belt G Plain-bearing 70 50 ... 8,500 ...H 0 ... 999

guide 80 50 ... 8,500
120 50 ... 8,500
Default
ELGA-TB
Mandatory
Optional

Technical data
General
Size 70 80 120
Max. feed force Fx [N] 350 800 1300
Max. no-load torque1) [Nm] 0.5 1 3
Max. driving torque [Nm] 5 15.9 34.2
Max. no-load resistance to shifting1) [N] 35 50 114
Max. speed [m/s] 5
Max. permissible force Fy [N] 80 200 380
1) At 0.2 m/s
Toothed belt
Size 70 80 120
Pitch [mm] 3 5 5
Expansion2) [%] 0.31 0.19 0.23
Effective diameter [mm] 28.65 39.79 52.52
Feed constant [mm/rev] 90 125 165

Size 70 80 120
JO [kg mm2] 175 666 3201
JS per metre stroke [kg mm2/m] 19 93 215
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 205 396 690
The mass moment of inertia JA of the JA = JO + JS x working stroke [m] + JL x meffective load [kg]

Toothed belt axes ELGA-TB-G, with plain-bearing guide
Technical data
Materials
Cover band Stainless steel strip
Toothed belt Polychloroprene with glass cord and nylon coating Copper-Free:
Slide elements Polyacetal
Profile with integrated guide Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Toothed belt pulley High-alloy stainless steel
ELGA-TB

Slide dimensions online  elga-tb-g
∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
H7 H7 H7
70 69 48.2 30 45 38 16 34 25 – M5 M6
80 82 63.2 20 60 48 16 45 25 9 M5 M6
120 120 95 80 40 80 23 72 45 – M8 M8
Size D8 H1 H2 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 L1 L2 L3
∅
H7 Min.
70 5 64 26.5 50.8 13 13 24 12 346 173 57.5
80 5 76.5 30 61.5 17.5 12 26 13 386 193 65
120 9 111.5 45 91 22 22 59 32 546 273 100
Size L4 L5 L6 T1 T2 T4 T6 T7 T8 T9
70 42 27.5 2.3 2.1 18 7.15 – 10 12 3.1
80 51 31 2.3 2.1 29.5 4 2.1 10 12 2
120 76 50 2.5 3.1 29.5 4 – 16 16 2.1
Size H3 H4 H5 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
±0.1 ±0.1 ±0.1
70 17.7 11.7 1 216.6 90 56 20±0,1 10±0,1
80 22.2 16 1 240.6 – 78 74±0,2 44±0,2
120 33.8 24.5 1 330.4 – 140 116±0,2 76±0,2


For size Part No. Type Note
Depending on the combination of motor and drive, it may not be possible
1 Centring pin ZBS/sleeve ZBH 1)2)
Technical data online:  zbs
to reach the maximum feed force of the drive.
For ELGA-TB-KF
70 150928 ZBS-5
70, 80, 120, 150927 ZBH-9
150
Motor / Gear unit3) Axial kit
For ELGA-TB-RF
70, 80, 120 150927 ZBH-9
For ELGA-TB-G
ELGA-TB
70 150928 ZBS-5
80, 120 150927 ZBH-9
2 Switch lug3) Dimensions online:  elga
70 558047 SF-EGC-1-70 Part No. Type
80 558048 SF-EGC-1-80 ELGA-TB-…-70
120 558049 SF-EGC-1-120 With servo motor
150 558051 SF-EGC-1-185 EMMS-AS-70-… 1202331 EAMM-A-N38-70A
2 Switch lug4) Dimensions online:  elga With servo motor and gear unit
70 558052 SF-EGC-2-70 EMMS-AS-55-… 1202253 EAMM-A-N38-60G
80 558353 SF-EGC-2-80 EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-55
120 558054 SF-EGC-2-120 EMMS-AS-70-… 1202253 EAMM-A-N38-60G
150 558056 SF-EGC-2-185 EMGA-60-P-G…-SAS-70
3 Sensor bracket5) Dimensions online:  elga With stepper motor
70 558057 HWS-EGC-M5 EMMS-ST-87-… 3324111 EAMM-A-N38-87A
80 558057 HWS-EGC-M5 With stepper motor and gear unit
120 570365 HWS-EGC-M8-B EMMS-ST-57-… 1202253 EAMM-A-N38-60G
150 560517 HWS-EGC-M8:KURZ EMGA-60-P-G…-SST-57
ELGA-TB-…-80
2) 2 centring pins/sleeves included in the scope of delivery of the axis. With servo motor
4) For sensing via proximity sensor SIEN-M8B or SIES-8M.
EMMS-AS-100-… 1201894 EAMM-A-N48-100A
5) For proximity sensor SIEN-M8B. With servo motor and gear unit
EMMS-AS-70-… 1258793 EAMM-A-N48-80G
Part No. Type EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-70
4 Inductive proximity sensor, N/O contact, M8 EMME-AS-80-… 1258793 EAMM-A-N48-80G
PNP, cable
150386 SIEN-M8B-PS-K-L EMGA-80-P-G…-EAS-80
PNP, plug
150387 SIEN-M8B-PS-S-L EMME-AS-100-… 1258793 EAMM-A-N48-80G
EMMS-AS-100-… 1258793 EAMM-A-N48-80G
N/C contact, M8
PNP, cable 150390 SIEN-M8B-PO-K-L
EMMS-ST-57-… 1972527 EAMM-A-N48-60G
PNP, plug 150391 SIEN-M8B-PO-S-L
NPN, cable 150388 SIEN-M8B-NO-K-L
EMMS-ST-87-… 1258793 EAMM-A-N48-80G
NPN, plug 150389 SIEN-M8B-NO-S-L
3) The input torque must not exceed the maximum permissible transferable torque of the axial kit.
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06

Motor / Gear unit1) For size Part No. Type
Part No. Type 7 Drive shaft
ELGA-TB-…-120 70 558035 EAMB-18-9-8X16-10X12
With servo motor 80 558036 EAMB-24-6-15X21-16X20
EMMS-AS-140-… 1201691 EAMM-A-N80-140A 120 558037 EAMB-34-6-25X26-23X27
With servo motor and gear unit 150 558038 EAMB-44-7-35X30-32X32
EMMS-AS-70-… 2372096 EAMM-A-N80-80G 8 Slot cover1)
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-70 für Befestigungsnut
EMME-AS-80-… 2372096 EAMM-A-N80-80G
ELGA-TB
70, 80 151681 ABP-5
EMGA-80-P-G…-EAS-80 120, 150 151682 ABP-8
EMME-AS-100-… 2372096 EAMM-A-N80-80G für Sensornut
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 70 … 150 563360 ABP-5-S1
EMMS-AS-100-… 2372096 EAMM-A-N80-80G 9 Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMME-AS-100-… 1201695 EAMM-A-N80-120G PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
NPN, cable 551396 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-AS-100-… 1201695 EAMM-A-N80-120G
NPN, plug 551397 SIES-8M-NS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
N/C contact
EMMS-AS-140-… 1201695 EAMM-A-N80-120G
PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
PNP, plug 551392 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
NPN, cable 551401 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-7,5-OE
EMMS-ST-87-… 2372096 EAMM-A-N80-80G
NPN, plug 551402 SIES-8M-NO-24V-K-0,3-M8D
ELGA-TB-…-150
With servo motor
EMMS-AS-140-… 3657226 EAMM-A-L95-140A-G2
EMMS-AS-190-… 3659562 EAMM-A-L95-190A-G2 aJ Connecting cable, straight socket
With servo motor and gear unit 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
EMME-AS-80-… 3660191 EAMM-A-L95-80G-G2 5 m
551334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
EMME-AS-100-… 3660191 EAMM-A-L95-80G-G2 aA Clip
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 70 … 150 534254 SMBK-8
EMMS-AS-100-… 3660191 EAMM-A-L95-80G-G2
EMGA-80-P-G…-SAS-100 aB Slot nut Technical data online:  nst
EMME-AS-100-… 3659941 EAMM-A-L95-120G-G2 70, 80 150914 NST-5-M5
EMGA-120-P-G…-SAS-100 120, 150 150915 NST-8-M6
EMMS-AS-100-… 3659941 EAMM-A-L95-120G-G2 aE Profile mounting Dimensions online:  egc-tb
EMGA-120-P-G…-SAS-100 70
558043 MUE-70/80
EMMS-AS-140-… 3659941 EAMM-A-L95-120G-G2 80
558043 MUE-70/80
EMGA-120-P-G…-SAS-140 120, 150 558044 MUE-120/185
EMMS-ST-87-… 3660191 EAMM-A-L95-80G-G2 aF Central support Dimensions online:  elga
EMGA-80-P-G…-SST-87 70 2349256 EAHF-L5-70-P
80 3535188 EAHF-L5-80-P
120 2410274 EAHF-L5-120-P
150 3535189 EAHF-L5-150-P
aG Foot mounting Dimensions online:  egc-tb
70 558321 HPE-70
80 558322 HPE-80
120 558323 HPE-120
150 3002636 HPE-150
1) The input torque must not exceed the maximum permissible transferable torque of the axial kit.



 www.festo.com/catalogue/egsk
PDF EN
PDF Electric slide
 www.festo.com/sp/egsk
PDF EN
PDF
EGSK
Size 15, 20, 26, 33, 46

Force 19 ... 392 N
Recirculating ball bearing guide and ball screw drive
without ball bearing chain
High end applications

¬¬With 38 types that are available directly from stock EGSK sets
logistical standards.
¬¬An electrical axis with a convincingly impressive cost/benefit
ratio.

Electric slides EGSK

At a glance
Precision embedded in steel Electric slide EGSK Electric slide EGSP
The new generation of electric slide ar guide elements and the spindle • Recirculating ball bearing guide • Recirculating ball bearing guide
axes EGSK and EGSP impresses with nuts of the ball screw in one compo- and ball screw without caged with caged balls
its precision, repetition accuracy, nent, thus avoiding the accumulati- balls • Size 33 features a ball screw with
compactness and rigidity. on of production tolerances. • Standard designs available ex- caged balls
The two axis series form a complete Both series come in three accuracy stock • Low-maintenance
range with a uniform design, long classes with the option of an addi- • Uniform operating behaviour with
service life and standardised moun- tional slide (series 33 and 46 are very low noise levels
ting interfaces. The U-shaped steel also available in a short-slide de-
EGSK
housing serves simultaneously as sign).

a guide rail. The slide combines line-
Linear guide with caged balls

The linear guide features four rows to be executed with impressive dy-
of balls circulating within the guide namism. The four rows of balls are
carriage. In the loaded area, the arranged at a contact angle of 45°,
balls run between the honed groo- giving the guide carriage the same
ves of the guide carriage and guide basic load ratings in both radial co-
rail until they are returned by means ordinate directions. This type of gui-
of the reversers in the end plates de can therefore be used in any
and the return channels. The very ri- mounting position for a wide range
gid design of the guide carriage of load directions.
enables precision linear movements
Complete system comprising electric slide, motor, motor controller and motor mounting kit
Electric slide with recirculating ball bearing guide
Motor mounting kit

Kit comprising: Note
• Motor flange A range of specially adapted com-
• Coupling plete solutions is available for the
• Screws spindle axis EGSK and the motors.
Axial kit


Electric slides EGSK/EGSP
EGSK
2 3 7
9
1 Cross connecting kit EHAM-S1 227 6 Axial kit EAMM-A 227
2 Covering kit EASC-S1 7 Motor EMMS
3 Slide adapter EASA-S1 8 Centring pin ZBS
4 Sensor strip EAPR-S1-S 9 Centring pin ZBS
5 Proximity sensor SIES-8M

Order code
Size Stroke Spindle
[mm] pitch
EGSK – – –
15 On request: 25 ... 100 1P

2P
20 Stock item: 25, 75, 125 1P
On request: 25 ... 125 6P Default
26 Stock item: 50, 100, 150, 2P Mandatory
EGSK
200 6P Optional
On request: 50 ... 200
33 Stock item: 100, 200, 6P
300, 400, 500, 600 10P Quick ordering:
On request: 100 ... 630 No need to configure your product via

 www.festo.com/catalogue/egsk
Ordering data
Size 20 Size 33
Stroke Spindle Part No. Type Stroke Spindle Part No. Type
[mm] pitch [mm] [mm] pitch [mm]
25 1 562758 EGSK-20-25-1P 100 6 562772 EGSK-33-100-6P
6 562761 EGSK-20-25-6P 10 562778 EGSK-33-100-10P
75 1 562759 EGSK-20-75-1P 200 6 562773 EGSK-33-200-6P
6 562762 EGSK-20-75-6P 10 562779 EGSK-33-200-10P
125 1 562760 EGSK-20-125-1P 300 6 562774 EGSK-33-300-6P
6 562763 EGSK-20-125-6P 10 562780 EGSK-33-300-10P
400 6 562775 EGSK-33-400-6P
Size 26
10 562781 EGSK-33-400-10P
Stroke Spindle Part No. Type 500 6 562776 EGSK-33-500-6P
[mm] pitch [mm]
10 562782 EGSK-33-500-10P
50 2 562764 EGSK-26-50-2P 600 6 562777 EGSK-33-600-6P
6 562768 EGSK-26-50-6P 10 562783 EGSK-33-600-10P
100 2 562765 EGSK-26-100-2P
6 562769 EGSK-26-100-6P
150 2 562766 EGSK-26-150-2P
6 562770 EGSK-26-150-6P
200 2 562767 EGSK-26-200-2P
6 562771 EGSK-26-200-6P


For size Part No. Type Motor/motor unit Axial kit
Basic axis Assembly
axis
1 Cross connecting kit EHAM-S1 Dimensions online:  eham
20 15 563747 EHAM-S1-20-15
26 20 563748 EHAM-S1-26-20
33 26 563749 EHAM-S1-33-26 Part No. Type
For size Stroke Part No. Type
EGSK
[mm]
EGSK-15
2 Covering kit EASC-S1 Dimensions online:  easc With servo motor
20 25 562711 EASC-S1-20-25 EMME-AS-40-… 1982886 EAMM-A-P3-28D-40P
75 562712 EASC-S1-20-75 With stepper motor
125 562713 EASC-S1-20-125 EMMS-ST-28-… 1703478 EAMM-A-P3-28D-28A
26 50 562714 EASC-S1-26-50 EGSK-20
100 562715 EASC-S1-26-100 With servo motor
150 562716 EASC-S1-26-150 EMME-AS-40-… 1983071 EAMM-A-P4-28B-40P
200 562717 EASC-S1-26-200 EMMS-AS-40-… 562637 EAMM-A-P4-28B-40A
33 100 562718 EASC-S1-33-100 With stepper motor
200 562719 EASC-S1-33-200 EMMS-ST-28-… 1731466 EAMM-A-P4-28B-28A
300 562720 EASC-S1-33-300 EMMS-ST-42-… 562636 EAMM-A-P4-28B-42A
400 562721 EASC-S1-33-400 EGSK-26
500 562722 EASC-S1-33-500 With servo motor
600 562723 EASC-S1-33-600 EMME-AS-40-… 1983122 EAMM-A-P5-28B-40P
3 Slide adapter EASA-S1 Dimensions online:  easa EMMS-AS-40-… 562641 EAMM-A-P5-28B-40A
20 – 562743 EASA-S1-20 With stepper motor
26 – 562744 EASA-S1-26 EMMS-ST-28-… 1731474 EAMM-A-P5-28B-28A
33 – 562745 EASA-S1-33 EMMS-ST-42-… 562640 EAMM-A-P5-28B-42A
4 Sensor strip EAPR-S1 Dimensions online:  eapr EGSK-33
With servo motor
20 25 562615 EAPR-S1-S-20-25
EMME-AS-40-… 1983450 EAMM-A-P6-38A-40P
75 562616 EAPR-S1-S-20-75
EMMS-AS-40-… 562646 EAMM-A-P6-38A-40A
125 562617 EAPR-S1-S-20-125
EMMS-AS-55-… 562647 EAMM-A-P6-38A-55A
26 50 562618 EAPR-S1-S-26-50
EMME-AS-60-… 2264375 EAMM-A-P6-38A-60P
100 562619 EAPR-S1-S-26-100
With stepper motor
150 562620 EAPR-S1-S-26-150
EMMS-ST-42-… 562644 EAMM-A-P6-38A-42A
200 562621 EAPR-S1-S-26-200
EMMS-ST-57-… 562645 EAMM-A-P6-38A-57A
33 100 562622 EAPR-S1-S-33-100/130-S
200 562623 EAPR-S1-S-33-200/230-S
300 562624 EAPR-S1-S-33-300/330-S For size Comment Part No. Type PU1)
400 562625 EAPR-S1-S-33-400/430-S 8/9 Centring pins, centring sleeves
500 562626 EAPR-S1-S-33-500/530-S 15 For slide 189652 ZBH-5 10
600 562627 EAPR-S1-S-33-600/630-S 20 525273 ZBS-2
26 150928 ZBS-5
For size Part No. Type 33 562959 ZBS-4
15, 33 For slide adapter 562959 ZBS-4
5 Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact
20 525273 ZBS-2
Technical data online:  sies
26 150928 ZBS-5
PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D 1) Packaging unit

N/C contact
PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
Connecting cable, straight socket
2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3

Technical data
General
General
Size 15 20 26 33
Spindle pitch 1 2 1 6 2 6 6 10
Constructional design Electromechanical linear axis with recirculating ball bearing spindle
Guide Recirculating ball bearing guide
Type of mounting for effective load Female thread
Centring sleeve Locating pin
Working stroke [mm] 25 ... 100 25 … 125 50 … 200 100 … 600
EGSK
Max. feed force Fx,max [N] 36 19 69 72 116 116 150 148

Note
PositioningDrives Max. driving torque MDriving,max [Ncm] 0.6 0.6 1.1 6.9 3.7 11 14 24
sizing software No-load torque MNo-load [Ncm] 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 7 7
 www.festo.com Max. rotational speed [1/min] 9,600 9,900 11,400 7,900 8,400 5,900 4,700 4,700
Max. speed [m/s] 0.16 0.33 0.19 0.79 0.28 0.59 0.47 0.79
Max. acceleration [m/s2] 10 10 10 20
Homing Inductive proximity sensor SIES-8M
Ambient temperature [°C] 0 … +40
Relative air humidity [%] 0 ... 95 (non-condensing)
Technical data

Accuracy data [m]
Size 15 20 26 33
Size
Spindle pitch 15 1 2 20 1 26 6 2 33 6 466 10
Stroke Code1)
JO [kg mm2] 0.030 0.033 0.087 0.144 0.357 0.481 1.15 1.66
Repetition accuracy2) – – 10 10 10 10
JS per 100 mm stroke [kg mm2/100 mm] 0.048 0.100 0.316 0.771
H 4 5 5 5 5
JL per kg effective load [kg mm2/kg] 0.03 0.10 0.03 0.91 0.10 0.91 0.91 2.53
P 3 3 3 3 3
JW per additional slide [kg mm2] 0.001 0.004 0.002 0.058 0.016 0.14 0.28 0.79
Operating parallelism 25 … 340 H 20 25 25 25 35
400 … 540 H – – – 35 35
The mass moment of inertia JA600 of the
… 640 JA = H JO + JW +–JS x working stroke – + JL x mEffective load – 40 Note 40
entire axis is calculated as follows: 800 … 840 H – – – – The inertia50of the motor mounting
kit and motor is not taken into con-
25 … 340 P 10 10 10 10 15
sideration here.
400 … 540 P – – – 15 15
600 … 640 P – – – 20 20
Weight [kg]
Max. reversing play – – 20 20 20 20
Size 15 20 26 33
H 10 10 10 20 20
Basic weight with 0 mm stroke 1)
P 2 0.16 3 0.38 3 0.783 31.38
Additional weight per 100 mm stroke 0.12 0.27 0.42 0.63
1)Moving load 8
Variant code 0.04 0.07 0.15 0.31
2) The repetition accuracy that can be achieved with a motor/axis system is also influenced by the angle resolution of the motor and the chosen control parameters. The specified repetition accuracy cannot, therefore,
Additional
be achievedslide
with all Zmotors. 0.04 0.07 0.15 0.31
1) Including slide, without additional slide
Materials
Materials
Sectional
Sectional view
view Legend
1 6 2 3 4 6 5 1 Drive cover Die-cast aluminium, coated
2 Spindle Steel
3 Slide Steel
4 Profile High-alloy steel
5 End cap Die-cast aluminium, coated
6 Buffer Ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer
Copper-Free:
Electric slide
Product series with the listed part Note on materials RoHS-compliant
1 Drive cover
Die-cast aluminium, coated
2
danceSpindle
to the definition and de- Steel
ment substances)
3 Slideprovided on page 8.
scription Steel
Clean room class 6
4 Profile High-alloy steel
to ISO 14644-1
5 End cap Die-cast aluminium, coated
6 Buffer Ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer

EGSK-15
EGSK
Note 1 Additional slide
The additional slide has the same 2 Lubrication hole
overall length as the driven slide.
Size Stroke L1 L3 L4 L7 L9 n
+4
15 25 122.5 30 75 50 12.5 2
50 147.5 55 100 50 25 2
75 172.5 80 125 100 12.5 3
100 197.5 105 150 100 25 3
Size B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B11 B10 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8

∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
±0.1 ±0.02 ±0.1 ±0.1 h6 g7 H7
15 30 18 23 12 22 5 19 4.5 14 23 3 28 18 3.4 6 M3 5 M3
Size D9 D10 D11 D12 H1 H2 H3 H4 H6 H7 L2 L6 L8 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14

±0.02
15 M2 M2 M2 M2 14.5 20.9 5.5 9.5 15 2 60.3 4 4 37.5 10 33 23 14
Size L16 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22 L24 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9

±0.1 ±0.1 +0.1
15 19 12 13 7.5 30 2 6.5 50 2 4 1.2 10 3 3 4 1.9 5


EGSK-20/26
EGSK
Note 1 Additional slide

The additional slide has the same 2 Lubrication hole
overall length as the driven slide.
Size Stroke L1 L3 L4 L7= L9 n Size Stroke L1 L3 L4 L7= L9 n

+4 (n–1)x60 +4 (n–1)x80
20 25 152 40 100 60 20 2 26 50 207 67 150 80 35 2
75 202 90 150 120 15 3 100 257 117 200 160 20 3
125 252 140 200 120 40 3 150 307 167 250 160 45 3
200 357 217 300 240 30 4
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Size B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 D1 D2 D3

∅ ∅ ∅ ∅
±0.02 ±0.1 ±0.1 h7 g7
20 40 22 30 18 18 29 10 23 5 18 18 4 28 22
26 50 30 30 25 24 32 15 31 8 16 25 5 28 24
Size D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 H1 H2 H3 H4 H6

∅ ∅ ∅
H7
20 3.4 6.5 M3 2 M3 M2.6 M2 M2.5 M2.5 19 28 10 13 20
EGSK
26 4.5 8 M4 5 M3 M2.6 M3 M2.5 M3 24 34.5 12 16 26
Size H7 L2 L6 L8 L10 L11 L12 L13 L141) L15 L16 L17 L18 L19
±0.02
20 3.4 72.5 3.5 2.5 42 10 46 33.2 10 20 18 12 16 8
26 6 91 3.5 2.5 47 10 64 47.4 15 30 21 14 16.5 10
Size L20 L21 L22 L24 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 W1

±0.1 ±0.1
20 34.5 2 6.5 60 3 4.5 3 10 4 5 5 0.9 5 45°
26 40.5 2 6 80 4 6.5 3 10 4 6 5 0.9 6 45°
1) Distance between the locating holes


EGSK-33/46
EGSK
Note 1 Additional slide 3 The lubrication nipple is in the

The additional slide has the same 2 Lubrication hole direction of the drive cover on
overall length as the driven slide. the version with additional slide
(EGSK-…-Z)

Size Stroke L1 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 m n
+4
33 100 269 110 200 100 100 100 50 2 2
200 369 210 300 200 200 200 50 2 3
300 469 310 400 200 200 300 100 2 4
400 569 410 500 400 200 400 50 3 5
500 669 510 600 400 200 500 100 3 6
600 769 610 700 600 200 600 50 4 7
Size B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 D1 D2 D3
EGSK
∅ ∅ ∅
±0.1 ±0.04 ±0.1 ±0.1 h7 g7
33 60 40 36 30 25 15 37.4 6.5 40 30 6 38 34
Size D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5

∅ ∅ ∅
H7 ±0.1
33 5.5 9.5 M5 4 M5 M2.6 M2 M3 31 43 15 23 29
Size H6 H7 L2 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18
±0.04
33 33 6.5 105 50 58 11 76 54 42 30 26 22 24
Size L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

±0.1 ±0.1
33 9 51 2 5 8 100 5.4 8 2.5 10 4 5 6 1

Motors and controllers >
Easy for you!
Optimised Motion Series:

¬¬Use one order code to order the complete system with drive, per-
manently integrated motor, ServoLite controller and cables, and
effortlessly configure it via web server.

Highlights Contents
EMME-AS Additional selected products. . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Servo motors EMME-AS ��237
Stepper motors
¬¬Terminal box Motor controller CMMP-AS��243
¬¬Rotatable push-in L-connector Motor controller CMMO-ST��249
¬¬With encoder
¬¬With brake
Page 237
CMMO-ST
Motor controllers
¬¬Closed-loop servo controller as
positioning controller for step
motors
¬¬Perfectly suitable for electric
cylinders EPCO
Page 249

Additional selected products
Servo motors
Servo motor
EMMS-AS
Nominal torque 0.14 ... 22.63 Nm
Nominal rotational 2,000 ... 10,300 rpm
speed
Peak torque 0.5 ... 120 Nm
Max. rotational speed 2,210 ... 23,040 rpm
Description • Permanently excited, electrodynamic, brushless servo motor
• Digital absolute displacement encoder in single-turn or multi-turn version
• Optionally with holding brake
• Optimised connection technology
 Page/online emms-as
Stepper motors
Type Stepper motor

EMMS-ST
Max. rotational speed 430 ... 2,720 rpm
Motor holding torque 0.5 ... 9.3 Nm
Description • 2-phase hybrid technology
• Stepper angle 1.8°
• Standard industrial connection technology
• Optional: encoder, brake
 Page/online emms-st

Servo motors
 www.festo.com/catalogue/emme
PDF EN
PDF Servo motors
 www.festo.com/sp/emme
PDF EN
PDF
EMME-AS
Size 40, 60, 80, 100

Torque 1.4 ... 30 Nm
Voltage 360 ... 565 V DC
Nominal current 0.7 ... 4.1 A
Suitable motor cable
Suitable motor flange.
Everything from a single source

¬¬Reliable, dynamic, precise
¬¬Brushless, permanently excited synchronous servo motors
¬¬Optimised connection technology

Motors and controllers > Servo motors >
Servo motors EMME-AS

Everything from a single source
Motors EMME-AS
• Brushless, permanently excited • Winding variants • Optional:
synchronous servo motors –– For single-phase motor con- –– Holding brake
• Reliable, dynamic, precise troller
• Choice of feedback systems: –– For three-phase motor con-
–– Digital single-turn absolute troller
displacement encoder –– Speed-optimised
–– Digital multi-turn absolute • Protection class: IP21 (motor
displacement encoder shaft)
• Optimised connection techno- • Protection class: IP65 (motor
logy housing and connection tech-
nology)
Gear units EMGA-EAS/-SAS

• Low-backlash planetary gear • Other gear unit types, ratios,
EMME-AS
unit designs and versions on re-

• Gear ratio i = 3 and 5, available quest
ex-stock
• Life-time lubrication
• Protection class: IP54
Motor controllers CMMP-AS

• Digital servo controller • Position controller with closed- • Standard interfaces:
(0.5 kVA … 12 kVA) loop position control (256 posi- –– I/O interface
• Actuation of AC servo and linear tion sets) –– CANopen, standard
motors • Speed controller • Optional interfaces:
• Integrated EMC filters • Torque control via current con- –– PROFIBUS DP
• Integrated brake chopper troller –– DeviceNet
• Integrated safety functions • Range of control functions –– PROFINET RT
–– EtherCAT
–– EtherNet/IP
Motor and encoder cables NEBM

• Suitable for use with energy • Can be used in a wide tempera-
chains ture range
• Connection technology on mo-
tor side with protection to IP65
Axial and parallel kits EAMM online:  eamm-a
• Defined kits for all electrome- • Each kit includes the relevant • Optionally with protection to
chanical axes from Festo necessary coupling housing, IP65
couplings and motor flange as
well as all screws

Order code
Motor Motor flange Length Winding Electrical Measuring unit Brake
type size [mm] connection
EMME – AS – – – – A – –
Servo 40 S Short LS Low-voltage, Angled S Absolute encoder, None

motor 60 M Medium standard plug, fixed single-turn B With brake
80 LV Low-voltage, M Absolute encoder,
100 speed-opti- multi-turn
mised
Default
HV High-volta-
ge, standard Mandatory
Optional
Quick ordering:
the order code. Quick Order predefined
EMME-AS
products with part number.

 www.festo.com/catalogue/emme-as
Ordering data
Motor flange Length Part No. Type Motor flange Length Part No. Type
size [mm] size [mm]
40 Short ¬
2082428 EMME-AS-40-S-LV-AS 80 Short ¬
2093104 EMME-AS-80-S-LS-AS
¬
2082429 EMME-AS-40-S-LV-AM ¬
2093105 EMME-AS-80-S-LS-AM
¬
2082430 EMME-AS-40-S-LV-ASB ¬
2093106 EMME-AS-80-S-LS-ASB
¬
2082431 EMME-AS-40-S-LV-AMB ¬
2093107 EMME-AS-80-S-LS-AMB
Medium ¬
2082444 EMME-AS-40-M-LV-AS ¬
2093136 EMME-AS-80-S-HS-AS
¬
2082445 EMME-AS-40-M-LV-AM ¬
2093137 EMME-AS-80-S-HS-AM
¬
2082446 EMME-AS-40-M-LV-ASB ¬
2093138 EMME-AS-80-S-HS-ASB
¬
2103502 EMME-AS-100-M-HS-AMB ¬
2093139 EMME-AS-80-S-HS-AMB
60 Short ¬
2089698 EMME-AS-60-S-LS-AS Medium ¬
2093168 EMME-AS-80-M-LS-AS
¬
2089699 EMME-AS-60-S-LS-AM ¬
2093169 EMME-AS-80-M-LS-AM
¬
2089700 EMME-AS-60-S-LS-ASB ¬
2093170 EMME-AS-80-M-LS-ASB
¬
2089701 EMME-AS-60-S-LS-AMB ¬
2093171 EMME-AS-80-M-LS-AMB
Medium ¬
2089730 EMME-AS-60-M-LS-AS ¬
2093200 EMME-AS-80-M-HS-AS
¬
2089731 EMME-AS-60-M-LS-AM ¬
2093201 EMME-AS-80-M-HS-AM
¬
2089732 EMME-AS-60-M-LS-ASB ¬
2093202 EMME-AS-80-M-HS-ASB
¬
2089733 EMME-AS-60-M-LS-AMB ¬
2093203 EMME-AS-80-M-HS-AMB
120 Short ¬
2103467 EMME-AS-100-S-HS-AS
¬
2103468 EMME-AS-100-S-HS-AM
¬
2103469 EMME-AS-100-S-HS-ASB
¬
2103470 EMME-AS-100-S-HS-AMB
Medium ¬
2103499 EMME-AS-100-M-HS-AS
¬
2103500 EMME-AS-100-M-HS-AM
¬
2103501 EMME-AS-100-M-HS-ASB
¬
2103502 EMME-AS-100-M-HS-AMB


For mo- Gear Part No. Type Cable length Part No. Type
tor flan- ratio [m]
ge size Motor cable
Gear unit EMGA Technical data online:  emga For EMME-AS-40/60 (cable cross section: 0.75 mm2)
40 3
2297684 EMGA-40-P-G3-EAS-40 2.5 8004662 NEBM-M16G8-E-2.5-Q7-LE8
5
2297685 EMGA-40-P-G5-EAS-40 5 8003770 NEBM-M16G8-E-5-Q7-LE8
60 3
2297686 EMGA-60-P-G3-EAS-60 7.5 8004663 NEBM-M16G8-E-7.5-Q7-LE8
5
80 3
5
2297691 EMGA-80-P-G5-EAS-80 X length1) 8003773 NEBM-M16G8-E-...-Q7-LE8
100 3
552194 EMGA-80-P-G3-SAS-100 For EMME-AS-80/100 (cable cross section: 1.5 mm2)
5
552195 EMGA-80-P-G5-SAS-100 2.5 8004660 NEBM-M16G8-E-2.5-Q9-LE8
3
552196 EMGA-120-P-G3-SAS-100 5 8003766 NEBM-M16G8-E-5-Q9-LE8
5
552197 EMGA-120-P-G5-SAS-100 7.5 8004661 NEBM-M16G8-E-7.5-Q9-LE8
10 8003767 NEBM-M16G8-E-10-Q9-LE8
15 8003768 NEBM-M16G8-E-15-Q9-LE8
EMME-AS
X length1) 8003769 NEBM-M16G8-E-...-Q9-LE8

Encoder cable
For EMME-AS-40/60/80/100
2.5 8004664 NEBM-M12G8-E-2.5-N-S1G15
5 8003762 NEBM-M12G8-E-5-N-S1G15
7.5 8004665 NEBM-M12G8-E-7.5-N-S1G15
10 8003763 NEBM-M12G8-E-10-N-S1G15
15 8003764 NEBM-M12G8-E-15-N-S1G15
X length1) 8003765 NEBM-M12G8-E-...-N-S1G15
1) Max. 25 m. Cable lengths > 25 m possible following technical clarification; up to 100 m on re-
quest. Available in 0.1 m increments.
Technical data
Motors
Flange size 40 60 80 100
Length S M S M S M S M
Winding LV LV LS LS LS HS LS HS HS HS
Motor
Nominal voltage [V DC] 360 360 360 360 360 565 360 565 565 565
Nominal current [A] 0.7 1.2 0.8 1.5 2.6 1.6 3.7 2.1 3.0 4.1
Continuous current at standstill [A] 0.8 1.6 0.9 1.8 3.1 1.8 3.9 2.2 3.4 4.6
Peak current [A] 3.2 6.4 3.6 7.2 12.4 7.2 15.6 8.8 13.6 18.4
Rated output [W] 110 200 190 380 750 720 1,000 1,000 1,500 2,000
Nominal torque [Nm] 0.12 0.21 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.3 3.2 3.2 4.8 6.4
Peak torque [Nm] 0.7 1.4 2.8 6.0 11.2 11.2 14.0 14.0 22.4 30.0
Torque at standstill [Nm] 0.18 0.35 0.7 1.5 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.5 5.6 7.5
Nominal rotational speed [rpm] 9,000 9,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000
Max. rotational speed [rpm] 10,000 10,000 5,131 4,925 4,690 4,192 4,627 4,097 3,910 3,941
Motor constant [Nm/A] 0.171 0.175 0.75 0.80 0.923 1.438 0.865 1.524 1.6 1.561
Winding resistance [Ω] 25.6 8.6 26.4 9.8 4.6 14.2 2.8 9.0 4.6 3.2
Winding inductance [mH] 14.8 6.6 37.6 18.6 11.8 36.2 8.4 26.0 19.8 15.0
Total moment of inertia of drive output
Without brake [kgcm2] 0.03 0.054 0.22 0.413 1.4 1.93 4.84 6.41
With brake [kgcm2] 0.055 0.079 0.319 0.512 1.68 2.2 5.63 7.2
Shaft load at nominal rotational speed
Radial [N] 105 115 250 270 350 360 650 680
Axial [N] 21 23 50 54 70 72 130 136
Brake
Operating voltage [V DC] 24 +6 … –10%
Output [W] 8 11 12 12 18
Holding torque [Nm] 0.4 2 4.5 4.5 9.0
Mass moment of inertia [kgcm2] 0.014 0.086 0.222 0.222 0.654

Technical data
Encoder
Measuring unit Absolute, single-turn (SEK 34/37) Absolute, multi-turn (SEL 34/37)
Operating voltage [V DC] 7 … 12 (±5%)
Interface signals/protocol– HIPERFACE®
Process data channel SIN, REFSIN, COS, REFCOS (analogue differential)
Sinusoidal/cosinusoidal periods per revolution 16
Parameter channel RS485 (digital)
Absolute position values per revolution 512 (resolution 9 bit)
Maximum speed
For absolute value generation [1/min] 6,000
Mechanical [1/min] 12,000
Revolutions 1 4,096 revolutions, 12 bits
Interpolation of sine/cosine signals in the motor controller1)
Measurement step at 12 bit 20‘‘ (angular seconds)
Angular accuracy ±20‘ (angular minutes)
1) Dependent on the motor controller.
EMME-AS
Weight [kg]
Flange size 40 60 80 100
Length S M S M S M S M
Without brake 0.6 0.7 1.7 2.2 3.4 4.1 6.3 7.3
With brake 0.7 0.8 2.0 2.6 4.1 4.8 7.3 8.3

Standard IEC60034
Protection class
Motor shaft IP21
Motor shaft and connection technology IP65
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +40 (up to 100 °C with derating of 1.5% per degree Celsius)
Insulation protection class F (155 °C)
Temperature monitoring Not integrated, only via I2t temperature monitoring model of the motor controller
Rated class to EN 60034-1 S1 (continuous operation)
Thermal class to EN 60034-1 F (155 °C)
Relative air humidity [%] 0 … 90 (non-condensing)
CE marking (see declaration of conformity) To EU Low Voltage Directive
To EU EMC Directive1)
Certification cULus Recognized (OL)
C-Tick
1) For information about the applicability of the component see the manufacturer’s EC declaration of conformity at: www.festo.com/sp  User documentation.
Copper-Free:
HIPERFACE® is a registered trademark of its respective trademark holder in certain countries.


Controllers
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Controllers for servo motors
 www.festo.com/catalogue/cmmp PDF
PDF EN Motor controllers
CMMP-AS
 www.festo.com/sp/cmmp PDF
PDF EN
Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 400 V AC

Nominal current: 2 ... 20 A
Rated power: 500 ... 12000 VA
¬¬Flying saw
¬¬For cam disk controllers and highly dynamic movements
¬¬Standardised interfaces allow seamless integration in mechat-
ronic multi-axis modular systems
¬¬Reliable and convenient commissioning, programming and pa-
rameterisation via software tools
¬¬Optionally with 3 slots for switch or safety module, for extensi-
on module

Motors and controllers > Controllers > Controllers for servo motors >
Motor controllers CMMP-AS, for servo motors

Type Nominal Nominal Interfaces
voltage Load voltage Logic I/O interface CANopen PROFIBUS DP DeviceNet EtherCAT EtherNet/IP PROFINET RT
[V AC] [V DC]
CMMP-AS-C2-… 100 … 230 24       
CMMP-AS-C5-3A-… 100 … 230 24       
CMMP-AS-C5-11A-… 3x 230 … 480 24       
CMMP-AS-C10-… 3x 230 … 480 24       
CMMP-AS-C20-… 3x 230 … 480 24      – –
Type CMMP-AS-…-M0 CMMP-AS-…-M3

Fieldbus interface
Integrated in the controller CANopen  
Optional via plug-in card PROFIBUS DP – 
DeviceNet – 
EtherCAT – 
CMMP-AS
EtherNet/IP – 
PROFINET RT – 
Safety functions
Integrated in the controller  –
Optional via plug-in card – 
Features
Compactness Motion Control
• Small dimensions • Automatic actuation for a holding- • Evaluation of digital absolute en- • Absolute and relative movements
• Full integration of all components brake coder (EnDat/HIPERFACE) in sin- • Point-to-point positioning with
for the controller and power sec- • Complies with the current CE and gle-turn or multi-turn versions and without motion path smoo-
tion, including RS232 and EN standards without additional • Can be operated as a torque, thing
CANopen interface external measures (motor cable speed or position controller • Position synchronisation
• Integrated brake chopper length of up to 25 m) • Integrated position controller • Electronic gear unit
• Integrated EMC filters • Time-optimised (trapezoidal) or • 255 positioning records
jerk-free (S-shaped) positioning • Wide range of homing methods
Fieldbus interfaces Input/Output Integrated sequence control

Integrated: Optional: • Freely programmable I/Os • Automatic sequence of positio-
• High-resolution 16-bit analogue ning records without a higher-or-
input der controller
• Jog/teach mode • Linear and cyclical position se-
• Simple connection to a higher-or- quences
der controller via I/O or fieldbus • Adjustable delay times
• Synchronous operation • Branches and wait positions
• Master/slave mode • Overlapping restart possible du-
• Additional I/Os with the plug-in ring the movement
card CAMC-D-8E8A  247
Integrated safety functions Interpolating multi-axis movement

• The motor controller CMMP-AS • Protection against unexpected • With a suitable controller, the
supports the „Safe Torque Off start-up CMMP-AS can perform path mo-
(STO)“ safety function and, by • Two-channel disconnection of the vements with interpolation via
providing a reliable time delay, output stage CANopen or Sercos. The controller
also supports „Safe Stop 1 (SS1)“ • Less external circuitry specifies setpoint position values
with protection against unexpec- • Shorter response times in the in a fixed time pattern to this end.
ted start-up in accordance with event of an error In between, the servo position
EN 61800-5-2 • Faster restart, intermediate circuit controller independently interpo-
remains charged lates the data values between two
data points.

Motors and
Motors and controllers controllers >>Controllers
> Controllers Controllers> Controllers for servo
for servo motors > motors >
Motor controllers
Motor controllers CMMP-AS,CMMP-AS, for motors
for servo servo motors
Features
Features CMMS-ST CMMS-ST
Travelprogram
Travel program
• Linking of any number of position
• Linking of any number of position sets
sets into a travel program
v [m/s]
v [m/s]
into a travel program
• Step criteria for the travel pro- I/O
• Step
gramcriteria for via
possible the digital
travel program
inputs,
possible via
for example digital inputs, for MC
example t [s] t [s]
MC – motion complete
MC
I/O–– motion
digital complete
inputs
I/O – digital inputs
Library for EPLAN
Library for EPLAN EPLAN macros for fast and reliable motors and cables. documentation, no need to create
planning of electrical
EPLAN macros for fastprojects in
and reliable This motors
enablesand a high level
cables. of planning symbols, graphics andno
documentation, master data.
need to create
combination
planning of with motor
electrical controllers,
projects in reliability, standardisation
This enables a high levelofof planning symbols, graphics and master data.
combination with motor controllers, reliability, standardisation of
Cam disc functionality

Cam disc functionality
The „electronic cam disc“ To be able to use the cam disc Key features:
CMMP-AS
The "electronic
application type cam disc" application
creates optimised To be able
function, youtowill
useneed
the cam
thedisc
Festo Keyflexibility
function, • High features: of the system. The • Up to 16 cam discs with a total of
type creates optimised motion profiles
motion profiles that generate less you will need the Festo Configuration
Configuration Tool (FCT) and also • High
mechanism flexibility
does not of the
needsystem.
to be The Up todata
up to•2,048 16 cam discs
points with
can bea total of up
that generate
vibration andless vibration and
acceleration acceler-
force at Tool (FCT) and
the curve editor also the curve editor mechanism does not need
modified if the requirements for to be to 2,048 data points
managed. The data points can be can be managed.
ation force at the machine. In
the machine. In addition, the motionaddition, online:
 online: cmmp
cmmp. modified if the
the curve shapes change.requirements for the The data points can
randomly distributed along the be randomly
the motion
of the of the
motor motor issynchronous
is always always curve shapes
• User-friendly change.
motion plan editor. distributed along the cam discs.
cam discs.
in position with
synchronous a master
in position withaxis, which
a master All•limits for position,
User-friendly motionspeed
planand
editor. All• There•are fourare
There digital trip cams
four digital trip cams
enables
axis, easy
which definition
enables of
easy definition of acceleration
limits forare immediately
position, speed and acceler-coupledcoupled
with eachwithcam
eachdisc.
cam disc.
overlapping,time-optimised
overlapping, time-optimised motion
motion displayed in the
ation are editor. displayed in the
immediately • Each •cam disc
Each camcan becan
disc offset by a by a
be offset
sequences.
sequences. editor. certain certain
amountamount
from thefrommaster
the master axis.
axis.
System overview
1
5 4
8 aJ 1 Power switch
1 Power switch
2 Circuit breaker
9 2 Circuit breaker
3 24 V DC power supply unit
3 24 V DC power supply unit
4 External braking resistor (optional)
4 External braking resistor (optional)
6 7 5 Motor
5 Motor controller
controller CMMP-AS
CMMP-AS
6 Motor EMMS-AS
6 Motor EMMS-AS
7 PC
7 PC
8 Encoder
8 Encoder cablecable
9 Motor
9 Motor cablecable
aJ Programming
aJ Programming cable
cable

Order code
Motor Nominal Input voltage Number of phases Number of slots
type current
CMMP – AS – – – –
Servo C2 2.5 A 3A 100 … 230 V AC – 1-phase M0 No slot

motor C5 5A 11A 3x 230 … 480 V AC P3 3-phase M3 3 slots Default
C10 10 A Mandatory
C20 20 A Optional
Quick ordering:
CMMP-AS

 www.festo.com/catalogue/cmmp-as
Ordering data
Variant Length Part No. Type Variant Length Part No. Type
Without slot Short ¬
1622901 CMMP-AS-C2-3A-M0 3 slots1)
Short ¬
1501325 CMMP-AS-C2-3A-M3
¬
1622902 CMMP-AS-C5-3A-M0 ¬
1501325 CMMP-AS-C5-3A-M3
¬
1622903 CMMP-AS-C5-11A-P3-M0 ¬
1501325 CMMP-AS-C5-11A-P3-M3
¬
1622904 CMMP-AS-C10-11A-P3-M0 ¬
1501325 CMMP-AS-C10-11A-P3-M3
1) A plug-in card CAMC-G-S1 or CAMC-DS-M1 in slot 1 is mandatory for operation

Cables and plugs Cables and plugs
Control cable, for I/O interface to any controller Plug
552254 NEBC-S1G25-K-2.5N-LE26 für PROFIBUS interface
533780 FBS-SUB-9-WS-PB-K
für CANopen interface
Programming cable 533783 FBS-SUB-9-WS-CO-K
For CMMP-AS-C2/C5/C10-M3 Encoder plug
1501332 NEBC-U1G-K-1.8-N-U2G 564264 NECC-A-S-S1G9-C2M
For CMMP-AS-C20-11A-P3
160786 PS1-ZK11-NULLMODEM-1,5M Plug, for DeviceNet interface
525635 FBSD-KL-2X5POL
Plug assortment
For CMMP-AS-C2-3A-M3, CMMP-AS-C5-3A-M3
1659228 NEKM-C-71)
For CMMP-AS-C5-11A-P3-M3, CMMP-AS-C10-11A-P3-M3 Plug-in card
552256 NEKM-C-31) For PROFIBUS interface
For CMMP-AS-C20-11A-P3 ¬
547450 CAMC-PB
1425453 NEKM-C-62) For DeviceNet interface
For Interface CAMC-D-8E8A ¬
547451 CAMC-DN
569959 NEKM-C-53) For EtherCAT interface
For safety module CAMC-G-S1 ¬
567856 CAMC-EC
1660640 NEKM-C-84) For EtherNet/IP interface
1) Plugs are included in the scope of delivery of the motor controller CMMP-AS-…-M3. ¬
1911917 CAMC-F-EP
2) Plugs are included in the scope of delivery of the motor controller CMMP-AS-C20-11A-P3. For PROFINET RT interface
3) Plugs are included in the scope of delivery of the plug-in card CAMC-D-8E8A.
4) Plug is included in the scope of delivery of the plug-in card CAMC-G-S1. ¬
1911916 CAMC-F-PN


Plug-in card 1) Braking resistor
Safety module For CMMP-AS-C2-3A, CMMP-AS-C5-3A

1501330 CAMC-G-S1 1336615 CACR-LE2-100-W500
For CMMP-AS-C5-11A-P3, CMMP-AS-C10-11A-P3

1336617 CACR-KL2-67-W1800
For CMMP-AS-C20-11A-P3
Switch module 1336619 CACR-KL2-33-W2400

1501329 CAMC-DS-M1
Type
Documentation and software
Ordering data  online: cmmp
Interface, for extending the digital I/Os2)
CMMP-AS

567855 CAMC-D-8E8A
Note
Operation of the motor controller
CMMP-AS-…-M3 absolutely 1
requires that a plug-in card
(CAMC-G-S1 or CAMC-DS-M1) be
1) The plugs are included in the scope of delivery.
2) 8 digital input/outputs.
inserted in slot 1.
Technical data
General Download CAD data  www.festo.com
CMMP-AS- C2-3A-… C5-3A-… C5-11A-P3-… C10-11A-P3-… C20-11A-P3
Parameterisation interface USB, Ethernet RS232
Active PFC Yes –
Encoder interface input Resolver
Incremental encoder with analogue or digital tracking signals
Absolute encoder with EnDat V2.1 serial / V2.2
Absolute encoder with HIPERFACE
Additional input for synchronous/cam disc operation
Encoder interface output Actual value feedback via encoder signals in speed control mode
Setpoint specification for downstream slave drive
Resolution up to 16,384 ppr
Braking resistor, integrated [W] 60 68 47
Pulse power of braking resistor [kVA] 2,8 8,5 12
Number of analogue outputs 2
Operating range of analogue outputs [V] ±10
Resolution of analogue outputs 9 Bit
Number of analogue inputs 3
Operating range of analogue inputs [V] ±10
Mains filter Integrated
Safety function optional  247 Integrated
Copper-Free:
HIPERFACE® is a registered trademark of its respective trademark holder in certain countries.

Technical data
Fieldbus interface
Interfaces I/O CANopen PROFIBUS DP DeviceNet EtherCAT EtherNet/IP PROFINET RT
Number of digital logic outputs 5
Characteristics of digital logic outputs Freely configurable
Number of digital logic inputs 10
Operating range of logic inputs [V] 8 … 30
Characteristics of logic inputs Freely configurable
Process coupling 16 positioning –
records
255 positioning 250 positioning records
records)
Communication profile – DS301; DP-V0 / FHPP+ DS301; FHPP+ FHPP+
FHPP+ FHPP+ FHPP+
DS301; CoE: DS301;
DSP402 DSP402
Max. fieldbus transmission rate – 1 12 0,5 100 100 100
CMMP-AS
Interface Integrated   – – – – –
optional – –     
 246  246  246  246  246
1) With additional I/O plug-in card CAMC-D8E8A  247.
Safety characteristics
CMMP-AS- C2/C5/C10-…-M0 C20-11A-P3
Conforms to standard EN ISO 13849-1
Safety function Safe Torque Off (STO)
Performance Level (PL) Safe Torque Off (STO)/Category 4, Safe Torque Off (STO)/Category 3,
Performance Level e Performance Level d
Safety integrity level (SIL) SIL 3/SILCL 3 SIL 2
Certificate issuing authority TÜV Rheinland DGUV MFS 10027
Proof test interval 20a –
Diagnostic coverage [%] 97.07 –
Safe Failure Fraction (SFF) [%] 99.17 –
Hardware fault tolerance 1 –
To EU Machinery Directive
1) For information about the applicability of the component see the manufacturer’s EC declaration of conformity at: www.festo.com/sp è User documentation.

CMMP-AS- C2-3A-… C5-3A-… C5-11A-P3-… C10-11A-P3-… C20-11A-P3
Digital logic outputs Galvanically isolated
Logic inputs Galvanically isolated
Protective function I2t monitoring
Intermediate circuit over/undervoltage
Short circuit in output stage
Standstill monitoring
Temperature monitoring
CE marking (see declaration of conformity) To EU Low Voltage Directive
To EU EMC Directive1)
To EU Machinery Directive
Certification UL listed (OL) –
C-Tick
RoHS-compliant

Controllers
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Controllers for stepper motors
 www.festo.com/catalogue/cmmo PDF
PDF EN Motor controllers
CMMO-ST
 www.festo.com/sp/cmmo PDF
PDF EN
Voltage 24 V DC
Nominal current 5 A
Micro-step, 12 800 steps/rev
closed-loop servo controller for stepper motors
ServoLite
¬¬ServoLite in a stepper motor controller – The CMMO-ST control-
ler adapts the motor current to the required torque, adjusting
the speed to match the specified travel profile whilst adapting
to any position errors.
¬¬Versatile interfaces – Versatile interfaces all conveniently on
one face for easy access.
¬¬Web-based functions – HTML web server for powerful and yet
simple commissioning and diagnostics. Or the „Parameter
Cloud“ for quick commissioning of defined drive packages
using a web configurator.

Motors and controllers > Controllers > Controllers for stepper motors >
Motor controllers CMMO-ST, for stepper motors

Motor controllers CMMO-ST
Key features
Features
At aa glance
At glance
• The
Themotor
motor controller
controller CMMO-ST
CMMO-ST Easy actuation
• Easy via: via:
actuation Encoder option (closed
• Encoder loop),
option in loop),
(closed Parameterisation
in possible via: possible via:
Parameterisation
serves as a closed-loop
serves as a closed-loop and and open-open- – I/O interface
–– I/O interface other words no step losses, follow FCT
other words no step losses, follo- (Festo Configuration Tool) con
• FCT (Festo Configuration Tool)
loop
loopposition
position controller
controller Monitoring
• Monitoringof freely
of definable posi po-ing errors
freely definable are corrected
wing errors are corrected figuration package
configuration package
• Separate
Separateloadload andand
logic supply
logic supply tionsition
zones zones Ethernet •
interface withinterface
Ethernet integratedwith integrated
• Supports
Supports thethe"Safe
„SafeTorque Off" Off“
Torque Backup file enables
• Backup seamless
file enables seamless de- web server web server
(STO) safety function
(STO) safety function device
vicereplacement
replacement
H-rail mounting
• H-rail mounting possible
possible
Description ofofthe
Description interfaces
the interfaces
3 4 1 7-segment
1 display
7-segment display
2 Ethernet
2 interface (RJ45)
Ethernet interface (RJ45)
3 I/O interface
3 I/O interface
4 Power 4
supplyPower supply
5 Reference
5 switch
Reference switch
6 STO safety
6 function
STO safety function
1 7 Encoder7 Encoder
CMMO-ST
8 Motor 8 Motor
2
9 Mounting
9 bracket to fit bracket
Mounting onto an to fit onto an
9 H-rail H-rail
5 6 7 8
For
For actuating
actuating
Electric cylinder
Electric cylinderEPCO
EPCO StepperStepper
motor EMMS-ST
motor EMMS-ST
Motor controllers CMMO-ST

Key features
FCTsoftware
FCT software –– Festo
Festo Configuration
ConfigurationTool
Tool
Software platform
Software platform for
forelectric
electricdrives
drivesfrom Festo
from Festo General
•
All drives inaasystem
drives in systemcancanbebeman
ma- • Universal modeofofoperation
Universal mode operationforfor
all
naged
aged andandsaved
saved
in in a common
a common pro all drives
drives
project
ject • Work offlineatatyour
Work offline yourdesk
deskoror online
online
•
Project anddata
Project and datamanagement
management forfor at the machine
at the machine
all
all supported devicetypes
supported device types
• Simple to use thanks to graphical-
Simple to use thanks to graphic
ly-supported parameter entry
ally-supported parameter entry
Mechanical reference
Mechanical reference positions
positionsand
andlimit
limitpositions
positions Positioning record table
• Reference positions can be either •
31 positioning
Reference records
positions ensure
can be eitherfle- • The following parameters can be
edited or taught in xibility in positioning
edited or taught in set flexibly for each application:
2• Flexible adaptation to installation Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... •
Absolute or relativetopositioning
Flexible adaptation installation –– Position
conditions values
conditions be used
can –– Speed
• Settings are displayed clearly • Force control –– Acceleration
Settings are displayed clearly
• Complete function test –– Braking ramps

Order code
Motor type Nominal current Input voltage Bus protocol/ Switching input/
Default
activation output
Mandatory
CMMO – ST – ST – 1 – DIO – Optional
Stepper C5 5A 1 24 V DC DIO Digital I/O P PNP Quick ordering:

motor interface N NPN No need to configure your product via

 www.festo.com/catalogue/cmmo-st
Ordering data
CMMO-ST
Switching in- Part No. Type
put/output
PNP ¬
1512316 CMMO-ST-C5-1-DIOP
NPN ¬
1512317 CMMO-ST-C5-1-DION

Cable Part No. Type Cable Part No. Type
length length
Motor cable for EPCO-16; EMMS-ST-28 Encoder cable for EPCO-16/-25/-40; EMMS-ST-28/-42/-57/-87
Straight plug Straight plug
5m 1449602 NEBM-M12G8-E-5-Q5-LE6 5m 1451588 NEBM-M12G8-E-5-LE8
7m 1449603 NEBM-M12G8-E-7-Q5-LE6 7m 1451589 NEBM-M12G8-E-7-LE8
Motor cable for EPCO-25/-40; EMMS-ST-42/-57
Angled plug Encoder cable for EPCO-25/-40; EMMS-ST-42/-57/-87
1,5 m 1450736 NEBM-S1W9-E-1.5-Q5-LE6 Angled plug
2,5 m 1450737 NEBM-S1W9-E-2.5-Q5-LE6 1,5 m 1451674 NEBM-M12W8-E-1.5-LE8
5m 1450738 NEBM-S1W9-E-5-Q5-LE6 2,5 m 1451675 NEBM-M12W8-E-2.5-LE8
7m 1450739 NEBM-S1W9-E-7-Q5-LE6 5m 1451676 NEBM-M12W8-E-5-LE8
10 m 1450740 NEBM-S1W9-E-10-Q5-LE6 7m 1451677 NEBM-M12W8-E-7-LE8
Straight plug 10 m 1451678 NEBM-M12W8-E-10-LE8
1,5 m 1450368 NEBM-S1G9-E-1.5-Q5-LE6
2,5 m 1450369 NEBM-S1G9-E-2.5-Q5-LE6 Part No. Type
5m 1450370 NEBM-S1G9-E-5-Q5-LE6 Plug assortment
7m 1450371 NEBM-S1G9-E-7-Q5-LE6 ¬
576005 NEKM-C-101)
10 m 1450372 NEBM-S1G9-E-10-Q5-LE6
Motor cable for EMMS-ST-87
Angled plug
1,5 m 1450943 NEBM-S1W15-E-1.5-Q7-LE6 1) Plug for motor cable, encoder cable, power supply, reference switch, STO safety function.
Plugs are included in the scope of delivery of the motor controller.
2,5 m 1450944 NEBM-S1W15-E-2.5-Q7-LE6
5m 1450945 NEBM-S1W15-E-5-Q7-LE6
7m 1450946 NEBM-S1W15-E-7-Q7-LE6
10 m 1450947 NEBM-S1W15-E-10-Q7-LE6
Straight plug
1,5 m 1450834 NEBM-S1G15-E-1.5-Q7-LE6
2,5 m 1450835 NEBM-S1G15-E-2.5-Q7-LE6
5m 1450836 NEBM-S1G15-E-5-Q7-LE6
7m 1450837 NEBM-S1G15-E-7-Q7-LE6
10 m 1450838 NEBM-S1G15-E-10-Q7-LE6


Connection options from I/O interface to controller
Connection block
Ensures simple and clear wiring. The connection to the 8001371 NEFC-S1G25-C2W25-S7
motor controller is established via the connecting cable
NEBC-S1G25-K-…
Connecting cable
Connects the motor controller to the connection block 8001374 NEBC-S1G25-K-1.0-N-S1G25
8001375 NEBC-S1G25-K-2.0-N-S1G25
8001376 NEBC-S1G25-K-5.0-N-S1G25
Control cable
Is connected to the motor controller. The other end
8001373 NEBC-S1G25-K-3.2-N-LE25
comprises individual flying leads
CMMO-ST
Plug
25-pin sub-D plug. Each wire can be individually
8001372 NEFC-S1G25-C2W25-S6
assembled using screw terminals
Technical data
General
Mode Cascade controller with
PI speed controller
PI current controller
P position controller
PWM MOSFET power end stage
Operating mode
Open-loop operation Micro step, 12,800 steps/rev
Closed-loop operation Sinusoidal current control, within the cascade controller
Rotary position encoder Encoder
Display 7-segment display
Parameterisation interface Ethernet
Ethernet, supported protocols TCP/IP
Encoder interface input RS422
Process coupling I/O coupling for 32 positioning records
Characteristics of digital logic outputs Freely configurable in some cases
Adjustable current reduction Via software
Nominal current setting Via software
Braking resistor [Ω] 15
Pulse power of braking resistor [kVA] 0.1
Type of mounting Screwed onto connecting plate, lying down or upright
Via H-rail
Product weight [g] 290

Technical data
Electrical data
General
Max. intermediate circuit voltage [V DC] 28
Nominal output current [A] 5.7
Load supply
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24 ±15%
Nominal current [A] 6
Peak current [A] 8
Logic supply
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24 ±15%
Nominal current [A] 0.3
Operating range of logic input [V] 24
Max. current per output [mA] 100
(digital logic outputs)
CMMO-ST
Switching logic, input/output
CMMO-ST-…-DIOP PNP
CMMO-ST-…-DION NPN
Conforms to EN ISO 13849-1
Safety function Safe Torque Off (STO)
Performance level (PL) STO / Cat. 3, PLe
Safety integrity level (SIL) STO / SIL 3
CE marking (see declaration of confor- To EU EMC Directive1)
mity) To EU Machinery Directive
Shock resistance As per EN 60068-2-29
Vibration resistance As per EN 60068-2-6

Characteristics of digital logic outputs Not galvanically isolated
Characteristics of logic inputs Galvanically connected to logic potential
Logic input specification Based on IEC 61131-2
Protective function I²t monitoring
Following error monitoring
Software end-position detection
Voltage failure detection
Current monitoring
Temperature monitoring
UL ambient temperature [°C] 0 … +40
Certification cULus listed (OL)
C-Tick
RoHS-compliant
Copper-Free:

Grippers >
Variety as standard
The comprehensive product range for gripping

¬¬Compact, powerful, precise and resilient
¬¬Miniature standard grippers

Grippers >
Highlights Contents
DHPS Additional selected products. . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Parallel grippers DHPS ��257
Parallel grippers
¬¬Heavy-duty Three-point grippers DHDS��263
¬¬Precise T-slot guide for gripper Angle grippers DHWS ��269
jaws
¬¬High gripping force with compact Radial grippers DHRS ��275
size
Page 257
DHDS
3-point grippers
¬¬Heavy-duty
¬¬Precise T-slot guide for gripper
jaws
¬¬High gripping force with compact
size
Page 263
DHWS
Angle grippers
¬¬Optimised gripper jaw bearings
¬¬Motion via slotted guide system
¬¬Total opening angle: 40°
Page 269
DHRS
Radial grippers
¬¬Lateral support for gripper jaws
even under high torque load
¬¬Total opening angle: 180°
Page 275

Grippers >
Parallel grippers
Parallel grippers Parallel grippers Parallel grippers

HGPD HGPP HGPC
Total gripping force at 94 ... 3,716 N 80 ... 830 N 44 ... 126 N
6 bar, closing
Stroke per gripper jaw 3 ... 20 mm 2 ... 12.5 mm 3 ... 7 mm
Position sensing Via proximity sensor Via Hall sensor, via inductive sensor Via proximity sensor
Gripping force backup During closing, during opening During closing, during opening During closing
Description • Ideal for very harsh environments • High-precision gripper jaw guide • Compact, low cost, reliable operation,
• Precise gripping despite high torque • Suitable for external and internal grip- long service life
loads ping • High force with minimal volume
• Max. gripping force combined with op- • Very flexible thanks to versatile attach- • Suitable for external and internal grip-
timum installation space/force ratio ment, mounting and application opti- ping
• 8 sizes with up to 40 mm total stroke ons
• Repetition accuracy of 0 ... 0.05 mm
 Page/online hgpd hgpp hgpc

Grippers >
Mechanical grippers
Overview/Configuration/Ordering Parallel grippers
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhps PDF
PDF EN Parallel grippers
DHPS
 www.festo.com/sp/dhps PDF
PDF EN
Size 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 35 mm

Stroke length 2 ... 12.5 mm per gripper jaw
Force: 13.5 ... 483 N per gripper jaw
Position sensing
Can be used as either a double-acting or single-acting
gripper.
¬¬Sturdy and precise T-slot guidance of the gripper jaws

¬¬High gripping force and compact size
¬¬Max. repetition accuracy
¬¬Wide range of options for mounting on drives

Grippers > Mechanical grippers > Parallel grippers >
Parallel grippersDHPS
Parallel grippers DHPS
Key features
Features
At a glance
AtGeneral
a glance
information Flexible range of applications
General information
Resilient and precise Tslot guide of Gripper jaw centring options Sensor technology: Flexible
Canrange of applications
be used as a double-acting and
• Resilient and precise T-slot guide • Gripper jaw centring options • Sensor technology:
the gripper jaws Max. repetition accuracy – Adaptable position sensor for the • Cansingle-acting
be used as agripper
double-acting
of the gripper jaws • Max. repetition accuracy –– Adaptable position sensor for and single-acting gripper
Oval piston for high gripping forces Gripping force retention small grippers Compression spring for supple
• Oval piston for high gripping • Gripping force retention the small gripper sizes • Compression spring for supple-
forces
High gripping forces with compact • Internal
Internalfixed
fixedflow
flowcontrol
control – Integratable proximity sensors
–– Integratable proximity sensors mentary or retaining gripping forces
mentary or retaining gripping
dimensions
• High gripping forces with compact Wide range of options
• Wide range of options for for mounting
moun- for the medium and large grip
for the medium and large grip- Suitable for external and internal
forces
dimensions on drive
ting units
on drive units perpers
sizes gripping
• Suitable for external and internal
gripping
The technology in detail
Gripper closed Gripper open
1 1 Gripper jaw
2 Reversing lever
3 Piston with magnet
3 Note
1 Gripper jaw Gripper selection sizing software
2 Reversing lever  www.festo.com
Position sensing / force control

-H-
With position
Notetransmitter SMAT-8M With proximity sensor SMT-8G/-10G With proportional pressure regulator VPPM
DHPS
Gripper selection
sizing software
www.festo.com
Position sensing/force
Analogue controlpos-
positional feedback Multiple positions can be sensed: Infinite adjustment of the gripping
With position transmitter SMAT-8M
sible • Open With
force proportional pressure regulator VPPM
possible
• Analogue output 0 … 10 V • Analogue
Closed positional feedback pos • Setpoint input Infinite adjustment of the gripping
• sible
Workpiece gripped –– 0 … 10 V force possible
–– 4 … 20 mA
Analogue output 0 … 10 V Setpoint input
Mounting options Mounting
– 0 …options
10 V for external grip-
At the side From underneath per fingers
– 4 … 20 mA
With proximity sensor SMT-8G/-10G

Multiple positions can be sensed:
Open
Closed
Workpiece gripped
Note • Machining • Grinding dust • Welding spatter

These grippers are not designed for • Aggressive media
the following or similar sample ap-
plications:

Greifer > Mechanische Greifer > Parallelgreifer >
Parallelgreifer DHPS
Parallel DHPS
Parallelgrippers
grippers DHPS
ZubehörAccessories
DHPS-06 DHPS-10 … 35
DHPS-06
DHPS-06 DHPS-10
DHPS-10 … 35
… 35
5 5
7 7
1 1
9 9
2 2
1 aJ aJ
1
3 3 8 8
aA aA
1 1 6 6
4 4
5
 Page/online
Seite/online  Page/online
Page/Internet
Seite/online
1 Connecting
1Verbindungsleitung
1 cable
Connecting NEBU
NEBU
cable NEBU 485 260 8 Proximity sensor
8Näherungsschalter SMT-10G
SMT-10 13486 260
2 Evaluation
2Auswerteeinheit
2 unit SMH-AE1
SMH-AE1
Evaluation unit SMH-AE1 485 9 Position transmitter
9Positionstransmitter SMAT-8M
SMAT-8M 13486
3 SignalSignal
3 converter
3Signalwandler SVE4
converter
SVE4 SVE4 485 aJ Bondable
aJEinklebbare sensor rail HGP-SL
Sensorleiste HGP-SL 13486
4 Position
4 sensor
4Positionssensor
Position SMH-S1
sensor
SMH-S1 SMH-S1 485 aA Push-in fittings QS
aASteckverschraubung 14908 421
5 5 Centring
Centring
5Zentrierhülse ZBH sleeve
sleeve ZBHZBH 486 – – Verbindungsleitung
Connecting cable NEBU
NEBU 15486 260
6 6 6
Centring sleeve ZBHZBH
Centring
Zentrierhülse ZBH sleeve 486 – – Drossel-Rückschlagventil
One-way flow control GRLA
valve CRGRLA 15486
7 7 7 Proximity
Näherungsschalter
Proximity sensorsensor
SMT-8 SMT-8
SMT-8G 486 – – Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer
Drive/gripper connections 15dhpsdhps
DHPS
Page/Internet
8 Proximity sensor SMT-10 *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of15
copper!
Zubehör9– Bestellangaben
Position transmitter SMAT-8M 15
aJ Bondable sensor rail HGP-SL 15
für Baugröße Teile-Nr. Typ
OrderaAcodePush-in fitting QS LEERER MERKER
1 Verbindungsleitung
– Connecting cable NEBU 15
Size zwischen
Verbindung Sensing Gripping force
Positionssensor und Signalwandler/Auswerteeinheit
– One-way flow control valve GRLA backup 15
2,5 m 554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4
– Drive/gripper connections dhps
Verbindung zwischen Auswerteeinheit und Steuerung Default
DHPS – – A –
2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
Mandatory
5m 6, 10, A 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5
For proximity None
Accessories – Ordering data Optional
Verbindung zwischen Signalwandler
16, 20, sensing und Steuerung NO Opening
2,5 m 25, 35 For size 541342 Part No. Type
NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
NC Closing Quick ordering:
1 Connecting
5m cable 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
Connection between position sensor and signal converter/evaluation unit
2.5 m 6
2 Auswerteeinheit, für Baugröße 554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4 Datenblätter online: smh-ae
PNP Connection between evaluationSMH-AE1-PS3-M12
175708 unit and controller
NPN 2.5 m 175709 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
5m 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5
Confi gurable
Connection Product
between Product configuration offline:
signal converter and controller
This product
2.5 m and all its options541342 On the DVD under Products
can also NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhps
3 Signalwandler, fürbe ordered
5 m 6using the configurator
Baugröße 541343 Enter the type code in the search field
NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4 Datenblätter online: sve4
PNP 544216 SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2P-M8
2 Evaluation unit, for size 6 Technical data online: smh-ae
Ordering data
NPN 544219 SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2N-M8
PNP 175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12
Size Part No. NPN Type 175709Size SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
Part No. Type Size Part No. Type
Double-acting, without compression spring Single-acting or with gripping force retention Single-acting or with gripping force retention
6 ¬
4 Positionssensor, 1254039 DHPS-6-A
für Baugröße 6 Opening Closing Datenblätter online: smh-s1
10 ¬ 1254040 DHPS-10-A175710
Stecker 10
SMH-S1-HGP06 ¬
1254041 DHPS-10-A-NO 10 ¬ 1254042 DHPS-10-A-NC
16 3 Signal
converter,
1254043 forDHPS-16-A
¬ size 6 16 ¬
1254044 DHPS-16-A-NO 16 Technical
¬
1254045data online: sve4
DHPS-16-A-NC
20 ¬
1254046 DHPS-20-A 20 ¬
1254047 DHPS-20-A-NO 20 ¬ 1254048 DHPS-20-A-NC
25 2014/11 – ¬
1254049
Subject DHPS-25-A
to change 25 ¬
1254050DHPS-25-A-NO 25
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... ¬ 1254051 DHPS-25-A-NC 13
35 ¬
1254052 DHPS-35-A 35 ¬
1254053 DHPS-35-A-NO 35 ¬ 1254054 DHPS-35-A-NC


1 Connecting cable 7 Proximity sensor for T-slot, for size 10 … 35,
Connection between position sensor and signal conver- magneto-resistive – N/O contact Technical data online:  smt
ter/evaluation unit PNP, cable 547859 SMT-8G-PS-24V-E-2,5Q-OE
2,5 m 554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4 PNP, plug 547860 SMT-8G-PS-24V-E-0,3Q-M8D
Connection between evaluation unit and controller
2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
5 m 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5 8 Proximity sensor for C-slot, for size 10 … 35,
Connection between signal converter and controller magneto-resistive – N/O contact Technical data online:  smt
2,5 m 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4 PNP, cable 547862 SMT-10G-PS-24V-E-2,5Q-OE
5 m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4 PNP, plug 547863 SMT-10G-PS-24V-E-0,3Q-M8D
2 Evaluation unit, for size 6 Technical data online:  smh-ae
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12 9 Position transmitter for T-slot, for size 10 … 35
Technical data online:  smat
Plug 553744 SMAT-8M-U-E-0,3-M8D
3 Signal converter, for size 6 Technical data online:  sve4
aJ Bondable sensor rail
10 535582 HGP-SL-10-10
16 535583 HGP-SL-10-16
4 Position sensor, for size 6 Technical data online:  smh-s1 20 535584 HGP-SL-10-20
Plug 175710 SMH-S1-HGP06 25 535585 HGP-SL-10-25
35 535586 HGP-SL-10-35
2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
DHPS
5 Centring sleeve for centring on the gripper jaws1)2)

5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3

Technical data online:  zbh
10 189652 ZBH-5 2) 4 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.
16, 20 186717 ZBH-7 3) 2 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.
25, 35 150927 ZBH-9

6 Centring sleeve for centring the gripper1)3) Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type

Technical data online:  zbh Thread O.D.
6, 10 189652 ZBH-5 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
16, 20 186717 ZBH-7 metal Technical data online:  grla
25 150927 ZBH-9 6, 10, M3 3 175041 GRLA-M3-QS-3 *)
35 189653 ZBH-12 16
One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,

20 M5 – 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
25, 35 Gx – 161404 CRGRLA-x-B

Technical data
General
Size 6 10 16 20 25 35
Pneumatic connection M3 M5 Gx
Stroke per gripper jaw [mm] 2 3 5 6,5 7,5 12,5
Gripping force per Opening [N] 15 39 105 162 249 483
gripper jaw at 6 bar Closing [N] 13,5 34,5 96 147 228 450
Total gripping force Opening [N] 30 80 210 320 500 970
at 6 bar Closing [N] 25 70 190 290 450 910
Repetition accuracy1) [mm] ≤ 0,02
Max. operating frequency [Hz] 4 3 2
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 10 60 150 250 350 450
Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 0,5 3 8 14 30 50
Max. permissible torque My [Nm] 0,5 3 8 14 30 50
Max. permissible torque Mz [Nm] 0,5 3 8 14 30 50
Note 1) End-position drift under constant conditions of use with 100 consecutive strokes in the direction of movement of the gripper jaws.
Gripper selection sizing software

 www.festo.com
Without gripping force backup With gripping force backup
Operating pressure [bar] 2…8 4…8
Ambient temperature1) [°C] +5 … +60
DHPS
Mass moment of inertia [kgm2x10–4]
Size 6 10 16 20 25 35
DHPS-…-A 0.01 0.08 0.47 1.49 3.83 12.70
DHPS-…-A-NO – 0.08 0.47 1.52 3.92 12.83
DHPS-…-A-NC – 0.08 0.47 1.49 3.84 12.73

Technical data
Weight [g]
Weight [g]
Size 16 32 50
Size 6 10 16 20 25 35
DHPS-…-A 19 67 184 380 700 1,285
DHPS-…-A 19 67 184 380 700 1,285
DHPS-…-A-N... – 68 188 387 713 1,345
DHPS-…-A-N – 68 188 387 713 1,345
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 Parallel gripper 1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel
1 Gripper jaw 2 Cover
High-alloy stainless steel cap Polyamide
2 2 Cover cap Polyamide 3 Reversing lever Hardened sintered steel
3 3 Reversing lever Hardened sintered steel
4 Piston rod Tempered steel
4 Piston rod Tempered steel
4 5 Piston Polyacetal 5 Piston Polyacetal
6 Housing Hard anodised Housing
6wrought Hard anodised wrought aluminium alloy
aluminium alloy
5
– Seals Nitrile rubber
6 – Note on materials Free of copper and PTFE
RoHS-compliant
Copper-Free:
Gripping force [N] at 6 bar
Size 6 10 16 20 25 35
Gripping force per gripper jaw dance to the definition and de-
DHPS-…-A Opening 15 39 105 162 249 483
Closing 13.5 34.5 96 147 228 450
Subject to change – 2016/06 Total gripping force  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 261

DHPS-…-A Opening 30 80 210 320 500 970
Grippers >

Grippers >
Mechanical grippers
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhds
PDF EN
PDF Three-point grippers
 www.festo.com/sp/dhds
PDF EN
PDF
DHDS
Size 16, 32, 50 mm

Stroke length 2.5 ... 6 mm per gripper jaw
Force: 29 ... 280 N per gripper jaw
Position sensing
Can be used as either a double-acting or single-acting
gripper.
¬¬Sturdy and precise T-slot guidance of the gripper jaws

¬¬High gripping force and compact size

Grippers > Mechanical grippers > Three-point grippers >
Three-point grippers DHDS

Key features
Features
At a glance
AtGeneral
a glance
information Flexible range of applications
General information Flexible range of applications
Resilient and precise Tslot guide of
• Resilient and precise T-slot guide
Gripper jaw centring options
• Gripper jaw centring options
Sensor technology:
• Sensor technology:
Can be used as a double-acting and
• Can be used as a double-acting
thethe
of gripper jaws
gripper jaws • Max.
Max.repetition
repetition accuracy
accuracy –––Adaptable
Adaptableposition
position sensor
sensor for
for the single-acting gripper
and single-acting gripper
High
• High gripping
gripping forces
forceswith
withcompact
compact • Gripping
Gripping force
force retention
retention small
the gripper
small sizes
gripper sizes Compression spring for supple
• Compression spring for supple-
dimensions
dimensions • Internal
Internalfixed
fixed flow
flow control
control –––Integratable
Integratableproximity
proximity sensors
sensors mentary or retaining gripping forces
• Wide
Widerange
range of options
options for
formounting
moun- for
forthe
themedium
mediumandandlarge
large grip-
gripper forces
Suitable for external and internal
ting on drive
on drive unitsunits per sizes
sizes grippingfor external and internal
• Suitable
gripping
Gripperclosed
Gripper closed Gripperopen
Gripper open
1 1 Gripper jaw
2 Reversing lever
2
3 Note
2 Reversing lever  www.festo.com

-H-
With position
DHDS
Gripper selection
sizing software
www.festo.com
Position sensing/force control

Analogue positional feedback pos- Multiple positions can be sensed: Infinite adjustment of the gripping
With position transmitter SMAT-8M
sible • Open Withpossible
force proportional pressure regulator VPPM
• Analogue output 0 … 10 V • Analogue
Closed positional feedback pos • Setpoint input Infinite adjustment of the gripping
• sible
Workpiece gripped –– 0 … 10 V force possible
Analogue output 0 … 10 V –– 4 … 20 mA Setpoint input
Mounting options Mounting options for external grip- – 0 … 10 V
Size 16 Sizes 32, 50 per fingers – 4 … 20 mA
With proximity sensor SMT-8G

Open
Closed
Workpiece gripped

plications:

Konfigurierbares
Konfigurierbares Dieses
DiesesProdukt
Produktund
undalle
alleseine
seine Den Konfigurator
Konfiguratorfinden
findenSie
Sieauf
auf GebenSie
Geben Sieden
den Typ
Typ imim Suchfeld
Suchfeld
Produkt
Produkt Produktoptionenkönnen
Produktoptionen könnenüber
über der DVD unter
unter Produkte
Produkteoder
oder ein.
ein.
denKonfigurator
den Konfiguratorbestellt
bestellt www.festo.com/catalogue/...
werden.
werden.
Zubehör
Zubehör
DHDS-16 DHDS-32, 50
DHDS-16 DHDS-32, 50
DHDS-16 DHDS-32, 50
55
6
1 6
1
2
2 7
7
1
1
3 8
3 8
1
4 1
4
Page/online
 Seite/online Page/online
 Seite/online
11 Verbindungsleitung NEBU Seite/online
266
490 77 Proximity sensor SMT-8G
Näherungsschalter SMT-8 Seite/online
266490
Evaluation unit SMH-AE1
1 22Verbindungsleitung
Auswerteeinheit SMH-AE1
NEBU 490
490 87
8 Position transmitter SMAT-8M
Näherungsschalter
Positionstransmitter SMT-8
SMAT-8M 490
490
Signal converter
2 33Auswerteeinheit
Signalwandler SVE4SVE4
SMH-AE1 490
490 –8
– Connecting cable NEBU
Positionstransmitter
Verbindungsleitung SMAT-8M
NEBU 490
490
Position sensor
3 44Signalwandler SVE4
Positionssensor SMH-S1
SMH-S1 490
490 –– One-way flow control valve
Verbindungsleitung NEBUCRGRLA
Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 490
490
Centring sleeve
4 55Positionssensor
Zentrierhülse ZBH ZBH
SMH-S1 490
490 –– Drive/gripper
Verbindungen connections
Antrieb/Greifer
Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA dhds
dhds
490
Push-in fittings
5 66Zentrierhülse
Steckverschraubung
ZBH QS 421
908
490 – Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer dhds
6 Steckverschraubung QS 908 *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
DHDS
Order code
Size Sensing Gripping force
backup
DHDS – – A – Default
Mandatory
16, 32, A For proximity None
Optional
50 sensing NC Closing
Quick ordering:
2013/11 – Änderungen vorbehalten www.festo.com/catalogue/... products with part number. 489

 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhds
Ordering data
Size Part No. Type Size Part No. Type
Double-acting, without compression spring Single-acting or with gripping force retention
16 ¬
1259491 DHDS-16-A Closing
32 ¬
1259493 DHDS-32-A 16 ¬
1259492 DHDS-16-A-NC
50 ¬
1259495 DHDS-50-A 32 ¬
1259494 DHDS-32-A-NC
50 ¬
1259496 DHDS-50-A-NC


2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
5 m 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5 8 Position transmitter for T-slot, for size 10 … 35
Connection between signal converter and controller Technical data online:  smat
2,5 m 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4 Plug 553744 SMAT-8M-U-E-0,3-M8D
5 m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
2 Evaluation unit, for size 16 Technical data online:  smh-ae Connecting cable, straight socket
PNP 175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12 2,5 m
541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12 5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
2) 4 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.
3 Signal converter, for size 16 Technical data online:  sve4 3) 2 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.

NPN 544219 SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2N-M8 Function For ∅ Connection Part No. Type
Thread O.D.
4 Position sensor, for size 16 Technical data online:  smh-s1 metal Technical data online:  grla
Plug 175713 SMH-S1-HGD16 6, 10, M3 3 175041 GRLA-M3-QS-3 *)
16
5 Centring sleeve1)2) Technical data online:  zbh
DHDS
16, 32 189652 ZBH-5 One-way flow control valve for exhaust air flow control,
50 186717 ZBH-7 stainless steel Technical data online:  crgrla
20 M5 – 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
25, 35 Gx – 161404 CRGRLA-x-B

Technical data
General
Size 16 32 50
Stroke per gripper jaw [mm] 2,5 3,9 6
Gripping force per Opening [N] 40 135 280
gripper jaw at 6 bar Closing [N] 29 115 250
Total gripping force Opening [N] 120 405 840
at 6 bar Closing [N] 87 345 750
Max. operating frequency [Hz] 4
Note 1) End-position drift under constant conditions of use with 100 consecutive strokes in the direction of movement of the gripper jaws.

 www.festo.com
DHDS
Size 16 32 50
DHDS-…-A 0.14 0.79 6.10
DHDS-…-A-NC 0.14 0.82 6.18
Weight [g]
Size 16 32 50
DHDS-…-A 96 276 920
Three-point
DHDS-…-A-NC grippers DHDS 99 281 932
Technical data
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
1 Three-point gripper 1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel
1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel
2 Cover cap Polyamide
2 2 Cover cap Polyamide
3 3 Reversing lever Hardened sintered steel3 Reversing lever Hardened sintered steel
4 Housing Hard anodised wrought4 Housing
aluminium alloy Hard anodised wrought aluminium alloy
5 Piston Polyacetal
5 Piston Polyacetal
RoHS-compliant Note on materials RoHS-compliant
5
Copper-Free:
Gripping force [N] at 6 bar numbers are copper-free in accor-

Size 16 32 50
Grippers >

Grippers >
Mechanical grippers
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhws
PDF EN
PDF Angle grippers
 www.festo.com/sp/dhws
PDF EN
PDF
DHWS
Size 10, 16, 25, 32, 40 mm

Opening angle 40°
Total gripping torque 30 ... 1497 Ncm
Position sensing
With or without gripping force backup
¬¬Improved gripper jaw guide

¬¬Link guided system
¬¬Internal fixed flow control

Grippers > Mechanical grippers > Angle grippers >
Angle grippers DHWS

Angle grippers DHWS
Key features
Features
At a glance
At a glance
Improved
• Improved gripper
gripperjaw guide
jaw guide • Gripping
Grippingforce retention
force retention Sensor technology:
• Sensor technology: Can• beCanused
beasused
a double-acting and
as a double-acting
Slotted
• Slottedguide
guidesystem
system • Internal fixed
Internal flowflow
fixed control
control ––Adaptable
– Adaptable position sensor
position for the
sensor for the single-acting gripper
Max.
• Max.repetition accuracy
repetition accuracy • Wide
Widerange of options
range for mounting
of options for moun- small
smallgripper sizes
gripper sizes Compression spring for
• Compression supple
spring for supple-
onting
drive
onunits
drive units ––Integratable proximity
– Integratable sensors
proximity sensors for mentary or retaining
mentary gripping gripping
or retaining forces
forthe
themedium
medium and
and large gripper
large gripper Suitable for
forces external and internal
sizes
sizes gripping
gripping
1 1 Gripper jaw
2 Slotted guide plate
3 Note
2 Slotted guide plate  www.festo.com

-H-
With position
DHWS
Gripper selection
sizing software
www.festo.com

Analogue positional
With position feedback
transmitter pos-
SMAT-8M Multiple positions can be sensed: Infinite
With adjustment
proportional of regulator
pressure the gripping
VPPM
sible • Openpositional feedback pos
Analogue force possible Infinite adjustment of the gripping
• Analogue output 0 … 10 V • Closed
sible • Setpoint input force possible
• Workpiece gripped –– 0 … 10 V
–– 4 … 20 mA
– 0 … 10 V
Mounting options – 4Mounting
… 20 mA options for external grip-

Open
Closed
Workpiece gripped

plications:

Greifer > Mechanische
Greifer Greifer
> Mechanische > Winkelgreifer
Greifer > >
> Winkelgreifer
Winkelgreifer
WinkelgreiferDHWS
DHWS Angle grippers DHWS
Zubehör
Zubehör overview
Peripherals
DHWS-10 DHWS-16 … 40… 40
DHWS-10 DHWS-16
DHWS-10 DHWS-16 ... 40
5 5
6 6
1 1
2 2 7 7
1 1
3
3
8
8
1 9
1 9
4
5 5 4
 Page/online
Seite/online  Page/online
Seite/online
1 Connecting cable
1 Verbindungsleitung NEBU
NEBU 494272 7 Position transmitter
7 Positionstransmitter SMAT-8M
SMAT-8M 495 272
1 Verbindungsleitung NEBU 494 7 Positionstransmitter SMAT-8M 495
2 Evaluation unit
2 Auswerteeinheit SMH-AE1
SMH-AE1 494 8 Push-in fittings QS
8 Steckverschraubung 908 421
2 Auswerteeinheit SMH-AE1 494 8 Steckverschraubung QS 908
3 Signal converter
3 Signalwandler SVE4 SVE4 494 9 Centring sleeve
9 Zentrierhülse ZBH ZBH 495 272
3 Signalwandler SVE4 494 9 Zentrierhülse ZBH 495
4 Position sensor
4 Positionssensor SMH-S1
SMH-S1 494 – – Verbindungsleitung
NEBU 495
4 Positionssensor SMH-S1 494 – Verbindungsleitung NEBU 495
5 Centring pin
5 Zentrierstift – – – – Drossel-Rückschlagventil
One-way flow control GRLA
valve CRGRLA 495
5 Zentrierstift – – Drossel-Rückschlagventil GRLA 495
6 6 Näherungsschalter
Proximity sensorSMT-8
SMT-8G 495 272 – –– Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer
Drive/gripper connections dhwsdhws
6 Näherungsschalter SMT-8 495 Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer dhws
DHWS
Zubehör – Bestellangaben
Order codefür Baugröße
für Baugröße
Teile-Nr. Typ
Teile-Nr. Typ
Size Sensing Gripping force
Verbindung zwischen Positionssensor und Signalwandler/Auswerteeinheit
backup
Verbindung zwischen Positionssensor und Signalwandler/Auswerteeinheit
2,5 m 554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4
2,5 m 554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4
DHWS Verbindung
– zwischen
– Auswerteeinheit
A und Steuerung
– Steuerung Default
Verbindung zwischen Auswerteeinheit und
2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5 Mandatory
2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
5m 10, 16, A For proximity
541331 None
NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5
5m 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5 Optional
25, 32,
Verbindung sensing und Steuerung
zwischen Signalwandler
Verbindung zwischen Signalwandler und SteuerungClosing
NC
2,5 m 50 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
2,5 m 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4 Quick ordering:
5m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
5m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4 No need to configure your product via
2 Auswerteeinheit, für Baugröße 10 Datenblätter online: smh-ae
2 Auswerteeinheit, für Baugröße 10 products Datenblätter
with part number.
online: smh-ae
PNP 175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12  Details on page 16
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhws
be ordered using
3 Signalwandler, für Baugröße 10 the configurator Enter the type code in the search field Datenblätter online: sve4
3 Signalwandler, für Baugröße 10 Datenblätter online: sve4
Ordering data
NPN
NPN
544219
544219
SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2N-M8
SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2N-M8
10 ¬
1310177 DHWS-10-A
4 Positionssensor, für Baugröße 10 Closing Datenblätter online: smh-s1
4 Positionssensor, für Baugröße 10 ¬ Datenblätter online: smh-s1
16 ¬ 1310178 DHWS-16-A175711
Stecker 16
SMH-S1-HGW10 1310179 DHWS-16-A-NC
Stecker 175711 SMH-S1-HGW10
25 ¬ 1310180 DHWS-25-A 25 ¬ 1310181 DHWS-25-A-NC
32 ¬
1310182 DHWS-32-A 32 ¬
1310183 DHWS-32-A-NC
40 ¬
1310184 DHWS-40-A 40 ¬
1310185 DHWS-40-A-NC

Angle grippers DHWS

2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
5 m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
2 Evaluation unit, for size 10 Technical data online:  smh-ae 9 Centring sleeve1)2) Technical data online:  zbh
PNP 175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12 10, 16 189652 ZBH-5
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12 25 186717 ZBH-7
32 150927 ZBH-9
40 189653 ZBH-12
2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
4 Position sensor, for size 10 Technical data online:  smh-s1 3) 2 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.
Plug 175711 SMH-S1-HGW10
Thread O.D.
DHWS

metal Technical data online:  grla
6, 10, M3 3 175041 GRLA-M3-QS-3 *)
16

20 M5 – 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
25, 35 Gx – 161404 CRGRLA-x-B

Angle grippers DHWS
Technical data
General
Size 10 16 25 32 40
Opening angle per gripper jaw [°] 20
Total gripping torque Opening [Ncm] 43 129 386 810 1 497
at 6 bar Closing [Ncm] 30 114 356 746 1 362
Max. operating frequency [Hz] 4 3
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 25 50 90 120 200
Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 0,6 1,6 3,6 6 13
Max. permissible torque My [Nm] 0,6 1,6 3,6 6 13
Max. permissible torque Mz [Nm] 0,6 1,6 3,6 6 13
1) End-position drift under constant conditions of use with 100 consecutive strokes in the direction of movement
of the gripper jaws.
Note
 www.festo.com
DHWS
Size 10 16 25 32 40
DHWS-…-A 0.03 0.14 0.62 1.60 3.81
DHWS-…-A-NC – 0.15 0.64 1.63 3.87
Weight [g]
Size 10 16 25 32 40
Angle
DHWS-…-Agrippers DHWS 40 110 258 452 775
Technical data
DHWS-…-A-NC – 114 265 462 790
Materials
Materials
Sectional
Sectionalview
view Legend
1 Angle gripper 1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel

1 Gripper jaw 2 Cover cap stainless steel
High-alloy Polyamide
2 Cover cap 3 Slotted guide plate Tempered steel
Polyamide
2
3 Slotted guide plate 4 Piston
Tempered steel Polyacetal
3
4 Piston Polyacetal
5 Housing Hard anodised wrought aluminium alloy
5 Housing NoteHard anodised wroughtRoHS-compliant
on materials aluminium alloy
4
– Seals Nitrile rubber Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impairment substances)
– Note on materials Free of copper and PTFE
5 RoHS-compliant
Copper-Free:
Total gripping torque [Ncm] at 6 bar scription provided on page 8.
Size 10 16 25 32 40
DHWS-…-A Opening 43 129 386 810 1,497
Closing 30 114 356 746 1,362
Grippers >

Grippers >
Mechanical grippers
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhrs
PDF EN
PDF Radial grippers
 www.festo.com/sp/dhrs
PDF EN
PDF
DHRS
Size 10, 16, 25, 32, 40 mm

Opening angle 180°
Total gripping torque 15 ... 725 Ncm
Position sensing
With or without gripping force backup
¬¬Lateral gripper jaw support for high torque loads

¬¬Self-centring
¬¬Gripper jaw centring options

Grippers > Mechanical grippers > Radial grippers >
Radial grippers DHRS

Key features
Features
At a glance
At a glance
Lateral
• Lateral gripper
gripperjaw support
jaw for for
support high • Max.
Max.repetition
repetition accuracy
accuracy Sensor technology:
• Sensor technology: Can• beCan
used beasused
a double-acting and
as a double-acting
torquetorque
high loads loads • Gripping
Grippingforce retention
force retention – –Adaptable
– Adaptable position sensor
position for the
sensor for the single-acting gripper
Self-centring
• Self-centring • Internal fixed
Internal flowflow
fixed control
control small
smallgripper sizes
gripper sizes Compression spring for
• Compression supple
spring for supple-
Gripper jaw
• Gripper jawcentring
centringoptions
options • Wide range of options for mounting
Wide range of options for moun- – Integratable proximity sensors
–– Integratable proximity sensors for mentary or retaining gripping forces
onting
drive units
on drive units for the medium and large gripper
the medium and large gripper Suitable for
forces external and internal
sizes
sizes gripping
gripping
1 Gripper jaw
1
2 Slotted guide plate
Note
3
2 Slotted guide plate  www.festo.com

-H-
With position
DHRS
Gripper selection
sizing software
www.festo.com

Analogue positional
With position feedback
transmitter pos-
SMAT-8M Multiple positions can be sensed: Infinite
With adjustment
proportional of regulator
pressure the gripping
VPPM
sible • Open force possible
Analogue positional feedback pos Infinite adjustment of the gripping
• Analogue output 0 … 10 V • Closed • Setpoint input
sible force possible
• Workpiece gripped –– 0 … 10 V
–– 4 … 20 mA
– 0 … 10 V
Mounting options – 4Mounting
… 20 mA options for external grip-

Open
Closed
Workpiece gripped

plications:

Greifer > Mechanische
Greifer Greifer
> Mechanische > Radialgreifer
Greifer > >
> Radialgreifer
Radialgreifer
RadialgreiferDHRS
DHRS
Zubehör
Zubehör
DHRS-10 DHRS-16 … 40
DHRS-10
DHRS-10 DHRS-16
DHRS-16 40
...…40
55
66
11
22 77
11
33
88
99
11
44
5 5
Seite/online
Seite/online
1 1 Connecting cable NEBU 499278 77 Position transmitter SMAT-8M 278
1 Verbindungsleitung NEBU
Verbindungsleitung NEBU 499 7 Positionstransmitter
PositionstransmitterSMAT-8M
SMAT-8M 500500
2 Evaluation unit
2 Auswerteeinheit SMH-AE1
SMH-AE1 499499 88 Push-in fittings QS
Steckverschraubung 421
908
2 Auswerteeinheit SMH-AE1 8 Steckverschraubung QS 908
3 3 Signal converter SVE4 99 Centring sleeve ZBH 278
3 Signalwandler SVE4
Signalwandler SVE4 499499 9 Zentrierhülse ZBHZBH
Zentrierhülse 500500
4 Position sensor
4 Positionssensor SMH-S1
SMH-S1 499499 – –– Connecting cableNEBU
Verbindungsleitung NEBU 500500
4 Positionssensor SMH-S1 Verbindungsleitung NEBU
5 5 Centring pin – –– – –– One-way flow control valve CRGRLA
5 Zentrierstift
Zentrierstift Drossel-Rückschlagventil
Drossel-RückschlagventilGRLA
GRLA 500500
6 Proximity sensorSMT-8
6 Näherungsschalter SMT-8G 278
500500 – –– Drive/gripper
Verbindungen connections
Antrieb/Greifer dhrs
dhrs
6 Näherungsschalter SMT-8 Verbindungen Antrieb/Greifer dhrs
DHRS
Order code
für Baugröße
für Size
Baugröße Sensing Teile-Nr.
Teile-Nr.TypTyp Gripping force
Verbindungsleitung
11 Verbindungsleitung backup
Verbindung
Verbindungzwischen Auswerteeinheit/Signalwandler
zwischen Auswerteeinheit/SignalwandlerundundPositionssensor
Positionssensor
m– m
DHRS 2,5 2,5 – A
554035 –
NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4 Default
554035 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-M8G4
Verbindung zwischen Auswerteeinheit undund
Steuerung Mandatory
Verbindung zwischen Auswerteeinheit Steuerung
2,5 2,5
m m 10, 16, A For proximity
541330 None
NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5 Optional
5 m5 m 25, 32, sensing
541331 NC Closing
541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5
NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5
50
Verbindung zwischen Signalwandler undund
Steuerung Quick ordering:
Verbindung zwischen Signalwandler Steuerung
2,5 2,5
m m 541342
541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4 No need to configure your product via
5 m5 m 541343
541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4 the order code. Quick Order predefined
Auswerteeinheit,
22 für Baugröße 10 10  Details on page 16
Datenblätter online: smh-ae
Auswerteeinheit, für Baugröße Datenblätter online: smh-ae
PNPPNP 175708
175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12
SMH-AE1-PS3-M12
NPNNPN 175709
175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
SMH-AE1-NS3-M12
 www.festo.com/catalogue/dhrs
Signalwandler,
33 für Baugröße 10 10 Datenblätter online: sve4
Ordering data
Signalwandler,
PNPPNP
für Baugröße
544216
Datenblätter online: sve4
544216 SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2P-M8
SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2P-M8
Size Part No.
NPN Type 544219 Size Part No. Type
SVE4-HS-R-HM8-2N-M8
10 ¬ 1310159 DHRS-10-A Closing
16 ¬ 1310160 DHRS-16-A 16 ¬ 1310161 DHRS-16-A-NC
Positionssensor,
44
25 ¬ für Baugröße
1310162
Positionssensor, 10 10
DHRS-25-A
für Baugröße 25 ¬ 1310163 DHRS-25-A-NC Datenblätter online:
Datenblätter smh-s1
online: smh-s1
Stecker 175712 SMH-S1-HGR10 ¬
32 Stecker
¬
1310164 DHRS-32-A 175712 32 SMH-S1-HGR10 1310165 DHRS-32-A-NC
40 ¬ 1310166 DHRS-40-A 40 ¬ 1310167 DHRS-40-A-NC
Subject
2013/11 to change vorbehalten
– Änderungen
2013/11 – 2016/06
– Änderungen vorbehalten  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
499499

2,5 m 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
5 m 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
2 Evaluation unit, for size 10 Technical data online:  smh-ae 9 Centring sleeve1)2) Technical data online:  zbh
PNP 175708 SMH-AE1-PS3-M12 10, 16 189652 ZBH-5
NPN 175709 SMH-AE1-NS3-M12 25 186717 ZBH-7
32 150927 ZBH-9
40 189653 ZBH-12
2,5 m 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
5 m
541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
4 Position sensor, for size 10 Technical data online:  smh-s1 3) 2 included in the scope of delivery of the gripper.
Plug 175711 SMH-S1-HGW10
Thread O.D.
DHRS

metal Technical data online:  grla
6, 10, M3 3 175041 GRLA-M3-QS-3 *)
16

20 M5 – 161403 CRGRLA-M5-B
25, 35 Gx – 161404 CRGRLA-x-B

Technical data
General
Size 10 16 25 32 40
Opening angle per gripper jaw [°] 180
Total gripping torque Opening [Ncm] 21 62 233 423 725
at 6 bar Closing [Ncm] 15 55 215 390 660
Max. operating frequency [Hz] 4 3 2
Max. permissible force Fz [N] 30 40 75 120 200
Max. permissible torque Mx [Nm] 0,8 1,3 3,2 6,2 14
Max. permissible torque My [Nm] 0,8 1,3 3,2 6,2 14
Max. permissible torque Mz [Nm] 0,8 1,3 3,2 6,2 14
1) End-position drift under constant conditions of use with 100 consecutive strokes in the direction of movement
of the gripper jaws.
Note
 www.festo.com
DHRS
Size 10 16 25 32 40
DHRS-…-A 0.03 0.14 0.69 1.66 4.18
DHRS-…-A-NC – 0.15 0.71 1.69 4.24
Weight [g]
Size 10 16 25 32 40
DHRS-…-A 44 114 270 480 829
Technical data
DHRS-…-A-NC – 118 277 490 844
Materials
Materials
Sectional
Sectional view
view Legend
1 Radial gripper 1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel

1 Gripper jaw High-alloy stainless steel
3 Slotted guide plate Tempered steel
2 4 Piston Polyacetal
3 Slotted guide plate Tempered steel
4 Piston Polyacetal
3 Note on materials RoHS-compliant
Copper-Free:
RoHS-compliant
5
Total gripping torque [Ncm] at 6 bar
The gripping torque is not constant Size 10 16 25 32
Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/...
within the opening angle 12. 279
DHRS-…-A Opening 21 62 233 423
Handling systems >
Ideal for desktop applications
Wherever every millimetre counts:

¬¬The compact gantry EXCM. High functionality meets an extremely
compact design for maximised working space coverage.
¬¬The parallel kinematic drive concept ensures low moving mas-
ses, and the drive and controller package is pre-parameterised
for easy commissioning.

Handling systems >
Highlights Contents
EXCM Planar surface gantries EXCM��283
Planar surface gantries
¬¬Flat and compact for optimum
use of space
¬¬High working load
¬¬Festo plug and work including
pre-parameterisation
¬¬Ideally matched drive and
controller package
¬¬Configurable in length and width
Page 283

Handling systems >
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Handling systems >
Cartesian systems
 www.festo.com/catalogue/excm
PDF EN
PDF 2D planar surface gantries
 www.festo.com/sp/excm
PDF EN
PDF
EXCM
Compact gantry
Electrical actuation
X-stroke: max. 700 mm
Y-stroke: max. 360 mm
Ideally adapted drive and controller packages
Pay load 0 to max. 3 kg.
Ideal for desktop applications

¬¬Functional principle – EXCM can approach any position within
its workspace. The recirculating toothed belt, driven by fixed
motors, moves the slide within a two-dimensional area.
¬¬Drive and controller package – Supplied as standard: the func-
tional drive and controller package in IP20 for Festo plug and
work. The encoder allows servo operation in a closed loop.
¬¬Maximum communication – Extremely flexible: I/Os for simple
control of up to 64 positions, or CANopen and Ethernet for ma-
ximum freedom of motion with up to 250 positions!

Handling systems > Cartesian systems >
Planar surfacegantries
Planar surface gantriesEXCM
EXCM
Key features
At a glance
Features
General Application examples
At a glance
Compact gantry distinguished by its The kinematic system is actuated Can be actuated using two Feeding, pressing, joining
General Application examples
high level of functionality in a very via 2 stepper motors with inte operating modes: components
• Compact gantry distinguished by • The kinematic system is actuated • Can be actuated using two opera- • Feeding, pressing, joining compo-
small installation space grated optical encoder (closed loop) – Direct mode via Ethernet and Dispensing liquids
its high level of functionality in a via 2 stepper motors with inte- ting modes: nents
very
The drive
smalldesign minimises
installation spacethe and oneoptical
grated matching two-axis
encoder (closed CAN mode via Ethernet and
–– Direct • Dispensing
Mounting electronic
liquids components
moving mass
• The drive design minimises the controller
loop) and one matching two-axis – CAN
Record selection via digital I/O, • Mounting electronic components
moving
A perfectly
massmatched drive and controller Ethernet and CANvia digital I/O,
–– Record selection
controller
• A perfectly matched drive and EXCM-30 permits
Ethernet and CANflexible motor
controller • EXCM-30
mountingpermits flexible motor
mounting
Functional principle
Functional principle
A slide is moved in a two-dimensional (closed loop). The motors are coupled can approach any position in a
A slide is moved in a two-dimensio- mode (closed loop). The motors are position in a working space when
space (X-axis/Y-axis) via a toothed to the toothed belt. The belt is guided working space when the motors are
nal space (X-axis/Y-axis) via a too- coupled to the toothed belt. The the motors are actuated accordingly.
belt. The system is powered via 2 fixed via pulleys in such a way that the slide actuated accordingly.
thed belt. The system is powered via belt is guided via pulleys in such a
motors in position-controlled mode
2 fixed motors in position-controlled way that the slide can approach any
Motor 1
Motor 2
Motor 1 Motor 2
X-axis
Y-axis
EXCM
Planar surface gantry EXCM-10 EXCM-30

EXCM-10 EXCM-30
Type EXCM-10 EXCM-30

Guide Plain-bearing guide Recirculating ball bearing guide
Stroke of the
Type EXCM-10 EXCM-30
X-axis [mm] 150, 260, 300, 360, 460, 700 90 … 700
Guide
Y-axis [mm] 110Plain-bearing guide Recirculating
110, 160, 210,ball
260,bearing guide
310, 360
Stroke of load
Effective the [kg] 0.5 3
X-axis accuracy
Repetition [mm]
[mm] 150, 260, 300, 360, 460, 700
±0.1 90 … 700
±0.05
Y-axis
Controller [mm] 110
Attached 110, 160, 210, 260, 310, 360
Separate
Effective load [kg] 0.5 3
Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0.1 ±0.05
Controller Attached Separate

-V- New
Planar surface gantries EXCM

2 1
4
3
4
4
4
4
6
5
EXCM
Type
Attachments and accessories Description  Page/
Type For EXCM-10
Description For EXCM-30 online
Page/Internet
1 Profile mounting MUE – For EXCM-10 Included
For in the scope of delivery:
EXCM-30 286
1 Profile mounting – • X stroke
Included < 500 mm:
in the scope of2delivery:
pairs 23
MUE • XXstroke
stroke≥500
500 mm:
mm: 23pairs
pairs
Sensor mounting EAPR –
2
For homing in combination with third-party motors
X stroke  500 mm: 3 pairs
3 Proximity sensor SIES-8M –
2 Sensor mounting – For homing in combination with third-party 22
4 Drive package comprising con- Included in the scope of delivery of the planar sur- Available with or without drive package –
EAPR motors
troller, motor, motor cable face gantry
3 Proximity
5 Pilot sensor
line NEBC-S1H15 – interface to any controller
For I/O For I/O interface to any controller 23 286
6 SIES-8M
Plug Included in the scope of delivery of the planar sur- Included in the scope of delivery of the drive pac- –
4 face Included
Drive package comprising controller, gantry in the scope of delivery of the planar kage
Available with or without drive package 11
motor, motor cable surface gantry
5 Pilot line For I/O interface to any controller For I/O interface to any controller 23
NEBC-S1H15
6 Plug Included in the scope of delivery of the planar Included in the scope of delivery of the drive –
surface gantry package
-H- Note
Homing is always carried out using sensor mounting and proximity
the mechanical stop in combination sensor are not required in this case.
with the drive package from Festo; the

Order code
Size X-axis stroke Y-axis stroke Guide Motor type Motor attachment Controller
[mm] [mm] position
EXCM – – – – – – –
10 150, 260, 110 GF Plain-bearing B Underneath – Without controller

300, 360, guide B1 Underneath, E1 Flange-mounted on
460, 700 KF Recirculating cable outlets the planar surface
30 300, 400 210, 310 ball bearing to front gantry
guide T On top E3 With controller,
motor and encoder
W Without motors cable (1 m)
Quick ordering: ST Stepper motors
No need to configure your product via Default
Mandatory
 Details on page 16 Optional

Ordering data
Size 10 Size 30
X-axis stroke Y-axis stroke Part No. Type X-axis stroke Y-axis stroke Part No. Type
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
150 110 1801920 EXCM-10-150-110-GF-ST-B-E1 Without stepper motor
260 1801915 EXCM-10-260-110-GF-ST-B-E1 300 210 578595 EXCM-30-300-210-KF-W-T
300 1801917 EXCM-10-300-110-GF-ST-B-E1 400 310 578597 EXCM-30-400-310-KF-W-T
360 1801918 EXCM-10-360-110-GF-ST-B-E1 With stepper motors
460 1801916 EXCM-10-460-110-GF-ST-B-E1 300 210 578594 EXCM-30-300-210-KF-ST-B1-E3
700 1801919 EXCM-10-700-110-GF-ST-B-E1 400 310 578596 EXCM-30-400-310-KF-ST-B1-E3
EXCM

For size Part No. Type Version Part No. Type
1 Profile mounting MUE Dimensions online:  mue 3 Proximity sensor for T-slot, inductive, N/O contact
30 558042 MUE-50 PNP, cable 551386 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-7,5-OE
PNP, plug 551387 SIES-8M-PS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
2 Sensor mounting EAPR Dimensions online:  eapr N/C contact
30 2319236 EAPR-E11-30 PNP, cable 551391 SIES-8M-PO-24V-K-7,5-OE
Cable Part No. Type

length [m]
5 Pilot line NEBC, for I/O interface to any controller
1 2307459 NEBC-S1H15-E-1.0-N-LE15
2,5 2052917 NEBC-S1H15-E-2.5-N-LE15
5 2052918 NEBC-S1H15-E-5.0-N-LE15
10 2052919 NEBC-S1H15-E-10.0-N-LE15

Technical data
General
Size 10 30
Design Planar surface gantry
Guide Plain-bearing guide Recirculating ball bearing guide
Stroke of the
X-axis [mm] 150, 260, 300, 360, 460, 700 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500
– 90 … 700
Y-axis [mm] 110 110, 160, 210, 260, 310, 360
Effective load at max. dyn. rsp. [kg] 0.5 2/31)
Max. driving torque [Nm] – 0.2
Max. no-load torque [Nm] – 0.042)
Max. acceleration [m/s ] 2
3 10
Max. speed [m/s] 0.3 0.5
Repetition accuracy [mm] ±0.1 ±0.05
Mounting position Horizontal Any3)
Type of mounting
Planar surface gantry Via through-hole and screw Via profile mounting
Controller – Via H-rail, on connecting plate
1) Vertical/horizontal mounting position
2) At v=0.2 m/s and 45° diagonal travel
3) Motors with brake must be used in the case of vertical installation

Size 10 30
Characteristics of digital logic outputs Not galvanically isolated
Characteristics of logic inputs Galvanically connected to logic potential
Logic input specification Based on IEC 61131-2
Protective function I²t monitoring, following error monitoring, software end-position detection,
voltage failure detection, current monitoring, temperature monitoring
Ambient temperature [°C] +10 … +45
Relative air humidity 0 … 90 (non-condensing)
EXCM
Noise level dB(A) 38 52
Duty cycle [%] 100
CE marking (see declaration of conformity) In accordance with EU EMC Directive1)
Weight [g]
Size 10 Size 30
Product weight with stroke (with motors and controller) Product weight with stroke (without motors and controller)
X-axis Y-axis X-axis Y-axis
150 110 3,300 150 110 2,700
260 110 3,800
300 110 4,000 Additional weight per 50 mm stroke
360 110 4,200 X-axis 237
460 110 4,700 Y-axis 132
700 110 5,700
Weight
2 motors 900
2 motors with brake 1,500
Controller 650

Technical data

The indicated forces and torques refer If the axis is subjected to more than
to the slide surface. The point of two of the indicated forces and
application of force is the point where torques simultaneously, the follow
Technical data
the centre of the guide and the ing equation must be satisfied in
longitudinal centre of the slide addition to the indicated maximum
The indicated forces and torques re- If the axis is subjected to more than Note
intersect. loads:
fer to the slide surface. The point of two of the indicated forces and tor- Calculation software FCT
They are valid for v = 0.2 m/s.
application of force is the point ques simultaneously, the following  www.festo.com
where the centre of the guide and equation must be satisfied in additi-
the longitudinal centre of the slide on to the indicated maximum loads:
intersect.
cushioning phase.
They are valid for v = 0.2 m/s. Calculating the
Calculating theload comparison
load factor:
comparison factor:
These values must not be exceeded |F z,dyn| |Mx,dyn| |My,dyn| |Mz,dyn|
during dynamic operation. Special fv 1
F z,max M x,max M y,max M z,max
cushioning
Permissible phase.
forces and torques
Size 10 30
Fzmax. [N] 5 100
Mxmax. Size [Nm] 2 10 34 30
Mymax. Fzmax. [Nm] [N]0.5 5 67 100
Mzmax. Mxmax. [Nm] [Nm]
2 2 34 34
Mymax. [Nm] 0.5 67
Mzmax. [Nm] 2 34
Feed forces [N]
Size Feed forces [N] 30
Stroke ofSize
the Y-axis [mm] 110 30 160 210 260 310 360
Travel in Stroke of the Y-axis
X direction [mm]
55 110 55 160 55 210 50 260 40 310
34 360
Travel inTravel in X direction
Y direction 55 55 55 55 46 55 38 50 32 4028 34
Travel 45° diagonal
Travel in Y direction 35 55 35 55 35 46 30 38 25 3223 28
Travel 45° diagonal 35 35 35 30 25 23
Weight of the Y-traverse [g]
Size Weight of the Y-traverse [g] 30
Stroke ofSize
the Y-axis [mm] 110 30 160 210 260 310 360
Stroke of the Y-axis
Y-traverse [mm]
670 110 800 160 930 210 1,070 260 1,200 310
1,330 360
Y-traverse 670 800 930 1,070 1,200 1,330
-H-
EXCM
Note
Note
Theforces
The weight weight
dueforces
to load due
whento loadwhen
when the isload
the X-axis when
vertical. the
The feedX-axis is vertical.
the
the gantry is gantry
mountedisvertically
mounted vertically
must Theby
force is reduced feed
the force is the
value of reduced by the va-
be takenmust be taken into
into consideration in consideration
the weightinforce lue
withofvertical
the weight
travel force with vertical
theThis
feed force. feed force.
is done byThis is done
adding the byupwards
ad- andtravel upwards
increased and increased with
with vertical
ding the weight of the
weight of the Y-traverse to the load Y-traverse to vertical
travel downwards. travel downwards.
EXCM-30 – Number of profile mountings

Different numbers of profile moun-
tings must be used depending on
the mounting position and stroke of
the X-axis.
Horizontal mounting position Vertical mounting position

Stroke < 500 mm Stroke ≥ 500 mm Stroke < 500 mm Stroke ≥ 500 mm

Stroke of the X-axis Number of profile mountings
[mm] Horizontal mounting position Vertical mounting position
100 … 500 2 per profile, inside or outside 4 per profile, inside and outside
500 … 700 3 per profile, inside or outside 6 per profile, inside and outside

Technical data
General data – Controller
Functional principle Cascade controller with P position controller, PI speed controller, PI current controller;
Current control, within the cascade controller
PWM MOSFET power end stage
Operating mode Direct mode
Record selection
Rotary position encoder Optical encoder, 2,000 steps/rev.
Display 7-segment display
Input encoder interface RS422
Adjustable current reduction Via software
Nominal current setting Via software
Step adjustment Via software
Switching logic NPN (negative switching)
Braking resistor [W] 15
Electrical data – Controller

For EXCM size 10 30
Max. intermediate circuit voltage [V DC] 28
Nominal current per phase, effective [A] 1.4 3
Load supply
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24
Nominal current [A] 2.8 6
Peak current [A] 8
Logic supply
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24 _15%
Nominal current [A] 0.3
Max. current of digital logic outputs [mA] 100
Technical data – Fieldbus interface

Interfaces I/O CANopen Ethernet
EXCM
Operating range of logic inputs [V DC] 8 … 30
Process coupling 31 positioning records
Communication profile – FHPP TCP/IP, FHPP
Max. fieldbus transmission rate [Mbps] – 1 100
Mechanical data – Motor

Size 10 30
Nominal torque [Nm] 0.009 0.04
Holding torque [Nm] 0.009 0.04

Planarsurface
Planar surfacegantries
gantriesEXCM
EXCM
Technical data
Materials
Materials
EXCM-10
EXCM-10 EXCM-30
EXCM-30
1 1
2 2
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7 7
Size
Materials 10 30
Size
1 Guide pulley 10
Aluminium 30
2
1 Toothed
Guide belt
pulley Polychloroprene
Aluminium with glass cord
3
2 Base plate
Toothed belt Aluminium
Polychloroprene with glass cord –
4
3 Coverplate
Base Aluminium –
4 X-axis
Cover Plastic
Y-axis
X-axis Plastic
Plastic Stainless steel
5 Slide Aluminium
Y-axis Plastic Stainless steel
6 End cap Aluminium
5 Slide Aluminium
7 Y-traverse Aluminium
6 End cap Aluminium
– Guide Aluminium Steel
7 Y-traverse Aluminium
Ball bearings Steel
– Guide Aluminium Steel
Ball bearings Steel
Note on materials
Copper-Free: RoHS-compliant
EXCM

numbers
Weight [g]are copper-free in accor-
Size 10
Product weight with stroke (with motors and controller)
X-axis Y-axis
150 110 3,300
260 110 3,800
300 110 4,000
360 110 4,200
460 110 4,700
700 110 5,700
Size 30
Product weight with stroke (without motors and controller)
X-axis Y-axis
150 110 2,700
Additional weight per 50 mm stroke

X-axis 237
Y-axis 132
Weight
2 motors 900
2 motors with brake 1,500
Controller 650

Handling systems >

Vacuum technology >
Vacuum technology by Festo

¬¬Comprehensive vacuum range consisting of vacuum generators,
valves suitable for vacuum, vacuum switches and vacuum grip-
pers
¬¬Short evacuation times thanks to decentralised vacuum generati-
on
¬¬All Festo vacuum generators operate according to the single-sta-
ge Venturi principle.

Vacuum technology >
Easy for you!
Highlights Contents
OVEM Additional selected products. . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Vacuum generators OVEM ��295
Vacuum generators
¬¬Process-reliable Vacuum generators VN��305
¬¬Short switching times
¬¬Easy to operate and maintain
Page 295
VN
Vacuum generators
¬¬Powerful vacuum
¬¬Can be used directly in the
operating area
¬¬Available in straight design or
T-shape
¬¬No wearing parts
Page 305

Vacuum technology >
Vacuum gripping technology
Suction grippers Suction cups

ESG ESV
Suction cup size 10x30 mm, 15x45 mm, 20x60 mm,
25x75 mm, 30x90 mm, 4x10 mm,
4x20 mm, 6x10 mm, 6x20 mm,
8x20 mm, 8x30 mm
Suction cup diameter 2 ... 200 mm 20 ... 200 mm
Breakaway force at 70% 0.1 ... 1610 N 9.8 ... 1610 N
vacuum
Design Oval, flat, round, bellows 1.5 convolutions, round, bellows 3.5 round, bellows 1.5 convolutions, round, bellows 3.5 convoluti-
convolutions, round, deep, round, flat, round, extra deep ons, round, deep, round, flat, round, extra deep
Information on suction FPM, NBR, PUR, TPE-U(PU), VMQ (silicone) FPM, NBR, PUR, TPE-U(PU), VMQ (silicone)
cup materials
Description • Modular system of suction cup holders and suction cups • Suction cup wearing part
with over 2000 variants • Easily interchangeable
• Available with angle compensator, height compensator, filter • Suction cup volume: 0.318 ... 245cm³
• 15 suction cup diameters • Min. workpiece radius: 10 ... 680 mm
• 6 suction cup shapes
• Suction cup volume: 0.002 ... 245 cm³
• Min. workpiece radius: 10 ... 680 mm
• Vacuum port: push-in connector or barbed fitting for plastic
tubing, threaded connection
 Page/online esg esv
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Vacuum technology >
Vacuum generators
 www.festo.com/catalogue/ovem
PDF EN
PDF Vacuum generators
 www.festo.com/sp/ovem
PDF EN
PDF
OVEM
Nominal diameter 0.7 ... 2.0 mm

Port Plug connector QS8, G1/4
Solenoid valve vacuum ON/OFF
Pneumatic ejector pulse
Integrated vacuum switch
All in one
¬¬Process reliable – with vacuum sensor, including display for
easy reading during operation.
¬¬Short switching times – Ejector pulse controlled via solenoid
valve
¬¬Easy to operate and maintain – User-friendly: all control ele-
ments on one side and Teach-in function for quick and simple
set-up

OVEM-20
Vacuum technology > Vacuum generators >
Vacuum generators OVEM

Key features
AtFeatures
a glance
At a glance
Accelerated
Acceleratedvacuum reduction
vacuum for for
reduction safe Quick andand
Quick secure installation
secure installation thanks
safe placement
placement of the workpiece
of the workpiece by means byof to QStofittings
thanks QS fitting
means ofsolenoid
integrated integrated solenoid
valve valve
for controlling
thefor controlling
ejector pulse the ejector pulse Fast vacuum build-up by means of
Fast vacuum build-up by means of
integrated solenoid valve for controlling
Central electrical connection via integrated solenoid valve for con-
Central electrical connection via M12 plug
M12 plug thetrolling
compressed air supply air supply
the compressed
OVEM-…-2P/2N
OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI OVEM-…-1P
OVEM-…-1P/1N
Monitoring
Monitoring andand visualisation
visualisation of the
of the Monitoring
Monitoring of the
of the vacuum
vacuum andand sta-
status
vacuum by means of a vacuum sen- tus displays for switching output
vacuum by means of a vacuum sensor displays for switching output and solenoid
sor with LCD display (bar) and solenoid valves by means of a
with LCD display (bar) valves by means of a vacuum sensor with
vacuum sensor with LED display
LED display
Adjustment
Adjustmentof the ejector
of the pulse
ejector via via
pulse flow Prevention of pressure drops by
Prevention of pressure drops by means of
flow control
control screw screw means of integrated non-return
integrated non-return valve
valve
Prevention
Preventionof contamination of the
of contamination of the
vacuum
vacuum generator
generator by means
by means of inte-
of integrated Maintenance-free operation and re-
grated filter
filter duced noise level
Maintenance-free throughand
operation inte-
reduced
grated,
noise levelopen silencer
through integrated, open
silencer
Modular vacuum generator series
The modular vacuum generator se- Functions Values
ries OVEM offers a wide range of in-
The modular vacuum generator series Laval nozzle 0.7 mm
dividually selectable functions, ma-
Theking
modular vacuum generator seriesfor Functions 0.95 mm
Values
it possible to find a solution
OVEM offersvaried
the most a wideofrange of
applications. 1.4 mm
Laval nozzle 0.45 mm
individually selectable functions, 2.0 mm1)
0.7 mm
making it possible to find a solution Vacuum generator characteristic High vacuum
0.95 mm
Housing size 20 mm, metric version, display in bar
for the most varied of applications. 1.4 mm
Pneumatic connections QS fittings, with or without open silencer
2.0Gmm 1)
female thread, with or without open silencer
Vacuum generator characteristic High vacuumfor supply manifold
Prepared
High suction
Normal position of the vacuum generator Normally open, rate with or without ejector pulse
Housing size 20 Normally
mm, metric version,
closed, withdisplay in barejector pulse
or without
Electrical connection 20 M12
mm, plug (5-pin) display in inchHg2)
NPT version,
Vacuum sensor
Pneumatic connections QSWithout
fittings, vacuum sensor open silencer
with or without
QSSwitching output
fittings (inch), with1xorPNP 2)
without open silencer2)
Switching
G female output
thread, with2xorPNP or 2xopen
without NPNsilencer
3)
Alternative vacuum display NPTinch Hg thread, with or without open silencer2)

3)
OVEM
female
inch H2O3)
Prepared for supply manifold
bar3)
Normal position of the vacuum Normally open, with or without ejector pulse
1) Restricted number of functions
generator
2) Vacuum sensor with LED display
Normally closed, with or without ejector pulse
3) Vacuum sensor
Electrical with LCD display
connection M12 plug (5-pin)
Vacuum sensor Without vacuum sensor
Switching output 1x PNP or 1x NPN3)
Switching output 2x PNP or 2x NPN4)
Switching output 1x PNP or 1x NPN and analogue output4)
Alternative vacuum display inchHg4)
inchH2O2) 4)
bar2) 4)
1) Restricted number of functions

2) Product documentation Internet: ovem-npt
3) Vacuum sensor with LED display
4) Vacuum sensor with LCD display

Features
Innovative vacuum generator
Economical Easy to use
• Short switching times thanks to • Cost saving through integrated • Simple installation via M12 plugs • Vacuum sensor with LCD display
integrated solenoid valves air-saving function and QS fittings (OVEM-…-2P/2N)
–– Vacuum on/off • Powerful supply of multiple vacu- • Simple mounting via screws –– Vacuum is displayed numerical-
–– Ejector pulse um generators via a common sup- • All control elements on one side ly and as a bar chart
• Quick, precise and safe placement ply manifold ( page 301) • Quiet operation thanks to inte- –– Important parameters and dia-
of the workpiece by means of the • Low-cost variants with one swit- grated silencers gnostic information are dis-
ejector pulse ching output (OVEM-…-1P) played
• Cost saving through preventive
maintenance/service thanks to
maintenance indicator
Reliable Space-saving Easy to maintain Choice of mounting types

• Permanent monitoring of the enti- All functions are compactly inte- • Integrated filter with inspection • Direct mounting or via mounting
re vacuum system via a vacuum grated in one unit window for maintenance display bracket
sensor to reduce downtimes (con- • No protruding elements such as • Reduced contamination of the va- • Straightforward mounting on H-
dition monitoring) valves or vacuum sensor cuum generator thanks to an rail via accessories
• Prevention of pressure drop by • Space-optimised installation is open silencer • Interlocking of multiple vacuum
means of an integrated air-saving possible as all the control ele- generators on a common supply
function in conjunction with an in- ments can be accessed from one manifold ( page 18)
tegrated non-return valve side
Operating principle of OVEM

Vacuum ON/OFF Vacuum sensor Ejector pulse
The compressed air supply is con- • NO - normally open:The vacuum is The set or taught-in reference value With a second integrated solenoid
trolled by an integrated solenoid generated when the vacuum ge- for the generated vacuum is monito- valve, an ejector pulse is activated
valve. The solenoid valve can be nerator is pressurised with com- red via an integrated vacuum sen- and generated after the vacuum is
supplied with two different swit- pressed air and the solenoid valve sor. If the reference value is reached switched off to release the workpi-
ching functions, NC and NO. is in the normal position. or if it is not reached due to mal- ece safely from the suction cup and
• NC - normally closed:The vacuum functions (e.g. leakages, dropped to reduce the vacuum quickly.
is generated when the vacuum ge- workpiece), the vacuum sensor
nerator is pressurised with com- emits an electrical signal.
pressed air and the solenoid valve
has been switched.
Connection to higher-level systems

The connection to higher-level sy- OVEM-…-2P/2N OVEM-…-1P
stems as well as the configuration • One digital switching input for ac- • If there are two switching outputs, • Switching inputs for actuating the
of the switching outputs depends tuating the solenoid valves these can be configured indepen- solenoid valves for vacuum gene-
on the type of vacuum sensor. • Two digital switching outputs or dently of each other. This enables ration and ejector pulse
one digital switching output and tasks to be performed in parallel • One switching output for supp-
one analogue output for supp- with one vacuum generator, redu- lying a control signal OVEM
lying control signals cing the time needed for sorting –– Configured as an N/O contact
–– Switching outputs can be confi- good and reject parts, for examp- –– Switching function configured
gured as N/C or N/O contacts le. as a threshold value comparator
–– Switching function of the out-
puts can be configured as a
threshold value or window com-
parator

-V- New
OVEM-20

Features
Key features
OVEM-…-2P/2N – Air-saving function LS (-CE, -OE)
50Air-saving
mbar (fixed) If the desired threshold value 1 for duce the vacuum. If the pressure
OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI – function LSHysteresis
(-CE, -OE)
the vacuum is reached, vacuum ge- drops below the threshold value 2,
If theneration
desired threshold value 1 for
is automatically switchedslowly reduce
vacuum thegeneration
vacuum. If the
is automatically
50 mbar (fixed) Hysteresis
1 the vacuum is reached, vacuum
off. A non-return valve prevents the pressureswitched on.the
drops below threshold
Vacuum is generated
generation is automatically
reduction switched
of the vacuum. Nonethe-value 2, vacuum
until generation
the set thresholdis value 1 is
2 off. A less,
non-return valve prevents the automatically switched
leakage (e.g. due to rough reached again.on. Vacuum is
reduction of the vacuum.
workpiece surfaces) will slowly re-generated until the set threshold
Nonetheless, leakage (e.g. due value 1 is reached again.
to rough workpiece surfaces) will
OVEM-…-2P/2N – Condition–monitoring
OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI and diagnostics
Condition monitoring and diagnostics
Vacuum [%] The operating
The main main operating parameters generator
parameters vacuum generator
and shown and shown on the
on the display
1 • vacuum
vacuum display
(diagnostics). An(diagnostics).
electrical signalAnwillelectrical
• evacuation
evacuation time and
time and also be signal will also
transmitted to thebe transmitted to the
higher-order
2 2 air• air supply
supply time time higher-order controller.
controller.
are continuously measured
are continuously measured in the in the This preventative
This permits permits preventative
action action
vacuum generator and
vacuum generator and compared withcompared • in order to prevent machine
in order to prevent machine failure failu-
with the individually
the individually set referenceset reference or downtime,
values re or downtime,
for example,for example,
through
2 values
(condition (conditionIf monitoring).
monitoring). deviations in If de-timely maintenance
through timely maintenance
viationsvalues
the reference in theoccur,
reference
these values
will oc-
and to• ensure
and toprocess
ensurereliability
process reliability
cur, these will be
be determined by the vacuumdetermined by the (adherence to the cycle time).
(adherence to the cycle time).
TE T1 TB T2
1 Cycle
1 Cycle time
time T1 T1 Transport
Transport time time
2 Monitoring
2 Monitoring TB TB Air supply
Air supply time time
TETE Evacuation
Evacuation time
time T2 T2 Return
Return time time
OVEM-…-1P/1N
OVEM-…-1P – From
– From thethe teach-inpoint
teach-in point to
to the
theswitching
switchingpoint
point
The switching
The switching point ispoint is determinedFor example,
determined For example,
a switchinga switching
point of point of
from from the teach-in
the teach-in point
point and the and the –0.33 bar–0.33
is setbar
at aisteach-in
set at apressure
teach-in pressu-
functional
functional reserve.
reserve. of –0.5 re
bar.of –0.5 bar.
A functional
A functional reservereserve
(35% of (35%
the of the The hysteresis
The hysteresis
is fixed. is fixed.
teach-in
teach-in pressure)
pressure) is subtracted
is subtracted from
from the
the teach-in teach-in pressure
pressure
(SP =(SP
TP –=0.35*TP).
TP – 0.35*TP).
OVEM
TP Teach-in point Hy Hysteresis

TP Teach-in point Hy Hysteresis
SP Switching point FR Functional reserve
SP Switching point FR Functional reserve

-V- New
OVEM-20

OVEM-…-QS/QO/GN/GO-… OVEM-…-PL/PO-…1)
OVEM-…-QS/QO/GN/GO-… OVEM-…-PL/PO-…1)
4
8
9
1
2 1
aJ
8
5
6 6
7 7
Mounting attachments
1) Hollow bolt and
9 and mounting accessories
bracket aJ are included in the scope of delivery of the OVEM-…-PL/PO-….
OVEM-…-QO-… OVEM-…-GO-… OVEM-…-PO-…  Page/
online
Mounting
1 attachments
Connecting and accessories
cable NEBU-M12    301
2 H-rail mounting kit OABM-H OVEM-…-QS/QO/GN/GO-…
  OVEM-…-PL/PO-… – Page/Internet
3 Mounting bracket HRM-1 QS QO GN  GO PL – PO
1 Blanking
4 plug
Connecting OASC-G1-P
cable – –  20

5 Common supply manifold OABM-P… –
NEBU-M12 – 
2 Silencer
6 extension
H-rail mounting kit UOMS-¼ n2) n2) n2) 19
–
7 Suction
OABM-Hgripper ESG    294
3 Push-in
OVEM
8 fittings
Mounting bracket – – – 20 421
– Suction – esh
HRM-1 cup holder ESH  
–4 Suction
Blankingcup ESS
plug    19 ess
–
bolt 9 and mounting bracket aJ are included in the scope of delivery of the OVEM-…-PO-….
OASC-G1-P
1) Hollow
2) Silencer extension UOMS-¼ 6 is included in the scope of delivery of the OVEM-20.
5 Common supply manifold 18
–
OABM-P…
6 Silencer extension 20
– 2) – 2) – 2)
UOMS-¼
7 Suction gripper esg

ESG
8 Push-in fitting quick star
– –
QS
– Suction cup holder esh

ESH
– Suction cup ess

ESS
2) Silencer extension UOMS-¼ 6 is included in the scope of delivery of the OVEM-20.
2014/05to–change
Subject Subject to change
– 2016/06 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/...
 www.festo.com/catalogue/... 5
299
Order code
Nominal size of laval Ejector characteristic Housing width Pneumatic connections
nozzle [mm]
OVEM – – H – B – 
07 0.7 H High vacuum B Grid dimension QO P-V with QS fitting,

10 0.95 20 mm R with open silencer
14 1.4 GO P-V with female thread,
20 2.0 R with open silencer
PO Prepared for common
supply manifold, V with QS
fitting, R with open silencer

Normal position of the vacuum generator Electrical connection Vacuum sensor
 – – N –
CN NC, normally closed (no N Plug M12 1P 1 switching output PNP Default
vacuum generation) (5-pin) 2P 2 switching outputs PNP Mandatory
CE NC, normally closed (no 2N 2 switching outputs NPN Optional
vacuum generation) with
ejector pulse Quick ordering:
OE NO, normally open (vacuum No need to configure your product via
generation) with ejector the order code. Quick Order predefined
pulse products with part number.

OVEM

Ordering data
Ordering data and weight
Circuit symbol Description Electrical Nominal size Weight Part No. Type
switching of laval nozzle
output [mm] [g]
NC – Normally closed
P-V with QS fitting, 2x PNP 0.95 322 538836 OVEM-10-H-B-QO-CN-N-2P
R with open silencer
With ejector pulse, 2x PNP 0.7 330 538832 OVEM-07-H-B-QO-CE-N-2P

P-V with QS fitting, 0.95 330 538833 OVEM-10-H-B-QO-CE-N-2P
R with open silencer 2.0 390 8023700 OVEM-20-H-B-QO-CE-N-2P
2x NPN 0.7 330 540018 OVEM-07-H-B-QO-CE-N-2N
0.95 330 540019 OVEM-10-H-B-QO-CE-N-2N
1.4 380 540020 OVEM-14-H-B-QO-CE-N-2N
PNP 0.95 321 540023 OVEM-10-H-B-QO-CE-N-1P
1.4 371 540024 OVEM-14-H-B-QO-CE-N-1P
2.0 390 8023699 OVEM-20-H-B-QO-CE-N-1P
With ejector pulse, 2x PNP 0.7 335 540015 OVEM-07-H-B-GO-CE-N-2P
P-V with female thread, 0.95 335 540016 OVEM-10-H-B-GO-CE-N-2P
R with open silencer 2x NPN 0.95 335 540013 OVEM-10-H-B-GO-CE-N-2N
PNP 1.4 375 540028 OVEM-14-H-B-GO-CE-N-1P
With ejector pulse, 2x PNP 2.0 415 8023702 OVEM-20-H-B-PO-CE-N-2P
prepared for common supply
manifold,
PNP 2.0 415 8023701 OVEM-20-H-B-PO-CE-N-1P
V with QS fitting,
NO – Normally open
With ejector pulse, 2x PNP 0.7 331 538826 OVEM-07-H-B-QO-OE-N-2P
P-V with QS fitting, 2x NPN 0.7 331 540009 OVEM-07-H-B-QO-OE-N-2N
R with open silencer 0.95 331 540010 OVEM-10-H-B-QO-OE-N-2N
With ejector pulse, 2x NPN 0.7 334 540003 OVEM-07-H-B-GO-OE-N-2N
P-V with female thread,

Description Part No. Type Description Part No. Type
1 Connecting cable, straight socket 4 Blanking plug OASC-G1-P
2.5 m
541330 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE5 for common 549460 OASC-G1-P OVEM
5 m
541331 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE5 supply mani-
10 m 554038 NEBU-M8G3-K-10-LE5 fold OABM-P
2.5 554036 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-M8G4
5 Common supply manifold OABM-P

2 H-rail mounting kit OABM-H 4 devices 549456 OABM-P-4
Galvanised 549461 OABM-H 6 devices 549457 OABM-P-6
steel 8 devices 549458 OABM-P-8
6 Silencer extension UOMS

3 Mounting bracket HRM Open silencer 538436 UOMS-1/4
Galvanised 9769 HRM-1
steel

Technical data
General
Type OVEM-07 OVEM-10 OVEM-14 OVEM-20
QO PO GO QO PO GO QO PO GO QO PO GO
Nominal size of laval nozzle [mm] 0.7 0.95 1.4 2.0
Pneumatic connections P QS-8 G1/41) G1/4 QS-8 G1/41) G1/4 QS-8 G1/41) G1/4 QS-8 G1/41) G1/4
V QS-8 QS-8 G1/4 QS-8 QS-8 G1/4 QS-8 QS-8 G1/4 QS-8 QS-8 G1/4
R SD2) SD2) SD2) SD2)
Grid dimension [mm] 20
Grade of filtration [μm] 40
Type of mounting Via through-hole / Via female thread / Via accessories
1) Thread for mounting on the common supply manifold
2) SD = Silencer
Technical data – Design

Type OVEM-07/10/14/20-…-QO/PO/GO
Design Modular
Ejector characteristic High vacuum/standard H
High suction rate/standard L
Silencer design Open
Integrated function ON/CN On-off valve, electrical
Vacuum sensor1)
Filter
Silencer, open
OE/CE On-off valve, electrical
Ejector pulse, electrical
Flow control valve
Vacuum sensor1)
Air-saving function, electrical2)
Non-return valve
Filter
Silencer, open
Valve function ON/OE Open
CN/CE Closed
Manual override Non-detenting
Additionally via control buttons2)
1) Only with OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI/1P/1N
2) Only possible with OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI

Type OVEM-07/10/14/20-…-QO/PO/GO
OVEM
Operating pressure [bar] 2…8

Nominal operating pressure [bar] 6
Note on operating/pilot medium Operation with lubricated medium not possible
Temperature of medium [°C] 0 … +50
CE mark (see declaration of conformity)2) To EU EMC Directive
Certification cULus recognized (OL)
C-Tick
cants.

Technical data
Performance data – High vacuum
Type OVEM-07 OVEM-10 OVEM-14 OVEM-20
Normal position of the vacuum generator OE CN CE OE CN CE OE CN CE OE CN CE
Max. vacuum [%] 93
Operating pressure for max. vacuum [bar] 4.1 3.5 3.6 5.3
Max. suction rate with respect to atmosphere [l/min] 16 19.5 50.5 86.5
Suction rate at p1 = 6 bar [l/min] 15.1 18.6 46 80.5
Air supply time1) for 1 l volume, at p1 = 6 bar [s] 0.4 1.9 0.4 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.2
Noise level at p1 = 6 bar [db(A)] 58 73 77 74
1) Time required to reduce vacuum to –0.05 bar.
Technical data – Vacuum sensor

Electrical switching output 2P 2N 1P
Mechanical
Measured variable Relative pressure
Measuring principle Piezoresistive
Pressure measuring range [bar] –1 … 0
Accuracy FS1) [%] _3 –
Repetition accuracy of switching value FS1) [%] 0.6 0.6
Setting options Via display and keys Teach-in
Threshold value setting range [bar] –0.999 … 0 –1 … 0
Hysteresis setting range [bar] –0.9 … 0 –
Setting range for ejector pulse time [ms] 20 … 9,999 (OVEM-05) –
40 … 9,999 (OVEM-07/10/14/20) –
Display type 4-character alphanumeric, backlit LCD LED
Displayable units – bar –
H inchHg –
Display range [bar] –0.999 … 0 –
[inchHg] –29.5 … 0 –
Switching status display Visual Visual
Switching position display LCD LED
Electrical connection Plug M12x1, 5-pin
Electrical
Switching output 2x PNP 2x NPN 1x PNP
Switching input to standard IEC 61131-2
Switching element function N/O contact
N/C contact
Switching function Window comparator –
Threshold value comparator2)
OVEM
Fixed hysteresis [mbar] – 20
Operating voltage range [V DC] 20.4 … 27.6
Duty cycle [%] 100
Idle current [mA] < 70 < 80
Coil characteristics 24 V DC [W] Low-current phase: 0.3
High-current phase: 2.55
Residual current [mA] 0.1
Max. output current [mA] 100
Voltage drop [V] ≤ 1.5
Inductive protective circuit Adapted to MZ, MY, ME coils
Protection against short circuit Yes
Protection against overloading Yes
Reverse polarity protection For all electrical connections
Electrical protection class III
1) % FS = % of the measuring range final value (full scale)
2) OVEM-…-1P/1N threshold value with fixed hysteresis

-V- New
OVEM-20

Technical data
Technical
Pin allocation data
Plug M12x1, 5-pin
Pin allocation Pin Meaning
OVEM-…-2P/2N/PU/NU/PI/NI OVEM-…-1P/1N
Plug M12x1, 5-pin Pin Meaning
1 Supply voltage +24 V DC
OVEM-…-2P/2N Supply voltage +24 V DC
OVEM-…-1P
2 Output B (function depending on variant) Switching input for vacuum ON/OFF
1 3 Supply
0 Vvoltage +24 V DC Supply
0 Vvoltage +24 V DC
2 4 Output B (function
Output depending
A (switching outputon
forvariant)
vacuum sensor) Switching inputoutput
Switching for vacuum
1) ON/OFF
3 5 0 V Switching input In 0 V Switching input for ejector pulse ON/OFF
4 Output A (switching
(vacuum ON/OFFoutput for vacuum
and ejector pulse) sensor) Switching output1)
5 Switching input In Switching input for ejector pulse ON/OFF
1) Pin 4 not used in types without vacuum sensor
(vacuum ON/OFF and ejector pulse)
1) Pin 4 not used in types without vacuum sensor
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
Sectional view
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 aJ Type OVEM 2P/2N/2P/2N/PU/NU/ 1P 1P/1N
PI/NI
1 Fitting QO Nickel-plated brass
1Connecting
Fitting thread GO QS/QO AnodisedNickel-plated brass
wrought aluminium alloy
Connecting thread GN/GO Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
2 Pin contacts Gold-plated brass
2 Pin contacts Gold-plated brass
3 Plug housing Nickel-plated brass
3 Plug housing Nickel-plated brass
4 Inspection window PA –
4 Inspection window PA –
55HousingHousing Die-cast aluminium,
Die-cast aluminium,
PA-reinforced
PA-reinforced
66KeyKey padpad TPE-U TPE-U PA-reinforced
PA-reinforced
77Adjusting screw
Adjusting screw CE/OECE/OE
Steel Steel
88Filter housing
Filter housing PA-reinforced
PA-reinforced
99FittingFitting QO/PO Nickel-plated
QS/QO/ brass brass
Nickel-plated
Copper-Free: Connecting thread GO PL/PO Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Product series with the listed part Connecting thread
aJ Silencer GN/GO
Wrought Anodised wrought
aluminium alloy,aluminium
PU foam alloy
numbers are copper-free in accor- aJ Silencer QO/GO/ Wrought aluminium alloy,
Fitting QO/PO Nickel-plated brass
PO PU foam
dance to the definition and de- GO Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
Fitting QS/QO/ Nickel-plated brass
scription provided on page 8. – Screws Steel
PL/PO
– Pins Steel Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
GN/GO
– – Jet Screws
nozzle Wrought aluminium alloy
Steel
– – Receiver
Pins nozzle POM Steel
– – Filter
Jet nozzle Fabric,Wrought
PA, sintered steel alloy
aluminium
– – SealsReceiver nozzle Nitrile POM
rubber
– – Hollow
Filterbolt PO Wrought Fabric, PA, sintered
aluminium alloy steel
– – Mounting
Seals bracket PO Nitrile
Stainless steelrubber
– Hollow bolt PL/PO Wrought aluminium alloy
– Mounting bracket PL/PO Stainless steel
OVEM
ment substances)
QO/GO/ Contains PWIS (paint-wetting
k
Clean room class to ISO 14644-1PO 5 impairment substances)
k

Vacuum technology >
Vacuum generators
 www.festo.com/catalogue/vn
PDF EN
PDF Vacuum generators
 www.festo.com/sp/vn
PDF EN
PDF
VN
Nominal diameter 0.45 ... 3.0 mm Port

Various connection options:
 Push-in connector QS
 Threaded connection
 Push-in sleeve
 Screw-in silencer
Solenoid valve vacuum ON/OFF
Pneumatic ejector pulse
Integrated vacuum switch.
Fast pick-up!
¬¬Shorter cycle times = higher productivity – Extremely fast eva-
cuation thanks to direct attachment to the suction gripper. Con-
sequently, cycle times are reduced due to quicker pick-up.
¬¬Economical and reliable operation due to integrated functions
The ejector pulse and the solenoid valve are fully integrated. A
consistent strategy of integrated functions reduces costs and
installation space.
¬¬Quicker to install – The integration of the electrical solenoid
valve to switch the vacuum on/off reduces installation time and
commissioning to an absolute minimum.

Vacuum generators VN
Vacuum generators
Key features
generators
Features VN
Product overview
Product overview
Vacuum
Vacuum
generators VN AllAll Festo
Vacuum
genera- Festovacuum
vacuum generators
generators have ahave ahave been
lowdesigned
have been
for adesigned
wide range for aproduct
wide families
to select
make it vacuum
possible togenerators tailo-
Features
tor generator single-stage design
single-stage design and operate ac-of applications.
and operate range ofThe different
applications. select vacuumred
The different generators
to suittailored
specificto requirements.
according to the venturi principle.
cording to the venturi principle. performance classes of the individual
performance classes of the individu-suit specific requirements.
The product families described below
The product families described be- al product families make it possible
erators
At afor high
glance • Vacuum generators for high suction • Can be used directly in the work- • Easy mounting thanks to the
ls of• up to 93%
Vacuum generators rates resulting• inVacuum generators for high place,
very short suctionmaking • Canthembevery
usedeffective
directly in the work- double-sided • Easy latching function
mounting of to the
thanks
Standard and for high
inline ejectors • A range of extremely effective ge- • Available as straight or T-shaped • Optional with additional func-
s in six nominal sizes: evacuation timesrates resulting in very short • Plastic housing the mounting 13plate
housingplace, making them very effective
vacuum levels
VN-… of up to 93% double-sided latching function
nerators suitable for use directly tions:
•
• Laval nozzles in six nominal sizes: Low space requirement
inevacuation
the workplace times • Versatile connection
• Low space options:
requirement
• Plastic housing • With or without
–– integrated eject integratedplate
the pulse
mounting vacuum
– 0.45 mm • Compact and• •sturdyNominal design
Low spacesizerequirement
0.45 … 3 mm – Push-in • VersatileQSconnection options: –switch
connector
• Low-cost – electricto monitor
control
• With fororthe vacuum
vacuum
without with vac
integrated
• Max. vacuum 93% • No wearing parts ON/OFF
– 0.7 mm • Wear-resistant• and and sturdy design – Screw-in thread
maintenance-
Compact – Push-in connector QS PNP output switch to monitor the vacuum
• Temperature range 0 … +60 °C • Extremely fast evacuation time –– combination of eject pulse and
– 0.95 mm free – Push-in
• Wear-resistant and maintenance- • Vacuum–switch sleeve Screw-in thread
(optional) control PNP output
– 1.4 mm • Modular system:free Large selection of – Screw-in silencer
– Push-in sleeve
– 2.0At amm
glance different types• Modular system: Large selection of – Screw-in silencer
• Vacuum generators
• Nominal size for high vacu- •
• Vacuum
A range of generators for high suc- • Low-cost
extremely effective • Can be used directly in the work- • Easy
• Optional with mounting
additional thanks to the
functions:
– 3.0 mm 0.45 … 3 mm different types
um levels of up to 93% tion rates resulting in very short
generators suitable for use directly place, making them very effective
• No wearing parts double-sided latching function of
– integrated eject pulse
• Laval Max. vacuum
• nozzles in six nominal sizes: in the workplace
evacuation times • Extremely fast evacuation
• Plastic housing time – electric control
the for vacuum plate
mounting
–– 0.4593%mm • Available as straight
• Low space requirement or T-shaped • Vacuum switch (optional)
• Versatile connection options: ON/OFF • With or without integrated vacu-
types • Temperature range housing – combination of eject pulse and
–– 0.7 mm • Compact and sturdy design –– QS Push-in connector um switch to monitor the vacuum
pe Two housing0 …types +60 °C • Low space requirement In-line version control
–– 0.95 mm • Wear-resistant and maintenance- –– Screw-in thread with PNP output
Standard T-type In-line version
ions: –– 1.4 mm free Connection –– Push-in
options: sleeve
connectors–– 2.0VAD-…/VAK-…
Connection mm
options: • Modular system: Large selection
• QS push-in–– Screw-in silenceroptions:
Connection
connectors Technical data Internet: vad
ad • QS push-inmm
– – 3.0 connectors of different types
• Push-in sleeve • QS push-in connectors
• Female thread • Push-in sleeve
Two housing types
• Male threadT-type
Standard In-line version  www.festo.com/catalogue/vn
Mounting options:
• Silencers
Connection options: Mounting
Connection options:options:
Extremely compact housing with
• QS push-in connectors • QS push-in
Extremelyconnectors
compact housing with
ons: • Female thread supply and vacuum
• Push-in sleeveport arranged in a
Mounting options: supply and vacuum port arranged in a
ting with• screws
Male• thread
Nominal size • Range of vacuum generators with line• and with unducted exhaust air. As
Maintenance-free
• Direct mounting
0.5 … 1.5with
• Silencers mm screws sturdy aluminium casing Mounting
• VAK-…: line
Reliable anddown
options:
setting withofunducted exhaust air. As
unting by latching onto a result, this housing type can be
• Indirect mounting by latching onto
• Max. vacuum • VAK-…: Built-in reservoir workpieces
Extremelya result,
compact this housing
housing type can be
with
plate.aThis plate80%
Mounting
mounting
isplate.
suit-This plate is suit-
options: VAD-…: Connection for additional installedsupply
directly
and into the
vacuum
installed
tubing
port line.
arranged
directly into theintubing line.
• Temperature range external reservoir
ils 35x7.5 to H-rails
able• for
Direct mounting with screws
35x7.5 to a line and with unducted exhaust
–20 …+80 °C
air. As a result, this housing type
22. DIN• EN Indirect mounting by latching
50 022.
onto a mounting plate. This plate can be installed directly into the tu-
is suitable for H-rails 35x7.5 to bing line.
DIN EN 50 022.
g principles
Two operating principles
Two operating principles
Standard Inline Inline
Standard In-line  www.festo.com/catalogue/vn
VN
ng • T-type
• T-type housing
housing • T-type• housing with exhaust
T-type•housing
T-type portport
with exhaust
housing with exhaust port
• Straight housing without
• Straight housing without exhaust
• Straight housing exhaust
without exhaust
Design: port for space-saving assembly in
Design:
Supply port at 90° to vacuum port.
port for space-saving
port foraspace-saving assembly
tubing line or directly aassembly in a
insuc-
in the
90°Supply port
to vacuum
The at 90°flow
port.
drawn-in to vacuum port.
is diverted 90° tubing tion or tubing
linecup holder line
directly or directly
in the suctionin the suction
The from V
drawn-in to R.
flow
ow is diverted 90° fromis diverted 90° from cup holder cup holder
V to R. Design:
Supply and vacuum ports arranged
Design:in-line. Design:
Supplyports
Supply and vacuum and vacuum ports arranged
arranged
in-line. in-line.

Vacuum generators VN Vacuum generators VN

Features
Two variants
Features High vacuum High suction volume
Two variants up to 93% up to 339 l/min which results in very short evacuation times
High vacuum High suction volume
up to 93% Vacuum pu as a function of operating pressure p1 up to 339 l/min
Suction ratewhich
qns asresults in very
a function short evacuation
of operating pressure p1 times
Vacuum pu as a function of operating pressure p1 Suction rate qns as a function of operating pressure p1
qns [l/min]
pu [bar]
p1 [bar] p1 [bar]
System comparison
System comparison
High vacuum –High
highvacuum – high
suction suction volume
volume
The first typeThe
of first type of generator
generator has has been
The second Thetype
secondof type of generator,
generator, on on the
been optimisedoptimised
for theforgeneration
the generation of high
the otherother
hand,hand,
cancan achieve
achieve very short
very
of high vacuumvacuum at comparatively lower short evacuation
at comparatively evacuationtimes
timesbecause
because of the high
suction flow
lower suction flow rates. rates. suction flow rate
of the high suction flow rate at relatively
at re- low
vacuum.
latively low vacuum.
pu [%]
t [s]
High vacuum
High suction volume
VN


Version Type Nominal size Pneumatic connection 1 Vacuum connection Pneumatic connection 3
of laval nozzle
[mm] Push-in fit- Female Push-in fit- Female Push-in fit- Female Silencer RO
ting PQ thread PI ting VQ thread VI ting RQ thread RI
High vacuum
Standard H
VN-05-H 0.45       
VN-07-H 0.7       
VN-10-H 0.95       
VN-14-H 1.4       
VN-20-H 2.0     – – 
VN-30-H 3.0     – – 
Standard H with pneumatic ejector pulse

VN-05-H-…-A 0.45     – – 
VN-07-H-…-A 0.7
VN-10-H-…-A 0.95
VN-14-H-…-A 1.4
Standard H with electrical on-off valve
VN-05-H-…-M 0.45  –  – – – 
VN-07-H-…-M 0.7
VN-10-H-…-M 0.95
VN-14-H-…-M 1.4
VN-20-H-…-M 2.0
VN-30-H-…-M 3.0
Standard H with electrical on-off valve and pneumatic ejector pulse
VN-05-H-…-B 0.45  –  – – – 
VN-07-H-…-B 0.7
VN-10-H-…-B 0.95
VN-14-H-…-B 1.4
High suction rate

Standard L
VN-05-L 0.45       
VN-07-L 0.7       
VN-10-L 0.95       
VN-14-L 1.4       –
VN-20-L 2.0     – – 
VN-30-L 3.0   –  – – 
VN
Standard L with pneumatic ejector pulse

VN-05-L-…-A 0.45     – – 
VN-07-L-…-A 0.7
VN-10-L-…-A 0.95
VN-14-L-…-A 1.4
Standard L with electrical on-off valve
VN-05-L-…-M 0.45  –  – – – 
VN-07-L-…-M 0.7
VN-10-L-…-M 0.95
VN-14-L-…-M 1.4
Standard L with electrical on-off valve and pneumatic ejector pulse
VN-05-L-…-B 0.45  –  – – – 
VN-07-L-…-B 0.7
VN-10-L-…-B 0.95
VN-14-L-…-B 1.4

VN-05/07/10/14 VN-20/30
1 4
4
3
3 9
9
4
2
9 9
6
6
VN-05/07/10/14-…-A/M/B VN-20/30-…-M
1 4
1 3
4
4
3
7
8
5
6
VN
7 8
Mounting
Mounting attachments andaccessories
attachments and accessories
VN-05/07/10
VN-05/07/10 VN-14 VN-14 VN-20/30 VN-20/30  Page/
Page/Internet
AA MM B B A A M MB B M M online
1 Suction gripperESG
Suction gripper ESG    esg 294
2 Silencer UO
Silencer UO  – – – – 19 312
3 Silencer
3 UOM
Silencer UOM – –   19
4 Silencer extensionUOMS
4 Silencer extension UOMS – –   19
5 Mounting
5 bracketVN-T3/T4-BP
Mounting bracket VN-T3/T4-BP   – – 18
6 Mounting plate VN-T6-BP-NRH
6 Mounting plate VN-T6-BP-NRH – – – –  18
7 Plug
7 Plug socket withcable,
socket with cable,2-pin
2-pin NEBV –   –    19
8 Plug socket with cable, 2-pin KMH ––   – –    kmh
NEBV
9 Push-in
8 fittings
Plug socket with cable, 2-pin KMH – –   kmh 421
9– Suction cup holder
Push-in fitting QS ESH    qs esh
–– Suction cup ESS
Suction cup holder ESH    esh ess
– Suction cup ESS ess

Order code
Nominal size of laval Ejector characteristic Housing type, Pneumatic connection 1
nozzle [mm] grid dimension
VN – – – – 
05 0.5 H High vacuum T2 T-type, 10 mm PQ1 Push-in fitting QS-4

07 0.7 L High suction T3 T-type, 14 mm PQ2 Push-in fitting QS-6
10 0.95 rate T4 T-type, 18 mm PQ4 Push-in fitting QS-10
14 1.4 T6 T-type, 24 mm PI2 Female thread M5
20 2.0 PI4 Female thread G1/8
30 3.0 PI5 Female thread G1/4

Vacuum connection Pneumatic connection 3 Integrated function
 – – –
VQ1 Push-in fitting QS-4 RQ1 Push-in fitting QS-4 – None

VQ2 Push-in fitting QS-6 RQ2 Push-in fitting QS-6 A Pneumatic ejector pulse Default
VQ3 Push-in fitting QS-8 RQ3 Push-in fitting QS-8 M Electrical on-off valve Mandatory
VQ5 Push-in fitting QS-12 RI2 Female thread M5 B Electrical on-off valve and
Optional
VI2 Female thread M5 RI4 Female thread G1/8 pneumatic ejector pulse
VI4 Female thread G1/8 RI5 Female thread G1/4 Quick ordering:
VI5 Female thread G1/4 No need to configure your product via
RO1 Silencer UO, minimal
VI6 Female thread G3/8 resistance
RO2 Silencer UOM,
minimal resistance

VN

Ordering data
Ordering data and weights – without integrated functions
Housing width Nominal size Weight High vacuum H Weight High suction rate L
of laval nozzle
[mm] [mm] [g] Part No. Type [g] Part No. Type
With push-in fitting
10 0.45 15 526100 VN-05-H-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RQ1 15 526114 VN-05-L-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RQ1
0.7 15 526101 VN-07-H-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RQ1 – – –
0.7 22 193479 VN-07-H-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RQ2 22 193562 VN-07-L-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RQ2
With push-in fitting and silencer
10 0.45 15 193569 VN-05-H-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RO1 15 193595 VN-05-L-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RO1
0.7 15 193570 VN-07-H-T2-PQ1-VQ1-RO1 – – –
0.7 24 193489 VN-07-H-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1 24 193572 VN-07-L-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1
3.0 182 193497 VN-30-H-T6-PQ4-VQ5-RO2 – – –
With female thread
10 0.45 13 526102 VN-05-H-T2-PI2-VI2-RI2 13 526116 VN-05-L-T2-PI2-VI2-RI2
0.7 13 526103 VN-07-H-T2-PI2-VI2-RI2 – – –
0.7 22 193499 VN-07-H-T3-PI4-VI4-RI4 22 193582 VN-07-L-T3-PI4-VI4-RI4
0.95 22 193500 VN-10-H-T3-PI4-VI4-RI4 22 193583 VN-10-L-T3-PI4-VI4-RI4
With female thread and silencer
10 0.45 13 526104 VN-05-H-T2-PI2-VI2-RO1 13 526118 VN-05-L-T2-PI2-VI2-RO1
0.7 13 526105 VN-07-H-T2-PI2-VI2-RO1 – – –
0.7 24 193508 VN-07-H-T3-PI4-VI4-RO1 24 193591 VN-07-L-T3-PI4-VI4-RO1
VN

Ordering data
Ordering data and weights – integrated functions A, M, B
Nominal size Weight High vacuum H Weight High suction rate L
of laval nozzle
[mm] [g] Part No. Type [g] Part No. Type
With pneumatic ejector pulse, push-in fitting and silencer
0.45 49 532620 VN-05-H-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-A 49 532621 VN-05-L-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-A
With pneumatic ejector pulse, female thread and silencer
0.45 49 537225 VN-05-H-T3-PI4-VI4-RO1-A 49 537226 VN-05-L-T3-PI4-VI4-RO1-A
With electrical on-off valve, push-in fitting and silencer
0.45 60 532618 VN-05-H-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-M 60 532619 VN-05-L-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-M
2.0 215 532656 VN-20-H-T6-PQ4-VQ5-RO2-M – – –
3.0 215 532662 VN-30-H-T6-PQ4-VQ5-RO2-M – – –
With electrical on-off valve, pneumatic ejector pulse, push-in fitting and silencer
0.45 62 532622 VN-05-H-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-B 62 532623 VN-05-L-T3-PQ2-VQ2-RO1-B

2 Silencer UO 5 Mounting bracket VN-...-BP
for VN-...-T2-... 197582 UO-M7 for VN-...-T3-... 547436 VN-T3-BP
for VN-...-T3-... 197583 UO-x for VN-...-T4-... 547437 VN-T4-BP
for VN-...-T4-... 197584 UO-¼
6 Mounting plate VN-...-BP-NRH
3 Silencer UOM
for VN-...-T2-... 196951 VN-T2-BP-NRH
for VN-...-T4-... 538432 UOM-¼
for VN-...-T3-... 193641 VN-T3-BP-NRH
for VN-...-T6-... 538433 UOM-y
for VN-...-T4-... 195279 VN-T4-BP-NRH
for VN-...-T6-... 196956 VN-T6-BP-NRH
4 Silencer extension UOMS
7 Plug socket with cable NEBV
for VN-...-T4-... 538436 UOMS-¼
0.5 566654 NEBV-H1G2-KN-0.5-N-LE2
for VN-...-T6-... 538437 UOMS-y
1 566655 NEBV-H1G2-KN-1-N-LE2
VN
2.5 566656 NEBV-H1G2-KN-2.5-N-LE2

5 566657 NEBV-H1G2-KN-5-N-LE2

Technical data – without integrated functions

General
Type VN-05 VN-07 VN-10 VN-14 VN-20 VN-30
Grid dimension [mm] 10 14 10 14 14 18 18 24 24
Nominal size of laval nozzle [mm] 0.45 0.7 0.95 1.4 2.0 3.0
Ejector characteristic High vacuum H
High suction rate L – High suction rate L
Pneumatic connection 1 Push-in fitting QS-4 QS-6 QS-4 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-10 QS-10
Female thread M5 Gx M5 Gx Gx – Gx G¼ G¼
Vacuum connection Push-in fitting QS-4 QS-6 QS-4 QS-6 QS-6 QS-8 QS-8 QS-12 QS-12
Male thread – Gx – Gx Gx G¼ G¼ G¼ G¼
Female thread M5 Gx M5 Gx Gx – G¼ Gy Gy
Pneumatic connection 3 Push-in fitting QS-4 QS-6 QS-4 QS-6 QS-6 QS-8 QS-8 – –
Female thread M5 Gx M5 Gx Gx – G¼ – –
Silencer minimum resistance
Type of mounting (max. tightening torque) Via through-holes (0.5 Nm) Via through-holes
(0.8 Nm)
Via accessories

Operating pressure [bar] 1…8
Temperature of medium [°C] 0 … +60
Corrosion resistance class CRC1) 1 (with push-in fitting)
2 (without push-in fitting; exception: VN-…-T3-…-RO1  CRC1)
Low corrosion stress. For dry indoor applications or transport and storage protection. Also applies to parts behind covers, in the non-visible interior area, and parts which are covered in the application
(e.g. drive trunnions).
Moderate corrosion stress. Indoor applications in which condensation may occur. External visible parts with primarily decorative requirements for the surface and which are in direct contact with the ambi-
ent atmosphere typical for industrial applications.

Ejector characteristic Standard H
Max. vacuum [%] 88 88 89 88 92 93
Operating pressure for max. vacuum [bar] 4.5 4.7 4.5 5.0 3.5 3.7
Max. suction rate with respect to at- [l/min] 6.2 16 25 51.6 98 186
mosphere
Operating pressure for max. suction rate [bar] 2.1 2.1 3.1 5.1 2.0 3.0 VN
Air supply time at nominal operating [s] 4.8 1.9 1.1 0.5 0.2 0.1
pressure 6 bar (for 1 l volume)
Noise level at nominal operating pressu- [dB (A)] 53 64 74 (RO1) 69 63 78
re 6 bar 71 (RO2)
Performance data – High suction rate

Ejector characteristic Standard L
Max. suction rate with respect to at- [l/min] 15.7 38.8 62.7 90.0 188.0 339.0
mosphere
Operating pressure for max. suction rate [bar] 5.0 6.2 4.0 8.0 3.0 6.0
Air supply time at nominal operating [s] 1.7 0.5 0.46 0.25 0.15 0.1
pressure 6 bar (for 1 l volume)
Noise level at nominal operating pressu- [dB (A)] 53 66 73 (RO1) 77 60 70
re 6 bar 72 (RO2)

Vacuum
Technical datagenerators VN
Technical data
Technical data – without integrated functions
Materials
Materials
Materials view
Sectional
Sectional view
Sectional view
3 4 1 2 Vacuum generator VN-05/07/10/14
Vacuum generator VN-05/07/10/14
3 4 1 2 Vacuum generator VN-05/07/10/14
1 Housing1 Housing POM-reinforcedPOM-reinforced
1 Housing POM-reinforced
2 Silencer
2 Silencer RO1 PE RO1 PE
2 Silencer RO1 PE
RO2
RO2 Die-cast
Die-cast aluminium,
RO2aluminium, POM,
Die-cast
POM, PU foamPOM, PU foam
aluminium,
PU foam
3 Push-in
3 Push-in fitting
3fitting
Push-in fitting Nickel plated brass
Nickel plated brass
Nickel plated brass
4 Connecting
4 Connecting
4 thread thread VA
Connecting thread Wrought
VA Wrought aluminium
VA aluminium alloy
alloy
Wrought aluminium alloy
PI,
PI,VI,
VI, RI
RI Anodised
Anodised wrought
PI, VI,wrought
RI aluminium
aluminium
Anodised alloy alloy
wrought aluminium alloy
T3-RO1
T3-RO1 Nickel platedbrass
Nickel plated brass
T3-RO1 Nickel plated brass
–– Jetnozzle
Jet nozzle Wrought aluminium
Wrought aluminium alloy
alloy
– Jet nozzle Wrought aluminium alloy
–– Receiver
Receivernozzle
nozzle POM
POM
– Receiver nozzle POM
–– Seals
Seals NBR
NBR
–
Note on materials Seals RoHS-compliant NBR
Free of copper and PTFE
RO2 Contains paint-wetting
Free ofimpairment
copper and PTFE
RO2 Contains paint-wetting impairment substances
substances
RO2 Contains paint-wetting impairment
substances
3 1 2 Vacuum generator
Vacuum generator VN-20/30
VN-20/30
3 1 2 11 Housing
Housing POM-reinforced
POM-reinforced
Vacuum generator VN-20/30
22 Silencer
Silencer Die-cast aluminium,
Die-cast aluminium, POM,POM, PU foam
PU foam
33 1
Push-in Housing
fitting
Push-in fitting Nickel plated POM-reinforced
brass
Nickel plated brass
–– 2 thread
Connecting
Connecting Silencer
thread VA VA Wrought aluminium
Wrought Die-cast
aluminium alloy aluminium, POM, PU foam
alloy
3 Push-in fitting PI, VI
PI, VI
Anodised wroughtNickel
aluminium
Anodised wrought aluminium
alloy
plated brass
alloy
– Jet nozzle
– Connecting thread Wrought
VA aluminium alloy aluminium alloy
Wrought
– Jet nozzle Wrought aluminium alloy
– Receiver nozzle POMPI, VI Anodised wrought aluminium alloy
– Seals NBR
–Note on
Seals – Jet nozzle NBR Wrought aluminium alloy
Copper-Free: – Seals NBR impairment
Contains paint-wetting
Product series with the listed part Note on materials RoHS-compliant
substances
Contains paint-wetting impairment
substances
VN

Technical data – integrated functions A, M, B

General
Constructional design T-type
Type VN-05 VN-07 VN-10 VN-14 VN-20 VN-30
Grid dimension [mm] 14 14 14 18 24 24
Integrated function A M B A M B A M B A M B M M
Ejector characteristic High vacuum/Standard H (T-type)
High suction rate/Standard L (T-type) – –
Pneumatic connec- Push-in fitting QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-8 QS-8 QS-8 QS-10 QS-10
tion 1 Female thread Gx – – Gx – – Gx – – G¼ – – – –
Vacuum connec- Push-in fitting QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-6 QS-8 QS-8 QS-8 QS-12 QS-12
tion Female thread Gx – – Gx – – Gx – – G¼ – – – –
Pneumatic connection 3 Silencer, minimal resistance
Type of mounting (max. tightening torque) Via through-holes (0.5 Nm) Via through-
holes
(0.8 Nm)
Via H-rail – –
Via accessories
Cleaning recommendation Soapy water
Note: This product conforms to ISO 1179-1 and ISO 228-1

Pneumatic connection Via push-in fitting Via female threads
Integrated function A M B A
Operating pressure [bar] 1…8 2…8 1…8
Ambient temperature [°C] 0 … +60 0 … +50 0 … +60
Temperature of medium [°C] 0 … +60 0 … +50 0 … +60
Corrosion resistance class CRC1) 1 2
Low corrosion stress. For dry indoor applications or transport and storage protection. Also applies to parts behind covers, in the non-visible interior area, and parts which are covered in the application
(e.g. drive trunnions).

Ejector characteristic Standard H
Integrated function A M B A M B A M B A M B M M VN
Max. vacuum [%] 92 92 93 92 92 93
Operating pressure for max. va- [bar] 4.9 4.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.7
cuum
Max. suction rate with respect [l/min] 7.2 16.2 21.8 48.8 98 186
to atmosphere
Operating pressure for max. [bar] 3 3 3 4 2 3
suction rate
Air supply time at nominal ope- [s] 3.63 3.9 1.5 1.69 0.96 1.06 0.43 0.5 0.24 0.13
rating pressure 6 bar (for 1 l vo-
lume)
Noise level at nominal opera- [dB (A)] 56 65 71 69 63 78
ting pressure 6 bar

Technical data – integrated functions A, M, B

Integrated function A M B A M B A M B A M B
Max. suction rate with respect [l/min] 13.6 30.9 40.5 92.6
to atmosphere
Operating pressure for max. [bar] 5 4 5 5
suction rate
Air supply time at nominal ope- [s] 1.93 1.97 0.79 0.83 0.62 0.67 0.28 0.32
rating pressure 6 bar (for 1 l vo-
lume)
Noise level at nominal opera- [dB (A)] 52 64 72 69
ting pressure 6 bar
Vacuum generators VN-A/M/B, with additional functions

Technical data
Max. suction rate with respect [mm]
Nominal size of laval nozzle
[l/min] 0.45
13.6 0.7
30.9 0.95
40.5 1.4
92.6
to atmosphere
Operating pressure for max. [bar] 5 4 5 5
Max. suction rate with respect to [l/min] 13.6 30.9 40.5 92.6
suction rate
atmosphere
Air supply time atfornominal
Operating pressure ope-
max. suction [s]
[bar] 5 1.93 1.97 4 0.79 0.83 5 0.62 0.67 5 0.28 0.32
rating
rate pressure 6 bar (for 1 l vo-
lume)
Air supply time at nominal operating [s] 1.93 1.97 0.79 0.83 0.62 0.67 0.28 0.32
Noise level
pressure 6 barat(for
nominal opera-
1 l volume) [dB (A)] 52 64 72 69
ting
Noisepressure 6 bar operating
level at nominal [dB (A)] 52 64 72 69
pressure 6 bar
Technical data – Solenoid valve

Technical data – Solenoid valve
Duty cycle [%] 100
Duty cycle [%] 100
Protection class IP40 (to EN 60 529)
Protection class IP40 (to EN 60 529)
Valve function
Valve function 2/2-way
2/2-way valvevalve
Manual override
Manual override ByBy pushing
pushing
Materials
Materials
Sectional view
Sectional view
3 1 2 Vacuumgenerator
Vacuum generator
VN –VN-A/M/B
Standard
1
1 Housing
Housing PA-reinforced,
PA-reinforced,POM-reinforced
POM-reinforced
2
2 Silencer
Silencer RO1RO1 PE
PE
VN
RO2 Wrought aluminium alloy, POM,

RO2 Wrought aluminium alloy, POM, PU foam
PU foam
3 Push-in fitting Nickel plated brass
3 Push-in fitting Nickel plated brass
3 1 2 –– Connecting
Connecting thread
thread Anodised
Anodised wrought
wrought aluminium
aluminium alloy alloy
–– Jet nozzle
Jet nozzle Wrought aluminium
Wrought aluminium alloy alloy
–– Receiver
Receiver nozzle
nozzle POM
POM
–– Screws
Screws Steel
Steel
– Seals
Seals NBR
NBR
Note
Noteononmaterials
RoHS-compliant
Free
Freeofof
copper andand
copper PTFEPTFE
RO2 Contains paint-wetting impairment
RO2 Contains paint-wetting impairment substances
substances
Copper-Free:

Vacuum technology >

Valves >
Simply Festo!
¬¬Compact, high-flow and low-cost

¬¬The best valves in their classes
¬¬Suitable for small parts assembly and for electronics, as well as
for the food and packaging industry
¬¬Electrically actuated valves

Valves >
Highlights Contents
Solenoid valves VUVG��321
VUVG Proportional pressure regulators VPPE��337
Valves for individual connec-
tions
¬¬Compact with high flow rate
¬¬Can be expanded to form a valve
terminal with an individual
connection
¬¬2x 3/2 – one valve, two functions
¬¬Simple installation
¬¬Electrically valves
Page 321

Valves >
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Valves >
Universal directional control valves

 www.festo.com/catalogue/vuvg
PDF EN
PDF Solenoid valves
 www.festo.com/sp/vuvg
PDF EN
PDF
VUVG
Connection M5, M7, G1/8, G1/4

Flow rate 125 ... 1300 l/min.
Voltage 24 V DC
Semi in-line valves, sub-base valves
¬¬solenoid actuated, piloted
¬¬pneumatic and mechanical spring return
The compact valve!

¬¬Short on space? Not a problem! The VUVG is designed for small
installation spaces.
¬¬Fast, safe, easy: When it comes to ordering, mounting and ins-
tallation – thanks to captive screws, an integrated locking seal
and a wide range of pre-assembled cables and electrical
connections.
¬¬Small in size – big in power! The perfect footprint: for up to
100% more flow with higher energy density.
¬¬Click! Simply snap into place. Modular electrical connection kit
(E-box) with numerous connection options for optimum integra-
tion into your system concept.

Valves > Universal directional control valves >
Solenoid valves VUVG
Available in three sizes Standard: the non-detenting/ Imperial connections (inch sizes)
detenting manual override for easy can be implemented trouble-free
commissioning with cover if with hybrid fittings.
required.
Integrated LED for 360º view – con-

venient for a fast status overview as
well as reduced downtimes.
Locating lug for correct assembly of

the valve on the manifold.
Captive seal integrated in the valve.
Multiple pressure zones can be

Click! Just snap it into place!
created quickly and easily with
E-box with numerous connections
separators.
for optimal integration in your
system concept.
Whether M8, flying leads, grommet
Weight-optimised design:
or horizontal and vertical cable
Ideal for applications which r equire
Captive screws – robust, secure outlet, everything fits and can be
rapid and dynamic m ovements.
VUVG
mounting, no lost parts. easily e

xchanged at any time! In
protection classes IP40 and IP65.

-V- New
VUVG-LK, VUVG-BK

Sample system overview – In-line valves M5/M7
Manifold
In-line assembly
valves VUVG
3 aD
aC aE
2
5
4
aJ
1 aB
9
aA
aB
7
8
9
6
aB
aA
aB
Manifold
Manifoldassembly
assembly and
and accessories
accessories
Brief description  Page/online
Type Brief description Page/Internet
1 Manifold
1 Manifoldrail
railVABM-L1-10S …-G18- …VABM-L1-10S-G18-…
For 2 to 10, 12, 14For
and2 16 valve
to 10, 12,positions
14 and 16 valve positions 43 326
2 Solenoid valve
2 Solenoid valve VUVG-LK … VUVG-LK … In-line valve 2x3/2-way, 5/2-way and 5/3-way
In-line valve 2x3/2-way, 5/2-way and 5/3-way 25 325 -V-
3 Solenoid
3 Solenoid valve
valve VUVG-L … VUVG-L … In-line valve 2x3/2-way,
In-line 5/2-way and 5/3-way
valve 2x3/2-way, 5/2-way and 5/3-way 25
4 Blanking plate VABB-L1-10-S
4 Blanking plate For
VABB-L1-10-S covering an unused valve position
For covering an unused valve position 43 326
5 Supply plate VABF-L1-10-P3A4- … For air supply port 1 and outlet port 3 and 5
5 Supply plate VABF-L1-10-P3A4- … For air supply at duct 1 and duct 3 and 5 43
H-rail NRH-35-2000 For mounting the valve manifold
6
107327
VUVG
6 H-rail NRH-35-2000 For mounting the valve manifold

7 H-rail mounting VAME-T-M4 2 pieces for fitting the valve manifold on an H-rail
7 H-rail mounting VAME-T-M4 2 pieces for fitting the valve manifold on an H-rail 107
8 Separator VABD- … *) For creating pressure zones 326
8 Separator VABD-… For creating pressure zones 43
9 Plug socket with cable NEBV-H1G2-…-LE2 For connection plate H2 328
9 Plug socket with cable NEBV-H1G2-…-LE2 For electrical connection box H2 and H3 105
Connection plate Spark-arresting, additional functions 327
aJ Push-in fitting QS… Push-in fitting for duct 2 and 4 106
aJ Push-in fittings Push-in fitting for outlet port 2 and 4 421
aA Push-in fitting QS… Push-in fitting for air supply at duct 1 106
aA Push-in fittings Push-in fitting for air supply port 1
aB Silencer U… For duct 3 and 5 106
aB Silencer U… For outlet port 3 and 5 327
aC Cover cap VMPA-HB…-B For manual override 107
aC Cover cap VMPA-HB…-B For manual override
aD Inscription label holder ASLR-D For labelling the valves, covering the mounting screw and the 107
aD Inscription label holder ASLR-D For labelling the valves, covering the mounting screw and the manual override
manual override
aE Cover VAMC For manual override vamc
aE Cover VAMC For manual override 107

Order code
Valve design Width Valve function Reset method Pilot air supply Manual override
VUVG – – – T 
LK In-line valve 10 10 mm T32C 2x 3/2-way valve, A Pneumatic – Internal T Non-detenting,

L In-line valve 14 14 mm normally closed spring Z External detenting
BK Sub-base 18 18 mm T32U 2x 3/2-way valve, M Mechanical
valve normally open spring
B Sub-base T32H 2x 3/2-way valve, R Pneumatic/
valve 1 normally closed, mechanic
1 normally open spring
M52 5/2-way valve, – None
single solenoid
B52 5/2-way valve,
double solenoid
P53C 5/3-way valve,
mid-position closed
P53E 5/3-way valve,
mid-position
exhausted
P53U 5/3-way valve,
mid-position
pressurised

Pneumatic connection Operating voltage Electrical connection plate Special properties
(E- box)
Default
 – – 1 –
Mandatory
M5 Thread M5 1 24 V DC H2L Connection pattern F Copper-free Optional
M7 Thread M7 H, horizontal plug S Focused
G18 Thread G1/8 connector, with LED features Quick ordering:
R8L Individual plug No need to configure your product via
G14 Thread G1/4
connector M8, the order code: Quickly order predefined
3-pin, with LED products with their part number.
P3 Without E-box 1)  Details on page 16
1) Electrical connection boxes 9 are not included within the valve‘s order code – Separate ordering is required ( page 327).

 www.festo.com/catalogue/vuvg
In-line valves Sub-base valves

VUVG-L VUVG-LK VUVG-B VUVG-BK
VUVG

Ordering data – In-line valves

In-line valves, internal pilot air supply In-line valves, external pilot air supply
Valve function Pneuma- Part No. Type Valve function Pneuma- Part No. Type
tic con- tic con-
nection nection
With electrical connection box H2 Without electrical connection box1)
2x 3/2-way, M5
8042538 VUVG-LK10-T32C-AT-M5-1H2L-S 2x 3/2-way, M5 8058188 VUVG-L10-T32C-MZT-M5-1P3-F
normally M7
8042546 VUVG-LK10-T32C-AT-M7-1H2L-S normally G1/8 8058202 VUVG-L14-T32C-MZT-G18-1P3-F
closed G1/8
8042562 VUVG-LK14-T32C-AT-G18-1H2L-S closed G1/4 8063771 VUVG-L18-T32C-MZT-G14-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5
8042539 VUVG-LK10-M52-AT-M5-1H2L-S 2x 3/2-way, M5 8058189 VUVG-L10-T32U-MZT-M5-1P3-F
single M7
8042547 VUVG-LK10-M52-AT-M7-1H2L-S normally open G1/8 8058203 VUVG-L14-T32U-MZT-G18-1P3-F
solenoid G1/8
8042563 VUVG-LK14-M52-AT-G18-1H2L-S G1/4 8063772 VUVG-L18-T32U-MZT-G14-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5
8042540 VUVG-LK10-B52-T-M5-1H2L-S 2x 3/2-way, M5 8058190 VUVG-L10-T32H-MZT-M5-1P3-F
double M7
8042548 VUVG-LK10-B52-T-M7-1H2L-S 1 normally G1/8 8058204 VUVG-L14-T32H-MZT-G18-1P3-F
solenoid G1/8
8042564 VUVG-LK14-B52-T-G18-1H2L-S closed, G1/4 8063773 VUVG-L18-T32H-MZT-G14-1P3-F
With electrical connection box R8 1 normally
2x 3/2-way, M5
8042542 VUVG-LK10-T32C-AT-M5-1R8L-S open
normally M7
8042550 VUVG-LK10-T32C-AT-M7-1R8L-S 5/2-way, M5 8058185 VUVG-L10-M52-RZT-M5-1P3-F
closed G1/8
8042566 VUVG-LK14-T32C-AT-G18-1R8L-S single G1/8 8058199 VUVG-L14-M52-AZT-G18-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5
8042543 VUVG-LK10-M52-AT-M5-1R8L-S solenoid G1/4 8063768 VUVG-L18-M52-MZT-G14-1P3-F
single M7
8042551 VUVG-LK10-M52-AT-M7-1R8L-S 5/2-way, M5 8058186 VUVG-L10-B52-ZT-M5-1P3-F
solenoid G1/8
8042567 VUVG-LK14-M52-AT-G18-1R8L-S double G1/8 8058200 VUVG-L14-B52-ZT-G18-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5
8042544 VUVG-LK10-B52-T-M5-1R8L-S solenoid G1/4 8063769 VUVG-L18-B52-ZT-G14-1P3-F
double M7
8042552 VUVG-LK10-B52-T-M7-1R8L-S 5/3-way , M5 8058187 VUVG-L10-P53C-ZT-M5-1P3-F
solenoid G1/8
8042568 VUVG-LK14-B52-T-G18-1R8L-S mid-position G1/8 8058201 VUVG-L14-P53C-ZT-G18-1P3-F
Without electrical connection box1) closed G1/4 8063770 VUVG-L18-P53C-ZT-G14-1P3-F
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058177 VUVG-L10-T32C-AT-M5-1P3-F
normally G1/8 8058191 VUVG-L14-T32C-AT-G18-1P3-F
Ordering data – Sub-base valves
closed G1/4 8063760 VUVG-L18-T32C-AT-G14-1P3-F
Sub-base valves, internal pilot air supply
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058178 VUVG-L10-T32U-AT-M5-1P3-F
Valve function Pneuma- Part No. Type
normally open G1/8 8058192 VUVG-L14-T32U-AT-G18-1P3-F
tic con-
G1/4 8063761 VUVG-L18-T32U-AT-G14-1P3-F
nection
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058179 VUVG-L10-T32H-AT-M5-1P3-F
1 normally G1/8 8058193 VUVG-L14-T32H-AT-G18-1P3-F With electrical connection box H2
closed, G1/4 8063762 VUVG-L18-T32H-AT-G14-1P3-F 2x 3/2-way, M5/M7
8042554 VUVG-BK10-T32C-AT-F-1H2L-S
1 normally normally G1/8
8042570 VUVG-BK14-T32C-AT-F-1H2L-S
open closed
5/2-way, M5 8058180 VUVG-L10-M52-RT-M5-1P3-F 5/2-way, M5/M7
8042555 VUVG-BK10-M52-AT-F-1H2L-S
single G1/8 8058194 VUVG-L14-M52-AT-G18-1P3-F single G1/8
8042571 VUVG-BK14-M52-AT-F-1H2L-S
solenoid G1/4 8063763 VUVG-L18-M52-RT-G14-1P3-F solenoid
5/2-way, M5 8058181 VUVG-L10-B52-T-M5-1P3-F 5/2-way, M5/M7 8042556 VUVG-BK10-B52-T-F-1H2L-S
double G1/8 8058195 VUVG-L14-B52-T-G18-1P3-F
double G1/8 8042572 VUVG-BK14-B52-T-F-1H2L-S
solenoid solenoid
G1/4 8063764 VUVG-L18-B52-T-G14-1P3-F
With electrical connection box R8
5/3-way , M5 8058182 VUVG-L10-P53C-T-M5-1P3-F
mid-position
2x 3/2-way, M5/M7
8042558 VUVG-BK10-T32C-AT-F-1R8L-S
G1/8 8058196 VUVG-L14-P53C-T-G18-1P3-F
closed
normally G1/8
8042574 VUVG-BK14-T32C-AT-F-1R8L-S
G1/4 8063765 VUVG-L18-P53C-T-G14-1P3-F
closed
5/3-way , M5 8058183 VUVG-L10-P53E-T-M5-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5/M7
8042559 VUVG-BK10-M52-AT-F-1R8L-S
mid-position G1/8 8058197 VUVG-L14-P53E-T-G18-1P3-F
single G1/8
8042575 VUVG-BK14-M52-AT-F-1R8L-S
exhausted G1/4 8063766 VUVG-L18-P53E-T-G14-1P3-F
VUVG
solenoid
5/3-way , M5 8058184 VUVG-L10-P53U-T-M5-1P3-F
5/2-way, M5/M7
8042560 VUVG-BK10-B52-T-F-1R8L-S
mid-position G1/8 8058198 VUVG-L14-P53U-T-G18-1P3-F double G1/8
8042576 VUVG-BK14-B52-T-F-1R8L-S
pressurised G1/4 8063767 VUVG-L18-P53U-T-G14-1P3-F solenoid
1) Electrical connection boxes 9 are not included within the valve‘s order
code – Separate ordering is required ( page 327).


Ordering data – Manifold rails for in-line valves
1 No. of valve Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No. Type
positions
For valve size L10 (M5/M7) For valve size L14 (G1/8) For valve size L18 (G1/4)
2
566558 VABM-L1-10S-G18-2
566618 VABM-L1-14S-G14-2
574455 VABM-L1-18S-G38-2
3
566559 VABM-L1-10S-G18-3
566619 VABM-L1-14S-G14-3
574456 VABM-L1-18S-G38-3
4
566560 VABM-L1-10S-G18-4
566620 VABM-L1-14S-G14-4
574457 VABM-L1-18S-G38-4
5 566561 VABM-L1-10S-G18-5 566621 VABM-L1-14S-G14-5 574458 VABM-L1-18S-G38-5
6
566562 VABM-L1-10S-G18-6
566622 VABM-L1-14S-G14-6
574459 VABM-L1-18S-G38-6
8
566564 VABM-L1-10S-G18-8
566624 VABM-L1-14S-G14-8
574461 VABM-L1-18S-G38-8
10
566566 VABM-L1-10S-G18-10
566626 VABM-L1-14S-G14-10
574463 VABM-L1-18S-G38-10
Ordering data – Manifold rails for sub-base valves1)

1 No. of valve Part No. Type Part No. Type Part No. Type
positions
For valve size B10 (M5) For valve size B10 (M7) For valve size B14 (G1/8)
2
566582 VABM-L1-10W-G18-2
566606 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-2
566642 VABM-L1-14W-G14-2
3
566583 VABM-L1-10W-G18-3
566607 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-3
566643 VABM-L1-14W-G14-3
4
566584 VABM-L1-10W-G18-4
566608 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-4
566644 VABM-L1-14W-G14-4
5 566585 VABM-L1-10W-G18-5 566609 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-5 566645 VABM-L1-14W-G14-5
6
566586 VABM-L1-10W-G18-6
566610 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-6
566646 VABM-L1-14W-G14-6
8
566588 VABM-L1-10W-G18-8
566612 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-8
566648 VABM-L1-14W-G14-8
10
566590 VABM-L1-10W-G18-10
566614 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-10
566650 VABM-L1-14W-G14-10
1) The selector plug included in the scope of delivery is not free of copper.
Ordering data – Accessories for in-line valves Ordering data – Accessories for sub-base valves
Valve size Part No. Type Valve size Part No. Type
4 Blanking plate 4 Blanking plate
L10 (M5/M7)
566462 VABB-L1-10S B10 (M5/M7)
566495 VABB-L1-10-W
L14 (G1/8)
569989 VABB-L1-14 B14 (G1/8)
569989 VABB-L1-14
L18 (G1/4) 574482 VABB-L1-18
5 Supply plate 5 Supply plate
L10 (M5)
569991 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M5 B10 (M5)
569991 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M5
L10 (M7)
569992 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M7 B10 (M7)
569992 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M7
L14 (G1/8)
569993 VABF-L1-14-P3A4-G18 B14 (G1/8)
569993 VABF-L1-14-P3A4-G18
L18 (G1/4) 574481 VABF-L1-18-P3A4-G14 8 Separator for pressure zones
8 Separator for pressure zones B10 (M5/M7)
569994 VABD-6-B *)
VUVG
L10 (M5/M7) 569995 VABD-8-B *) B14 (G1/8)

569996 VABD-10-B *)
L14 (G1/8)
569996 VABD-10-B *)
L18 (G1/4)
574483 VABD-14-B *) *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
Seals (10 pieces incl. 20 screws)
L10 (M5)
566672 VABD-L1-10X-S-M5
L10 (M7)
566673 VABD-L1-10X-S-M7
L14 (G1/8)
566675 VABD-L1-14X-S-G18
L18 (G1/4) 574479 VABD-L1-18X-S-G14
LK10 (M5)
8043718 VABD-L1-10XK-S-M5-S
LK10 (M7)
8043719 VABD-L1-10XK-S-M7-S
LK14 (G1/8)
8043720 VABD-L1-10XK-S-G18-S


Ordering data – Accessories for in-line and sub-base valves Ordering data – Accessories for in-line and sub-base valves
6 H-rail aC Cover cap for manual override (10 per pack)
2m 35430 NRH-35-2000 Covered 540898 VMPA-HBV-B
Non- 540897 VMPA-HBT-B

detenting
7 H-rail mounting
Detenting 8002234 VAMC-L1-CD
2 pieces
569998 VAME-T-M4
aD Inscription label holder
10 pieces
570818 ASLR-D-L1
aB Silencers UC, Polyethylene
For M5 165003 UC-M5
For M7 161418 UC-M7 Blanking plug
For Gx 161419 UC-1/8 For M5
174308 B-M5-B
For G¼ 165004 UC-1/4 For M7
174309 B-M7
For Gx
3568 B-1/8
For G¼
3569 B-1/4
9 Ordering data – Connection plates (spark-arresting)

Design Plug connector Additional functions Code Power Voltage Cable length Part No. Type
[W] [V DC] [m]
NEBV-H1 …, Bipolar, IP40 H2 1 24 –
566714 VAVE-L1-1VH2-LP
rectangular Holding current reduction, IP40 H2R 0.35 –
566716 VAVE-L1-1H2-LR
NEBV-H1 …, Bipolar, IP40 H3 1 24 – 566715 VAVE-L1-1VH3-LP

straight Holding current reduction, IP40 H3R 0.35 – 566717 VAVE-L1-1H3-LR
NEBV-HS … , Bipolar, IP40 S2 1 24 – 566718 VAVE-L1-1VS2-LP

rectangular Holding current reduction, IP40 S2R 0.35 – 566720 VAVE-L1-1S2-LR
NEBV-HS … , Bipolar, IP40 K3 1 24 – 566719 VAVE-L1-1VS3-LP

straight Holding current reduction, IP40 S3R 0.35 – 566721 VAVE-L1-1S3-LR
Open cable Bipolar, IP40 L1 1 24 – 566722 VAVE-L1-1VL1-LP

end L2 – 566723 VAVE-L1-1VL2-LP
L3 – 566724 VAVE-L1-1VL3-LP
L4 – 566725 VAVE-L1-1VL4-LP
Holding current reduction, IP40 L1R 0.35 – 566726 VAVE-L1-1L1-LR
L2R – 566727 VAVE-L1-1L2-LR
L3R – 566728 VAVE-L1-1L3-LR
L4R – 566729 VAVE-L1-1L4-LR
Open cable Bipolar, IP65 K6 1 24 0.5 573941 VAVE-L1-1VK6-LP
end K7 1
573942 VAVE-L1-1VK7-LP
K8 2.5 573943 VAVE-L1-1VK8-LP
K9 5 573944 VAVE-L1-1VK9-LP
Bipolar, holding current reduc- K6R 0.35 0.5 573945 VAVE-L1-1K6-LR
tion, IP65 K7R 1 573946 VAVE-L1-1K7-LR
K8R 2.5 573947 VAVE-L1-1K8-LR
VUVG
K9R 5 573948 VAVE-L1-1K9-LR

NEBU-M8 … Bipolar, IP65 R8 1 24 –
573919 VAVE-L1-1VR8-LP
Bipolar, holding current reduc- R8R 0.35 – 573920 VAVE-L1-1R8-LR
tion, IP65
Bipolar, IP65 R1 1 – 573921 VAVE-L1-1VR1-LP
Bipolar, holding current reduc- R1R 0.35 – 573922 VAVE-L1-1R1-LR
tion, IP65


9 Ordering data – Connecting cables
Design Cable length Part No. Type
[m]
Plug socket with cable, not sheathed, open end
For Connecting plate code H2, H2R or H3, H3R, 2-pin socket 0.5
566654 NEBV-H1G2-KN-0.5-N-LE2
1
566655 NEBV-H1G2-KN-1-N-LE2
2.5
566656 NEBV-H1G2-KN-2.5-N-LE2
5
566657 NEBV-H1G2-KN-5-N-LE2
For connecting plate code S2, S2R or S3, S3R, 2-pin socket 0.5 566662 NEBV-HSG2-KN-0.5-N-LE2
1 566663 NEBV-HSG2-KN-1-N-LE2
2.5 566664 NEBV-HSG2-KN-2.5-N-LE2
5 566665 NEBV-HSG2-KN-5-N-LE2
Plug socket with cable, sheathed, open end
For Connecting plate code H2, H2R or H3, H3R, 2-pin socket 0.5
566658 NEBV-H1G2-P-0.5-N-LE2
1
566659 NEBV-H1G2-P-1-N-LE2
2.5
566660 NEBV-H1G2-P-2.5-N-LE2
5
566661 NEBV-H1G2-P-5-N-LE2
For connecting plate code S2, S2R or S3, S3R, 2-pin socket 0.5 566666 NEBV-HSG2-P-0.5-N-LE2
1 566667 NEBV-HSG2-P-1-N-LE2
2.5 566668 NEBV-HSG2-P-2.5-N-LE2
5 566669 NEBV-HSG2-P-5-LE2
Connecting cable, open end
For connecting plate code R8 2.5 541333 NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-LE3
3-pin, straight socket, M8x1 5 541334 NEBU-M8G3-K-5-LE3
For connecting plate code R1 2.5 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
4-pin, straight socket, M8x1 5 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4
VUVG

Technical data – VUVG-LK10, in-line valves M5

General
Valve function T32-A M52-A B52
Normal position C 1)
– –
Stable positions Monostable Bistable
Reset method: pneumatic spring Yes Yes –
Design Piston spool
Sealing principle Soft
Type of actuation Electrical
Type of piloting Piloted
Pilot air supply port Internal
Exhaust air function With flow control
Manual override Detenting, non-detenting
Type of mounting Optionally via through-holes2) or on manifold rail
Standard nominal flow rate [l/min] 180 195 195
Switching time on/off [ms] 12/14 14/17 –
Changeover time [ms] – 7
Valve size [mm] 10
Port 2, 4 M5
Product weight [g] 55 45 57
1) C=Normally closed.
2) If several valves are to be screwed together via the through-holes to form a block, a minimum distance of 0.3 mm must be ensured by placing spacer discs between them.
3) Corrosion resistance class 2 to Festo standard 940 070
Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. External visible parts with primarily decorative surface requirements which are in direct contact with the surrounding industrial environment or media
such as coolants or lubricating agents.
Safety data
Note on forced checking procedure Switching frequency min. 1/week
Max. positive test pulse with 0 signal [ìs] 1600
Max. negative test pulse with 1 signal [ìs] 3000
Resistance to shocks Shock test with severity level 1 to FN 942017-5 and EN 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance Transport application test with severity level 1 to FN 942017-4 and EN 60068-2-6

Valve function T32-A1) M52-A1) B52
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 8573-2010 [7:4:4]
Temperature of medium [°C] –5 … +50
1) Pneumatic spring
Electrical data
Electrical connection Via electrical connection plate
Operating voltage [V DC] 24 ±10%
Power [W] 0.7
Duty cycle [%] 100
VUVG
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP40 (with plug socket), IP65/IP67 (with M8)
Signal status display LED
Maximum switching frequency [Hz] 2
Information on materials Copper-Free:

Housing Wrought aluminium alloy Product series with the listed part
Seals HNBR, NBR numbers are copper-free in accor-
Note on materials RoHS-compliant dance to the definition and de-
Contains PWIS (paint-wetting impairment substances) scription provided on page 8.

Technical data – VUVG-L10, in-line valves M5

General
Valve function T32-A T32-M M52-R B52 M52-M P53
U 2)
H 4)
C 1)
U 2)
H 4)
– – – C1) U2) E3)
Stable position Single solenoid Double Single Single solenoid
solenoid solenoid
Reset method: pneumatic spring Yes No Yes5) – No No
Reset method: mechanical spring No Yes Yes5) – Yes Yes
Vacuum operation at port 1 No Only with external pilot air supply
Design Piston spool valve
Actuation type Electrical
Type of control Piloted
Pilot air supply Internal or external
Exhaust function With flow control
Manual override Choice of non-detenting, covered, non-detenting/detenting or detenting
Nominal size [mm] 2.7 1.9 1.8 3.2 2.2 3.2
Nominal flow rate [l/min] 150 135 125 220 190 210
Flow rate on manifold rail [l/min] 150 135 125 220 190 210
Switching time on/off [ms]
Changeover time [ms]
Width [mm] 10
Port 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 M5
12/14 M3
Product weight [g] 55 54 45 55 44 55
Approval c UL us - Recognized(OL)
c CSA us (OL)
1) C=Normally closed/mid-position closed 7) For information about the applicability of the component see the manufacturer’s EC declaration of confor-
2) U=Normally open/mid-position pressurised mity at: www.festo.com/sp -+ Certificates.
3) E=Mid-position exhausted If the component is subject to restrictions on usage in residential, office or commercial environments or
4) H=2x 3/2-way valve in one housing with 1x normally closed and 1x normally open small businesses, further measures to reduce the emitted interference may be necessary.
5) Combined reset method 8) Corrosion resistance class 2 according to Festo standard 940 070
6) If several valves are to be screwed together via the through-holes to form a block, a mini- Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface
mum distance of 0.3 mm must be ensured by placing spacer discs between them. requirements which are in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media such as coolants or
lubricating agents.

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M3) M52-R2) B52 M52-M3 P53
Operating pressure Internal [bar] 1.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3 … 8 3 … 8
External [bar] 1.5 … 10 –0.9 … 10 –0.9 …8 –0.9 … 10
Pilot pressure4) [bar] 1.5 … 8 2 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3 … 8
Ambient temperature [°C] –5 … +50, –5 … +60 with holding current reduction
Temperature of medium [°C] –5 … +50, –5 … +60 with holding current reduction
1) Pneumatic spring 3) Mechanical spring
2) Mixed, pneumatic/mechanical spring 4) Minimum pilot pressure 50% of operating pressure
Electrical data
VUVG

Operating voltage [V DC] 5, 12 and 24 ±10%
Power [W] 1, reduced to 0.35 with holding current reduction
Duty cycle ED [%] 100
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP40 (with plug socket), IP65 (with M8)

Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 4 scription provided on page 8.

Technical data – VUVG-LK10, in-line valves M7

General
– –
Design Piston spool
Manual override Detenting, non-detenting
Valve size [mm] 10
Port 2, 4 M7
Safety data

1) Pneumatic spring
Electrical data
Power [W] 0.7
Duty cycle [%] 100
VUVG



Technical data – VUVG-LK14, in-line valves G1/8

General
– –
Design Piston spool
Manual override Non-detenting, detenting
Valve size [mm] 14
Port 2, 4 Gx
Safety data

1) Pneumatic spring
Electrical data
Power [W] 0.7
Duty cycle [%] 100
VUVG



Technical data – VUVG-L14, in-line valves G1/8

General
Valve function T32-A T32-M M52-A B52 M52-M P53
U 2)
H 4)
C1)
U 2)
C1)
– – – C1) U2) E3)
Stable position Single solenoid Double Single solenoid
solenoid
Reset method: pneumatic spring Yes No Yes – No No
Reset method: mechanical spring No Yes No – Yes Yes
Pilot air supply Internal or external
Nominal size [mm] 4.6 4.3 5.6
Nominal flow rate [l/min] 650 600 650 550 500 500 730 780 650 600
Flow rate on manifold rail [l/min] 620 580 520 480 480 680 730 620 580
Switching time on/off [ms] 8/23 11/15 14/22 – 13/35 12/40
Changeover time [ms] – 8 – 20
Width [mm] 14
Port 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Gx
12/14 M5
Product weight [g] 89 80 78 89 70 89
Approval c UL us - Recognized (OL)
c CSA us (OL)
2) U=Normally open/mid-position pressurised mity at: www.festo.com/sp  Certificates.
5) If several valves are to be screwed together via the through-holes to form a block, a mini- 7) Corrosion resistance class 2 according to Festo standard 940 070
mum distance of 0.3 mm must be ensured by placing spacer discs between them. Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface
requirements which are in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media such as coolants or
lubricating agents.

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M2) M52-A1) B52 M52-M2) P53
Operating pressure Internal [bar] 1.5 … 8 3.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3 … 8
External [bar] 1.5… 10 –0.9… 10 –0.9… 8 –0.9… 10
1) Pneumatic spring 2) Mechanical spring 3) Minimum pilot pressure 50% of operating pressure
Electrical data
VUVG



Technical data – VUVG-L18, in-line valves G1/4

General
Valve function T32-A T32-M M52-R B52 M52-M P53
U 2)
H 4)
C1)
U 2)
C 1)
– – – C1) U2) E3)
Stable position Single solenoid Double Single solenoid
solenoid
Reset method: pneumatic spring Yes No Yes5) – No No
Reset method: mechanical spring No Yes Yes5) – Yes Yes
Pilot air supply Internal/external
Nominal size [mm] 5.7 6.9 7.3 6.9 6.5 6.3
Nominal flow rate [l/min] 1000 1300 1380 1300 1200 1000
Flow rate on manifold rail 1000 1300 1380 1300 1200 1000
Switching time on/off [ms] 13/27 15/22 15/31 10/45 15/48
Changeover time [ms] – 11 – 29
Width [mm] 18
Port 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 G¼
12/14 M5
Product weight [g] 164 154 164 154 160
Approval c UL us - Recognized (OL)
c CSA us (OL)
2) U=Normally open/mid-position pressurised mity at: www.festo.com/sp  Certificates.
5) Combined reset method 8) Corrosion resistance class 2 according to Festo standard 940 070
6) If several valves are to be screwed together via the through-holes to form a block, a mini- Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface
mum distance of 0.3 mm must be ensured by placing spacer discs between them. requirements which are in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media such as coolants or
lubricating agents.

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M3) M52-R2) B52 M52-M3) P53
Operating pressure Internal [bar] 1.5 … 8 3…8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3…8
External [bar] 1.5 … 10 –0.9 … 10
1) Pneumatic spring 3) Mechanical spring
2) Mixed, pneumatic/mechanical spring 4) Minimum pilot pressure 50% of operating pressure
Electrical data
VUVG



Technical data – VUVG-BK10, sub-base valves M5/M7

General
– –
Design Piston spool
Pilot air supply Internal
Type of mounting On manifold rail
Valve size [mm] 10
Port 2, 4 M5/M7 in manifold rail
Safety data

1) Pneumatic spring
Electrical data
Nominal operating voltage [V DC] 22
Power [W] 0.7
Duty cycle [%] 100
VUVG



Technical data – VUVG-BK14, sub-base valves G1/8

General
– –
Design Piston spool
Pilot air supply Internal
Valve size [mm] 14
Port 2, 4 G1/8 in manifold rail
Safety data

1) Pneumatic spring
Electrical data
Power [W] 0.7
Duty cycle [%] 100
VUVG



Valves >
Proportional valves
 www.festo.com/catalogue/vppe
PDF EN
PDF Proportional pressure regulators
 www.festo.com/sp/vppe
PDF EN
PDF
VPPE
Port G1/8
Flow rate 850 l/min
Pressure regulator
Setpoint module available as accessory.
Ease of control!
¬¬VPPE – Compact design, ready for use in a variety of different
applications, particularly where an optimal cost-benefit ratio is
a primary consideration.
¬¬Sturdy design – At the high protection class IP65 and with high
EMC resistance that goes far beyond Festo’s reliable standard.
¬¬Tailored to many areas of application – The VPPE is ideal for al-
most any sector or application where the price-conscious are
looking for a solution.

Valves > Proportional valves >
Proportional pressure regulators VPPE

4
aG
6
7
8
9 bJ
aF aI
2 aE
aC
aH
aE bJ
aC
aD
aB
aJ
aA
1
aB
aB aJ
aB
Accessories
Accessories
Type Brief description Page/Internet
1 Proportional pressure regulator VPPE – 340
1 Prop. pressure regulator VPPE… – 8
2 Proportional pressure regulator with display VPPE … E1 –
2 Prop. pressure regulator with display VPPE … E1 – 13
3 Setpoint module MPZ For generating 6+1 analogue voltage signals mpz
3 Setpoint module MPZ For generating 6+1 analogue voltage signals 8, 13
4 Digital input/output For actuating the setpoint module –
4 Digital input/output – For actuating the setpoint module –
5 Connecting cable SIM-M12-5GD-…-PU With straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE…E1 341
5 Connecting cable SIM-M12-5GD-…-PU With straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE…E1 13
6 Plug socket SIE-GD Straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE
6 Plug socket SIE-GD Straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE 8
7 Plug socket SIE-WD-TR Angled plug socket for actuating the VPPE
7 Plug socket SIE-WD-TR Angled plug socket for actuating the VPPE 8
8 Connecting cable SIM-M12-4GD-5PU With straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE
89
Connecting cable
Connecting cable SIM-M12-4WD-5PU
SIM-M12-4GD-5PU With straight plug socket for actuating the VPPE
With angled plug socket for actuating the VPPE
8
9aJ
Connecting cable
Push-in fittings
SIM-M12-4WD-5PU With angled plug socket for actuating the VPPE
For connecting compressed air tubing with standard O.D.
8
421
aJ
aA Push-in fitting
Silencer U QS For connecting
For fitting in exhaustcompressed
ports air tubing with standard O.D. uquick star
aA
aB Silencer
Socket head screw M4x55 U For fitting in exhaust ports
For screwing the VPPE to the mounting plate u
341
VPPE
aB
aC Socket head screw M4x55
Socket head screw M4x16 – For screwing
For screwing the VPPE to
the mounting the mounting
plate to the slotplate
nut 15
aC
aD Socket head screw M4x16
Mounting plate VAME-P5-MK (set) – For screwing the mounting
For attaching the VPPE to the mounting plate to the
railslot nut of mounting
(consists 15
aD Mounting plate (set) VAME-P5-MK For attaching the VPPE
plate, slot nuts, screws and seals)to the mounting rail (consists of mounting 15
aE O-ring plate,
For sealing slot nuts, screws and seals)
aE
aF O-ring
Slot nuts – For sealing
For clamp fitting components on the mounting rail 15
aF
aG Slot nuts
Mounting rail – For clamp
Standard fittingrail
mounting components
as central onairthe mounting rail
supply 15
aG
aH Mounting rail –
Compressed air supply plate VABF-P5-P3A3… (set) For supplying compressed air (consists ofsupply
Standard mounting rail as central air compressed air supply pla- 15
aH Compressed air supply plate (set) VABF-P5-P3A3… te, screws and seal)
For supplying compressed air (consists of compressed air supply 15
aI Seal – plate, screws and seal)
aI Socket head screw M5x12
bJ Seal – For screwing
– a compressed air supply plate to the mounting rail 15
bJ Socket head screw M5x12 – For screwing a compressed air supply plate to the mounting rail 15


Peripherals overview – Additional power supply
Peripherals overview – Auxiliary pressure supply

1
3
4
3
2
Accessories
Accessories
Type Brief
Briefdescription
description  Page/online
Page/Internet
1
1 Prop. pressure regulator
Proportional pressurewith display withVPPE
regulator … E1 VPPE … E1
display –– 13 340
2 Additional power supply module (set) VABF-P5-P1A3…
2 Auxiliary pressure supply module VABF-P5-P1A3… (set) For supplying compressed air (consists of compressed air supply15
For supplying compressed air (consists of compressed air supply plate, 341
plate, screws
screws and seal)
and seal)
3 Socket head screw M6x20 – For screwing a compressed air supply plate to the slot nut 15
3 Socket head screw M6x20 For screwing a compressed air supply plate to the slot nut
4 O-ring – For sealing 15
4 O-ring For sealing
5 Slot nuts – For clamp fitting components on the mounting rail 15
5 Slot nuts For clamp fitting components on the mounting rail
6 End plate (set) VABE-P5-C For sealing the mounting rail (consists of an end plate, screws and 15
6 End plate VABE-P5-C (set) For sealing the mounting rail (consists of an end plate, screws and seal)
seal)
7 Mounting rail IPM-PN-08-40x80-AL Standard mounting rail as central air supply
7 Mounting rail IPM-PN-08-40x80-AL Standard mounting rail as central air supply 15
Mounting rail
Some selected types of the pressure The air can be fed into the mounting The holes for the mounting rail must ting rail. See the assembly instruc-
regulator VPPE can be screwed to a rail: be drilled according to the assembly tions for further information:
mounting rail. This has the advan- • at one end or instructions. The pressure regula-  online: vppe
tage that the mounting rail can be • at both ends through end plates, tors VPPE are screwed to the moun-
used to create a central compressed • using an intermediate air supply ting rail using the mounting plate.
air supply. module (in applications where an The end plates are screwed to the
increased air rate is required). left and right end faces of the moun-
VPPE
Compressed air supply on the mounting rail Recommendation for compressed air supply
When using the mounting rail as a mind that an intermediate air supply E.g. with tubing Ø 16 mm with si- Note
central compressed air supply, make module needs a valve position. The multaneous max. flow rate for all • Intermediate air supply modules
sure that the required compressed intermediate air supply module valves, the following applies: must always be centred on the
air supply is guaranteed. Bear in takes up one VPPE valve position. Compressed air supply – number of mounting rail.
valves: • Multiple intermediate air supply
• At one end – max. 5 valves modules must be evenly distri-
• At both ends – max. 10 valves buted.
• With intermediate air supply mo-
4 Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... dule – max. 5 valves per module Subject to change – 2014/09

Order code
Directional control Valve function Pneumatic connection Pressure regulation Analogue setpoint input
function range
VPPE – 3 – 1 – 1/8 – – 
3 3-way pressure 1 Normally closed 1/8 G1/8 female 2 0.02 … 2 bar 010 0 … 10 V
regulator thread 6 0.06 … 6 bar 420 4 … 20 mA
10 0.1 … 10 bar

Operator unit Assembly
 – E1 –
E1 Segmented – In-line valve Quick ordering:

LED display T Common supply Default No need to configure your product via
manifold assembly Mandatory the order code: Quickly order predefined
(mounting rail) Optional products with their part number.
Note:
For specific part numbers of
copper-free proportional pressure
regulators VPPE please contact
your local sales representative.
VPPE


For proportional pressure regulator VPPE without display
Plug socket with cable
Straight socket, M12x1, 5-pin
541328 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE4
Open end, 4-wire, cable length 5 m
Angled socket, M12x1, 5-pin 541329 NEBU-M12W5-K-5-LE4

Plug socket
Straight socket, M12x1, 4-pin 18494 SIE-GD
Angled socket, M12x1, 4-pin 12956 SIE-WD-TR
For proportional pressure regulator VPPE with display

Plug socket with cable
Straight socket, M12x1, 5-pin 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
Open end, 5-wire, cable length 2.5 m
Straight socket, M12x1, 5-pin 541331 NEBU-M12G5-K-5-LE5

Mounting plate set
Consists of mounting plate, slot nuts, screws and seal 570966 VAME-P5-MK
Mounting rail
Made from aluminium, as central air supply, 175964 HMBS-80/40- -
length: individually adaptable
End plate set (closed)

For sealing the mounting rail 8021858 VABE-P5-C
Consists of one end plate, screws and seal
Compressed air supply plate set

Consists of one compressed air supply With connecting thread G¼ 8021859 VABF-P5-P3A3-G14
plate, screws and seal With connecting thread Gy 8021860 VABF-P5-P3A3-G38
With connecting thread G½ 8021861 VABF-P5-P3A3-G12
Auxiliary pressure supply module set

consists of one compressed air supply Connection G¼ 8021862 VABF-P5-P1A3-G14
plate, screws and seal Connection Gy 8021863 VABF-P5-P1A3-G38
VPPE

Technical data
General
VPPE without display VPPE-...-E1... with display
Pneumatic connection 1, 2, 3 Gx Gx
Design, valve function Piloted piston regulator, 3-way proportional Piloted diaphragm regulator, 3-way proportio-
pressure regulator, closed nal pressure regulator
Sealing principle Soft Soft
Actuation type Electric Electric
Reset method – Mechanical spring
Type of control Piloted via 2/2-way valves Piloted via 2/2-way valves
Type of mounting Via through-hole Via through-hole
Mounting position Any, preferably vertical Any, preferably vertical
Nominal size Pressurisation [mm] 5 5
Exhaust [mm] 2.5 2.5
Standard nominal flow rate [l/min]  www.festo.com/vppm
Electrical data
Electrical connection Plug, round design, 4-pin, M12x1 Plug, round design, 5-pin, M12x1
Operating voltage range [V DC] 21.6 … 26.4 21.6 … 26.4
Power supply indicator LED LED
Residual ripple [%] 10 10
Max. electrical power consumption [W] 3.6 4.2
Analogue signal range Voltage [V DC] – 0 … 10
Output/input Current [mA] – 4 … 20
Setpoint input signal [V DC] 0 … 10 –
Switching time on/off [ms] 550/1,300 –
Protection against short circuit For all electrical connections For all electrical connections
Switching output – PNP
Protection against incorrect polarity For all electrical connections For all electrical connections
Protection class IP65 IP65

Pressure regulation range [bar] 0.15 … 6 0.02 … 2 0.06 … 6 0.1 … 10
Operating medium Compressed air according to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
Inert gases
Note on operating/pilot medium Lubricated operation not possible
Supply pressure 11) [bar] 7…8 3…4 6…8 6 … 11
Max. pressure hysteresis [mbar] 150 20 30 50
FS (full scale) linearity error [%] – ±1
FS (full scale) repetition accuracy [%] – 0.5
Temperature coefficient [%/K] – 0.04
Duty cycle [%] – 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 10 … 50 0 … 60
Temperature of medium [°C] 10 … 50 10 … 50
Corrosion resistance class2) [CRC] 2 2
CE marking (see declaration of conformity) In accordance with EU EMC Directive3)
Certification C-Tick –
VPPE
*
1) Supply pressure 1 should always be 1 bar greater than the maximum regulated output pressure.
Copper-Free:

Technical data
Flow rate qn as a function of output pressure p2 Note
VPPE without display The output pressure is maintained
unregulated if the power supply
cable is interrupted.
VPPE-...-E1 with display

VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1 VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1
VPPE- … -2- … qn 1 } 2 qn 2 } 3
2 160
1.8 140
1.6
120
1.4 qn [l/min]
100
p2 [bar]
1.2
1 80
0.8 60
0.6
40
0.4
0.2 20
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
qn [l/min] p2 [bar]
VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1 VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1
VPPE- … -6- … qn 1 } 2 qn 2 } 3
6 350
5 300
250
4
qn [l/min]
p2 [bar]
200
3
150
2
100
1 50
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
qn [l/min] p2 [bar]
VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1 VPPE-3-1-1/8-...-E1
VPPE- … -10- … qn 1 } 2 qn 2 } 3
10 600
9
8 500
7 400
qn [l/min]
p2 [bar]
6
VPPE
5 300
4
3 200
2 100
1
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
qn [l/min] p2 [bar]

Valve terminals >
Increased productivity and reduced installation
¬¬Compact with high flow rate: VTUG

¬¬Many electrical connection options from multi-pin plug up to
fieldbus thanks to Festo I-Port. Optimised assembly for control
cabinets thanks to manifold rails for direct integration.
¬¬Electrically actuated valves
¬¬Valve sizes for flow rates of 130 up to 560 l/min

Valve terminals >
Highlights Contents
VTUG Valve terminals VTUG ��347
VTUG/VUVG Series overview��348
Valve terminals
¬¬All common fieldbuses Fieldbus modules CTEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
¬¬IO-Link
¬¬Many multi-pin variants
¬¬Up to 24 valve positions
¬¬Available in 2 widths
Page 347

Valve terminals >
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Valve terminals >
Universal valve terminals

 www.festo.com/catalogue/vtug
PDF EN
PDF Valve terminals
 www.festo.com/sp/vtug
PDF EN
PDF
VTUG
Flow rate: 130 ... 560 l/min.

Width: 10, 14 mm
Connection M5, M7, G 1/8
Multi-pin plug, fieldbus, IO-Link, I-Port
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Pressure -0.9 ... 10 bar
Protection IP40 / IP65 / IP67
Sub-base valves
Metal manifold rail
Multi-talented.
¬¬VTUG plug-in: multipin or low-cost fieldbus! – The VTUG family
represents excellent value for money. It has many multi-pin vari-
ants and a very simple connection for all standard fieldbuses
and IO-Link.
¬¬The VTUG family is also quick to install and configure.
¬¬Ideal for OEMs and all those who appreciate high pneumatic
functionality and electric modularity.

Valve terminals > Universal valve terminals >
Valve terminals VTUG with multi-pin plug or fieldbus connection
VTUG plug-in: The ideal valve terminal for universal use!
Integrated LED: 360° view Various manual overrides: Inscription label holder for
for quick, reliable diagno- non-detenting, non-deten- reliable identification at a
stics. ting/detenting, covered. glance. Each valve is
individually labelled.
Multi-pin Sub-D
Multi-pin flat cable
Captive screws and seals.
Freely selectable: the size of the QS

fittings can be selected individually,
All standard fieldbuses per valve position!
Particularly suited for control cabinet use:

A wide range of functions and details, such as pneu-
matic connections from underneath the manifold, make
the VTUG plug-in ideal as a low-cost valve terminal for
installation in control cabinets.
IO-Link
Control cabinet seals comply with IP67
Save time, money and installation effort by letting us
deliver pre-assembled control cabinets directly to the
shop floor.
Product Valve function Design Width Flow rate Pneumatic Max. valve positions/ Protection
mm [l/min] connection max. solenoid coils
VTUG 5/2 Semi in-line valve 10 220 M5 24/48 IP40
plug in 5/3 Sub-base valve 270 M7 IP65/IP67
2x3/2 14 560 G1/8
VTUG

Order code
Valve design Width Valve function Reset method Pilot air supply Manual override
VUVG – B – – Z T 
B Sub-base 10 10 mm T32C 2x 3/2-way valve, A Pneumatic Z External T Non-detenting,

valve 14 14 mm normally closed spring for T32 detenting
T32U 2x 3/2-way valve, M Mechanical
normally open spring for M52
T32H 2x 3/2-way valve, R Pneumatic/
1 normally closed, mechanic
1 normally open spring for M52
M52 5/2-way valve, – None (with B52
single solenoid and P53)
B52 5/2-way valve,
double solenoid
P53C 5/3-way valve,
mid-position closed
P53E 5/3-way valve,
mid-position
exhausted
P53U 5/3-way valve,
mid-position
pressurised

Pneumatic connection Operating voltage E-box Display Special properties
 – F – 1 T1 L – F
F In manifold rail 1 24 V DC T1 Plug-in L LED F Copper-free
Default Quick ordering:

Mandatory
Optional products with their part number.
Ordering data
Sub-base valves, external pilot air supply Sub-base valves, external pilot air supply
Valve function Pneuma- Part No. Type Valve function Pneuma- Part No. Type
tic con- tic con-
nection nection
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058205 VUVG-B10-T32C-MZT-F-1T1L-F 5/2-way, single M5 8058208 VUVG-B10-M52-RZT-F-1T1L-F
normally closed G1/8 8058213 VUVG-B14-T32C-MZT-F-1T1L-F solenoid G1/8 8058216 VUVG-B14-M52-AZT-F-1T1L-F
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058206 VUVG-B10-T32U-MZT-F-1T1L-F 5/2-way, double M5 8058209 VUVG-B10-B52-ZT-F-1T1L-F
normally open G1/8 8058214 VUVG-B14-T32U-MZT-F-1T1L-F solenoid G1/8 8058217 VUVG-B14-B52-ZT-F-1T1L-F
2x 3/2-way, M5 8058207 VUVG-B10-T32H-MZT-F-1T1L-F 5/3-way , M5 8058210 VUVG-B10-P53C-ZT-F-1T1L-F
1 normally G1/8 8058215 VUVG-B14-T32H-MZT-F-1T1L-F mid-position clo- G1/8 8058218 VUVG-B14-P53C-ZT-F-1T1L-F
closed, sed
1 normally open 5/3-way , M5 8058211 VUVG-B10-P53E-ZT-F-1T1L-F
mid-position G1/8 8058219 VUVG-B14-P53E-ZT-F-1T1L-F
exhausted
5/3-way , M5 8058212 VUVG-B10-P53U-ZT-F-1T1L-F
mid-position G1/8 8058220 VUVG-B14-P53U-ZT-F-1T1L-F
VTUG
pressurised

Valveterminals
Valve terminalsVTUG
VTUG with
with multi-pin
multi-pin plugplug
andor fieldbus
fieldbus connection
connection
Peripherals overview example – Sub-base valves
Valve terminal overview – Multi-pin plug and I-Port interface

aJ bE
9
8
bA
7
bJ
6
5 bB
aI bB
aH
bC
bF
bD
1 aG
aF
aE
aC aA
2
aB
aA
4
3
aC
aD
aA
aB
aA
1 Manifold rail VABM-L1 For 4 to 10, 12, 14, 16, 20 and 24 valve positions 351
2 H-rail mounting VAME-T-M4 2 pieces for fitting the valve terminal on an H-rail
3 H-rail NRH-35-2000 For mounting the valve terminal
4 Separator VABD*) For creating pressure zones
5 Blanking plate VABB-L1 For covering an unused valve position
6 Supply plate VABF-L1 For air supply port 1 and outlet port 3 and 5
7 Solenoid valve VUVG Sub-base valve, 5/2-way valve, single solenoid 349
8 Cover cap VMPA-HB Cover cap for manual override 351
9 Inscription label holder ASLR-D-L1 For inscription label and covering the mounting screw/manual override
aJ Cover VAMC For manual override
aA Silencer U For outlet port 3 and 5
aB Push-in fitting Push-in fitting for air supply port 1 421
aC Blanking plug B For internal/external pilot air 351
aD Push-in fitting For port 2/4 421
aE Electrical interface VAEM-L1-S-M3 Flat cable 352
aF Electrical interface VAEM-L1-S-M1 Sub-D
aG I-Port interface VAEM-L1-S-...-PT I-Port interface/IO-Link
aH Connecting cable NEBV-... Sub-D cable
aI Plug connector SEA-M12-5GS-PG7 Straight, for T-adapter FB-TA
bJ T-Adapter FB-TA-M12-5POL For IO-Link and load voltage supply
bA Power supply socket NTSD Power supply for fieldbus node CTEU 357
bB Bus node CTEU Fieldbus node 352
bC Inscription label holder ASCF-H-L1 For identifying valves
VTUG
bD H-rail mounting CAFM-F1-H For adapter CAPC

bE Connecting cable NEBU For I-Port interface/IO-Link
bF Connecting
2016/03 – Subjectblock CAPC-F1-E-M12
to change For connecting a second device with I-Port
Internet: interface
www.festo.com/catalog/... 123


Ordering data – Manifold rails for sub-base valves
1 No. of valve positions Part No. Type Part No. Type
For valve size B10 (G1/8) For valve size B14 (G1/4)
4
573434 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-4-GR
573500 VABM-L1-14W-G14-4-GR
5 573435 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-5-GR 573501 VABM-L1-14W-G14-5-GR
8
573438 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-8-GR
573504 VABM-L1-14W-G14-8-GR
12
573441 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-12-GR
573507 VABM-L1-14W-G14-12-GR
16
573442 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-16-GR
573508 VABM-L1-14W-G14-16-GR
20
573443 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-20-GR
573509 VABM-L1-14W-G14-20-GR
24
573444 VABM-L1-10HW-G18-24-GR
573510 VABM-L1-14W-G14-24-GR
Ordering data – Accessories for sub-base valves

Part No. Type Valve size Part No. Type
2 H-rail mounting 6 Supply plate
–
569998 VAME-T-M4 B10 (M5)
569991 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M5
B10 (M7)
569992 VABF-L1-10-P3A4-M7
B14 (G1/8)
569993 VABF-L1-14-P3A4-G18
3 H-rail
B18 (G1/4) 574481 VABF-L1-18-P3A4-G14
– 35430 NRH-35-2000
Part No. Type

4 Separator for pressure zones aA Silencer Technical data online  uc
10 mm
569994 VABD-6-B *) M5 165003 UC-M5
10 mm
569996 VABD-10-B *) M7 161418 UC-M7
14 mm
574483 VABD-14-B *) G1/8 161419 UC-1/8
5 Blanking plate G1/4 165004 UC-1/4
10 mm
573422 VABB-L1-10-T aC Blanking plug Technical data online  b-1
14 mm
573488 VABB-L1-14-T M5
174308 B-M5-B
M7
174309 B-M7
8 Cover cap for manual override (10 per pack) Gx
3568 B-1/8
Covered 540898 VMPA-HBV-B G¼
3569 B-1/4
Non- 540897 VMPA-HBT-B
detenting *) Products marked with an asterisk are not free of copper!
Detenting 8002234 VAMC-L1-CD
9 Inscription label holder

10 pieces
570818 ASLR-D-L1
VTUG


aE Electrical interface, flat cable plug bB Bus node
26-pin
573452 VAEM-L1-S-M3-26 CANopen
570038 CTEU-CO
50-pin
573451 VAEM-L1-S-M3-50 DeviceNet
570039 CTEU-DN
CC-Link
1544198 CTEU-CC
aF Electrical interface, Sub-D PROFIBUS
570040 CTEU-PB
25-pin
573445 VAEM-L1-S-M1-25 EtherCAT
572556 CTEU-EC
573447 VAEM-L1-S-M1-25V1 AS-Inter-
572555 CTEU-AS
573448 VAEM-L1-S-M1-25V2 face
573449 VAEM-L1-S-M1-25V3 PROFINET
2201471 CTEU-PN
573450 VAEM-L1-S-M1-25V4 Festo CPI
2149714 CTEU-CP
44-pin
573446 VAEM-L1-S-M1-44 EtherNet/
2798071 CTEU-EP
aG I-Port interface, outlet on top IP
8 VP1)
573384 VAEM-L1-S-8-PT bC Inscription label holder for valve terminal
16 VP2)
573939 VAEM-L1-S-16-PT Width 10 mm
24 VP3)
573940 VAEM-L1-S-24-PT 4 VP1) 573453 ASCF-H-L1-10-4V
aH Connecting cable for multi-pin plug connection, 25-pin, IP40 8 VP1) 573457 ASCF-H-L1-10-8V
Technical data online:  kmp 12 VP1) 573460 ASCF-H-L1-10-12V
2,5 m 530046 KMP6-25P-20-2,5 16 VP1) 573461 ASCF-H-L1-10-16V
5m 530047 KMP6-25P-20-5 20 VP1) 573462 ASCF-H-L1-10-20V
10 m 530048 KMP6-25P-20-10 24 VP1) 573463 ASCF-H-L1-10-24V
25-pin, IP67 Technical data online:  nebv Width 14 mm
2,5 m 538225 NEBV-S1G25-K-2.5-N-LE25 4 VP1) 573511 ASCF-H-L1-14-4V
5m 538226 NEBV-S1G25-K-5-N-LE25 8 VP1) 573515 ASCF-H-L1-14-8V
10 m 538227 NEBV-S1G25-K-10-N-LE25 12 VP1) 573519 ASCF-H-L1-14-12V
44-pin, IP40 Technical data online:  nebv 16 VP1) 573520 ASCF-H-L1-14-16V
2,5 m 575113 NEBV-S1G44-K-2.5-N-LE44-S6 20 VP1) 573521 ASCF-H-L1-14-20V
5m 575114 NEBV-S1G44-K-5-N-LE44-S6 24 VP1) 573522 ASCF-H-L1-14-24V
10 m 575115 NEBV-S1G44-K-10-N-LE44-S6 bD H-rail mounting
aI Straight plug, for I-Port/IO-Link, 5-pin Technical data online:  sea For adap- 570043 CAFM-F1-H
M12 175487 SEA-M12-5GS-PG7 ter
CAPC
bE Connecting cable for I-Port interface/IO-Link
bJ T-adapter M12, 5-pin for IO-Link and load supply
Technical data online  nebu
– 171175 FB-TA-M12-5POL
5m 574321 NEBU-M12G5-E-5-Q8N-M12G5
7,5 m 574322 NEBU-M12G5-E-7.5-Q8N-M12G5
bA Power supply socket for fieldbus node CTEU 10 m 574323 NEBU-M12G5-E-10-Q8N-M12G5
– 538999 NTSD-GD-9-M12-5POL-RK bF Adapter
– 570042 CAPC-F1-E-M12
1) VP = Valve positions
VTUG

Technical data – VUVG-B10, sub-base valves M5/M7

General
Valve function T32-A T32-M M32-R M52-R B52 M52-M
C 1)
C)1
– – –
Stable position Monostable Bistable Monostable
Pneumatic spring reset method Yes No No Yes5) – No
Mechanical spring reset method No Yes Yes Yes5) – Yes
Vacuum operation at port 1 No With external pilot air
Actuation type Electric
Pilot air supply External
Switching position display LED
Standard nominal flow rate M5/M7 [l/min] 160 140 140 300 260
Flow rate on manifold rail M5, front [l/min] 150 130 130 220
Flow rate on manifold rail M7, front [l/min] 160 140 140 270 240
Flow rate on manifold rail M7, underneath [l/min] 160 140 140 300 260
Width [mm] 10
Port 1, 3, 5 On manifold rail
Port 2, 4 M5/M7
Port 12, 14 On manifold rail
Product weight [g] 59 53 60 53
Certification c UL us - Recognized (OL)
c CSA us (OL)
1) C=Normally closed/mid-position closed
5) Combined reset method

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M3) M32-R2) M52-R2) B52 M52-M3)
Operating pressure Internal [bar] 1.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3…8
External [bar] 1.5 … 10 –0.9 … 10 –0.9 … 8
Pilot pressure4) [bar] 1.5 … 8 2…8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3…8
1) Pneumatic spring
2) Mixed, pneumatic/mechanical spring
3) Mechanical spring
4) Minimum pilot pressure 50% of operating pressure
Electrical data
Electrical connection Via sub-base
Power consumption per valve solenoid [W] 1/0.4 (after 25 ms)
Duty cycle [%] 100
Max. switching frequency [Hz] 3
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP40 as standard (optionally IP67 with Sub-D and IO-Link interface with feature „S8“1))
VTUG
1) S8= IP67 degree of protection for electrics

Technical data – VUVG-B10, sub-base valves M5/M7 (continued)

Shock resistance Shock test with severity level 2 to FN 942017-5 and EN 60068-2-27

Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 ISO 6 scription provided on page 8.
Valve switching times [ms]

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M3) M32-R2) M52-R2) B52 M52-M3)
Switching time on [ms] 8 10 9 9 – 12
Switching time off [ms] 20 20 17 21 – 30
Changeover time [ms] – – – – 9 –
1) Pneumatic spring
2) Mixed, pneumatic/mechanical spring
Technical data – VUVG-B14, sub-base valves G1/8

General
Valve function T32-A T32-M M32-A M52-A B52 M52-M
C 1)
C 1)
– – –
Stable position Monostable Bistable Monostable
Pneumatic spring reset method Yes No Yes Yes – No
Mechanical spring reset method No Yes No No – Yes
Vacuum operation at port 1 No With external pilot air
Actuation type Electric
Pilot air supply External
Switching position display LED
Standard nominal flow rate G18 [l/min] 530 470 350 550 560 550
Flow rate on manifold rail G18, front [l/min] 490 440 320 500 510 500
Flow rate on manifold rail G18, underneath [l/min] 530 470 350 550 560 550
Width [mm] 14
Port 1, 3, 5 On manifold rail
Port 2, 4 Gx
Port 12, 14 On manifold rail
Product weight [g] 102 100 91 98 89
c CSA us (OL)
1) C=Normally closed/mid-position closed
VTUG

Technical data – VUVG-B14, sub-base valves G1/8 (continued)

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M2) M32-A1) M52-A1) B52 M52-M2)
Operating pressure Internal [bar] 1.5 … 8 3.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3…8
External [bar] 1.5 … 10 –0.9 … 10 –0.9 … 8
Pilot pressure3) [bar] 1.5 … 8 2…8 2.5 … 8 2.5 … 8 1.5 … 8 3…8
1) Pneumatic spring
3) Minimum pilot pressure 50% of operating pressure
Electrical data
Electrical connection Via sub-base
Power [W] 1/0.4 (after 25 ms)
Duty cycle [%] 100
Max. switching frequency [Hz] 3
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP67
Shock resistance Shock test with severity level 2 to FN 942017-5 and EN 60068-2-27

Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 ISO 6 scription provided on page 8.
Valve switching times [ms]

Valve function T32-A1) T32-M2) M32-A1) M52-A1) B52 M52-M2)
Switching time on [ms] 10 13 13 13 – 10
Switching time off [ms] 29 21 20 26 – 38
Changeover time [ms] – – – – 9 –
1) Pneumatic spring
VTUG

Valve terminals >

Valve terminals >
Electrical peripherals
 www.festo.com/catalogue/cteu
PDF EN
PDF Fieldbus modules
 www.festo.com/sp/cteu
PDF EN
PDF
CTEU
Fieldbus module for valve terminals VTOC, VTUB, VTUG,

MPA-L and CPV
Bus protocols:
¬¬CANopen
¬¬PROFIBUS
¬¬DeviceNet
¬¬CC-Link
¬¬EtherCat
¬¬PROFINET
¬¬EtherNet/IP
Optionally expandable via I-Port interface
¬¬Cost savings since less hardware is required for valve terminals

with a large number of valves on the fieldbus
¬¬Direct and simple networking of valve terminals and other de-
vices via fieldbus
¬¬For universal use of valve terminals

Valve terminals > Electrical peripherals >
Fieldbus modules CTEU/Installation system CTEL
Features
The system
• Fieldbus modules CTEU for using • Wide range of applications thanks CTEU for universal use of valve ter- The following protocols are current-
valve terminals to high protection to IP65/67 minals. The Festo-specific, uniformly ly supported:
• Festo-specific interface (I-Port) • Universal connection technology defined interface (I-Port) enables • CANopen
• Input modules CTSL for detecting (Sub-D, M12, terminal strip) the bus modules to be used for dif- • DeviceNet
sensor signals • Optional, decentralised installati- ferent valve types. • CC-Link
• Cost savings since less hardware on of the bus node for connecting • PROFIBUS
is required for valve terminals two valve terminals • EtherCAT
with a large number of valves on • Basic diagnostics: undervoltage,
the fieldbus short circuit
• Direct and simple networking of
valve terminals and other devices
via fieldbus
Valve terminal configurator online:  vtug

A valve terminal configurator is avai- to be placed on the valve terminal. air supply. As is the case with all Fe- • Tested for pneumatic function
lable online to help you select a sui- The ident. code of the valve termi- sto products, all valve terminals are • Securely packaged
table valve terminal. Select the nals specifies the valve functions, supplied: • Manuals can be downloaded free
valve terminal with I-Port interface the number of valves, vacant positi- • Fully pre-assembled of charge
and order the associated bus node ons as well as the additional func- • Equipped with fittings on request
CTEU. The bus nodes then only need tions and the type of compressed • Tested for electrical function
Fieldbus systems with CTEU
CANopen DeviceNet CC-Link PROFIBUS

A fieldbus system based on CAN. An open fieldbus system based on „Control and Communications Link“ Process fieldbus (PROFIBUS) is a
Standardised by the „CAN in Auto- CAN technology originally develo- (CC-Link) was developed by Mitsub- fieldbus developed by Siemens and
mation“ (CiA) user group. CANopen ped for the automotive sector. Devi- ishi Electric and has been available standardised in the IEC 61158 se-
is characterised by its multi-master ceNet was developed by Rockwell as an open fieldbus network since ries of international standards that
capability and high protocol effici- (Allen-Bradley) and is now an open 1999. enables communication between
ency. It is used throughout industri- standard. It is frequently used in devices without the need for any
al automation. OMRON controllers. specific interface adaptations.
EtherCAT AS-Interface PROFINET EtherNet/IP

EtherCAT was developed by Beck- AS-Interface is a manufacturer-inde- PROFINET by PROFIBUS and PROFI- E therNet/IP was developed by Al-
hoff and the EtherCAT Technology pendent, easy and robust installati- NET International (PI) is the open in- len-Bradley (Rockwell Automation)
Group (ETG). EtherCAT is an open on system. It was developed and re- dustrial Ethernet standard for auto- and the ODVA (Open DeviceNet Ven-
technology that is standardised in presented by the AS-International mation and is based on Ethernet dor Association). EtherNet/IP is an
the international standards IEC Association, a loose association of TCP/IP and IT standards. PROFINET open standard (technology based
61158 and IEC 61784 as well as in diverse companies from different technology is developed by Siemens on Ethernet TCP/IT and UDP/IP) for
ISO 15745-4. It is a high-speed in- sectors. and the PROFIBUS user organisati- industrial networks and is standar-
dustrial Ethernet system that is also AS-Interface has been standardised on. dised in the IEC 61158 series of in-
suitable for use in time-critical moti- by IEC 62026-2 and EN 50295. PROFINET is standardised in ternational standards.
on control applications. IEC 61158 and IEC 61784.
CTEU/CTEL

Features
Classification of the I-Port interface/IO-Link Operating voltage and load current supply
Different bus nodes are used for in- • CC-Link The operating voltages for the valve valves (supplied separately from the
tegration into the control systems of • PROFIBUS terminal with I-Port interface are electronics supply).
various manufacturers. • PROFINET centrally connected via a 5-pin M12 The power supplies do not have a
The following protocols are suppor- • EtherNet/IP plug on the bus node. common 0 V and are therefore com-
ted with the compatible node CTEU: A second valve terminal can be con- The operating voltages are required pletely galvanically isolated from
• CANopen nected via a decentralised electrical for the electronics of the fieldbus each other.
• DeviceNet sub-base (page 361). node and the load supply for the
• EtherCAT
System overview – example
PLC
Fieldbus
Fieldbus node CTEU

(I-Port master) on electrical
sub-base CAPC
CPX terminal with fieldbus

node and CTEL master
Valve terminal VTUB-12

with fieldbus node CTEU
IO-Link/I-Port
Valve terminal with I-Port

interface/IO-Link
Input module CTSL
Pneumatic drive
Pneumatic drive with sensor

CTEU/CTEL
• Communication with higher-level • Use the fieldbus node CTEU com- • Up to 64 inputs/outputs (solenoid
controller via fieldbus patible with the fieldbus protocol coils), depending on the valve ter-
minal


modules CTEU/installation system CTEL
view
Peripherals
EU with valve terminal VTUGoverview
7 8
aJ
aA
6 9
5 6
aB aC
5 aD
4
2 aE
aF
Type Brief description  Page/online

1 Manifold railType Brief
VABM description 35Page/Internet
With I-Port interface VAEM, for connecting max. valves vabm
rail 2 Electrical sub-base
VABM CAPCI-Port interface, for connecting
With For connecting
max. a35further
valves terminal (2 x I-Port interfaces)
vtug 361
sub-base 3 H-rail mounting
CAPC CAFM
For For electrical
connecting a further terminal sub-base
(2 x I-Port CAPC
interfaces) 12 363
apter 4 Connecting CAFM
cable NEBU
For electrical sub-base CAPCFor IO-Link 12
ng cable 5 Bus node NEBU CTEU
For IO-Link – 10, 12 361, 362
6 Inscription label
CTEU –ASLR For bus nodes 14, 18, 24, 28, 34 363
n label 7 Power supply socket
ASLR NTSD
For bus nodes For power supply aslr 364
pply socket 8 Terminal strip
NTSD FBSD-KL
For power supply For Open Style connection 17, 22, 27, 32, 36
strip 9 Bus connection
FBSD-KL FBA-1
For Open Style connectionOpen Style for 5-pin terminal strip 17/22
ection aJ Fieldbus socket
FBA-1 FBSD-GD,
Open NECU
Style for For Micro
5-pin terminal strip Style connection, M12, 5-pin 17/22
socket aA Plug FBSD-GD, NECU FBS,
For NECU
Micro Style connection,ForM12,
Micro Style connection, M12, 5-pin
5-pin 17/22, 32
aB Bus connection
FBS, NECU FBA-2
For Micro Style connection, Micro
M12,Style,
5-pin2xM12, 5-pin 17/22, 32
ection aC Plug FBA-2 FBS-SUB-9-BU
Micro Style, 2xM12, 5-pinSub-D 17/22, 32
aD Plug FBS-SUB-9-BU FBS-SUB-9-WS
Sub-D Sub-D, angled 17/22, 32
aE Threaded sleeve
FBS-SUB-9-WS UNC angled
Sub-D, Sub-D mounting bolt 17, 32
sleeve aF Input module
UNC CTSL-D-16E
Sub-D mounting bolt – 17, 22, 27, 32 362
dule CTSL-D-16E – 53
Copper-Free:
CTEU/CTEL
ect to change Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... 5

Ordering data
I-Port interface/IO-Link VAEM
Electrical interface for I-Port interface/IO-Link, outlet on top
Actuation of up to 8 double solenoid valve positions 573384 VAEM-L1-S-8-PT
Electrical sub-base CAPC

– 570042 CAPC-F1-E-M12
CANopen bus node CTEU-CO

Bus node
CANopen bus node 570038 CTEU-CO
Manual
English 573768 P.BE-CTEU-CO-OP+MAINT-EN
Chinese 573772 P.BE-CTEU-CO-OP+MAINT-ZH
DeviceNet bus node CTEU-DN

Bus node
DeviceNet bus node 570039 CTEU-DN
Manual
English 573745 P.BE-CTEU-DN-OP+MAINT-EN
Chinese 573779 P.BE-CTEU-DN-OP+MAINT-ZH
CC-Link bus node CTEU-CC

CC-Link bus node 1544198 CTEU-CC
Copper-Free:
CTEU/CTEL

Ordering data
PROFIBUS bus node CTEU-PB
Bus node
PROFIBUS bus node 570040 CTEU-PB
Manual
English 575393 P.BE-CTEU-PB-OP+MAINT-EN
Chinese 575397 P.BE-CTEU-PB-OP+MAINT-ZH
EtherCAT bus node CTEU-EC

Bus node
EtherCAT bus node 572556 CTEU-EC
Manual
English 575401 P.BE-CTEU-EC-OP+MAINT-EN
Chinese 575405 P.BE-CTEU-EC-OP+MAINT-ZH
PROFINET bus node CTEU-PN

PROFINET bus node 2201471 CTEU-PN
PROFINET bus node CTEU-AS

AS-Interface bus node 572555 CTEU-AS
EtherNet/IP bus node CTEU-EP

EtherNet/IP bus node 2798071 CTEU-EP
Input modules CTSL

16 sensor connections M8, 3-pin, single allocation 1387363 CTSL-D-16E-M8-3
8 sensor connections M12, 5-pin, double allocation 1387359 CTSL-D-16E-M12-5
Copper-Free:
CTEU/CTEL


Ordering data – Accessories

I-Port interface/IO-Link VAEM/Input modules CTSL
Description Designation Part No. Type
Connection technology for I/O-Link
T-adapter M12, 5-pin for IO-Link and load supply VAEM 171175 FB-TA-M12-5POL
Inscription label for I-Port/IO-Link

40 pieces in frame VAEM 565306 ASLR-C-E4
H-rail mounting
– CAPC 570043 CAFM-F1-H
Plug connector
Straight plug, M12 5-pin, PG7 VAEM, CTSL 175487 SEA-M12-5GS-PG7
4-pin, PG7 CTSL 18666 SEA-GS-7
4-pin, 2.5 mm2 O.D.∅ CTSL 192008 SEA-4GS-7-2,5
Straight plug, M8 3-pin, solderable CTSL 18696 SEA-GS-M8
3-pin, screw-in CTSL 192009 SEA-3GS-M8-S
Plug for 2 cables, M12, PG11 4-pin CTSL 18779 SEA-GS-11-DUO
5-pin CTSL 192010 SEA-5GS-11-DUO
Push-in T-connector 2x socket M12, 5-pin CTSL 541596 NEDU-M12D5-M12T4

1x plug M12, 4-pin
Connecting cables
DUO cable, 1x straight plug M12 2x straight socket M8 CTSL 18685 KM12-DUO-M8-GDGD
1x straight socket M8 and CTSL 18688 KM12-DUO-M8-GDWD
1x angled socket M8
2x angled socket M8 CTSL 18687 KM12-DUO-M8-WDWD
Connecting cable, M12, 4-pin, straight 2.5 m CTSL 539052 NEBU-M12G4-K-2.5-M12G41)
plug-straight socket 5.0 m CTSL NEBU-M12G4-K-5-M12G41)
Connecting cable, M8, 3-pin, straight 0.5 m CTSL NEBU-M8G3-K-0.5-M8G31)
plug-straight socket 1 m CTSL NEBU-M8G3-K-1-M8G31)
2.5 m CTSL NEBU-M8G3-K-2.5-M8G31)
5 m CTSL NEBU-M8G3-K-5-M8G31)
– VAEM, CAPC, 574321 NEBU-M12G5-E-5-Q8N-M12G5
CTSL 574322 NEBU-M12G5-E-7.5-Q8N-M12G5
574323 NEBU-M12G5-E-10-Q8N-M12G5
Inscription label holder
Inscription label holders for EL modules, bag of 10 CTSL 547473 ASCF-H-E2
1) Modular product, further information  online: nebu
Copper-Free:
CTEU/CTEL


Bus nodes CTEU-...
Description Designation Part No. Type
Bus connection
Sub-D plug, straight, A-coded CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 532219 FBS-SUB-9-BU-2x5POL-B
Sub-D plug, straight CTEU-CC 532220 FBS-SUB-9-GS-2x4POL-B
Sub-D plug, straight CTEU-PB 532216 FFBS-SUB-9-GS-DP-B
Sub-D plug, angled, A-coded CTEU-CO 533783 FBS-SUB-9-WS-CO-K

Sub-D plug, angled CTEU-PB 533780 FBS-SUB-9-WS-PB-K
Micro Style bus connection, 2xM12, 5-pin, CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 525632 FBA-2-M12-5POL
A-coded
Bus connection M12 adapter, B-coded CTEU-PB 533118 FBA-2-M12-5POL-RK
Fieldbus socket for Micro Style connection CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN, CTEU-CC, CTEU-PB, 18324 FBSD-GD-9-5POL
CTEU-EC
Plug for Micro Style connection, M12, 5-pin CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 175380 FBS-M12-5GS-PG9
Open Style bus connection CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 525634 FBA-1-SL-5POL
Terminal strip for Open Style connection, CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 525635 FBSD-KL-2x5POL
5-pin
Screw terminal bus connection CTEU-CC 197962 FBA-1-KL-5POL
Socket M12x1, 5-pin, straight, for self-as- CTEU-PB 1067905 NECU-M-B12G5-C2-PB

sembly of a connecting cable, compatible
with FBA-2-M12-5POL-RK
Plug M12x1, 5-pin, straight, for self-assem- CTEU-PB 1066354 NECU-M-S-B12G5-C2-PB

bly of a connecting cable, compatible with
FBA-2-M12-5POL-RK
Plug M12x1, 4-pin, D-coded CTEU-EC 543109 NECU-M-S-D12G4-C2-ET
Terminating resistor, M12, B-coded for PRO- CTEU-PB 1072128 CACR-S-B12G5-220-PB
FIBUS
Fitting
Threaded sleeve for Sub-D CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN, CTEU-CC, CTEU-PB 533000 UNC4-40/M3X8
Plug socket
For power supply CTEU-CO, CTEU-DN 538999 NTSD-GD-9-M12-5POL-RK
Copper-Free:
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – I-Port interface/IO-Link VAEM

I-Port interface/IO-Link
Versions: The electrical supply/transmission The following protocols are suppor- • CC-Link
• I-Port interface for fieldbus nodes of communication data takes place ted: • PROFIBUS
(CTEU) via an M12 plug. • CANopen • EtherCAT
• IO-Link mode for direct connec- • DeviceNet
tion to a higher-level IO-Link ma-
ster
General
Communication types IO-Link
Electrical connection • M12 plug, 5-pin
• A-coded
• Metal thread for screening
Baud rates COM3 [kbps] 230.4
COM2 [kbps] 38.4
Intrinsic current consumption, logic supply PS [mA] 30
Intrinsic current consumption, valve supply PL [mA] 30
Max. number of solenoid coils VAEM-L1-S-8-PT 16
VAEM-L1-S-16-PT 32
VAEM-L1-S-24-PT 48
Max. number of valve positions VAEM-L1-S-8-PT 8
VAEM-L1-S-16-PT 16
VAEM-L1-S-24-PT 24
Protection class to EN 60529 IP67
LED display
Colour Status Function
Status LED X1 Red/green Off No 24 V logic
2 Status green Everything OK
3 Flashing green Communication error (in the I-Port or IO-Link protocol)
4 Flashing red/green Load supply fault (undervoltage or no load supply)
5 Static red Load supply fault and communication error
Pin allocation – I-Port interface/IO-Link

Pin Allocation Description
1 24VEL/SEN Operating voltage supply (electronic, sensors/inputs)
2 24VVAL/OUT Load voltage supply (valves/outputs)
4 C/Q Data communication
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – Electrical sub-base CAPC

General
Type CAPC-F1-E-M12
Dimensions W x L x H [mm] 50 x 148 x 28
Fieldbus interface 2x M12 socket, 5-pin
Operating voltage range [V DC] 18 … 30
Max. power supply [A] 2
Cable length [m] 20
Materials
Housing PA reinforced

Protection class to EN 60529 IP65, IP67
Pin allocation – Power supply/IO-Link interfaces

Pin Allocation Description
4 C/Q Data communication
Housing, FE Functional earthing
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – CANopen bus node CTEU-CO

Application
General information Fieldbus connection
The bus node handles communicati- The bus connection is established tection class IP65/IP67 from Festo ming and outgoing bus cables.
on between the valve terminal and a via a 9-pin Sub-D plug (pin) as per or IP20 from other manufacturers) The fieldbus parameters and the
higher-level CANopen® master. the CAN in Automation (CiA) speci- facilitates the connection of an inco- basic device parameter settings are
The module has basic diagnostic fication DS 102 with additional 24 V ming and an outgoing bus cable. set on the bus node via DIL swit-
functions. It has 5 integrated LEDs CAN transceiver supply (option as There are 4 contacts each available ches.
for on-site display. Max. 8 byte in- per DS 102). for the conductors (CAN_L/CAN_H
puts and 8 byte outputs are trans- The bus connector plug (with pro- and 24 V/0 V optional) of the inco-
mitted in the cyclic process image.
Implementation and Baud rate/cable length overview
Protocol chip used: Max. CANopen cable length (trunk Max. branch line length (drop cab- The following variants can be rea-
• CAN transceiver 82C251 cable): le): lised using an adapter:
Baud rates supported: • 40 m at 1 Mbps • 0.30 m at 1 Mbps • 2x Micro Style M12, protection
• 125 kbps • 100 m at 500 kbps • 0.75 m at 500 kbps class IP65, 5-pin, socket and pin
• 250 kbps • 250 m at 250 kbps • 2.00 m at 250 kbps • Open Style plug, protection class
• 500 kbps • 500 m at 125 kbps • 3.75 m at 125 kbps IP20, 5-pin, pin
• 1 Mbps
General
Fieldbus interface • Sub-D socket, 9-pin
• Sub-D plug, for self-assembly
• 2x M12x1, 5-pin
• Terminal strip, 5-pin
Protocol CANopen
Baud rates [kbps] 125, 250, 500 and 1,000
Internal cycle time 1 ms per 1 byte of user data
Operating voltage Nominal value [V DC] 24
Permissible range [V DC] 18 … 30
Intrinsic current consumption at nominal operating voltage [mA] Typically 65
Parameterisation Diagnostic behaviour; Fail state
Max. address capacity, inputs 8 byte
Max. address capacity, outputs 8 byte
Additional functions • Emergency message
• Acyclic data access via „SDO“
Operating elements DIL switch
Configuration support EDS files
Device-specific diagnostics • System diagnostics
• Undervoltage
• Communication error
LED display Fieldbus-specific • MNS: Network status
• IO: I/O status
Product-specific • PS: Operating voltage for electronics and load supply
• X1: System status of module at I-Port 1
Protection class to EN 60529 IP65/IP67
Housing materials PC, PA reinforced
Temperature range Environment [°C] –5 … +50
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CE marking To EU EMC Directive2)
CTEU/CTEL
Certification C-Tick

Technical data – DeviceNet bus node CTEU-DN

Application
The bus node handles communicati- The bus connection is established The bus connector plug (with pro- The fieldbus parameters and the
on between the valve terminal and a via a 9-pin Sub-D socket with a typi- tection class IP65/IP67 from Festo basic device parameter settings are
higher-level DeviceNet® master. cal allocation (to EN 50170). or IP20 from other manufacturers) set on the bus node via DIL swit-
The module has basic diagnostic facilitates the connection of an inco- ches.
functions. It has 5 integrated LEDs ming and an outgoing bus cable.
for on-site display. Up to 8 byte in-
puts and 8 byte outputs are typical-
ly transmitted in the cyclic process
image.
Implementation and Baud rate/cable length overview
Protocol chip used: Max. CANopen cable length (trunk Max. branch line length (drop cab- The following variants can be rea-
• CAN transceiver 82C251 cable): le): lised using an adapter:
Baud rates supported: • 100 m at 500 kbps • 6 m at 500 kbps • 2x Micro Style M12, protection
• 125 kbps • 250 m at 250 kbps • 6 m at 250 kbps class IP65, 5-pin, socket and pin
• 250 kbps • 500 m at 125 kbps • 6 m at 125 kbps • Open Style plug, protection class
• 500 kbps IP20, 5-pin, pin
General
• 2x M12x1, 5-pin
• Terminal strip, 5-pin
Protocol DeviceNet
Baud rates [kbps] 125, 250, 500
Parameterisation Diagnostic behaviour; Failsafe and idle response
Additional functions • Acyclic data access via „Explicit Message“
• Quickconnect
• System status can be displayed using process data
• Undervoltage
LED display Fieldbus-specific • MNS: Network status
• IO: I/O status
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL


Technical data – CC-Link bus node CTEU-CC

Application
The bus connection is established The module features a system and Both connection types have the The integrated interface with RS 485
by means of a screw terminal with load supply, a fieldbus connection function of an integrated T-distribu- transmission technology is desi-
IP20 protection and a 9-pin Sub-D and a connection to the valve termi- tor and thus support the connection gned for the typical CC-Link 3-wire
plug with IP65/IP67 protection from nal with serial I-Port interface. of an incoming and outgoing bus connection technology (in accor-
Festo or IP20 protection from other cable. dance with CLPA CC-Link Spec.
manufacturers. V1.1).
Implementation Baud rate/cable length overview

Protocol chip used: Max. CC-Link cable length (at least. If using branch lines: max. branch The following variants can be rea-
• MFP3 from Mitsubishi 0.2 m between devices): line length 8 m, max. 6 stations per lised using an adapter:
• 100 m at 10 Mbps branch line • Spring-loaded terminal In/Out
• 150 m at 5 Mbps Main string length: with IP65 protection (adapter
• 200 m at 2.5 Mbps • 100 m at 625 kbps, total branch 532220)
• 600 m at 625 kbps line length 50 m • Screw terminal plug with IP20
• 1,200 m at 156 kbps • 500 m at 156 kbps, total branch protection (adapter 197962)
line length 200 m
Higher baud rate not permitted with
branch lines.
General
• Screw terminal strip, IP20
Protocol CC-Link
Baud rates [kbps] 156 … 10,000
• Undervoltage
Additional functions • System status can be displayed using process data
Parameterisation • Activate diagnostics
• Failsafe and idle response
LED display Fieldbus-specific • Err: Data transmission error
• Run: Bus active
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL


Technical data – PROFIBUS bus node CTEU-PB

Application
The bus node handles communicati- The bus connection is established The bus connector plug (with pro- An active bus terminal can be con-
on between the valve terminal and a via a 9-pin Sub-D socket with a typi- tection class IP65/IP67 from Festo nected using the DIL switch inte-
higher-level PROFIBUS DP® master. cal PROFIBUS allocation or IP20 from other manufacturers) grated in the plug.
The module has basic diagnostic (to EN 50170). facilitates the connection of an inco- The Sub-D interface is designed for
functions. It has 4 integrated LEDs ming and an outgoing bus cable. controlling network components
for on-site display. Up to 8 byte in- with a fibre-optic cable connection.
puts and 8 byte outputs are trans-
Implementation Baud rate/cable length overview

• RS 485 transceiver used: Analog Baud rates supported: Maximum fieldbus length: Maximum branch line length:
Devices ADM 2485 • 9.6 kbps • 1,200 m • 500 m
• PROFIBUS slave controller used: • 19.2 kbps • 1,200 m • 500 m
Profichip VPC+S • 93.75 kbps • 1,200 m • 100 m
• 187.5 kbps • 1,000 m • 33.3 m
• 500 kbps • 400 m • 20 m
• 1.5 Mbps • 200 m • 6.6 m
• 3 ... 12 Mbps • 100 m • –
General
Fieldbus interface • Sub-D socket, 9-pin • 2x M12x1, 5-pin, B-coded
Protocol PROFIBUS DP
Baud rates [kbps] 9.6, 19.2, 93.75, 187.5, 500
[Mbps] 1.5, 12
Parameterisation Diagnostic behaviour
Failsafe response
Max. address capacity, inputs/outputs 16 byte
Additional functions • System status via diagnostic programme
• Emergency message
Configuration support GSD files
• Undervoltage
LED display Fieldbus-specific • BF: Bus error
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – EtherCAT bus node CTEU-EC

Application
The bus node handles communicati- The bus connection is established used) that are brought together via Ethernet networks to ISO/IEC11801
on between the valve terminal and a via two M12 sockets, D-coded to an internal switch. as well as ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.
higher-level EtherCAT® master. IEC61076-2-101 with IP65/67 pro- The module features a system and • Maximum cable length (between
The module has basic diagnostic tection. load supply, a fieldbus connection network stations): 100 m
functions. It has 6 integrated status Both connections are equivalent and a connection to the valve termi- • Baud rate:100 Mbps
LEDs for on-site display. Up to 100BaseTX Ethernet ports with inte- nal with serial I-Port interface. • EtherCAT communication chip:
16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs grated auto MDI functionality Note the applicable specifications, ASIC ET1100
are transmitted in the cyclic process (cross-over and patch cables can be for example cable specifications for
image.
EtherCAT bus node
The EtherCAT bus node supports the non real-time critical information put port, LEDs for status and dia- base CAPC) compatible with I-Port
EtherCAT protocol on the basis of such as diagnostic information, con- gnostic messages as well as DIL and supplies downstream devices
the Ethernet standard and TCP/IP figuration information, etc. can be switch elements. Diagnostics are connected via the I-Port interface
technology to IEEE802.3. transferred. The data bandwidth is possible directly on the bus node with voltage.
This guarantees data exchange with sufficient to transmit both data ty- and/or via fieldbus. Set using DIL switches:
a high data transmission rate, for pes (real-time and non-real-time) in The bus node has a separate opera- • Station addresses
example I/O data from sensors, ac- parallel. ting and load voltage supply. • Diagnostics on/off
tuators or robot controllers, PLCs or The bus node features a system and It is mounted on a Festo device • Failstate behaviour
process equipment. Furthermore, load supply, EtherCAT input and out- (e.g. valve terminal or electrical sub-
General
Fieldbus interface 2x M12 socket, D-coded, 4-pin
Protocol EtherCAT
Baud rates [Mbps] 100
Operating voltage (PS) Nominal value [V DC] 24
Power failure buffering [ms] 10
Load voltage (PL) Max. [V DC] 30
Typ. tolerance range [V DC] 18 … 30
Max. address capacity, inputs/outputs [byte] 16
LED display Fieldbus-specific • Run: Operating status (communication status)
• L/A2: Network active (connection status) port 2 (Out)
• L/A1: Network active (connection status) port 1 (In)
Device-specific diagnostics • System diagnostics • Communication error
• Undervoltage
Additional functions • Diagnostic object • Emergency message
• Acyclic data access via „SDO“ • Modular device profile (MDP)
Configuration support XML file
Parameterisation • Diagnostic behaviour • Failsafe response
Parameterisation via DIL switches • Failsafe and idle response • Diagnostics on/off
Protection class to EN 60529 IP65
Temperature range Operation [°C] – 5 … +50
Storage/transport [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL


Technical data – PROFINET bus node CTEU-PN

Application
The bus node handles communicati- The bus connection is established There is also an integrated switch The voltage for the CTEU-PN bus
on between the valve terminal and a via two M12 sockets, D-coded to function that enables free selection node is supplied via an M12 plug
higher-level PROFINET® master. IEC61076-2-101 with degree of proof the ports TP1/TP2 for PROFINET connector, 5-pin, A-coded.
The module has basic diagnostic tection IP65, IP67. Both connections communication.
functions. It has 6 integrated LEDs are equivalent 100BaseTX Ethernet
for on-site display. Up to 64 byte in- ports (as per IEEE 802.3).
puts and 64 byte outputs are trans-
I-port interface
The bus node supports two inter When mounting the bus node on a When using the CTEU-PN bus node
faces for connecting I-Port devices. valve terminal (direct integration) on the electrical connection block
only one interface is used. CAPC (installation system CTEL)
both interfaces are available via the
connecting plate.
General
Fieldbus interface 2x M12x1 socket, 4-pin, D-coded
Protocol PROFINET
Baud rates [Mbps] 100
Additional functions • Conformance class C • PROFIenergy
• Fast start-up (FSU) • SNMP
• LLDP • Shared device
• MRP • Web servers
• PROFINET IRT
Configuration support GSDML files
• Undervoltage
LED display Bus-specific • NF: Network fault
• TP1: Network active port 1
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – EtherNet/IP bus node CTEU-EP

Application
General information
The bus node handles communicati- LEDs for on-site display. Up to The bus node CTEU-EP is a module Depending on the installation, the
on between the valve terminal and a 64 byte inputs and 64 byte outputs within the CTEU series which can be bus node provides two I-Port inter-
higher-order master via Ethernet. are transmitted in the cyclic process used to connect I-Port devices with faces for the connection of I-Port de-
The module has basic diagnostic image. specification V1.0 to an EtherNet/IP vices
functions. It has 6 integrated status or Modbus/TCP bus.
Installation
Direct integration CAPC adapter Power supply Ethernet connection
• Mounting the bus node on an I- • Mounting the bus node on the ad- Power is supplied to the bus node The bus node CTEU-EP provides two
Port device, e.g. valve terminal apter and the connected I-Port devices by 100BASE-TX Ethernet interfaces (to
• One I-Port interface available (for • Two I-Port interfaces available on means of an M12 plug connector, IEEE802.3) electrically isolated from
internal communication) the adapter 5-pin, A-coded, on the top side of the rest of the internal electronics.
the housing. The integrated switch function differ
entiates automatically between the
incoming and outgoing Ethernet con
nection, regardless of the network
connection used.
General
Fieldbus interface 2x M12x1 socket, 4-pin, D-coded
Protocol Ethernet/IP, Modbus/TCP
Baud rates [Mbps] 10/100
Additional functions • AddressConflictDetection (ACD) • Ring topology (DLR)
• Acyclic data access via „Explicit Mes- • SNMP
sage“ • Start-up parameterisation in plain
• EtherNet/IP Quickconnect text via fieldbus
• IP addressing via DHCP, DIL switch, • System status can be displayed
fieldbus or FFT using process data
• Integrated switch • Web servers
• Undervoltage
LED display Bus-specific • TP1: Network active port 1
• NS: Network status
Note on materials RoHS-compliant; Contains paint-wetting impairment substances
Housing materials PA reinforced
Storage [°C] –20 … +70
CTEU/CTEL

Technical data – Input modules CTSL

Function Application
Digital input modules facilitate the • Input modules for 24 V DC sensor • Operating voltage supply 24 V DC • Labelling options on all sides with
connection of proximity sensors or signals for all connected sensors large, hinged inscription labels
other 24 V DC sensors (inductive, • M12 connection technology • Diagnostic LED for short circuit/ • Earthing plate and H-rail moun-
capacitive, etc.). • Display of the input states for overload of sensor supply ting already integrated
Plugs with double allocation are se- each input signal via an assigned
parated using a DUO plug or DUO LED
cable.
General
Type CTSL-D-16E-M8-3 CTSL-D-16E-M12-5
Electrical connection 16x M8 socket, 3-pin 8x M12 socket, 5-pin
Protocol IO-Link/I-Port
IO-Link Connection technology 5-pin
Protocol V 1.0
Communication mode COM2 (38.4 kB), COM3 (230 kB)
Port type B
Number of ports 1
Process data width OUT [bit] 16
Min. cycle time [ms] 3.2
Device ID [ms] 0x 700410
Baud rate [kbps] 38.4/230.4
Max. number of inputs 16
Operating voltage range [V DC] 18 … 30
Current consumption of logic at nominal operating voltage [mA] Max. 35
Max. residual current per module [mA] 1.2
Reverse polarity protection For operating voltage
Fuse protection (short circuit) Internal electronic fuse protection for each group
Electrical isolation, channel – channel No
Switching level Signal 0 [V] ≤5
Signal 1 [V] ≥11
Input debounce time [ms] 0.5 (3 ms, 10 ms, 20 ms parameterisable)
Input characteristic IEC1131 Part 2
Switching logic at inputs PNP (positive switching)
LED display Bus-specific X20: I-Port/IO-Link
Product-specific 1 Operating voltage
16 Channel status
2 Group diagnostics
Materials
Housing PA reinforced
Cover PA reinforced
Dimensions (W x L x H) [mm] 143 x 103 x 32

Type of mounting Optionally via H-rail or through-holes
Protection class to EN 60529 IP65, IP67 (when fully plugged in or fitted with protective cap)
Corrosion resistance class CRC1) 21)
CTEU/CTEL


Valve terminals >

Sensors >
The modular system for successful automation from a single source
Advantages at a glance:
¬¬Complete range from the specialists in pneumatics related sen-
sor technology
¬¬System competence from a single source
¬¬Industry solutions
¬¬Maximised process reliability
¬¬Reduced downtimes

Sensors >
Highlights Contents
Additional selected products. . . . . . . . . . . . 378
SMT Proximity sensors SMT/SME ��379
Proximity sensors Pressure sensors SPAB��381
¬¬contactlessly processes the
switching signal
¬¬polarity-safe
¬¬short-circuit and overload proof
Page 379
SPAB
Pressure sensors
¬¬Relative pressure measurement
¬¬Switching output PNP, NPN and
analogue output
¬¬Two-part colour display
Page 381

Sensors >
Inductive sensors
Type Proximity sensor Proximity sensor

SIEH SIEN
Size 3 mm, M12, M18 4 mm, 6.5 mm, M5x0.5, M8x1, M12, M12x1, M18, M18x1,
M30, M30x1.5
Switching output NPN, PNP NPN, PNP
Switching element func- N/O contact, N/C contact N/O contact, N/C contact
tion
Electrical connection 3-wire, 3-pin, cable, cable with plug, M8x1, M12x1, plug 3-wire, 3-pin, cable, M8x1, M12x1, plug
Operating voltage range 10 ... 30 V 10 ... 30 V
DC
Description • With increased switching distance • With standard switching distance
• Flush mounting • For DC voltage
• Metric thread • Round design
• With switching status indication • Metric thread
• Design with stainless steel housing • Flush or non-flush mounting
• With switching status indication
• Design with metal housing
• Design with polyamide housing
 Page/online sieh sien
Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Sensors >
Proximity sensors
PDF .../smeEN PDF Proximity sensors for T- and C-slots
 www.festo.com/sp/smt .../sme
PDF EN
PDF
SMT/SME
Contactlessly processes the switching signal

Polarity-safe
Short-circuit and overload proof
Securely retained
¬¬For drives with T-slot or C-slot – Proximity sensors for all requi-
rements, with a huge range of variants and mounting accesso-
ries
¬¬Total reliability – the sturdy central attachment point ensures
that the sensor is secured in the slot.

Sensors > Proximity sensors >
Proximity sensors SMT/SME, for T- and C-slots
Product-range overview
Design Type of mounting Measuring principle Type Operating voltage Switching output Switching ele-  Page/
SMT/SME
range ment function online

For T-slot Insertable in the slot from Magneto-resistive SMT-8M-A 5 … 30 V DC PNP N/O contact smt-8
above, flush with the cylinder N/C contact sme-8
profile NPN N/O contact
Non-contacting, 2-wire N/O contact
Insertable in the slot from Magnetic reed SME-8M 5 … 30 V AC/DC Contacting, bipolar N/O contact
above, flush with the cylinder N/C contact
profile
For C-slot Insertable in the slot from Magneto-resistive SMT-10M 10 … 30 V DC PNP N/O contact smt-10m
above, flush with the cylinder NPN sme-10m
profile Non-contacting, 2-wire
Magnetic reed SME-10M 5 … 30 V AC/DC Contacting, bipolar N/O contact
T-slot sensors can be used for drives with T-slot C-slot sensors can be used for drives with C-slot
Exceptions Exceptions
• DFM-B: SMTO-8E, SMTSO-8E, SMEO-8E, • ADVC ∅ 100: SMT-10M and SME-10M can-
SMPO-8E cannot be used not be used (ADVC has a T-slot and C-slot)
• DHDS: SME-8M can only be used on ∅ 50 • DSM/DSM-B-6/8/10: SME-10M cannot be
• DHPS: SME-8M can only be used on used
∅ 20 … 35 • DSM/DSM-B-10/16: SMT-10M cannot be
• HGDD-63-A: SMT-8M-A cannot be used used
Sample applications:
SMT-8M/SME-8M mounted on an ADN standard cylinder SMT-10M/SME-10M mounted on a mini slide
Ordering data
Version Type of mounting Switch output Contact Electrical connection Cable length Part-No. Type
[m]
For T-Slot
Proximity sensors via accessories PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5
574335 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-2,5-OE
for T-slot, magne- Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3
574334 SMT-8M-A-PS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
to-resistive NPN N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5
574338 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-2,5-OE
Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3
574339 SMT-8M-A-NS-24V-E-0,3-M8D
Proximity sensors via accessories Contacting N/O Cable, 3-wire 2,5
543862 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-2,5-OE
for T-slot, magne- Cable, 2-wire 2,5
543872 SME-8M-ZS-24V-K-2,5-OE
tic reed Plug M8x1, 3-pin 0,3
543861 SME-8M-DS-24V-K-0,3-M8D
For C-Slot
Proximity sensors via accessories PNP N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5
551373 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
for C-slot, magne- Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3
551375 SMT-10M-PS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
to-resistive via accessories NPN N/O Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5
551377 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3
551379 SMT-10M-NS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
Proximity sensors via accessories Contacting N/O Plug M8x1, 3-pin, in-line 0,3
551367 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-0,3-L-M8D
for C-slot, magne- Cable, 3-wire, in-line 2,5
551365 SME-10M-DS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
tic reed Cable, 2-wire, in-line 2,5
551369 SME-10M-ZS-24V-E-2,5-L-OE
Copper-Free:

Sensors >
Pressure and vacuum sensors

 www.festo.com/catalogue/spab
PDF EN
PDF Pressure sensors
 www.festo.com/sp/spab
PDF EN
PDF
SPAB
Pressure sensor
Vacuum sensor
Relative pressure measurement
Illuminating LCD with optimised display.
Price follows function

¬¬Conspicuously clear-cut – With its clear-cut switching status dis-
play, the SPAB reliably indicates system status. Its twopart,
three colour display assures straightforward menu navigation
and read-outs.
¬¬Quick copying – After one device has been programmed, set-
tings can be transferred to all other SPAB pressure sensors.

Sensors > Pressure and vacuum sensors >
Pressure sensors SPAB
Features
At a glance
Product description Main applications Key features
SPAB
The pressure sensor SPAB can be • Pressure/vacuum sensing • Pressure measuring range –1 … +1 • Two-part, multi-coloured display
used in many industries thanks to • Light assembly or 0 … 10 bar • Copy function (settings can be
its wide range of connection and • Wherever there is a need for • Relative pressure measurement transferred from one device to
configuration options and its com- space-saving pressure measure- • Pressure supply port GÁ, RÁ, another)
pact size. ment with visualisation and limi- NPTÁ-27 or M5 female thread • Simple commissioning thanks to
Switching point settings are empha- ted robustness • Electrical connection cable, plug intuitive operation
sised via switching status indication • Easy identification of the system M8x1 or plug, square design • Compact design 30x30 mm
Pressure sensors SPAB, with display
and switching of the display value status by means of clear, colour- • Switching output PNP, NPN
Key features, product range overview
colour. based switching status detection • Analogue output 1 … 5 V or
4 … 20 mA, switchable
At a glance
Variants:
Variants:
– Plug–M8x1 with with
Plug M8x1 electric adapter
electric SASC
adapter SASC
– Plug,– square design L1
Plug, square design L1
– Cable version
– Cable withwith
version connecting cable
connecting cableNEBS
NEBS Compact design
Compact
30 x 30design
mm
30x30 mm
Country-specific pressure
Country-specific pressure
Multi-coloured, two-part display supply ports:
Multi-coloured, two-part display supply ports:
– Gx
– Gx
Alphanumeric display
Alphanumeric display – Rx
– Rx
– NPTx-27
– NPTx-27
Displayable units:units:
Displayable – M5 female thread
– M5 female thread
– bar – bar
– inchH2O Mounting bracket
Mounting bracketororfront
front panel
– inchH2O
– inchHg panel mounting, threaded
mounting, threaded mounting
– inchHg
– kPa – kPa mounting
– psi – psi HighHigh
ease of of
ease useusethanks
thanks to
to
– mmHg– mmHg intuitive operator
intuitive operatorpromp-
prompting
– kgf/cm 2
– kgf/cm2 ting
– MPa– MPa
Product description Main applications Key features

Order code
The pressure sensor SPAB can be Pressure/vacuum sensing Pressure measuring range –1 … +1 Two-part, multi-coloured display
used in manyPressure
industries thanks toPressure
measuring its input
Light assemblyPneumatic connection or 0 … 10Electrical
bar output Electrical(settings
Copy function connection
can be
wide range range [bar] and
of connection Wherever there is a need for Relative pressure measurement transferred from one device to
configuration options and its compact space-saving pressure Pressure supply port GÁ, RÁ, another)
SPAB
size. – R measurement– with visualisation – or M5 female thread
NPTÁ-27 – commissioning
Simple L1 thanks to
Switching point settings are and limited robustness Electrical connection cable, plug intuitive operation
B2 –1 … +1 R Relative G18 Male thread Gx and 2P 2 switching outputs L1 Square plug
emphasised via switching status Easy identification of the system M8x1 or plug, square design Compact design 30x30 mm
P10 0 … 10 pressure female thread M5 PNP M8 Round plug
indication and switching of the status by means of clear, Switching output PNP, NPN
R18 Male thread Rx and 2N 2 switching outputs K1 Cable, 2.5 m
display value colour. colour-based switching status Analogue output 1 … 5 V or
female thread M5 NPN
detection 4 … 20 mA, switchable
Quick ordering: N18 Male thread NPTx- PB 1 switching output PNP
No need to configure your product via 27 and female thread 1 analogue output
the order code. Quick Order predefined M5 Default
1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA
products with part number. F For adapter plate, fe- NB 1 switching output NPN Mandatory
 Details on page 16 male thread M5 1 analogue output Optional
1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA

 www.festo.com/catalogue/spab

Ordering data – Square plug version

Pressure measuring range –1 … +1 bar Pressure measuring range 0 … 10 bar
Electrical output Part No. Type Electrical output Part No. Type
SPAB
Digital Analogue Digital Analogue
Male thread Gx and female thread M5 Male thread Gx and female thread M5
PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000051 SPAB-B2R-G18-PB-L1 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000063 SPAB-P10R-G18-PB-L1
2x PNP – 8000045 SPAB-B2R-G18-2P-L1 2x PNP – 8000057 SPAB-P10R-G18-2P-L1
NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000054 SPAB-B2R-G18-NB-L1 NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000066 SPAB-P10R-G18-NB-L1
2x NPN – 8000048 SPAB-B2R-G18-2N-L1 2x NPN – 8000060 SPAB-P10R-G18-2N-L1
Male thread Rx and female thread M5 Male thread Rx and female thread M5
PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000052 SPAB-B2R-R18-PB-L1 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000064 SPAB-P10R-R18-PB-L1
2x PNP – 8000046 SPAB-B2R-R18-2P-L1 2x PNP – 8000058 SPAB-P10R-R18-2P-L1
NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000055 SPAB-B2R-R18-NB-L1 NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000067 SPAB-P10R-R18-NB-L1
2x NPN – 8000049 SPAB-B2R-R18-2N-L1 2x NPN – 8000061 SPAB-P10R-R18-2N-L1
Male thread xNPT and female thread M5 Male thread xNPT and female thread M5
PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000053 SPAB-B2R-N18-PB-L1 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000065 SPAB-P10R-N18-PB-L1
2x PNP – 8000047 SPAB-B2R-N18-2P-L1 2x PNP – 8000059 SPAB-P10R-N18-2P-L1
NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000056 SPAB-B2R-N18-NB-L1 NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000068 SPAB-P10R-N18-NB-L1
2x NPN – 8000050 SPAB-B2R-N18-2N-L1 2x NPN – 8000062 SPAB-P10R-N18-2N-L1
For adapter plate, female thread M5 For adapter plate, female thread M5
PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000071 SPAB-B2R-F-PB-L1 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000075 SPAB-P10R-F-PB-L1
2x PNP – 8000069 SPAB-B2R-F-2P-L1 2x PNP – 8000073 SPAB-P10R-F-2P-L1
NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000072 SPAB-B2R-F-NB-L1 NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 8000076 SPAB-P10R-F-NB-L1
2x NPN – 8000070 SPAB-B2R-F-2N-L1 2x NPN – 8000074 SPAB-P10R-F-2N-L1
Ordering data – Round plug version

PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 553152 SPAB-B2R-G18-PB-M8 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 553164 SPAB-P10R-G18-PB-M8
2x PNP – 553146 SPAB-B2R-G18-2P-M8 2x PNP – 553158 SPAB-P10R-G18-2P-M8
Male thread Rx and female thread M5 Male thread Rx and female thread M5
2x PNP – 553147 SPAB-B2R-R18-2P-M8 2x PNP – 553159 SPAB-P10R-R18-2P-M8
Ordering data – Cable version

2x PNP – 552350 SPAB-B2R-G18-2P-K1 PNP 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 552368 SPAB-P10R-G18-PB-K1
Male thread Rx and female thread M5 2x PNP – 552362 SPAB-P10R-G18-2P-K1
2x PNP – 552351 SPAB-B2R-R18-2P-K1 NPN 1 … 5 V / 4 … 20 mA 552371 SPAB-P10R-G18-NB-K1
2x NPN – 552354 SPAB-B2R-R18-2N-K1 2x NPN – 552365 SPAB-P10R-G18-2N-K1
For adapter plate, female thread M5 Male thread Rx and female thread M5
2x PNP – 570793 SPAB-B2R-F-2P-K1 2x PNP – 552366 SPAB-P10R-R18-2N-K1
2x NPN – 552363 SPAB-P10R-R18-2P-K1


Pressure sensors SPAB, with display
SPAB
6
7
3
8
2
6
1
4
 Page/  Page/
Accessories Page/
online Accessories Page/online
Internet Internet
1 Mounting bracket SAMH-…-A 384 5 Protective cover SACC 384
1 Mounting bracket SAMH-…-A 10 5 Protective cover SACC 10
2 Adapter plate SASF for pressure sensor SPAB-…-F 6 Connecting cable NEBU-M8
2 Adapter plate SASF for pressure sensor SPAB-…-F 13 6 Connecting cable NEBU-M8 14
3 Electric adapter SASC-…-A / S 7 Connecting cable NEBS-L1G4
3 Electric adapter SASC-…-A 11 7 Connecting cable NEBS-L1G4 14
4 Front panel installation kit SAMH-…-F 8 Push-in fittings 421
4 Front panel installation kit SAMH-…-F 10 8 Push-in fitting QSM-M5 14

Adapter plate SASF Mounting bracket SAMH-…-A
Rx 570801 SASF-P4-P-R18 – 552376 SAMH-P4-A
Gx 570802 SASF-P4-P-G18
NPTx 570803 SASF-P4-P-N18
M5 570804 SASF-P4-P-M5 Front panel installation kit SAMH-…-F
Electric adapter SASC – 552377 SAMH-P4-F
SASC-...-A 8000326 SASC-P4-A-M8-A
Protective cover SACC

SASC-...-S 8000327 SASC-P4-A-M8-S – 552378 SACC-P4-G
Description Number of wires Cable length [m] Part No. Type

Socket, rectangular design L1 4 2.5 572576 NEBS-L1G4-K-2.5-LE4
5 572577 NEBS-L1G4-K-5-LE4
Straight socket, M8x1 4 2.5 541342 NEBU-M8G4-K-2.5-LE4
5 541343 NEBU-M8G4-K-5-LE4

Technical data
General
SPAB -B2 -P10
SPAB
RCM trademark
CE mark (see declaration of conformity) To EU EMC Directive1)
Input signal/measuring element
Measured variable Relative pressure
Measurement method Piezoresistive pressure sensor with display
Pressure measuring range [bar] –1 … +1 0 … 10
Overload capacity [bar] 5 15
Electrical data
SPAB -B2 -P10
Electrical output 2P 2N PB NB 2P 2N PB NB
Switching output 1)
Switching output 2x PNP 2x NPN PNP NPN 2x PNP 2x NPN PNP NPN
Switching function Freely programmable
Switching element function Switchable
Accuracy of FS display [%] 1 2
Reproducibility of switching va- [%] 0.1 0.2
lue
Max. output current [mA] 100
Analogue output1)
Analogue output [V] – 1 … 5 – 1 … 5
[mA] – 4 … 20 – 4 … 20
Accuracy of analogue output [%] – 5 – 5
zero point ±FS
Accuracy of analogue output [%] – 5 – 5
margin ±FS
Reproducibility of analogue va- [%] – 0.2 – 0.2
lue
Output, additional data

Electronic components
Operating voltage range DC [V] 12 … 24
Reverse polarity protection For all electrical connections
Electromechanical components Plug, 4-pin, square design
1) % FS = % of the measuring range final value (full scale)
Materials
SPAB -B2 -P10
Note on materials Contains PWIS (paint wetting impairment substances)
RoHS-compliant
Copper-Free:

Technical data
Pin allocation SPAB- … -L1
Plug, 4-pin
SPAB
Square design Pin Wire colour Allocation

1 Brown Operating voltage 12 … 24 V DC
2 Black Switching output A
3 White Switching output B / analogue output, external
4 Blue 0 V DC
Mechanical components
SPAB -G18 -R18 -N18 -F
Type of mounting Screw-in On adapter plate
Via accessories –
Pneumatic connection Female thread M5
Male thread Gx Male thread Rx Male thread NPTx-27 –
Product weight [g] 45 30
Housing materials PBT, reinforced
Display/operation
SPAB -B2 -P10
Display type Illuminated LCD, multi-coloured
Displayable units bar bar
inchH2O –
inchHg –
kPa kPa
psi psi
mmHg –
kgf/cm2 kgf/cm2
– MPa
Switching status display Yellow LCD
Setting options Teach-in
Via display and keys
Tamper protection PIN code
Threshold value setting range [%] 0 … 100
Hysteresis setting range [%] 0 … 90
Immissions/emissions


Compressed air preparation >
Savings thanks to mix of sizes
Perfect compressed air preparation

¬¬With its large product range, highly functional components and a
wide choice of services, the MS series from Festo offers a com-
plete concept for compressed air preparation.

Highlights Contents
MSB Service unit combinations MSB��391
Filter regulators MS-LFR��399
Service unit combinations
¬¬High flow rates Filters MS-LF��403
¬¬Individual configuration Pressure regulators MS-LR��407
¬¬Integrated sensors
¬¬Safety functions Precision pressure regulators LRP��411
¬¬Energy efficiency thanks to size
mix
Page 391

Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Service unit combinations, MS Series

 www.festo.com/catalogue/msb
PDF EN
PDF Service unit combinations
 www.festo.com/sp/msb
PDF EN
PDF
MSB
Sizes 4, 6
Port G1/4, G1/2
Pressure 0.3 ... 12 bar
Flow rate 550 ... 5100 l/min
Combinations of up to 10 service units possible
Service unit functions include:
¬¬On-off valve, manuallly or solenoid actuated
¬¬Filter regulator
¬¬Branching module with pressure switch
¬¬2 sizes: MSB4 – grid dimension 40 mm, MSB6 – grid dimension

62 mm
¬¬Threaded connections in the product housing or with connec-
ting plates
¬¬Type of mounting and flow direction can optionally be selected
¬¬Can be configured in accordance with the ATEX directive for ex-
plosive atmospheres

Compressed air preparation > Service unit combinations >
Service unit combinations MSB, MS series
Combinations Combination 2 Combination 4 Combination 7
Comprising:
Manually operated on-off valve EM1   

Filter regulator with pressure gauge, lockable LFR   
Solenoid actuated on-off valve, with pressure sensor EE – – 
Branching module with pressure switch FRM – –
MSB

Service unit combinations MSB4/MSB6,
Mounting brackets WP 
MS series
 
Peripherals overview – MSB
8
-H- Note
7
The choice of accessories
on the selected service u
1
bination.
9 3
2 Range of accessories
Peripherals pages o
3 vidual devices
aJ
5
1
3
4
2
3
4
Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online
Mounting attachments and accessories Page/
1 Cover cap MS4/6-END 395 7 Plug socket with cable KMEB 394
1 Cover cap
2 Connecting plate-SET MS4/6-AG… 8 Plug socket MSSD-EB
ms4-end
MS4/6-END
3 Module connector MS4/6-MV 9 Illuminating seal MEB-LD ms6-end
2 Silencer
4 U
Connecting plate-SET 393 aJ Padlock LRVS-D ms4-ag,
5 Angled socket
MS4/6-AG… PEV-¼-WD-LED – Mounting brackets 395 ms6-ag
6 Plug socket MSSD-C-4P MS4/6-WP/WPB/WPE/WPM
3 Module connector ms4-mv,
MS4/6-MV ms6-mv
4 Silencer 33
U
5 Angled socket 33
PEV-¼-WD-LED
6 Plug socket 33
MSSD-C-4P
7 Plug socket with cable 33
Ordering data
Combinations Combination 2 Combination 4 Combination 7
Comprising: Code Type

Manually operated on-off valve C3 EM1 n n n
Filter regulator with pressure gauge, lockable J1 LFR n n n
Solenoid actuated on-off valve, with pressure sensor D14 EE – – n
MSB
Branching module with pressure switch F12 FRM – n –
Mounting brackets WP WP n n n
Technical data  396 397 398
MSB4 MSB6
Combination Pneumatic Grade of filtration 40 μm Combination Pneumatic Grade of filtration 40 μm
connection Part No. Type connection Part No. Type
Combination 2 G¼ 8025354 MSB4-1/4:C3:J1-WP Combination 2 G½ 8025355 MSB6-1/2:C3:J1-WP
Combination 4 G¼ 8025356 MSB4-1/4:C3:J1:F12-WP Combination 4 G½ 8025357 MSB6-1/2:C3:J1:F12-WP
Combination 7 G¼ 8025358 MSB4-1/4:C3:J1:D14-WP Combination 7 G½ 8025359 MSB6-1/2:C3:J1:D14-WP

 www.festo.com/catalogue/msb

Silencer U Technical data  online: u
Description Pneumatic connection Part No. Type
for MS4-EM1/EE G¼ 6842 U-¼-B
for MS6-EM1/EE G½ 6844 U-½-B
Angled socket PEV Technical data  online: pev

Description Operating voltage Electrical connection Switching status dis- Part No. Type
range play
for PEV-¼-…-OD 15 …. 30 V DC 4-pin Yellow LED 164274 PEV-¼-WD-LED-24
≤ 230 V AC 4-pin Yellow LED 164275 PEV-¼-WD-LED-230
≤ 180 V DC
Plug socket MSSD Technical data  online: mssd

Description Operating voltage Electrical connection Type of mounting ca- Part No. Type
range ble connection
for PEV-¼-…-OD ≤ 250 V AC/DC 3-pin Clamping screws 171157 MSSD-C-4P
for MS4/6-EE/DE ≤ 250 V AC/DC 3-pin Clamping screws 151687 MSSD-EB
4-pin Insulation displace- 192745 MSSD-EB-S-M14
ment technology


Plug socket with cable KMEB Technical data è online: kmeb
Description Operating Electrical con- Switching sta- Cable length Part No. Type
voltage range nection tus display [m]
for MS4/6-EE/DE 24 V DC 2-pin LED 2.5 547268 KMEB-3-24-2,5-LED
5 547269 KMEB-3-24-5-LED
– 2.5 547270 KMEB-3-24-2,5
5 547271 KMEB-3-24-5
3-pin LED 2.5 151688 KMEB-1-24-2,5-LED
5 151689 KMEB-1-24-5-LED
MSB
10 193457 KMEB-1-24-10-LED
230 V AC 3-pin – 2.5 151690 KMEB-1-230AC-2,5
5 151691 KMEB-1-230AC-5
Illuminating seal MEB-LD Technical data è online: meb

Description Operating voltage range Part No. Type
for plug socket with cable KMEB and plug 12 … 24 V DC 151717 MEB-LD-12-24DC
socket MSSD-EB 230 V DC/AC ±10% 151718 MEB-LD-230AC
Padlock LRVS-D
Description Weight [g] Part No. Type
for filter or pressure regulators 120 193786 LRVS-D


Cover cap MS-END Dimensions online:  ms*-end Module connector MS-MV
MS4 538779 MS4-END For connecting modules
MS4
532798 MS4-MV
MS6 538780 MS6-END
MS6
532799 MS6-MV
Mounting plate MS-AEND Dimensions online:  ms*-aend Module connector MS-MVM

MS4 542966 MS4-AEND For connecting the modules with rotary knob underneath
MS4
532800 MS4-MVM
MSB
MS6 535408 MS6-AEND
MS6
532801 MS6-MVM
Connecting plate MS-AG Dimensions online:  ms*-ag* Mounting bracket MS-WP Dimensions online:  ms*-wp
MS4 G¼ 526069 MS4-AGB MS4
532184 MS4-WP
MS6 G½ 526082 MS6-AGD

MS6
532195 MS6-WP
Mounting bracket MS-WPB Dimensions online:  ms*-wpb

Size Part No. Type MS4 For large wall
526063 MS4-WPB
Mounting bracket MS-WB Dimensions online:  ms*-wb gap
MS4 532185 MS4-WB MS6 For large wall
526074 MS6-WPB
gap
MS6 532196 MS6-WB
Mounting bracket MS-WPE Dimensions online:  ms*-wpe
MS4 For large wall 558869 MS4-WPE
Mounting bracket MS-WBM Dimensions online:  ms*-wbm
gap
MS4 526062 MS4-WBM
MS6 For large wall 1025936 MS6-WPE
gap
Mounting bracket MS-WPM Dimensions online:  ms*-wpm
Mounting bracket MS-WR Dimensions online:  ms*-wr MS4 For clearance
526060 MS4-WPM-D
MS4 526064 MS4-WR 40 mm
For clearance 526061 MS4-WPM-2D
MS6 526075 MS6-WR 80 mm
MS6 For clearance
526073 MS6-WPM-D
Hex nut MS-WRS 62 mm
MS4 532187 MS4-WRS For clearance 532186 MS6-WPM-2D
MS6 532188 MS6-WRS 124 mm

Technical data – Combination 2

At a glance
• On-off valve MS…-EM1 manually • For filtered and unlubricated com- • Output pressure is infinitely adju-
actuated pressed air stable within the pressure regula-
• Filter regulator MS…-LFR-D7 • Supply pressure can be opened tion range
• Mounting bracket MS…-WP and closed
MSB
General
Size e
MSB4 MSB6
Pneumatic connection 1, 2, 3 G¼ G½
Regulating function Output pressure constant, with primary pressure compensation, with return flow function, with secondary venting
Assembly position Vertical ±5°
40
Air purity class at the output Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [6:4:4] (grade of filtration 5 μm)
Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [7:4:4] (grade of filtration 40 μm)
Bowl guard Plastic bowl guard
Condensate drain Manual rotary
Fully automatic
Actuator lock Rotary knob with detent, lockable with accessories
Pressure regulation range [bar] 0.5 … 12
Standard nominal flow rate [l/min] 1,700 5,100
qnN
Pressure indicator With pressure gauge

Size MSB4 MSB6
Operating pressure [bar] 0.8 … 14 0.8 … 18
Inert gases
Corrosion resistance CRC1) 2
Weights [g]
Size MSB4 MSB6
Service unit combination 1,300 1,100
Mounting bracket 40 76
Copper-Free:


At a glance
• Manually operated on-off valve • For filtered and unlubricated com- • Output pressure is infinitely adju-
MS…-EM1 pressed air supply stable within the pressure regula-
• Filter regulator MS…-LFR-D7 with • Supply pressure can be opened tion range
pressure gauge and closed • Electrical pressure monitoring
• Branching module MS…-FRM-Y with adjustable switching pressu-
with pressure switch for dis- re
playing output pressure via ope-
rational status indicator
• Mounting bracket MS…-WP
MSB
General
Size e
MSB4 MSB6
Regulator function Output pressure constant, with primary pressure compensation, with return flow, with secondary venting
Mounting position Vertical ±5°
Air purity class at the output Compressed air according to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4] (grade of filtration 40 μm)
Condensate drain Manual rotary Manual rotary
Fully automatic Fully automatic
Actuation security Rotary knob with detent, can be locked using accessories
Pressure regulation range [bar] 0.5 … 12 0.5 … 12
qnN
Pressure indication Via pressure gauge for displaying output pressure

Size MSB4 MSB6
Inert gases
Note on operating/ Lubricated operation possible (in which case lubricated operation will always be required)
pilot medium
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +60 –10 … +60
Temperature of medium [°C] –10 … +60 –10 … +60
Weight [g]
Size MSB4 MSB6
Copper-Free:


At a glance
• Manually operated on-off valve • For filtered and unlubricated com- • When the supply pressure is
MS…-EM1 pressed air supply closed, quick venting ensures ra-
• Filter regulator MS…-LFR-D7 • Supply pressure can be opened pid pressure reduction
• Solenoid actuated on-off valve and closed • Electrical pressure monitoring
MS…-EE-10V24P-AD7, with pres- • Output pressure is infinitely adju- with adjustable switching pressu-
sure sensor for displaying output stable within the pressure regula- re
pressure via operational status in- tion range
dicator
• Mounting bracket MS…-WP
MSB
General
Size e
MSB4 MSB6
Regulator function Output pressure constant, with primary pressure compensation, with return flow, with secondary venting
Air purity class at the output Compressed air according to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:4:4]
Actuation security Rotary knob with detent, can be locked using accessories
qnN
Pressure indication Via pressure sensor for displaying output pressure via operational status indicator and electrical output
Via pressure gauge for displaying output pressure
Electrical data – On-off valve MS…-EE-10V24P-AD7

Coil characteristics 24 V DC: 1.8 W; permissible voltage fluctuations –15%/+10%
Electrical connection M12x1 to IEC 61076-2-101
Protection class for solenoid coil IP65
Duty cycle [%] 100

Size MSB4 MSB6
Inert gases
Temperature of medium [°C] +5 … +60
Weight [g]
Size MSB4 MSB6
Copper-Free:

Filter regulators, MS series

 www.festo.com/catalogue/ms-lfr
PDF EN
PDF Filter regulators
 www.festo.com/sp/ms-lfr
PDF EN
PDF
MS-LFR
Sizes 4, 6
Port sizes G1/4, G1/2
Flow rate 1,500 ... 6,200 l/min
Pressure gauge with bar, MPa
Grade of filtration 5 µm, 40 µm
Condensate drain
¬¬Manual
¬¬Fully automatic
Plastic bowl with plastic bowl guard
Flow direction
¬¬From left to right
¬¬Good regulation characteristics with minimal hysteresis and pri-

mary pressure compensation
¬¬Good particle and condensate separation
¬¬Available with or without secondary venting
¬¬High flow rate
¬¬Lockable rotary knob
¬¬Return flow option for exhausting from output 2 to output 1 al-
ready integrated

Compressed air preparation > Filter-regulator units >
Filter regulators MS4/MS6-LFR, MS series
Size Pneumatic Connecting Pressure Grade of filtration Plastic bowl Condensate drains Alternative pres- Rotary knob with
connection plate regulation with plastic sure gauge scale detent, lockable
in housing range bowl guard via accessories
-V- New 0.3 … 7 bar 5 μm 40 μm Manual
rotary
Fully au- MPa
tomatic
Variant EX4, UL1
Code AG… D6 C E R M V MPA AS
4 G¼ Gx, G¼,        
Gy
Filter regulators
6 G½
MS4/MS6-LFR,

MSseries
G¼, Gy,     
MS-LFR
G½, G¾
Filter regulator MS4/MS6-LFR
7 -H- Note
Additional accessories:
6 – Module connector for combina
1
tion with size MS4/MS6 or size
3 MS9 Internet: amv, rmv, armv
aF
– Adapter plate for mounting on
5 2
profiles Internet: ipm-80,
4
ipm-40-80, ipm-80-80
3
aD
1 aC
3 aA
2
9
3 8
aJ aB
aE
Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online
1 Cover cap MS4/6-END 395 aJ Pressure gauge MA*) 401
2 Connecting plate-SET MS4/6-AG… aA Pressure sensor without display AD7 … AD10 ms4-lfr, ms6-lfr
3 Module connector MS4/6-MV aB Connecting cable NEBU-M8…-LE3 391
4 Mounting bracket MS4/6-WB aC Pressure sensor with display AD1 … AD4 ms4-lfr, ms6-lfr
5 Mounting bracket MS4-WBM aD Connecting cable NEBU-M8…-LE3/NEBU-M12…-LE4 391
6 Mounting bracket MS4/6-WR aE Fully automatic condensate drain, electrically ac- ms4-lfr, ms6-lfr
7 Hex nut MS4/6-WRS tuated E2/E3/E4
8 Cover plate VS ms4-lfr, ms6-lfr aF Padlock LRVS-D 401
9 Adapter plate A8/A4 for EN pressure gauge x/¼ – Mounting bracket MS4/6-WP/WPB/WPE/WPM 395
– Filter cartridges MS4-LFP, MS6-LFP ms4-lfp,
ms6-lfp

Ordering data
Pressure regulation range 0.3 … 7 bar, integrated pressure gauge, standard rotary knob with detent, lockable via accessories
Size Condensate drain Pneumatic Grade of filtration 5 μm Grade of filtration 40 μm
connection Part No. Type Part No. Type
Display unit [bar]
MS4 Manual rotary G¼ 529144 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-CRM-AS 529148 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-ERM-AS
Fully automatic G¼ 529146 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-CRV-AS 529150 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-ERV-AS
MS6 Manual rotary G½ 529176 MS6-LFR-½-D6-CRM-AS 529180 MS6-LFR-½-D6-ERM-AS
Fully automatic G½ 529178 MS6-LFR-½-D6-CRV-AS 529182 MS6-LFR-½-D6-ERV-AS
Display unit [MPa]
MS-LFR
MS4 Manual rotary G¼ 579024 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-CRM-MPA-AS 579026 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-ERM-MPA-AS
Fully automatic G¼ 579025 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-CRV-MPA-AS 579027 MS4-LFR-¼-D6-ERV-MPA-AS
MS6 Manual rotary G½ 579028 MS6-LFR-½-D6-CRM-MPA-AS 579030 MS6-LFR-½-D6-ERM-MPA-AS
Fully automatic G½ 579029 MS6-LFR-½-D6-CRV-MPA-AS 579031 MS6-LFR-½-D6-ERV-MPA-AS
Configurable Product Product configuration offline: Product configuration online:

This product and all its options can also On the DVD under Products  www.festo.com/catalogue/ms4-lfr
be ordered using the configurator Enter the type code in the search field  www.festo.com/catalogue/ms6-lfr

Pressure gauges MA
Nominal size Pneumatic connection Indicating range Part No. Type
[bar] [psi]
Pressure gauge MA, DIN EN 837-1 Technical data  online: ma
40 R¼ 0 … 16 0 … 232 187080 MA-40-16-R¼-EN *)
G¼ 0 … 16 0 … 232 183901 MA-40-16-G¼-EN *)
Pressure gauge MA, DIN EN 837-1, with red-green range Technical data  online: ma
40 Rx 0 … 16 – 525726 MA-40-16-Rx-E-RG *)
50 R¼ 0 … 16 – 525729 MA-50-16-R¼-E-RG *)
Padlock LRVS-D

Technical data
At a glance
With this device, the filter and pres- • Good regulation characteristics • Directly-actuated diaphragm regu- • Return flow option for exhausting
sure regulator are combined into a with low hysteresis and primary lator from output 2 to output 1 already
single unit. The sintered filter with pressure compensation • Pressure regulation range: integrated
water separator removes contami- • Good particle and condensate se- 0.3 … 7 bar • Optional pressure sensor
nation, pipe sinter, rust and conden- paration • Regulator lock for protecting • Choice of filter cartridges:
sate from the compressed air. • Available with or without se- the values against adjustment 5 μm or 40 μm
condary venting • Two pressure gauge connections • New filter cartridges
• High flow rate for different fitting options  ms4-flp, ms6-flp
MS-LFR
General
Size MS4 MS6
Pneumatic connection 1, 2 G¼ G½
Constructional design Filter regulator with/without pressure display
Regulating function Output pressure constant, with return flow action, with/without secondary venting
In-line installation
Front panel mounting
Grade of filtration [μm] 5, 40
Air purity class at the output Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731: 2010 [6:4:4] (Grade of filtration 5 μm)
Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [7:4:4] (Grade of filtration 40 μm)
Fully automatic
Regulator lock Rotary knob with detent
Rotary knob with detent, lockable via accessories
Rotary knob with integrated lock
Standard nominal flow rate qnN [l/min] 1,500 (Grade of filtration 5 μm) 5,600 (Grade of filtration 5 μm)
1,700 (Grade of filtration 40 μm) 6,200 (Grade of filtration 40 μm)
Max. hysteresis [bar] 0.25
Pressure display Via pressure sensor for displaying output pressure via LCD display and electrical output
Via pressure sensor for displaying output pressure via operational status indicator and electrical output
Max. condensate volume [cm3] 19 38
Weight [g] 275 875

Condensate drain Manual rotary Fully automatic
Size MS4 MS6 MS4 MS6
Operating pressure [bar] 0.8 … 14 (0.8 … 10) 1)
0.8 … 20 (0.8 … 10) 1)
2 … 12 (2 … 10) 1)
2 … 12 (2 … 10)1)
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010
[–:4:–] [7:4:–]
Inert gases
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +60 (0 … +50)2) +5 … +60 (+5 … +50)2)
Temperature of medium [°C] –10 … +60 (0 … +50)2) +5 … +60 (+5 … +50)2)
2
UL certification cULus recognized (OL)
1) Value in brackets applies to MS4/MS6-LFR with UL certification.
2) Value in brackets applies to MS4/MS6-LFR with pressure sensor AD… .
cants.
Copper-Free:

Filters, MS series
 www.festo.com/catalogue/ms-lf
PDF EN
PDF Filters
 www.festo.com/sp/ms-lf
PDF EN
PDF
MS-LF
Sizes 4, 6
Flow rate 1,300 ... 4,100 l/min
Grade of filtration 5 µm, 40 µm
Condensate drain
¬¬Manual
¬¬Fully automatic
Plastic bowl with plastic bowl guard
Flow direction
¬¬Good particle and condensate separation

¬¬High flow rate with minimal pressure drop
¬¬Available with manual, semiautomatic, fully automatic or fully
automatic, electrically actuated condensate drain

Compressed air preparation > Filters >
Filters MS4/MS6-LF, MS series
Size Pneumatic Connecting Grade of filtration Plastic bowl with Condensate drains
connection plate 5 μm 40 μm plastic bowl guard Manual rotary Fully automatic
-V- New
Code in housing AG… C E R M V
Variant 4EX4, UL1

G¼ Gx, G¼, n n n n n
Gy
6 G½ G¼, Gy, n n n n n
Filters MS4/MS6-LF/LFM/LFX, MS series
G½, G¾
MS-LF
4 1 Note
3
-H- Note
Other accessories:
5
– Module
Other connector
accessories:for combina-
2 tion
– with sizes
Module MS4/MS6
connector for combina
 online: amv,
tion with rmv,
sizes armv or size
MS4/MS6
– Adapter
MS9plate for mounting
Internet: amv, rmv,on armv
5
profiles  online: ipm-80, ipm-
– Adapter plate for mounting on
40-80, ipm-80-80
profiles Internet: ipm-80,
ipm-40-80, ipm-80-80
Mounting attachmentsand
Mounting attachments andaccessories
accessories  Page/online Mounting attachments and accessories  Page/online
1 Cover plate MS4/6-END Individual
395 device Combination
4 Mounting bracket MS4-WBM Page/Internet
395
2 Connecting plate-SET MS4/6-AG… without connecting with connecting without connecting
5 Module connector MS4/6-MV with connecting
3 Mounting bracket MS4/6-WB plate plate – Mountingplate plate
bracket MS4/6-WP/WPB/WPE/WPM
1 Cover plate – Filter cartridges MS4-LFP, MS6-LFP ms4-lfp, ms6-lfp
ms4-end,
– –
MS4/6-END ms6-end
2
Ordering dataplate-SET
Connecting ms4-ag,
– –
MS4/6-AG… ms6-ag
Size Condensate drain Pneumatic Grade of filtration 5 μm Grade of filtration 40 μm
3 Mounting bracket ms4-wb,
connection Part No. Type – Part No. Type
–
MS4/6-WB ms6-wb
MS4
4 MountingManual rotary
bracket G¼ 529395 MS4-LF-1/4-CRM 529399 MS4-LF-1/4-ERM ms4-wbm
MS4-WBM Fully automatic G¼ 529397 MS4-LF-1/4-CRV – –
529401 MS4-LF-1/4-ERV
MS6
5 ModuleManual rotary
connector G½ 529607 MS6-LF-1/2-CRM 529615 MS6-LF-1/2-ERM ms4-mv,
Fully automatic G½ 529609 – MS6-LF-1/2-CRV 529617
MS6-LF-1/2-ERV
MS4/6-MV ms6-mv
6 Filter pollution indicator LEERER MERKER
DP/DN/DPI/DNIConfigurable Product for LFM Product confifor
guration
LFM offline: for LFM for LFMconfiguration online:
Product
7 cableproduct and all its options can also On the DVD under
Connecting This Products
 www.festo.com/catalogue/ms4-lf
nebu
NEBU-M8…-LE3/NEBU-M12…-LE4
be ordered using the configurator for LFM Enter the type
forcode
LFM in the searchforfield
LFM for www.festo.com/catalogue/ms6-lf
LFM
– Mounting bracket ms4-wp,
–
MS4/6-WP/WPB/WPE/WPM ms6-wp

Compressed air preparation > Filters >
Filters MS4/MS6-LF, MS series
Technical data
At a glance
The sintered filter with centrifugal • Good particle and condensate • Available with manual or fully • Choice of filter cartridges: 5 μm or
separation removes contamination, separation automatic condensate drain 40 μm
rust and condensate from the com- • High flow rate with minimal • Optional device variant EX4 for • New filter cartridges
pressed air. The filter cartridges are pressure drop use in potentially explosive  ms4-flp, ms6-flp
replaceable. areas in zones 1, 2, 21 and 22
General
Size MS4 MS6
MS-LF
Constructional design Sintered filter with centrifugal separation
Grade of filtration [μm] 5, 40
Air purity class at the output Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731: 2010 [6:8:4] (Grade of filtration 5 μm)
Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 [7:8:4] (Grade of filtration 40 μm)
Fully automatic
Standard nominal flow rate qnN [l/min] 1,300 (Grade of filtration 5 μm) 3,200 (Grade of filtration 5 μm)
1,700 (Grade of filtration 40 μm) 4,100 (Grade of filtration 40 μm)
Pressure display Via pressure sensor for displaying output pressure via LCD display and electrical output
Via pressure sensor for displaying output pressure via operational status indicator and electrical output
Max. condensate volume [cm3] 19 38
Weight [g] 189 600

Condensate drain Manual rotary Fully automatic
M V
Size MS4 MS6 MS4 MS6
Operating pressure [bar] 0 … 14 (0 … 10) 1)
0 … 20 (0 … 10) 1)
2 … 12 (2 … 10) 1)
2 … 12 (2 … 10)1)
Operating medium Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010 Compressed air in accordance with ISO 85731:2010
[–:9:–] [7:9:–]
Inert gases
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +60 +5 … +60
Temperature of medium [°C] –10 … +60 +5 … +60
1) Value in brackets applies to MS4/MS6-LF with UL certification.
Copper-Free:

Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Regulators, MS series
 www.festo.com/catalogue/ms-lr
PDF EN
PDF Pressure regulators
 www.festo.com/sp/ms-lr
PDF EN
PDF
MS-LR
Sizes 4, 6
Pressure from 0.3 to 7 bar
Flow rate 1,800 ... 6,500 l/min
Pressure gauge with bar, MPa
Flow direction:
Angled outlet block for manifold assembly

¬¬High flow rate with minimal pressure drop
¬¬Available with secondary venting
¬¬Lockable rotary knob
¬¬With pressure sensor with display and rotary knob pressure
gauge
¬¬Grid dimension 40 or 62 mm

Compressed air preparation > Regulators >
Regulators MS4/MS6-LR, MS series
Size Pneumatic Connecting Pressure regulation range Alternative pressure gauge scale Rotary knob with detent, lockable
connection plate 0.3 … 7 bar MPa via accessories
-V- New
Code in housing AG… D6 MPA AS
Variant EX4,
4 UL1
G¼ Gx, G¼,   
Gy
6 G½ MS4/MS6-LR, MS series
Pressure regulators G¼, Gy,  
Peripherals overview G½, G¾
Peripherals
Pressure regulator overview
MS4/MS6-LR
MS-LR
7
Note
Other accessories:
–– Module connector for combina-
6
aE tion with sizes MS4/MS6
1 è online: amv, rmv, armv
–– Adapter plate for mounting on
3 profiles è online: ipm-80, ipm-
5 40-80, ipm-80-80
2
4
aD
1
aC
3 aA
2
9
3
8
aJ aB
Pressure regulator
Mounting with rotary
attachments knob
and pressure gauge
accessories è Page/online Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online
MS4-LR-…-DM2 MS4-LR-…-DM1/MS6-LR-…-DM2
1 Cover cap MS4/6-END 395 9 Adapter plate A8/A4 for EN pressure gauge x/¼ ms4-lr, ms6-lr
2 Connecting plate-SET MS4/6-AG… aJ Pressure gauge MA*) 409
3 Module connector MS4/6-MV aA Pressure sensor without display AD7 … AD10 ms4-lr, ms6-lr
4 Mounting bracket MS4/6-WB aB Connecting cable NEBU-M8…-LE3 391
5 Mounting bracket MS4-WBM aC Pressure sensor with display AD1 … AD4 ms4-lr, ms6-lr
6 Mounting bracket MS4/6-WR aD Connecting cable NEBU-M8…-LE3/NEBU-M12…-LE4 391
7 Knurled nut (included in scope of delivery) MS-LR – aE Padlock LRVS-D 409
8 Cover plate VS ms4-lr, ms6-lr – Mounting bracket MS4/6-WP/WPB/WPE/WPM 395
408
Internet: www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change Subject
– 2014/11to change – 2016/06
Ordering data
Pressure regulation range 0.3 … 7 bar, integrated pressure gauge, standard rotary knob with detent, lockable via accessories
Size Pneumatic connection Display unit [bar] Display unit [MPa]
MS4 G¼ 529417 MS4-LR-1/4-D6-AS 579032 MS4-LR-1/4-D6-MPA-AS
MS6 G½ 529991 MS6-LR-1/2-D6-AS 579061 MS6-LR-1/2-D6-MPA-AS
Configurable Product Product configuration offline: Product configuration online:

This product and all its options can also On the DVD under Products  www.festo.com/catalogue/ms4-lr
be ordered using the configurator Enter the type code in the search field  www.festo.com/catalogue/ms6-lr
MS-LR
Pressure gauges MA
Nominal size Pneumatic connection Indicating range Part No. Type
[bar] [psi]
Pressure gauge MA, DIN EN 837-1 Technical data  online: ma
40 R¼ 0 … 16 0 … 232 187080 MA-40-16-R¼-EN *)
G¼ 0 … 16 0 … 232 183901 MA-40-16-G¼-EN *)
Pressure gauge MA, DIN EN 837-1, with red-green range Technical data  online: ma
40 Rx 0 … 16 – 525726 MA-40-16-Rx-E-RG *)
50 R¼ 0 … 16 – 525729 MA-50-16-R¼-E-RG *)
Padlock LRVS-D

Technical data
At a glance
The pressure regulator maintains a • Good regulation characteristics • Pressure regulation range: • Optional pressure sensor
constant working pressure (se- with low hysteresis and primary 0.3 … 7 bar • Optional rotary knob pressure
condary side), regardless of the pressure compensation • Two pressure gauge connections gauge
pressure variations in the system • High flow rate with minimal pres- for different fitting options • Optional device variant EX4 for
(primary side) and the air consump- sure drop • Return flow option for exhausting use in potentially explosive areas
tion. • Available with and without se- from output 2 to output 1 already in zones 1, 2, 21 and 22
condary venting integrated
• Regulator lock for protecting
the values against adjustment
MS-LR
General
Size MS4 MS6
Constructional design Directly-actuated diaphragm regulator
Regulating function Output pressure constant, with primary pressure compensation, with return flow action, with/without se-
condary venting
Regulator lock Rotary knob with detent
Rotary knob with detent, lockable via accessories
Pressure regulation range D6 [bar] 0.3 … 7
Standard nominal flow rate qnN [l/min] 1,800 6,500
Pressure display Via pressure gauge for displaying output pressure
Gx prepared –
G¼ prepared

Size MS4 MS6
Operating pressure [bar] 0.8 … 14 (0.8 … 10)1) 0.8 … 20 (0.8 … 10)1)
Inert gases
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +60 (0 … +50)2)
Temperature of medium [°C] –10 … +60 (0 … +50)2)
1) Value in brackets applies to MS4/MS6-LR with UL certification.
2) Value in brackets applies to MS4/MS6-LR with pressure sensor AD… .
Copper-Free:

Regulators
 www.festo.com/catalogue/lrp
PDF EN
PDF Precision pressure regulators
 www.festo.com/sp/lrp
PDF EN
PDF
LRP
Connection G1/4
Pressure regulation ranges 0.05 ... 0.7 bar, 0.05 ... 2.5 bar,
0.05 ... 4 bar, 0.1 ... 10 bar
Flow rate 800 ... 2300 l/min
Max. pressure hysteresis 0.02 bar
Pressure gauge optional
¬¬As individual device and for manifold assembly

¬¬Manifold assembly with through air supply
¬¬Actuator lock to protect set values against adjustment
¬¬Available with pressure sensor with display

Precision pressure regulators LRP
PrecisionPneumatic
pressure regulators
Pressure regulation rangeLRP/LRPS
connection
Peripherals overview 0.05
and type … 0.7 bar
codes 0.05 … 2.5 bar 0.05 … 4 bar 0.1 … 10 bar
G¼    
Precision pressure regulator LRP Lockable precision pressure regulator LRPS
Mounting attachments and accessories è Page/online
LRP
1 Precision pressure gauge MAP*) 413

3 2 Mounting bracket HR-¼-P
3 Regulator lock with lock plate LRVS-LRP-¼ 2
4 Padlock LRVS-D
1 1
Mounting attachments and accessories Page/Internet

Order code
1 Precision pressure gauge map
MAP Pneumatic connection Pressure regulation range
2 Mounting bracket Default 7
HR-¼-P Mandatory
LRP – 1/4 –
3 Regulator lock with lock plate 7
Optional
LRVS-LRP-¼ 1/4 Thread G¼ 0.7 0.05 … 0.7 bar
4 Padlock 2.5 0.05 … 2.5 bar Quick ordering: 7
LRVS-D 4 0.05 … 4 bar No need to configure your product via
10 0.1 … 10 bar the order code. Quick Order predefined
Type codes
Ordering data LRP — ¼ — 0.7 — EX4
Pressure regulation range Part No. Type
Service function
0.05 … 0.7 bar 159500 LRP-1/4-0,7
LRP… 2.5 bar
0.05 Precision pressure regulator 162834 LRP-1/4-2,5
0.05 … 4 barLockable precision pressure regulator
LRPS 159501 LRP-1/4-4
0.1 … 10 bar 159502 LRP-1/4-10
Pneumatic connection
¼ Thread G¼
Pressure regulation range

0.7 0.05 … 0.7 bar
2.5 0.05 … 2.5 bar
4 0.05 … 4 bar
10 0.1 … 10 bar
Explosion protection (only for LRP)

None
Precision pressure regulators LRP

Precision pressure gauges MAP
Nominal size Pneumatic connection Operating pressure Display range Part No. Type
[bar] [psi]
Rx 0 … 1 bar 0…1 0 … 15 161126 MAP-40-1-x-EN *)
0 … 4 bar 0…4 0 … 58 162842 MAP-40-4-x-EN *)
0 … 6 bar 0…6 0 … 87 161127 MAP-40-6-x-EN *)
0 … 16 bar 0 … 16 0 … 232 161128 MAP-40-16-x-EN *)
LRP
Mounting bracket HR
for wall mounting 159503 HR-¼-P
Regulator lock LRVS-LRP

for securing the setting values by locking the rotary knob 193785 LRVS-LRP-¼
Padlock LRVS-D
for locking the rotary knob 193786 LRVS-D
Technical data
At a glance
The precision pressure regulator • Precision pressure adjustment • Good response characteristics du- • Product variants LRP-…-EX4 can
controls operating pressure (se- possible both in static and dyna- ring rapid alteration of supply be used in zones 1 and 2 of explo-
condary side) with a diaphragm pi- mic applications pressure and flow rate sive gas atmospheres and in zo-
lot control, which acts upon the • Pressure hysteresis of < 0.02 bar • Supply pressure fluctuations are nes 21 and 22 of explosive dust
main seat and thus achieves impro- for flow rate characteristic curve almost entirely compensated atmospheres
ved regulating characteristics.
General
LRP-¼-… 0.7 2.5 4 10
Pneumatic connection 1, 2 G¼
Constructional design Pilot-actuated precision diaphragm regulating valve
Regulating function Output pressure constant, with secondary venting
Actuator lock Rotary knob with detent
Pressure regulation range [bar] 0.05 … 0.7 0.05 … 2.5 0.05 … 4 0.1 … 10
Standard nominal flow rate [l/min] 800 1,800 2,000 2,300
Pressure indicator Gx prepared

Operating pressure [bar] 1 … 12
Inert gases
Ambient temperature [°C] –10 … +60 Copper-Free:
Temperature of medium [°C] –10 … +60 Product series with the listed part
Corrosion resistance class CRC1) 2 numbers are copper-free in accor-
Components subject to moderate corrosion stress. Externally visible parts with primarily decorative surface requirements which are scription provided on page 8.
in direct contact with a normal industrial environment or media such as coolants or lubricating agents

Pneumatic connection technology >
From a single source!
Secure connections:
¬¬Everything from a single source: Festo provides a perfectly fitting
and cost-efficient installation solution for any task.
¬¬Tubing for a wide range of working environments available:
including versions for the food industry, flame-retardant,
PWIS‑free or media-resistant designs.

Contents
Standard O.D. tubing PUN ��417
Standard O.D. tubing PUN-H ��419
Copper-free fittings (Overview) ��421

Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Tubing
 www.festo.com/catalogue/pun
PDF EN
PDF Standard O.D. tubing
 www.festo.com/sp/pun
PDF EN
PDF
PUN
Outside diameter 4 ... 12 mm

Internal diameter 2.6 ... 8 mm
Temperature-dependent operating pressure
–0.95 ... 10 bar
Ambient temperature –35 ... 60 °C
Operating medium
¬¬Compressed air
¬¬Vacuum
High resistance to stress cracks
¬¬Highly flexible plastic tubing

¬¬Polyurethane
¬¬RoHS-compliant
¬¬Suitable for use with energy chains
¬¬Also in the form of DUO plastic tubing

Pneumatic connection technology > Tubing > Standard O.D. tubing >
Plastic tubing PUN, standard O.D.
Type Outer diameter O.D. Material Resistance against
[mm]
Suitable for use in the food
Techn. Control Board (TÜV)

Approved by the German
Suitable for use with
Shore hardness
energy chains
Halogen-free
UV radiation
Hydrolysis
Chemicals
Flexibility
Microbes
industry
PUN 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Polyurethane – n n n + – – ++1) +++ D 52 _3
PUN-H 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Polyurethane n n n n ++ + ++ ++1) +++ D 52 _3
+++ Highly suitable 1) Applies to black colour
++ Suitable
+ Limited suitability (on request)
– Not suitable.
Ordering data
Outer diameter O.D. Inner diameter I.D. Min. bending radius Bending radius rele- Colour Part No. Type PU1)
PUN
vant for flow rate

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 2,6 8 17 Blue ¬
159662 PUN-4x0,75-BL 50
Black ¬
159663 PUN-4x0,75-SW 50
6 4 16 26,5 Blue ¬
159664 PUN-6x1-BL 50
Black ¬
159665 PUN-6x1-SW 50
8 5,7 24 37 Blue ¬
159666 PUN-8x1,25-BL 50
Black ¬
159667 PUN-8x1,25-SW 50
10 7 28 54 Blue ¬
159668 PUN-10x1,5-BL 50
Black ¬
159669 PUN-10x1,5-SW 50
12 8 33 62 Blue ¬
159670 PUN-12x2-BL 50
Black ¬
159671 PUN-12x2-SW 50
1) Packaging unit in [m]

 www.festo.com/catalogue/pun
Technical data
General
Outer diameter O.D. [mm] 4 6 8 10 12
Inner diameter I.D. [mm] 2,6 4 5,7 7 8
Min. bending radius [mm] 8 16 24 28 33
Bending radius relevant for flow rate [mm] 17 26,5 37 54 62
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:–:–]
Temperature-dependent operating pressure [bar] –0,95 … +10
Clean room class to ISO 14644-1 ISO 6
Copper-Free:

Tubing
 www.festo.com/catalogue/pun-h
PDF EN
PDF Standard O.D. tubing
 www.festo.com/sp/pun-h
PDF EN
PDF
PUN-H
Outside diameter: 4 ... 12 mm

Inside diameter: 2.6 ... 8 mm
Temperature-dependent operating pressure
–0.95 ... 10 bar
Ambient temperature –35 ... 60 °C
Operating medium
¬¬Compressed air
¬¬Vacuum
¬¬Water
Highly resistant to microbes and hydrolysis.
¬¬Polyurethane
¬¬Also available as a DUO plastic tubing
¬¬Approved for use in the food industry
¬¬Suitable for use with energy chains

Pneumatic connection technology > Tubing > Standard O.D. tubing >
Plastic tubing PUN-H, standard O.D.
Type Outer diameter Material Resistance against
[mm]
Suitable for use in the food
Techn. Control Board (TÜV)

Approved by the German
Suitable for use with
Shore hardness
energy chains
Halogen-free
UV radiation
Hydrolysis
Chemicals
Flexibility
Microbes
industry
PUN 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Polyurethane – n n n + – – ++1) +++ D 52 _3
PUN-H 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Polyurethane n n n n ++ + ++ ++1) +++ D 52 _3
+++ Highly suitable 1) Applies to black colour
++ Suitable
+ Limited suitability (on request)
– Not suitable.
Ordering data
PUN-H
Outer diameter O.D. Inner diameter I.D. Min. bending radius Bending radius rele- Colour Part No. Type PE1)
vant for flow rate
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
4 2,6 8 16 Blue ¬
197383 PUN-H-4x0,75-BL 50
Black ¬
197390 PUN-H-4x0,75-SW 50
6 4 10 26 Blue ¬
197384 PUN-H-6x1-BL 50
Black ¬
197391 PUN-H-6x1-SW 50
8 5,7 21 37 Blue ¬
197385 PUN-H-8x1,25-BL 50
Black ¬
197392 PUN-H-8x1,25-SW 50
10 7 28 52 Blue ¬
197386 PUN-H-10x1,5-BL 50
Black ¬
197393 PUN-H-10x1,5-SW 50
12 8 33 62 Blue ¬
197387 PUN-H-12x2-BL 50
Black ¬
197394 PUN-H-12x2-SW 50
1) Packaging unit in [m]

 www.festo.com/catalogue/pun-h
Technical data
General
Outer diameter O.D. [mm] 4 6 8 10 12
Inner diameter I.D. [mm] 2,6 4 5,7 7 8
Min. bending radius [mm] 8 10 21 28 33
Bending radius relevant for flow rate [mm] 16 26 37 52 62
Operating medium Compressed air to ISO 8573-1:2010 [7:–:–]
Temperature-dependent operating pressure [bar] –0,95 … +10
Suitable for use in the food industry As per manufacturer‘s declaration
Copper-Free:

Fittings
 www.festo.com/catalogue/fittings
PDF EN
PDF Copper-free fittings
 www.festo.com/sp/fittings
PDF EN
PDF
Overview
Media-resistant polypropylene push-in fittings NPQP

Stainless steel push-in fittings CRQS
Stainless steel quick connectors NPCK
Aluminum, steel, polyamide or zinc quick connectors CK
Polyamide click-fittings NPKA
¬¬Wide selection of copper-free push-in fittings, quick connectors

and click-fittings for pneumatic applications
¬¬Temperature ranges from –20 to 120 °C
¬¬Pressure ranges from –0.95 to 16 bar

Pneumatic connection technology > Fittings >
Copper-free fittings
Push-in fittings
Push-in fitting/connector, resistant to media Push-in fitting, stainless steel

NPQP CRQS, CRQSL, CRQSS, CRQST, CRQSY
Pneumatic connection 1 Push-in sleeve QS-10, QS-12, QS-4, QS-6, QS-8, for tubing Male thread M5, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8, for tubing O.D.
O.D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, R1/2, R1/4, R1/8, 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
R3/8
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O.D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm For tubing O.D. 10 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
Temperature-dependent -0.95 ... 10 bar
operating pressure
Operating pressure for -0.95 ... 10 bar
entire temperature ran-
ge
Ambient temperature -20 ... 60 °C -15 ... 120 °C
Description • Polypropylene • Maximum corrosion resistance (corrosion resistance class 4
Fittings
• Low-cost alternative to stainless steel: resistant to most to Festo standard 940 070) and chemical resistance
cleaning agents in combination with tubing PLN • Materials suitable for use in the food industry
• For use with extreme influence of media • Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, (water)
• Materials suitable for use in the food industry • Stainless steel
• Operating medium: compressed air, vacuum
 Page/online npqp crqs
Barbed fittings
Quick connectors Quick connectors

NPCK ACK, CK, QCK, SCK, CV-PK, GCK-KU, LCK, LCKN, TCK, KCK-KU,
FCK-KU, MCK, LK, TK, VT
Nominal width 2 ... 6.2 mm 1.7 ... 12 mm
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5 Male thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, R1/4, R1/8, R3/8,
female thread G1/2, G1/4, G1/8, G3/8, M5, for barbed con-
nector I.D. 3 mm with union nut,
4 mm, 6 mm, 9 mm with union nut
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O.D. 10 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm For tubing O.D. 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, for tubing I.D. 13 mm,
9 mm, for barbed fitting I.D. 13 mm with union nut,
3 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 9 mm with union nut
Operating pressure for -0.95 ... 12 bar -0.9 ... 16 bar
entire temperature ran-
ge
Ambient temperature -20 ... 120 °C -20 ... 80 °C
Description • Stainless steel design • Bulkhead quick connector
• Materials suitable for use in the food industry • Sealing cap for plastic tube fittings and barbed connectors
• Fulfils all Clean Design requirements • Multiple distributor
• Straight shape • Union nut for CK tube fitting
• Operating medium: compressed air, vacuum, water • Operating media: compressed air, vacuum, (water)
• Aluminium, steel, POM or zinc
 Page/online npck ck
Copper-Free:

Pneumatic connection technology > Fittings >
Copper-free fittings
Click fittings
Click fittings
NPKA
Pneumatic connection 1 Male thread G1/8
Pneumatic connection 2 For tubing O.D. 6 mm
Temperature-dependent -0.95 ... 10 bar
operating pressure
Nominal width 4 mm
Ambient temperature -10 ... 60 °C
Description • POM, polyamide 66
• Quick and simple tube installation using one hand
• Completely plastic
• Suitable for use in cleaning-intensive areas
• Materials suitable for use in the food industry
Fittings
• Operating medium: compressed air, vacuum, water
 Page/online npka
Copper-Free:

Control technology and software >
Control at all levels
Integrated control concept from Festo

¬¬From mini control systems, pneumatic control systems, univer-
sal, modular and robotic control systems, through to CDPX dis-
plays and Designer Studio visualisation software.
¬¬Festo can provide you with an integrated control concept for a
continuous solution from the PLC through the field controller.

Contents
Controllers CECC ��427

Subject
to change
to change
– 2016/06
– 2016/06
Electronic controllers
 www.festo.com/catalogue/cecc
PDF EN
PDF Controllers
 www.festo.com/sp/cecc
PDF EN
PDF
CECC
Compact controller with 400 MHz processor

CoDeSys provided by Festo
12 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
2 fast counters up to 250 kHz
Interfaces: USB1.1, CANopen Master, Ether-
net 10/100 MBps and optional IO-Link, RS232,
RS485/422
¬¬Modern, compact and versatile controller

¬¬Programming with CoDeSys to IEC 61131-3
¬¬CECC-LK with CANopen, IO-Link, I-Port and Modbus
¬¬TCP-protocol

Basic functions of the CECC-D Additional functions of the C
Control technology and software > Electronic controllers >
The controllers CECC
Controllers CECC (CECC-D) offer the CANopen master: connection of the This variant of the CECC of
following basic functions: electric drives four IO-Link masters and o
USB interface for data transfer Link device interface
Features
12 digital inputs, 8 digital outputs, Can be connected directly with The integrated IO-Link inte
Application
additionally 2 high-speed counters
Controller modern HMI devices:programming
State-of-the-art CDPX the CECC-LK enables quick
The controllers CECC are modern, CoDeSys V3 pbF offers a user-friend- • New configurator for IO-Link ma-
up to 250 kHz compact and versatile controllers ly interface with the following new sters easy connection of Festo v
that enable programming with Co- functions:
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, Modbus terminals and sensors to a
DeSys according to IEC 61131-3. • Object-oriented programming • Multiple controllers in one project
TCP client/server, EasyIP, TCP/IP, • Modern editors for simplified in- • Improvedtroller
troubleshooting func-
put tion
OPC Server available • Simplified configuration for field- • Simplified project navigation
bus
Additional functions
Basic functions of the CECC-D CECC-S Additional functions of the CECC-LK Fieldbus interfaces
The controllers CECC (CECC-D) offer • CANopen master: connection of • This variant of the CECC offers • All modern, compact valve termi-
the2following
RS232basic interfaces
functions: the electric drives In addition,four the CECC
IO-Link offers
masters an IO-
and one IO- The CECC-LK and CECC-S can b
nals from the CTEU series can be
• 112 digital inputs, 8 digital out-

RS422/RS485 interface,• • USB
puts, additionally 2 high-speed
interface for data transfer
allows Link master
Can be connected directly with
Link device interface
and an IO-Link device
• The integrated IO-Link interface of
connected to IO-Link masters:
nected to a combination of CT
VTUB, VTUG, MPA, CPV, VTOC and
freely
countersconfigurable
up to 250 kHz communication
modern HMI devices: CDPX interface the CECC-LK enables quick and nodes and CAPC on various fi
upcoming devices, as well as the
• Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, Modbus easy connection of Festo valve input box CTSL
with differentEasyIP,
TCP client/server, devices
TCP/IP, terminals and sensors to a con- via the IO-Link device interfac
OPC Server available troller
The RS422 interface can optionally
be used
Additional as anCECC-S
functions encoder interface. Fieldbus interfaces PROFIBUS
• 2 RS232 interfaces • In addition, the CECC offers an The CECC-LK and CECC-S can be
• For this operating
1 RS422/RS485 mode, there
interface, allows IO-Linkare
master and an connected to a combination of CTEU EtherCAT
freely configurable communicati- IO-Link device interface nodes and CAPC on various fieldbu-
numerous setting options on the
on with different devices ses via the IO-Link device interface:
DeviceNet
CECC
• encoder type, comparison functions

The RS422 interface can optional- • CANopen CANopen
ly be used as an encoder inter- • DeviceNet
and referencing
face. For this operating mode, • PROFIBUS AS-interface
there are numerous setting opti- • EtherCAT
ons on the encoder type, compari- • AS-interface
son functions and referencing
System configuration (example)

CECC
System with CANopen
configuration (example)
CECC with CANopen
The CECC can communicate w
The CECC can communicate with all
electric drive controllers from Festo
electric drive controllers from
and actuate all valve terminals via
CANopen.
and actuate all valve termina
CANopen.
The CECC communicates with other
controllers and operator units from
Festo, such as the modern, new
HMI device series CDPX and the ca-
mera SBOx-Q for image evaluation,
via Ethernet.

-V- New
Controllers CECC
Controllers CECC
CECC
5
Accessories
Mounting attachments and accessories Brief description  Page/online
1 Controller CECC The
Brief integrated IO-Link interface of the CECC enables quick and easy connection of Festo valve 430
description Page/Internet
1 Controller Theterminals
integratedand sensors
IO-Link to a controller
interface of the CECC enables quick and easy connection of Festo valve 4
2 Plug
CECC NECC terminals and sensors to a controller with 2, 5, 6, 8 or 24 pins
Plug connector for self-assembly
3 Connecting cable NEBU
2 Plug Plug– connector for self-assembly with 2, 5, 6, 8 or 24 pins 9
4 Valve terminal CPV – cpv
NECC
5 Valve terminal VTUG – 347
3 Connecting cable – 10
6 Valve terminal VTUB – vtub
NEBU
7 Input module CTSL – 364
4 Valve terminal – cpv
– Software CoDeSys V3 (GSPF) The software CoDeSys V3 with the order code GSPF-CD-3 enables standardised programming ac- 430
CPV
cording to IEC 61131-3 using object-oriented additional functions
5 Valve terminal – vtug
VTUG
6 Valve terminal – vtub
VTUB
7 Input module – cteu
CTSL
– Software The software CoDeSys V3 with the order code GSPF-CD-3 enables standardised programming 10
CoDeSys V3 according to IEC 61131-3 using object-oriented additional functions

Controllers CECC
Ordering data
Controller Brief description Part No. Type
CECC-LK With 14 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs, Ethernet, USB, CANopen, 574418 CECC-LK
4 IO-Link masters, 1 IO-Link device
CECC-D With 14 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs, Ethernet, USB, CANopen 574415 CECC-D
CECC-S With 14 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs, Ethernet, USB, CANopen, 574416 CECC-S
2 RS232, 1 RS485/RS422/Encoder, 1 IO-Link masters, 1 IO-Link device

Description PU1) Part No. Type
Plugs
Plug connector for self-assembly 1 575303 NECC-L2G4-C1-M
Plug connector for self-assembly, 2-pin 1 575302 NECC-L2G2-C1

Sub-D plug, 9-pin with screw terminal, 1 576031 NECC-S1G9-C2-M
protection class IP40
1) Packaging unit
CECC

Connecting cables
Straight socket, 5-pin, M12 – open cable end 541330 NEBU-M12G5-K-2.5-LE5
Cable length 2.5 m
Angled socket, 5-pin, M12 – open cable end 567843 NEBU-M12W5-K-2.5-LE5

Cable length 2.5 m
Up to 20 m long2) 574321 NEBU-M12G5-E-5-Q8-M12G5

574322 NEBU-M12G5-E-7.5-Q8-M12G5
574323 NEBU-M12G5-E-10-Q8-M12G5
Programming software
This software is optimised for configuring, programming, commissioning 542000 GSPF-CDS-3
and maintaining automation solutions
2) Modular product, more information  Internet:nebu
Copper-Free:

Controllers CECC
Technical data
General
Type CECC-LK CECC-D CECC-S
CPU data 400 MHz processor
Status displays LED
Electrical connection technology for I/O Socket strip, grid 3.5 mm
Resistance to vibration As per EN 61131-2
Resistance to shock As per EN 61131-2
Relative air humidity [%] 95, non-condensing
Electrical protection class III
Product weight [g] 200

Operating voltage [V DC] 19.2 … 30 20.4 … 30
Current consumption at 24 V DC [mA] 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 0 … 55
CE marking To EU EMC Directive
Approval RCM trademark
Encoder inputs
CECC
Number – – 1
Resolution [bit] – – 32
Signal range [V] – – 5, differential (RS 422)
Max. input frequency [kHz] – – 1000
Encoder supply voltage – – 5 V DC (100 mA)
Digital inputs
CECC-LK CECC-D CECC-S
Number 12
Switching logic Positive logic (PNP)
Fast clock pulse inputs 2, each with max. 200 kHz
Input signal delay Typically 3 ms
Input voltage [V DC] 24
Nominal value for TRUE [V DC] ≥ 15
Nominal value for FALSE [V DC] ≤5
Electrical isolation Yes, via optocoupler
Status display LED
Permissible connecting cable [m] 30
length
Digital outputs
Number 8
Switching logic Positive logic (PNP)
Contact Transistor
Output voltage [V DC] 24
Output current [mA] 500
Electrical isolation Yes, via optocoupler
Status display LED
Switching frequency [kHz] Max. 1

Controllers CECC
Technical data
Serial interfaces
USB interface USB 1.1
Fieldbus interface type CAN bus
Number – – 3
Type – – 2x RS 232 / 1x RS
485-A/422-A
Connection technology – – Plug
Baud rate [bit/s] – – 300 … 375,000
Fieldbus interface
Connection technology Sub-D plug, 9-pin
Transmission rate [kbps] 125; 250; 500; 800; 1,000
Adjustable via software
Galvanic isolation Yes
Ethernet
Number 1
Connector plug RJ45
Supported protocols TCP/IP, EasyIP, Modbus TCP
Transmission speed [Mbps] 10/100
Protocol CANopen
IO-Link – IO-Link
I-Port – I-Port
CECC
Modbus TCP
Programming
Programming software CoDeSys provided by Festo
Programming language according to SFC
IEC 61131-3 IL
FCH
LDR
ST

Controllers CECC
Technical data
IO-Link
Number of ports Master 4 – Master 1
Device 1 – Device 1
Port type Device A – Device A
Master B – Master B
Protocol Device V 1.0 – Device V 1.0
Master V 1.1 – Master V 1.1
Connection technology Plug – Plug
Cage clamp – Cage clamp
Device, 3-pin – Device, 3-pin
Master, 5-pin – Master, 5-pin
Communication mode Configurable via software – Configurable via software
Device COM1 (4.8 kB), COM2 – Device COM1 (4.8 kB), COM2
(38.4 kB), COM3 (230 kB) (38.4 kB), COM3 (230 kB)
Master SIO, COM1 (4.8 kB), – Master SIO, COM1 (4.8 kB),
COM2 (38.4 kB), COM3 (230 kB) COM2 (38.4 kB), COM3 (230 kB)
Port type Device A – Device A
Master B – Master B
Number of ports Device 1 – Device 1
Master 4 – Master 4
Master, output current [A] 3.5/port – 3.5/port
Communication C/Q green LED – C/Q green LED
C/Q red LED – C/Q red LED
Ready status display L+ green LED on – L+ green LED on
CECC
L+ green LED off – L+ green LED off
Process data width OUT Master parameterisable 2 - 32 – Master parameterisable 2 - 32
bytes bytes
Process data width IN Master parameterisable 2 - 32 – Master parameterisable 2 - 32
bytes bytes
Memory card Master 2 kB per port – Master 2 kB per port
Minimum cycle time Device 3.2 ms – Device 3.2 ms
Master 5 ms – Master 5 ms
Device ID 0x550000 – 0x550000
0x550001 – 0x550001
0x550002 – 0x550002
0x550003 – 0x550003
0x550004 – 0x550004

Services

Ready-to-install solutions >
Cost and time saving
¬¬Save costs and time with ready-to-install

solutions from Festo
¬¬Our planning engineers design ready-to-install solutions that
are individually configured for your application.
¬¬You receive system solutions that are ready for installation in
your machines.

Control cabinets
Factory automation Process automation Control cabinets for controllers

Technical data • Simple to complex control cabinet designs • Simple to complex control cabinet designs • Simple to complex control cabinet designs
• Application-specific combination of compon- • Application-specific combination of compon- • 1 ... 31 axes
ents ents • Application-specific combination of compon-
• Fully tested, with test certificate • Different operating voltages ents
• Ready-to-install • Fully tested, with test certificate • Use of the latest innovations and technolo-
• Complete documentation • Ready-to-install gies
• Design conforms to: • Complete documentation • Fully tested, with test certificate
–– EN 60204-1 • Design conforms to: • Ready-to-install
–– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), –– EN 60204-1 • Complete documentation
ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric and electro- –– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), • Design conforms to:
pneumatic ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric and electro- –– EN 60204-1
–– UL-508A pneumatic) –– AATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only),
• Implementation of safety functions –– UL-508A ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric and electro-
• Different bus technologies • Implementation of safety functions pneumatic)
• Wide range of bus technologies –– UL-508A
• Compliance with special cleanliness and hy- • Implementation of safety functions
giene requirements • Wide range of bus technologies
• Special materials
• Protected against the ingress of liquids and
foreign matter
• Heating or cooling elements
• Intrinsically safe valve terminal technology
• Hot swap inspection window
Description • Control cabinets made to measure • Control cabinets made to measure • Made-to-measure control cabinets for hand-
• Pneumatic, electric, combined • Pneumatic, electric, combined ling systems
• Individually configured • Individually configured • Software package for third-party devices in-
• Adapted to requirements in industrial auto- • Adapted to requirements in process automa- cluded
mation tion • Individually configurable
• Design and sizing included • Design and sizing included • Adapted to requirements for handling soluti-
ons
Mounting plates and assemblies
Mounting plates Assemblies

Technical data • Customised shape • Combination of various pneumatic and/or electrical components to
• Support plate in different materials create a single unit
• Application-specific combination of components • Application-specific combination of components
• Fully assembled, connected and wired • Accessories mounted on sub-assembly
• Defined interfaces • Use of the latest innovations and technologies
• Ready-to-install • Ready-to-install
• Fully tested, with test certificate • Fully tested, with test certificate
• Complete documentation • Complete documentation
• Design conforms to: • Design conforms to:
–– EN 60204-1 –– EN 60204-1
–– ATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 (electric –– AATEX zone 1 and 21 (pneumatic only), ATEX zone 2 and 22 (elec-
and electro-pneumatic) tric and electro-pneumatic
–– UL-508A –– UL-508A
• Implementation of safety functions • Implementation of safety functions
Description • Machine-specific pre-assembly of pneumatic and electrical compon- • Pneumatic and electrical components pre-assembled to create a
ents on support plate function unit
• Tubing and wiring included • Can be combined from around 30,000 catalogue components
• Defined interfaces for easy installation directly in the system • Connections included
• For integration in machines

Integration solutions
Sheet-metal constructions and

Manifold duct plates Cartridge solutions special housings Function blocks
Technical data • Freely selectable manifold duct • Space-saving thanks to extre- • Sheet-metal constructions • No tubing required thanks to
plate shape mely compact design – Customised shape and size drilled ducts
• Combination of over 30,000 ca- • Pneumatic functions integrated – Reduced weight and number • Housing available in different
talogue components in a single compact housing of assembly parts materials
• High density of components • Housing in different materials • Special housing • Customised design of the pneu-
• No tubing • No tubing required – Customised shape matic interfaces for the system
• Variable positioning of mechani- • Minimal cabling required – Customised dimensions • Ideal for a small number of com-
cal, pneumatic and electrical in- • Significant design freedom – Various materials ponents and variable connec-
terfaces • Variable integration options on – Compact, space-optimised tion options
• Integration of customised com- and within the machine format • Extremely economical, even for
ponents • Sturdy design – Protection against environ- small quantities
• Available with protective cover • Fully tested mental influences and unau-
• Fully tested • Ready-to-install thorised access
• Ready-to-install • Complete documentation • In combination
• Complete documentation – Alternative to conventional
• Implementation of safety func- control cabinets
tions – Variable integration options
on and within the machine
– Short tubing and cable
lengths
– Attractive design
Description • Ideal for a large number of • Integration of various pneuma- • Reduced weight thanks to opti- • Compressed air supply for
pneumatic connections in an ex- tic functions in one component mal use of materials with sheet- pneumatic components via
tremely compact space • No need for single housings metal constructions drilled ducts
• No tubing • Ideal for applications that re- • Protection against environmen- • Ideal for a small number of
• Compact quire a highly compact design tal influences and unauthorised pneumatic components and va-
• Easy to service access riable connection options
• Immune to malfunction • Ideally combined as a control • Compact and easy to service
cabinet directly in the system
Integration solutions
Profile solutions
Technical data • Profiles in customised cross sections and lengths
• Integrated ducts for straight-line routing of the compressed air
• Common air supply for multiple valves or valve terminals via a single duct
• Combination of exhaust air and supply air without tubing, even over long distances
• Supply of compressed air at different locations
• No tubing required
• Significantly reduced cabling
• Modular, easy to realise construction
• Optional: profile as mechanical mounting element for other components or as a supporting part of the machine frame
Description • Extruded profiles in combination with valves as a valve terminal
• For the distribution of compressed air in the machine concept
• Customised profile cross sections available


Services >
Beyond the product
¬¬Tailored services
¬¬On-site services
¬¬Commissioning axis systems
¬¬Toothed belt replacement
¬¬Service contracts
¬¬Logistics optimisation service

Services >
Operating phase
Maintenance Repair service

Services Implementation of the following preventive maintenance measures to • Inspection
DIN 31051: • Analysis of economic efficiency
• Inspections • Repair or replacement of faulty components or wearing parts
–– Checking for damage and wear characteristics • Leakage testing
–– Checking of mechanical, pneumatic and electrical connections and • Functional test
connectors Please send the faulty component and a detailed error description to
–– Checking of lubrication your Festo national company.
–– Checking of compressed air preparation Detailed spare parts lists can be found on the Festo website.
–– Carrying out of component-specific inspections
• Service
–– Lubrication/relubrication of guides
–– Tightening of connectors
–– Replacement of air filters
–– Replacement of silencers
–– Carrying out of component-specific preventive maintenance tasks
• Repair
–– Troubleshooting
–– Solution finding
–– Error elimination
–– Elimination of leakages
–– Replacement or repair of components
Description • Preventive and corrective maintenance • Send high-quality components and assemblies to Festo for repair
• Directly on your system • Extended service life
• For high machine availability and rapid assistance should the worst • Reduced costs
happen

Energy efficiency >
Overall benefits at a glance: holistic solutions
¬¬Services: Festo Energy Saving Services – the holistic concept for

optimising compressed air systems: tailored for the best possib-
le utilisation of potential savings
¬¬Products and solutions: Practical measures for increasing energy
efficiency. Energy-efficient products and solutions, from the front
unit and the valve and valve terminal level through to air prepa-
ration
¬¬Industrial education: Because knowledge makes you more pro-
ductive. Take advantage of the expertise of our sales engineers
and energy efficiency consultants.

Energy efficiency >
Energy Saving Services
Energy analysis of compressed Compressed air consumption ana-

air generation lysis Compressed air quality analysis Leakage detection
Services • Measurement of compressor • Installation and removal of the • Inspection of decentralised air • Detection of compressed air
operating times as well as load/ measuring equipment with stan- preparation at point of usage leakages using highly sensitive
idling times dard components (fittings, tu- • Measurement of the residual oil ultrasound detectors during
• Power consumption measure- bing, etc.) content up to class 2 operation
ment • Measurement of flow rate, con- (ISO 85731: 2010) • Checking of the complete com-
• Flow measurement/consumpti- sumption and pressure with ma- • Measurement of the pressure pressed air system from the
on measurement chine running and when idle dew point up to class 2 compressor to the pneumatic
• Pressure measurement (level • Determination and analysis of (ISO 85731: 2010) application
and band width) different characteristics • Analysis of measurement re- • Classification of the leakages
• Estimation of leakage volume –– Consumption per machine sults and recommendation of according to size and cost
• Comparison of energy consump- cycle improvement measures (if appli- • Documentation of faulty compo-
tion and compressed air volume –– Average consumption per mi- cable) nents as well as of the type and
supplied nute • Documentation of all measure- cause of fault
–– Average pressure ment results • Leakage report containing:
–– Max./min. pressure • 3 hours on-site service (max. 3 –– Recommended measures
–– Max./min. rate of air flow measurements; additional time –– Spare parts required
• Documentation of measurement on request) –– Estimation of repair time
results including graphical re- –– Prioritisation of measures
presentation of measurement –– Assessment as to whether re-
results, optionally available as pair can be carried out while
PDF file or colour printout machine is in operation
• 3 hours on-site service (additio- • Hinweisen auf Optimierungs-
nal time on request) möglichkeiten
• Dokumentation durchgeführter
Maßnahmen
Description • Energy Saving Services – the • Determination of exact com- • Optimisation of compressed air • Information on optimisation op-
service package for energy ef- pressed air consumption quality tions
ficiency • Optimal configuration of com- • Increased service life of compo- • Documentation of measures
• Identification and optimum utili- pressed air supply nents carried out
sation of potential savings for • No pressure drop due to under- • Reduction of maintenance costs
compressed air supply
• Save up to 60% on compressed • No unnecessary energy costs
air costs due to oversupply
• Energy saving begins with the
compressor

Why Festo?

The independent company in its third generation of family ownership
is a worldwide leader in automation and a world market leader in
industrial training and development.
At Festo, 18,700 employees in 176 countries pursue a common goal:

the maximum productivity and competitiveness of our customers in
factory and process automation.

Festo – the Company
Solutions for factory and process Partner for industrial training and
automation development
The right solution for every requirement: Festo offers Everything from one source: from equipping technical
products, systems and services surrounding pneumatic and training institutes to training and consultancy for manufac-
electrical control and drive technology. turing companies.

mission...
Festo. At the forefront of industrial automation.
We work with our customers to increase their productivity.

We combine our knowledge with a passion for detail, never
losing sight of the big picture. We foster sustainable growth
to keep the world moving.

...values
We are ambitious
As a proudly independent family-owned
company, we shape our own destiny and are
relentless in our pursuit of success. We have
high expectations of ourselves and others
and harness the passion and experience of
We are determined our people to deliver top class performance.
As a driver and shaper of our market, we
meet challenges with courage and deter-
mination. We make clear decisions and
implement them thoroughly. When we make
mistakes, we find out why and learn for the
future. We are dependable
We expect and believe in the personal res-
ponsibility of our employees and colleagues.
Engagement and dependability are therefore
key characteristics of the way we work. When
we cannot keep to our commitments we
communicate this early and seek alternative
We value each other solutions.
Our diversity is a core strength that enriches
Festo. To ensure trust we foster openness
and mutual respect. We resolve conflicts
quickly and cooperatively, we treat each
other with respect and learn from each
others perspectives. We are visionary
We are determined to develop intelligent and
intuitive solutions. For this reason we look
beyond our own horizons to learn the current
and future challenges of our customers and
markets and the actions of our competitors.
Our structured cooperation over all discip-
lines leads to strengths and knowledge in
invention and innovation.

Factory automation – for productivity in production
In the everyday factory environment, the automation technology from Festo
takes over typical tasks such as gripping, moving and positioning parts,
modules or complete products.
Overall competitive advantage

That is what our components and systems are used for in the production
and assembly areas of various sectors, such as the automotive, semicon-
ductor and electronics industries.
The associated service and training courses to match make us the num-
ber-one partner for our customers along the whole value-added chain.
Process automation – for safety during

ongoing operations
Included in the industry segments for process automation are the water and
wastewater technology sector, biotech and pharmaceuticals, chemical
industry, laboratory automation, mining, as well as the food and beverage
industry.
Tailored industry solutions

We offer these industries centralised and decentralised automation con-
cepts for the production, transport, handling and disposal of fluid media.
With the support of an experienced team of experts, Festo is a competent

partner for the automation of individual process steps or complete systems.
Electric automation – for productivity in production

Mechatronic Motion Solutions from Festo is a worldwide unique
system comprising components, modules and software. It combines
all types of pneumatic, servopneumatic and (electro)mechanical
automation movements, geared to your task. Irrespective of the
control system you use, Mechatronic Motion Solutions provides
the appropriate interfaces.
Mechatronic
Guarantees mechanical and electrical compatibility and combination
at all levels. All pneumatic and electric drives are equipped with
compatible interfaces for mechanical, data and energy transmission,
thus ensuring that different technologies can be combined in one
system. It also enables complex handling and positioning systems
to be set up easily and safely.
Motion
Stands for the comprehensive, multi-dimensional range of linear
and rotary drives as well as a large variety of mechanical and vacuum
grippers. It boasts general and specific benefits. The general and
specific benefits of all movement components include high speed,
dynamic response and precision.
Solutions
Represents the decades of experience Festo has in the field of
handling technology across all industries and continents. This
includes first-class expertise in developing components and
sophisticated systems. They range from pre-designed and
calculated components to subsystems and complete systems.

You live speed and innovation.
You think efficiency and miniaturisation.
We are your solution for electrics and pneumatics.
Technology Engineering
Our Always the right choice for Clever concepts with innovative
expertise your application! systems!
• Industry-specific products, • Worldwide, personal advice
Your solutions and services • Electronic catalogue with
advantage • Complete solutions – fully engineering tools for selection,
assembled and tested design, configuration and
• System kits – kinematics, simulation
controller and software • Over 20,000 2D/3D CAD
• Know-how along the entire models
process chain

...THE ENGINEERS OF PRODUCTIVITY
Our complete solutions – electric and pneumatic – make you more productive.
The small parts assembly, semiconductor and electronics industries are all characterised by highly complex
sequences with many different work steps and processes. Fast and precise production, assembly and handling
of small parts in tight spaces is a challenge faced by all these industry segments. Our specialists have these
sequences fully under control. From a selection of over 30,000 components, they will put together the perfect
solution for you – from compact electric drives to complete handling systems.
For more information:

www.festo.com/small_parts_assembly
www.festo.com/semiconductor
Logistics and Assembly and Operation and

procurement commissioning maintenance
Everything from a single source! Fast, easy and flexible! Increased system availability,
• Festo Online Shop • Ready-to-install handling decreased costs!
• 24-hour delivery service for the systems • Energy Saving Service
core product range • Mounting plates • Modular service contracts
• Logistics optimisation service • Commissioning service for made to measure
• PrePack and PreAssembly axis systems • Product key for calling up all
• Compressed air consumption available product
analysis documentation
• Free EPLAN and CODESYS • Compressed air quality
macros analysis
• Spare parts catalogue/
repair service
• Condition Monitoring Service

Inspired by nature Biomechatronic Footprint
Learning from nature: In our Bionic Learning Network, the principles of Enter the world of bionics: from its natural model to the technical basic
nature provide us with new insights for technology and industrial principle, the bionics adaptation to
applications. industrial application.
Innovation

Innovation and Technology
Contactless movement of Research: knowledge Production systems of

hovering objects provides the competitive the future
Whether linear or rotating – SupraMotion 2.0 edge Festo views 'Industry 4.0' from various
shows how hovering objects can be trans- perspectives, and is conducting research on
Whether it be force amplification in assem-
ported and handled. In all directions and new solutions and technologies together
bly or innovative gripper
positions as well as in sealed spaces. with partners from business and science.
technologies – the production and working
worlds of the future are at the focus of
research at Festo.
Technology

All over the world, education forms the basis for a desirable future.
Knowledge and practical skills in the use of new technologies and methods ensures that businesses can continue to be
innovative and sustainable and that people can participate in all cultural, political, social and economic aspects of a
society.
As a leading global partner for companies and educational institutions, and as a family owned company Festo is deeply
committed to contribute to the development of education and learning environments and the world-wide transfer of
knowledge.
Education

Education and Knowledge
Investing in the future.

With its Corporate Educational Responsibility (CER) Festo offers its over 16.000 employees access to an high-tech
educational environment that provides for their possibilities in life-long learning. The knowledge and abilities of Festo´s
employees are considered as the most important parts of the company´s innovative capacity and sustainability.
Festo promotes the development of future engineers and mechatronics technicians with its participation in the
international skills competition “WorldSkills”, in the disciplines mechatronics and mobile robotics as well as the Festo
Education Fund and many other international, national and regional projects.
Knowledge

Sales and service network
Argentina Chile France Ireland

Festo S.A. Festo S.A. Festo Eurl Festo Limited
Edison 2392 Av. Américo Vespucio 760 Rue du clos sainte Catherine 8 Unit 5 Sandyford Park
1640 Buenos Aires 9020000 Santiago de Chile 94360 Bry-sur-Marne Dublin
P +54 0810-444-3127 P +56 (2) 2690 2801 P +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00 P +353 (0)1 295 49 55
ventas@ar.festo.com F +56 (2) 2690 2860 F +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 F +353 (0)1 295 56 80
info.chile@cl.festo.com info_fr@festo.com sales_ie@festo.com
Australia
Festo Pty. Ltd. China Germany Israel
Browns Road 179-187 Festo (China) Ltd. Festo Vertrieb GmbH & Co. KG Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd.
3174 Melbourne Yunqiao Road, 1156 Festo Campus 1 Ha‘atzma‘ut Road 48
P +61 397 9595-55 201206 Shanghai 73734 Esslingen 56100 Yehud
F +61 397 9597-87 P +86 21 60 81 51 00 P +49 711 347-1111 P +972 3 632-2266
info_au@festo.com F +86 21 58 54 03 00 F +49 0711 347-2244 F +972 3 632- 2277
info_cn@cn.festo.com info_de@festo.com info_il@festo.com
Austria
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. Colombia Greece Italy
Linzer Straße 227 Festo S.A.S. Festo Ltd. Festo SpA
1140 Vienna Autopista Medellín Km 6,3 Tatoiou Ave. 92 Via Enrico Fermi 36/38
P +43 (0)1 910 75-0 Tenjo, Cundinamarca P.C. 14452 Metamorfosi 20090 Assago
F +43 (0)1 910 75-250 P +57 (1) 865 7788 P +30 210 341 29 00 P +39 02 45 78 81
automation@festo.at F +57 (1) 865 7729 F +30 210 341 29 05 F +39 02 488 06 20
mercadeo@co.festo.com info_gr@festo.com
Belarus Japan
IUP Festo Croatia Hong Kong Festo K.K.
Masherov avenue 78 Festo d.o.o. Festo Ltd Hayabuchi 1-26-10
220035 Minsk Nova Cesta 181 Castle Peak Road 495 224-0025 Yokohama
P +375 (0)17 204 85 58 10000 Zagreb Kowloon P +81 (0)45 593 56 10 / -5611
F +375 (0)17 204 85 59 P +385 1 619 1969 P +852 3904 20 91 F +81 (0)45 593 56 78
info_by@festo.com F +385 1 619 1818 F +852 2745 91 43 info_jp@festo.com
info_hr@festo.com info_hk@festo.com
Belgium Jordan
Festo Belgium nv Czech Republic Hungary Festo AG & Co. KG
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 Festo, s.r.o. Festo Kft. Zahar St. 13
1030 Brussels Modřanská 543/76 Csillaghegyi út 32-34 11953 Amman
P +32 (0)2 702 32 11 14700 Prague 1037 Budapest P +962-6-5563646
F +32 (0)2 702 32 09 P +420 261 09 96 11 P +36 1 436 51 11 F +962-6-5563736
info_be@festo.com F +420 241 77 33 84 F +36 1 436 51 01 info_mena@festo.com
info_cz@festo.com info_hu@festo.com
Brazil Latvia
Festo Brasil Ltda Denmark India Festo SIA
Rua Guiseppe Crespi 76 Festo A/S Festo India Private Limited Augusta Deglava 66
04183-080 São Paulo Islevdalvej 180 Bommasandra Indl. Area 237B 1035 Riga
P +55 (11) 5013-1600 2610 Rødovre 560 099 Bengaluru P +371 67 57 78 64
F +55 (11) 5013-1801 P +45 7021 1090 P +91 (0) 1800 425 0036 F +371 67 57 79 46
linhadireta@br.festo.com F +45 7021 1099 F +91 (0) 1800 121 0036 info_lv@festo.comLithuania
sales_dk@festo.com sales.in@festo.com
Bulgaria Lithuania
Festo EOOD Estonia Indonesia Festo, UAB
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal PT. Festo Partizanų 63M
1592 Sofia A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI 50306 Kaunas
P +359 (0)2 960 07 12 12918 Tallinn 15314 Tangerang P +370 (8)7 32 13 14
F +359 (0)2 960 07 13 P +372 666 1560 P +62 21 27507900 F +370 (8)7 32 13 15
festo_bg@festo.com F +372 666 15 6 F +62 21 27507998 info_lt@festo.com
info_ee@festo.com info_id@festo.com
Canada Malaysia
Festo Inc. Finland Iran Festo Sdn. Berhad
Explorer Drive 5300 Festo Oy Festo Pneumatic S.K. Jalan Teknologi 14A
L4W 5G4 Mississauga Mäkituvantie 9 Special Karaj Road 47810 Kota Damansara
P 905 614 4600 1511 Vantaa 1389793761 Teheran P +60 (0)3 6144 1122
F 1 877 393 3786 P +358 (09) 87 06 51 P +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09 F +60 (0)3 6141 6122
info_ca@festo.com F +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 F +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08 info_my@festo.com
info_fi@festo.com Mailroom@festo.ir

Sales and service network
Mexico Portugal Spain United States

Festo Pneumatic, S.A. Festo – Automação, Unipessoal, Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U. Festo Corporation
Av. Ceylán 3 Lda. Avenida Granvia 159 395 Moreland Road
54020 Tlalnepantla Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo 567 8908 Barcelona 11788 Hauppauge
P +52 01 800 337 8669 P-4109601 Porto P +34 901243660 P +1 800 993 3786
F +52 01 800 337 8639 P +351 22 615 6150 F +34 902243660 F +1 800 963 3786
festo.mexico@mx.festo.com F +351 22 615 6189 info_es@festo.com customer.service@us.festo.com
info.pt@festo.com
Netherlands Sweden Venezuela
Festo B.V. Romania Festo AB Festo C.A.
Schieweg 62 Festo S.R.L. Stillmansgatan 1 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71 22-62
2627 AN Delft St. Constantin 17 200 21 Malmö Maracaibo
P +31 (0)15 251 88 99 10217 Bucharest P +46 (0)40 38 38 00 P +58 (261) 759 11 20 / 41 20
F +31 (0)15 251 88 67 P +40(0)21 403 95 00 F +46 (0)40 38 3810 F +58 (261) 759 1417
sales@festo.nl F +40 (0)21 310 24 09 order_se@festo.com festo@ve.festo.com
info_ro@festo.com
New Zealand Switzerland Viet Nam
Festo Ltd. Russian Federation Festo AG Festo Co Ltd
Fisher Crescent 20 OOO Festo-RF Gass 10 Van Dai Dong Street 1515 – 1516
1062 Auckland Michurinskiy prosp. 49 5242 Lupfig Ho Chi Minh City
P +64 (0)9 574 10 94 119607 Moscow P +41 44 744 5544 P +84 (8) 62 81 4453 4454
F +64 (0)9 574 10 99 P +7 495 737 34 00 F +41 44 744 5500 F +84 (8) 62 81 4442
info_nz@festo.com F +7 495 737 34 01 info.ch@festo.com info_vn@festo.com
info_ru@festo.com
Nigeria Taiwan
Festo Automation Ltd. Singapore Festo Co., Ltd.
Motorways Centre Festo Pte. Ltd. Kung 8th Road 9
Lagos Kian Teck Way 6 24450 New Taipei City
P +234 (0)1 794 78 20 628754 Singapore P +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81
F +234 (0)1 270 87 55 P +65 62 64 01 52 F +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
sengpiel@ng-festo.com F +65 62 61 10 26 info_tw@tw.festo.com
info@sg.festo.com
Norway Thailand
Festo AS Slovakia Festo Ltd.
Ole Deviks vei 2 Festo spol. s r.o. 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34)
666 Oslo Gavlovicová ul. 1 10260 Bangkok
P +47 22 72 8950 83103 Bratislava P +66 2746-8700
F +47 22 72 8951 P +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10 F +66 2746-8370
info_no@festo.com F +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11 info_th@festo.com
info_sk@festo.com
Peru Turkey
Festo S.R.L. Slovenia Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 Festo d.o.o. Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. 16
1 Lima Blatnica 8 34953 Istanbul
P +51 (1) 219 69 60 1236 Ljubljana P +90 (0)216 585 00 85
F +51 (1) 219 69 71 P +386 1 530 2100 F +90 (0)216 585 00 50
festo.peru@pe.festo.com F +386 1 530 2125 info_tr@festo.com
info_si@festo.com
Philippines Ukraine
Festo Inc. South Africa DP Festo
West Service Road KM 18 Festo (Pty) Ltd. ul. Borisoglebskaya 11
1700 Paranaque City Electron Avenue, Isando 22-26 4070 Kiev
P +63 (2) 77 66 888 1600 Johannesburg P +380 (0)44 233 6451
F +63 (2) 82 34 220/21 P +27 11 971-5500 F +380 (0)44 463 7096
info_ph@festo.com F +27 11 974-2157 orders_ua@festo.com
sales.interaction@za.festo.com
Poland United Kingdom
Festo Sp. z o.o. South Korea Festo Limited
ul. Mszczonowska 7 Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Caswell Road
5090 Raszyn Gasan Digital 1-ro NN4 7PY Northampton
P +48 (0)22 711 41 00 153-803 Seoul P +44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00
F +48 (0)22 711 41 02 P +82 1666 0202 F +44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
info_pl@festo.com F +82 (0)2 864 7040 info_gb@festo.com
sales_kr@kr.festo.com

 www.festo.com
Imprint
Automation technology
for the Electronic Light Assembly
2016/06 issue
All technical data applies at the time of going to print.

All texts, representations, illustrations and drawings included in this
catalogue are the intellectual property of Festo AG & Co. KG and are protec-
ted by copyright law. All rights reserved, including translation rights.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or

by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without
the prior written permission of Festo AG & Co. KG.
Products, logos and brand names cited in this document are registered
trademarks and/or registered brand names of the respective owners in
certain countries.
All technical data subject to change according to technical update.
Festo AG & Co. KG

P.O. Box
73726 Esslingen
Ruiter Straße 82
73734 Esslingen
Germany
 www.festo.com
.com.ar
.at
.com.au
.be
.bg
.com.br
.by
.ca
.ch
.cl
.cn
.co
.cz
.de
.dk
.ee
.es
.fi
.fr
.gr
.hk
.hr
.hu
.co.id
.ie
.co.il
.in
.ir
.it
.jp
.kr
.lt
.lv
.mx
Festo worldwide
www.festo.com
.com.my 135806 (EN)

.nl
.no
.co.nz
.pe
.ph
.pl
.pt
.ro
.ru
.se
.sg
.si
.sk
.co.th
.com.tr
.tw
.ua
.co.uk
.us
.co.ve
.vn
.co.za

Catalogo Cilindro - Festo

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Catalogo Cilindro - Festo

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Secondary battery manufacturing industry

Copper-free pneumatic and electrical components

Quickly find your optimal

Quicker searches and results

System requirements Installation instructions

Electromechanical drives 154

Motors and controllers 234

Handling systems 280

Vacuum technology 292

Valve terminals 344

Compressed air preparation 388

Pneumatic connection technology 414

Control technology and software 424

Ready-to-install solutions 436

Energy efficiency 442

Why Festo? 445

Sales and service network 458

Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 5

Everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing

6  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2016/06

Everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing

Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 7

Product features for components from Festo in secondary battery manufacturing

Contamination with copper leads to the following problems in lithium-ion

Copper-free products from Festo

Compact cylinders ADN

Standard/round cylinders DSNU

8  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2016/06

Copper-free products from Festo (continued)

Solenoid valve VUVG

Stainless steel inserts

Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 9

Festo – everything from a single source for secondary battery manufacturing

Electrode production Electrode stacking/winding Electrode welding

Selected solutions from Festo

Proportional media Standard cylinder DSNU to ISO 6432

10  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2016/06

Cell packing Electrolyte filling Formation

Planar surface gantry ECXM-30 Electric toothed belt

Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 11

Copper-free products from Festo at a glance

Swivel modules DSM 

Mini slides EGSL Toothed belt axes Electric slides EGSK

Motors and controllers

Parallel grippers Three-point grippers Angle grippers Radial grippers

12  www.festo.com/catalogue/... Subject to change – 2016/06

Compact planar sur-

Vacuum generators Vacuum generators

Valves / Valve terminals

Compressed air preparation

Pneumatic connection technology

Subject to change – 2016/06  www.festo.com/catalogue/... 13

Overview of Festo’s cleanroom-compatible stock products

Pneumatic Actuators Electric Actuators

Certified Stock Products [Examples]

DSNU DSM HGPP EGC-TB ELGA

DFC SLT ELGR EGSK

DSBC-PPV DRRD EXCM

ADVC HGPC ERMB EGC-BS

Valves and Vacuum Compressed Air Preparation Sensors and Fittings

VTUG MS4-LR MS4/6-EM MS4-DL

VUVG-...-S VPPE MS4-EE

VTUG MS4-LDM1 NPKA SME

Electromechanical drives 154

Motors and controllers 234

Handling systems 280

Vacuum technology 292

Valve terminals 344

Compressed air preparation 388

Pneumatic connection technology 414

Control technology and software 424

Ready-to-install solutions 436

Energy efficiency 442

Why Festo? 445

Sales and service network 458

Swivel modules DSM

Quick ordering for core range products

40 *) Productsmarked with an asterisk are not free of copper!